jgj a	
If	III		f ti«I
IP			
___i'Mlhr-- vtum
 
ARY OF MEDICINE
NLM  Q013mi3 M
ARMED FORCES MEDICAL LIBRARY




       Washington, D. C.
NLM001341934 
DUE
fWO-JWHW"1^ LAST DATE
^3   ;;53 
 
 
 

            HUMPHREYS'


HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR

                    OK

        FAMILY ADVISER

                 IN THE USE OF

    SPECIFIC  HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE.
       F. HUMPHREYS, M. D.,


Lat» Professor of Institutes of Homeopathy, Pathology and Medical Practice
   in the Homeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania at Philadel-
     phia : Author of Dysentery and its Homeopathic Treatment;
       Cholera and its Homeopathic Treatment; and Prover
          of Apis Mellifica, Plantago Major, etc., etc.
                NEW YORK:
HUMPHREYS' SPECIFIC HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE CO..
              109 fulton  street.
   Branch :—862 Broadway, three doors above 17th st.

                  1879. 
     WBK


kim no.1130^1,
       (-km!
   Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1872, by

HUMPHREYS' SPECIFIC HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE COMPANY,

   in the office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington.
  «@~Parties using HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC

SPECIFICS IN QUANTITY, AVILL FIND IT ECONOMICAL TO

ORDER THE OnK OZ. YlALS, AS THEY CONTAIN OVER THREE

TIMES AS MUCH AS THE USUAL LARGE VIAL, AND ARE SOLD OR

SENT AT $1 EACH, OR <,2 PER  OZ. FOR THK  DOUBLE-PRICE

NUMBERS, (VIZ.  X<)S. 28,  32 AND 33.)
9
CO 
PREFACE.
  It is now twenty years since I commenced the experi-
mentation and use of Specific or Combined Homeopathic
Medicines, the results of which, in  a popular, practical
form, I now present in  this work.  I have Avaited long,
perhaps too long, that I might not be accused of rashly
offering crude or immature  views; and yet, remembering
how little, comparatively, one  man  can do in  so wide  a
field, in even so long a period, I could Avish the time longer,
and the experience more ample.  If it shall lead to greater
precision in the use of  medicine, and a more complete
control over human disease and suffering, my labor will
have been amply reAvarded.  The  snatches of time for its
production, taken from the exactions of large professional
and  business cares, must apologize for any want of unity
or defects of style that may appear in its composition.
  The theme  is new.  Old-school  medicines have been
compounded or combined for centuries, and Polypharmacy
has been  the rule, as well as  the opprobiium  of its practi-
tioners.  The  rule of Hahnemann Avas exact and rigor-
ous—one  medicine, in  its highest attenuation, given once, 
IV                     PREFACE.
and  permitted, undisturbed, to expend its action—formed
the  ideal of Homeopathic practice.  To  this  rule,  the
professor and the amateur,  the adept and the satellite, were
expected to conform.  The choice of the medicine was to
be made, not so much according to the  physiological or
pathological similia, as according to some key  note, or
fantastic aberration, alike of medicine and disease, the study
of which was a psychological phantasmagoria.
  But practical men, and practical medicine, with  too
little, perhaps,  of faith, and too little, certainly, of result,
unwilling to attribute all failure  to the bluntness  of their
own  perceptions, hesitating to follow  the shadow of  the
master,  Avhen their footsteps so often  fell on dead men's
bones, turned aside to seek more substantial  footing in
larger  doses,  frequent  repetitions,  and  alternation  of
remedies.  The  success becomes as sure, the  labor less,
and  the Avay plainer. But Avhat  becomes  of  the  ideal
Hahnemannean rule—the one medicine, the one dose,  and
undisturbed action ?  It is buried  in  a sea, so deep, as to
be practically fathomless.
  But what becomes of the similia, the law of cure,  when
modes so different, paths so apparently divergent, lead to
the   same goal ?  Simply this:  The  Law of Cuke is
wider  than  we  know. Not to so narrow channels as
we have believed, are the waters of this Bethesda confined.
Simple and childlike may his faith be, who believes that in 
PREFACE.                      y
his hands alone, is the cup of healing ; a deeper knowledge
and wider experience would have placed it in the hands of
others as well.
  From alternated  to  combined  medicines  (Specifics) the
transition is easy.  The old rule of faith and practice is
gone.  A  wider field is opened and we are invited to enter.
Shall  the  similia in one,  or  the similia  in several  be
accepted; shall the similia be  the fantastic aberration, or
the physiological counterpart ?   So we seek out the possible
law  of combination, and  adapt our Specific similia to the
Pathological Individuality.
  With all  progress, and every improvement, there  comes
the wail of  dissatisfaction and reproach.  These are avoid-
ers  of honest  toil, scalers of Heaven's walls without faith
or purity, who  seek by a broader road the mysteries of life;
indolent ones,  who, while they neither toil  nor spin, yet
affect the  gorgeous array of Solomon.   But what is progress
but  a lessening of  human toil!  If it gives increased cer-
tainty of  result, all the better.  From the beginning, every
improvement diminished  somebody's  work;  made  some
hours of  toil  superfluous, so that this reproach becomes a
praise.
  That some obscurity should overshadow the pathway that
leads from disease out into the highway of health, seems in-
evitable.   To reduce this obscurity to its minimum, should
be the tireless aim of scientific effort.   Should there be but 
Yi                     PREFACE.
one  dim  path, we onould  seek to render it plainer, less
devious, and less obstructed.  Should there be many, we will
reverently uncover our  heads, and  be thankful.  Multi-
tudes having gone along in the simple, open path of Specific
medicine, have been led to the Elysium of health, and with
gratitude  acknowledge the  blessing.   It is to afford addi-
tional  light to the thousands  yet in  the path, that these
pages are written.  Additional observation and experience
will  doubtless suggest improvements, giving simplicity to
the direction, and certainty to  the result, yet such as it is,
it is  offered in confidence that it will afford substantial aid
to thousands.
                            F. HUMPHKEYS,  M.  D.
32 West 39th Street,
     New York, April, 1872. 
INTKODUCTION.
Life—Health—Disease.
                  LIFE.

  Medicine can only have  to do with living bodies.  So
soon  as the vital principle has departed, it only  remains
that the body be cast off, or returned by dissolution, to its
original elements.
  All living bodies exist by  virtue of their inherent vital
principle,  through which they are enabled to appropriate
for their growth, development and sustentation, the elements
necessary  for that purpose.  Through this vital principle
they take  up, and combine in  new relations and forms, and
for new offices or uses, the surrounding particles in earth,
water, air, light and heat, all that may be necessary for their
growth, development, and perfection.  Thus  all nature is
constantly undergoing  change, by virtue of the vital prin-
ciple  appropriate to each living  body.   With each vital
principle there is  the power of forming itself  after its like, 
4                HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
and  of necessity, of  appropriating  those particles from
surrounding  nature which are requisite for this purpose.
  Thus the acorn has  in itself a germinal life, by virtue of
which it first appropriates the nutriment of the nut for the
development of its  first shoot and rudimentary leaves, and
then throwing down its spongioles or roots, begins to take
up from earth and absorb from air, light and moisture  the
elements, from which, in a  century, the sturdy monarch of
the forest is produced.  Every particle of  all that immense
tree, from rootlet to leaf, and from the outer  bark to the
core, the form  and color, taste and  odor of every leaf and
twig, of every branch  and bud, is determined by virtue of
this inherent vital energy, which  has appropriated the par-
ticles necessary for that purpose.  And  while it  has  the
power to  select and appropriate  for its  growth and susten-
tation what is necessary for that purpose, it has also within
it certain  limits of the power of rejecting  that which is
unsuitable or injurious. By virtue of this principle an oak
is always an oak, a cherry, a parsnip or potato,  is only a
cherry, parsnip or potato.
  If circumstances are  favorable, if the plant or germ is  not
weak in its original inception, from parental defect, or in its
germinal existence, and if  surrounded by favoring circum-
stances  in earth,  air,  light  or  heat, we   may expect  the
full and entire development of the plant or tree,  according
to its order.  But should these conditions  be wanting, there
will  be  variations  in  growth, development,  or perfection,
according to the degree in which  the  wanting  substance is
necessary, which may vary from the slightest deviation, down
through all stages of morbid  or stunted  growth and imper- 
LIFE                         5
fection, to the entire cessation of life and the dissolution
of the plant itself.   The entire habit of  a tree may even be
changed by a systematic perversion of the laws of its life.
  What is true in regard to vegetable life, growth and devel-
opment,  holds in  perhaps a  higher sense  in  regard  to
animal life.   In  the former, vitality simply appropriates
that within its  reach and needful for  its  sustentation,
unmoved by  any influence higher than the  Chemico-vital
laws of its existence.  But in animal life all these functions
become complicated or more or less influenced  by the psycho-
logical or mental  organization of  the  individual.   The
sensible organization of  man begins with a simple cyst, too
small the unassisted eye to detect.  This cyst, so diminutive
and formless, without  body or parts,  is endowed  with
wonderful vital powers, by virtue of Avhich it draws from the
blood of the mother all that is necessary for  the perfection
of  its embryo or foetal life, until  this  form of existence,
having been perfected, it is ushered into the world.  Thence
forward a new mode of life takes place.   Through food and
drink, light and air, heat and moisture, every  thing required
for the growth, development and sustenance of the body,
is appropriated  to its proper  office and use, until, in this
manner, man, the highest development  of animal life,
becomes a microcosm, having in his own body, certainly
all  the more common, and probably every primary element
in existence.  Thus we have  carbon and oxygen, nitrogen
and hydrogen, sulphur  and  iron,  phosphorus  and  lime,
ammonia and albumen, silica and silver, and  even gold and
arsenic.  It is not probable that there is a single essential
element or primate in nature  that is not in  a more or less 
6
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
perfected condition found in the body of man.   The  bones
are mostly phosphate and carbonate of lime.  Sulphur prevails
largely in the skin, hair and nails, and  phosphorus in  the
brain, silica forms the enamel of the teeth and the white of
the eye, and  through  all this wonderful structure, each
element plays  its  essential part, and not only sustains that
part, but serves to maintain the integrity of the whole.   It
is  not to  be supposed that these chemical elements exist
within us in their gross  or crude  forms.  In  some cases
they exist in considerable  quantities, but always progressed,
or in a degree of refinement  far beyond what is observed
in their usual or gross forms, and in many cases they exist
in forms so  minute, and proportions so diminutive as only
to be detected by the most delicate tests which science  has
been  able  to  invent.  Nay, the  condition  in which they
often exist is, if possible, infinitely more refined or  atten-
uated than the most extended Homeopathic potence of  the
same element.   Each  of these  particles is  appropriated or
eliminated from the material taken, and each is  progressed
or perfected, and  then  placed  in  its proper organ,  tissue
or part, giving form, color,  strength  or other  quality  to
the part by virtue'solely of this vital principle, first  called
into action in the original germ.  Whenever it is found that
the elementary particles,  necessary  for  the perfection  of
a particular tissue, part or organ, are wanting, not having
been either supplied at all, or insufficiently, or in improper
condition, or when the organism has failed  to  eliminate
them from the elements presented, defect and disease  must
be the result, and this will be  grave or trifling, in  propor-
tion as the wanting elements are essential  to the integrity 
LIFE.
7
of the part or whole.   Not merely are new particles taken
up and  appropriated  to  the  growth  and maintenance  of
each organ or tissue, but through  the  entire body the pro-
cess of  renovation is constantly going on; old, effete and
worthless particles  are being removed and cast off, while
new and fresh ones are constantly being deposited.  What
we  observe of the growth of the hair and nails is but an
exhibition of what is going on in every part of the system.
The bones change slowly, while the  soft parts fill up  or
shrink  away, sometimes in a few hours, but  each is con-
stantly undergoing changes up to the final hour of  dissolu-
tion.  Thus the entire body is a vast  Chemico-vital labora-
tory, constantly taking up new elements and  forming new
combinations, while eliminating and dissolving and casting
off old and effete particles.
  All that  has been  observed  thus  far  in regard to the
growth and sustentation  of man has reference to his uncon-
scious existence.  The heart beats, the  blood is changed,
the food is digested and  bile  secreted, whether we  wake or
sleep, or will or nill.   Fortunately these vital functions are
not placed  under the control of our conscious  volition.
Thus far we have considered  the body only with reference
to its vital powers and  physical organization, leaving out
of view  the higher plane of our existence, the psychological
or mental.  But with sentient beings there is not merely
a vegetative or animal life, but a higher plane of spiritual
life, including our entire conscious existence, all that thinks
and  reflects,  wills and  remembers,  hopes and fears,  and
which constitutes our true self, including all our spiritual
or psychological plane of existence, and to the sustentation 
8
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
of which in this life or  form of existence, tne entire  body
is but the organ or temple.  This spiritual or psychological
existence is so intimately connected with the material form
through  which it  manifests itself, that the  growth  and
development of the  one and the happiness and peace of the
other are inseparable, and the dissolution of the one is the
cessation of the visible manifestation of the other.  Neither
the body nor its parts  can suffer or undergo destructive
change in any degree without the manifestation of  uneasi-
ness, pain or suffering in the spiritual plane of its existence;
and the slightest psychological changes produce correspond-
ing changes in the body.  All our passions, our hopes or fears,
our joys and sorrows are reflected upon the physical organ-
ism  with which we are  connected.  A pleasant surprise
causes the blood to mantle the  cheek with blushes, while
fear not merely blanches the cheek and sends the blood to
the vitals,  but sometimes whitens  the hair in a night.
Thinking brings the blood to the brain, joy causes the heart
to palpitate, grief   or chagrin arrests  the digestion, while
despondency or fear always tends  to typhus.  Habits of
living, thought  or  reflection, eventually stamp themselves
upon the organism, so that the  lines of the face eventually
show the settled habit of thought.  The "goodness of the
hearth causeth the face  to shine."  The benevolent man
carries his heart in his countenance, while  envy or hate,
avarice or treachery eventually wear themselves into furrows
in the face.  Thus every passion or emotion of our sentient
life  has its  corresponding  influence upon  our vegetative
existence,  Avhile in  turn  the perfection  of  our  animal
life has much, nay, almost everything to do Avith the peace 
LIFE                         9
and  happiness of  our higher  existence.   Thousands  of
children are considered cross and fretful, simply because
they are ill, and  multitudes of men  are sour, morose and
disagreeable from indigestion, and not a few become even
felons and  outlaws from a faulty  or  ill-balanced  material
organization.
  While vitality has  the power of appropriating from the
elements presented all that may be  necessary for the devel-
opment and sustenance of  the body,  it has also a power of
discrimination and of rejection within certain limits of that
which  is hurtful or inimical  to its integrity or existence.
In this sense life has been termed a force  of resistance.
No sooner are inimical or hurtful substances taken into the
system, than the vital  powers  set up  a process tending  to
their expulsion.   In some cases the opposition is so forcible
and sudden as to call  up the most  extraordinary manifesta-
tions, while in others it seems necessary that a longer and
more tedious series of means should be adapted for the same
end.  The  first  is  most clearly seen  in the action  of the
system  against those substances which are so prejudicial,
as to  have obtained the name of poisons.  In  such cases
the most revulsive efforts  are manifested  and the system
seeks by vomiting, purging, fever,  sweating, or  other excit-
ing efforts, to rid itself of  substances injurious or inimical
to its peace and integrity.  So  when articles improper  in
quantity or quality have been  taken, an action is set up,
more or less violent or determined, with a view of throwing
off the  offending  substance.  Such action, though  it has
in view and tends to re-establish the equilibrium  of the
system, is,  nevertheless, morbid and is  properly  termed 
10                HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.

disease.  In some  cases the  offending  matter is at once
thrown off and the system promptly rights itself, while in
others it is  only after a long course of depression, violent
febrile action and prostration, that the system finally rallies,
or it may be exhausted and sink under its excessive efforts.
Substances  appropriate for our growth and  sustentation
in proper quantities, become prejudicial and  life inimical
if taken when deteriorated in quality or excessive in quantity.
Some articles of food can only be  taken with  impunity in
small quantities, while others may be  taken  safely in any
amount and at almost any time.  Nor can all persons, even
when in  good health, take the same articles or quantities,
with  equal  satisfaction or impunity, nay, there are some to
whom eggs are as poisonous as can well be described, while
to others, onions  or lobster, or even  roses  or honey  are
substances of their constant  fear or  dread; and these
articles,  usually so  innocent or harmless  to others,  act
upon them with the violence of poisons, inflicting not only
great suffering, but serious and even lasting sickness.   The
reason would seem to be that vitality in  these various cases,
has no need in  her  economy of these peculiar elements or
combinations of them that are presented in these examples,
and hence revolts against them as against other noxia or
poisons.
   Not merely these antipathies, but also the longings so
common among certain  persons, may be referred to  the
same instinctive source.  It is said that animals instinctively
seek and eat plants  or  substances known to be beneficial
for their particular diseases.  Cattle afflicted  with what is
termed bone disease—a  peculiar  softening of the bones— 
LIFE.                      11
seek and gnaw with avidity, bones which contain phosphate
of lime, the  particular element wanting in their  system.
Deer, it  is said, bury  their horns  as  they fall off in the
spring, and again resort to them from time to  time, and by
devouring them, refurnish  the  material for the immense
and  rapid growth of the new  antlers.  The longing  for
water, and cooling, acidulated drinks in fevers, is as natural
as it is during  the heat of summer, arising in either case
from the excessive evaporation in the  form of sweat or
insensible perspiration, resulting in the rapid exhaustion of
moisture from the blood  and soft parts, and hence vitality
calling in these longings for the needed supply. The desire
of children or girls of a certain  age for chalk, clay, slate or
similar   substances  may doubtless be  referred to  some
chemical want  of the  system, of which  this longing  is the
expression.   It will be observed  that these longings mostly
occur during some  particular  state  or condition of the
system, when it is about to establish some change or evolu-
tion, and hence, some extraordinary expenditure is required.
Hence, females when about to establish the menstruation or
during the process of maturity, when all the elements for a
new organization are to be  eliminated, are most  subject to
them. In some organizations there may be primary deficien-
cies which are  never fully supplied, and the manifestation
of longings or  eccentricities of appetite  or want, are rarely
or never absent.
   We have seen that vitality has the power of selecting and
appropriating whatever is necessary to  perfect itself after its
own material and form, and has also a wonderful power of
overcoming obstacles and adapting itself to circumstances. 
12               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR
True, the perfection of the organism must  arise from  the
ample and appropriate nature of the material afforded, yet a
modified and  seemingly healthy condition  is often found
under very adverse circumstances.  An oak may be systema-
tically dwarfed to a yard in height, and yet manifest its
complete identity.  So Animal Life is found in a thousand
instances, thriving and striving against influences the most
injurious or inimical.  The potato grows in  the dark cellar,
even though the light can give no color to its vine, and eyeless
fish swim in the waters of the Mammoth Cave.  Whole races
of men  live almost exclusively upon rice and fruits, while
others live as exclusively upon the fat of the whale or seal.
The secretion  of the salivary glands is supposed to be quite
beneficial to health, but millions, by the systematic use of
tobacco, deprive themselves of saliva.  Good air,  cleanliness
and wholesome food are considered indispensable to health,
yet the thousands of children playing in the gutters of our
large cities, reeking with foul odors and covered with dirt, and
yet comparatively tough and hearty,show that vitality can yet
maintain its integrity, even against these malign  influences;
nay, there are those who habitually take  ardent  spirits,
tobacco, opium, and even arsenic for years, or even half a  life
time, and yet  poor  depressed vitality succeeds in affording
them a  sort of quasi health,  notwithstanding.   That men
live in apparent health, even under these malign influences,
proves, not that the influences themselves are uninjurious
or harmless, but that vitality, at least for a time  possesses a
power of self-sustentation, which over-rides their destruc-
tive tendencies.
   Similar to this is the faculty possessed by the organism 
LIFE.
13
and  its several  parts of adaptation to  circumstances, in
order to accomplish what may be required  of it.   The
limits of human endurance  or accomplishment are almost
beyond comprehension, and things are every day  done
which at first sight seem impossible.  So soon as a demand
is made upon the system or an organ, vitality sets in opera-
tion  the means to accomplish that result.  If the resources
are properly husbanded and  the end perseveringly  sought,
vitality will sooner or later, more or less perfectly, according
to the circumstances, respond to that requirement.   The
eye  of the watch-maker becomes wonderfully  acute in the
perception of small objects, while that of the pilot discov-
ers  objects at distances impossible to others.   The touch
of the blind enables him to read, while the eye of the deaf
detects the words of another from the motion of the lips.
  Sometimes an organ or faculty becomes so changed from
education  or habit, as to become perverted, or an entire
new  faculty  may be called  into existence.   The miller
awakes when the mill stops, and the night watchman sleeps
best  in the day time.  Those who  have  long followed the
proving of drugs upon  themselves, and  hence have long
and  constant occasion to  analyze their own sensations and
functions, find an entirely new faculty called into existence,
of which before  they had  been ignorant.   In  the effort of
vitality to  adapt itself to circumstances, to exist  even  if
not  according to its original type,  new forms or  modifi-
cations are constantly  manifested.  The following out of
these new forms under the same or similar circumstances,
give  rise to  permanently new varieties.  Thus domestic
animals or fowls exhibit  almost every variety of color or 
14
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR
even shape, while the wild are unvarying in coior and form.
The wild  goose or pigeon  are always the  same, while
domestic ones, limited in their supplies, are subjected to
arbitrary crossings, exhibit great variety of form and color.
Deviations in  the flowering  of plants or the production of
fruit or grain  are referrible  originally to the  same source.
True, all nature tends to perfection.   But  in order to
perfection there  must be varieties, that the most beneficial
of these be propagated while the  imperfect are permitted
to perish.
                    HEALTH.
  When the influence of vitality  is undisturbed, and the
organism is supplied with its necessary pabulum or nour-
ishment, health is the  result.  In  this condition the play
of the vital forces through the organism  and the ministra-
tions of the organism in return, to the higher behest of our
being are in harmony, the performance  of every function
and indeed every action is attended with  pleasurable sensa-
tions, nay, there is  a  happiness  in mere existence.  The
ceaseless twitter or song of the birds, the gambol of fishes
or the humming or dancing of insects in the sun, all betray
the happiness realized in  mere healthy  existence.  The
digestion of the food, the circulation of  the blood or the
thousand sensations going on  in every portion  of  our
complex organism, are all sources of enjoyment, while the
attainment of knowledge, the performance of benevolent
actions, or of the higher offices of our being, are attended 
LIFE
15
with the highest sense of enjoyment to the individual. The
sense of this  enjoyment in health calls into exercise the
highest activities of our being, and  it is only when they
are over taxed, or illy adjusted by ill health, or perverted,
that their  performance ceases to  afford gratification.  To
this gratification we owe the  ceaseless energy that illumi-
nates the higher achievements of our race.
  Modified  health  is not incompatible with deviations in
form  or even  mutilation or  loss  of parts.  Doubtless the
highest health is found connected  with the most perfect
type and symmetrical form, but nature, in the case of devia-
tions or deformities, or  even mutilations, adapts herself to
circumstances  and  still maintains her integrity, as far as
the conditions  will  admit.   The leg of the dancer or the
arm of the  smith, increased to twice their natural size, from
long  continued exercise, cannot be  considered unhealthy,
nor yet the diminished muscle of the professional man,
whose non  use has failed to  call out its full development.
In the law of  our being, to  adapt each part to its require-
ments, we notice constant deviations from what might be
considered the most complete order or symmetry, so that
breeds of animals or races of men assume forms or changes
of structure or proportion that are very striking.  In the
progress of the human race there  is  an age of muscle, and
then  an age of brains, and  vitality adapting each to  its
want and  training, fashions its race accordingly.  That
undoubtedly is most nearly perfect  which is best adapted
to its use.   The heart of one man may be twice the  size
of that of another and  yet be perfectly healthy, having a
corresponding  arterial and  nervous  system, while in some 
16
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 delicate individuals it may be very small, with a pulse like
 that  of a  bird, yet  both are healthy.  One person has an
 exceedingly delicate nervous organization, while another
 has so little nervous development as to be almost insensible
 to pain or even to pleasure.  One feels  exquisitely every
 passing emotion or passion, while to another they scarcely
 exist.  Yet none of these can properly be called deviations
 from the standard of health.  Each may be healthy accord-
 ing to its standard.
  The inherent vitality of the  individual has much to do
 with his power of self-sustentation, and hence of preserving
 health.  We inherit from our parents, not merely the type
 and form, the complexion and habits of body, the temper-
 ament and tendencies  of the organism, but also ab^ut so
 many  years of existence.  Other things being equal, the
 son will live about as many years as did his father, and the
 daughter as her mother.  Temperance and observance of
 the laws of life will add  a few  years to the thread, or evil
habits and dissipation will shorten it somewhat, but in the
average a man  may expect  to  live about the age of his
 father, while  all  are  of course liable to be  cut  off  by
accidents  or acute diseases.   "With  some the hold on life
is  much stronger  than in others, and they will  not  only
live longer  but withstand  influences to  which  others
speedily succumb.  A rat often  outlives  the most terrible
mutilations, while a  rabbit may be killed  by the slightest
blow.   Some  persons  outlive the  most  terrible ravages
of disease,  while  others  die before  they are  supposed
to be in danger.  Some persons are so constituted  that
every  passing influence affects  them.  They have all the 
LIFE.
17
disease incident to childhood, and during adult life every
passing influence, dysentery, influenza, cholera, diphtheria
or other epidemic, finds an arena in their system, while there
are others whose vitality rides safely  and without injury
through all such malign influences.   Nay, there are those
Avho seem proof against even small-pox, syphilis or yellow
fever.  It  would seem that vitality in these cases holds the
organism  so perfectly  under its  control as tv>  render  it
proof against  influences which are so  frequently fatal to
others.
  As health is the harmonious action and balance of the
vital force and  the  various functions of the organism,  it
follows that the more complex or delicate the structure or
organism, the more liable it becomes to fall into disorder or
disease.  Every  additional element  that enters  into  the
organization, is an additional influence whose action must
be in union with every part and with the whole in order to
its healthy or harmonious action.  Vegetable life may only
suffer from  the quality or quantity of the material which
makes up the structure.   Animal life may still further suffer
from the  sentient system which  forms a part of its or-
ganism, while in intelligent beings the Avhole is still further
complicated by that  immense sway of psychological pheno-
mena, that thinking and willing, hoping and fearing, whose
ebb and Aoav is more or less  reflected  upon every plane of
the  being below  it.  Hence, the more refined, delicate
and sensitive the organism becomes, the more nicely and
delicately  are its balances adjusted, the more exquisite are
its  perceptions  and  enjoyments,  the  keener  is  grief or
depressions and the  more liable  to become ill-adjusted and
            2 
18               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

to fall into disorder.  Time was in the history of the race
when diseases were very few and proportionately fatal, but
with the  progress  and  development  of  man they have
increased a hundred fold, because there are a hundred more
influences in play, all  of which must be in harmony  in
order to the perfect result.   This is seen in the difference
between wild and domestic animals.  Wild birds or animals
are subject to few  or no  diseases, and  not  until after
many generations of domestication do they become subject
to them, while the  thorough-bred horse  or dog must be
treated as tenderly as a  child.  The Indian has but  few
diseases,  and those of an  acute  character  and generally
fatal, Avhile the  fully  cultured  and   developed  man  or
woman is the subject of almost  numberless morbid influ-
ences.
                   DISEASE.

  When  the organism or any of its parts falls into dis-
ordered action, it is said to be diseased.  The first manifes-
tations of disease are  usually  upon the highest planes of
the organism.  Not until after these have been invaded
and their action modified by  the  morbid process, does it
descend  to the lower  or  more  material  planes of  the
organism.  Thus it is  first the  psychological or moral, then
the sensational, then  the functional,  and last of all  the
material  plane  of  our being that  is invaded.   The first
perceptions of diseased  action are  sensation of depression, 
DISEASE.                     19
melancholy  or misanthropy, or they  may  assume a more
riolent  or positive  form of sadness, ill humor  or mental
alienation in various forms or  degrees.  In some instances
the morbid process does not ultimate itself in lower planes,
but expends its force in the first arena of its action, and
the result  may be  insanity  or hypochondria, or  some
similar form of permanent mental alienation.  But in the
usual course the next plane of the organism,  the sensa-
tional is invaded, and  there  are then manifestations  of
pain, uneasiness, aching  or weariness.  Some  morbid con-
ditions, such as neuralgia,  are characterized almost exclu-
sively by these manifestations.   Next, the functions of the
body become  disordered, the  appetite fails, taste becomes
impaired, tongue coated, secretions obstructed,  and some
or all of the functions of the  body are  perverted, or more
or less impaired or arrested.   In some  cases the principal
sphere of the morbid process is the perversion of  a function,
as in case of diarrhoea or diabetes.  Lastly, we come to alter-
ations  of structure—the localization of disease upon the
material plane.  Here we  may have redness, swelling and
heat, as in inflammations,  or,  lesions of parts, as in ulcers,
or changes in the structure of the part or even its ultimate
molecules,  as in  case of cancer or scirrhus.  In  particu-
lar instances the invasion of  the organism may  be so
sudden  that  its successive steps  or stages  may  not be
marked, and the entire system may seem  to be  affected at
once, or some of its  planes may seem to have been glided
over and scarcely assailed,  or in so slight  a manner as to
have been unnoticed, or  the morbid manifestation may be
so positive or decided in some  one particular field as to give 
20               HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
the impression that that is the only plane of the morbid
process.  Yet before any  of these changes of  structure
could have occurred it is evident there must have been also
changes in the vital  being, to which  only by slow degrees
the change of structure was eventually made to correspond.
  The recuperative or  healthward manifestations  of the
system proceed in the same order.  The first perception of
relief is in the moral sphere—the patient feels more cheerful,
less  depression  gloom  or irritability,  then relief  from
pain and uneasiness, sleep and countenance more natural;
then, the functions are improved, circulation, taste, appe-
tite, and  secretions more  regular and normal, and finally
the conditions of structure, if there has been organic lesions,
gradually  assume a more natural and healthy  character.
Often during the height of a malady a  single appropriate
dose  of the  required remedy is  given, and the  patient at
once becomes more calm  and quiet, and  sleep comes on,
giving most indubitable evidence to the appreciating mind
that  vitality has been  relieved and  a healthward  process
established.  The curative process commences in the highest
sphere and from  thence  descends to the lower and more
material plane.
   In case of wounds, injuries, or lesions of parts, the first
injury may be in the material structure, yet the perceptions
of the morbid process and the  curative manifestations of
the system  are  first indicated  in the  higher  and  more
immaterial planes  of the  organism.  In some instances  a
 morbid process may be so remote from the seat of life, and
 so little  effect its normal functions, as  to call but very
 slightly into play  its sympathetic action, and such cases 
disease.                      21
have been erroneously termed local diseases, such as indolent
ulcers, tumors, or adventitious growths.
  The genesis  of disease presents  some interesting  con-
siderations.  Unquestionably the early progenitors  of the
race were not subject to all the diseases which are now
common.  The advent of many are  well known.  When
an individual or community has for a long period violated
the laws of life or health, the violation seems to ultimate
itself in the form of  a  particular corresponding malady
or  disease, which having  once ultimated  itself in  that
particular form,  assumes a type,  and  hence, constantly
tends to reproduce itself in new subjects.   Thus the cholera
was first  known  during the  early  part of the present
century. Among the crowded and ill-fed masses  of India,
exposed to pestilential miasm from sluggish  rivers,  among
swamps and rice fields, there was developed a peculiar  form
of disease, Avhich first rioted in its own home, sweeping  off
hundreds of thousands of the wretched  inhabitants;  until
after  a  few  years, it stretched out first along the water
courses and great lines  of  travel, until at length it  over-
leaped all sanitary cordons, visited in turn  all the  great
cities of Europe  and America, and finally became  known
as the cholera in almost  every part of the habitable globe.
So the plague, doubtless engendered by the peculiar habits
and endemic influences  of  the Levant  at times  stretches
out  its malignant folds and involves London, Paris and
other distant and usually exempt cities.   The yellow  fever
is  usually  confined to  the low miasmatic  coasts of the
Southern portion of this country and similar tropical regions,
but at times it has been known to travel inland and visit 
22
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
places  hundreds  of miles  beyond  its  original  locality.
Syphilis was unknown  until  about the year of 1495, when
it first appeared at Naples, and  has since extended to every
part of the habitable world.   The  advent of many diseases
of modern date are well known and easily marked.  In the
course  of many years  the character and peculiarities of a
disease may become changed or modified, or it may entirely
disappear, while other diseases or neAV manifestations may
take their  place.   NeAV diseases or new forms of familiar
ones are constantly coming forward, and will be likely to do
so as long  as the habits of the race and  surrounding influ-
ences are subjects of corresponding changes.
  It is not strange that  diseases run in similar channels, or
that a type  constantly  tends  to  reproduce  itself.   The
human organization being ahvays mainly the same, a morbid
influence acting upon  it elicits mainly the same response
or symptoms.  The shadings may be varied by the peculiar-
ities of the subject and  potency of the exciting cause, but
the essential  features will be similar.   In  some cases the
morbid  influence  is so positive that it always  elicits the
same symptoms only varied  in  their  degree  or intensity,
and  these  have obtained the  name of diseases of fixed
character.  Small-pox and measles have far less variety than
scarlet  fever,  owing doubtless to the  varying  degree of
intensity in the morbid cause.  All epidemics are observed
to have their  rise, acme  and  declination, as  Avell as to vary
in their character and degree of intensity  from year to
year.
  From these considerations it  will be seen that disease is
not to be considered as a material, something which has got 
DISEASE.
23
into the system and nence is to be expelled from it, but as
primarily a deviation from the normal standard in the play
of the immaterial vital forces that govern and control  the
material organism. These deviations, which we term disease,
arise in a large majority of cases from causes which are as
immaterial as  the vital  being itself.  In some cases  the
causes  may indeed be material—poisons, bad food, excesses,
wounds, etc., which, acting through the material organism
upon the immaterial forces Avithin it,  derange  the play of
the entire organism; but  often they are of the most imma-
terial character.  The cholera SAvept off its thousands and
even decimated the population  of some large cities  and
communities, yet that was  no  rational solution  for its
presence found in air, earth  or water, or even yet in the
surrounding  electrical conditions of the atmosphere.  Nor
has the presence of scarlet fever, diphtheria, or typhus been
detected in any material form aside from their manifest-
ations.  The most delicate tests applied to an atmosphere
reeking with fever and  ague, yelloAV  fever  or small-pox,
fail to  detect a difference between them  and that of  the
most salubrious  mountain region.  Yet an atmosphere
apparently innocuous may be so charged with malaria or
contagion as  to destroy a large proportion of all susceptible
persons who  come within  its reach.   In  inflammation, fever,
rheumatism,  a mere  check  of  perspiration  or  sudden
exposure, gives rise to  all the phenomena of the disease,
without the  possibility  of  any  material cause having
contributed  to the  disorder.   When  changes  in   the
structure  of the part have  occurred, such  changes  are
not to  be considered  the  cause  of disease but the result 
24
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
or consequence of morbid  action.  Usually quite a period
of time is required, and a series of immaterial changes or
evolutions  of  the  organism   are  necessary  before  any
material alteration of structure can  occur.   This is very
manifest in cases of cancer, tumor, or  similar lesions of
structure.


              HOW  MEDICINES CUEE.

   All crude medicines are in their nature poisons or health-
destroying agencies.   By virtue of their ability  to disturb
health, they have, under certain circumstances, the poAver
to restore it.   But it is  not necessary, in order to restore
health, that medicines be used in quantities  sufficient to
disturb or destroy it.  Homeopathy has fortunately  shown
the world how medicine can be so used as to restore, without
the possibility of injuring, and  how to develop the curative
powers  of  medicine,  while their poisonous properties are
destroyed.
   It has been common to use emetics, cathartics, sudorifics
or expectorants, with a view of promoting the  excretions of
the body, that thereby disease might be expelled and health
recovered; and it is not doubted that after the operation of
a brisk cathartic or emetic, the  patient has  frequently been
restored.  But as during the  operation of the medicine it
may in  many  cases be shown that every grain of  the drug
administered,  except an  immaterial  Homeopathic portion,
has been ejected from the system, it  becomes  a  question
whether the large quantity which has been thrown off or 
DISEASE.                     25
the  immaterial  small  quantity  (Homeopathic)   which
remained, has been the curative agent.  Surely the mechan-
ical  effort of vomiting or  purging has no more curative
action than the wiping  of one's nose has in curing the
catarrh,  and the  fact that Homeopaths  do cure with the
small portion, confirms the impression that all  the large
dose and revulsive operation was at least misapplied.  In
very  few cases  will these mechanical  manipulations cure
disease.
  No fact is better settled than that Homeopathic medicines
cure.  The  method  of their operation  has been variously
explained.  Even should it not be susceptible of explanation
at all, or upon  any generally accepted principle or hypothe-
sis, yet this  would not invalidate the fact of such cures;  or
should any of the usual  explanations prove to be incorrect,
yet  the  fact still  stands, only the supposed rationale has
proved fallacious.  Homeopathic cures, if not  all cures by
medicine, seem to be upon the  principle of substitution.
To substitute a similar, medicinal action for a morbid one, is
to extinguish disease.  In  some cases this may be easy, in
others difficult, or again impossible, as every art oi necessity
has  its limits.  This cure by substitution or Homeopathy is
not  new, the truth flashed  from the immortal poet when he
sung—
       " Tut man, one fire bums out another's burning,
         Turn giddy, and be helped by  backward turning,
         Take some new infection to thine eye,
         And the rank poison of the old will die."

   Applying snow  to the frost-bitten  parts, and  heating
applications to burns, are familiar examples.  But the cure 
26               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

of syphilitic diseases by mercurials, or of fever and ague by
quinine,  or sore throat by cayenne pepper, are as truly
Homeopathic as the former, and all truly specific or curative
medicines will  be found to range themselves under this
principle of action—the Homeopathic.
  All  prevention of disease is upon this  (Homeopathic)
principle.   Vaccinnation, with the kine-pock, prevent^ the
small-pox, because the mode of  action and the essential
phenomenon  of the two diseases  are similar in the course
they run, the symptoms they produce,  the local swelling
and scar they leave behind; and being thus  similar  the one
acts as a substitute for the other.   The  kine-pock as truly
protecting the  system as  does the small-pox itself from a
second attack.  Minute doses of quinine  prevent  fever and
ague and other malarious fevers, and belladonna prevents
scarlet fever upon the same principle.
  In Homeopathy, we first ascertain by proving or trials of
medicines upon the  healthy, the organs or tissues upon
which  such  drugs act,  by  observing  the symptoms or
disturbances  in  the  system which they produce.  Having
thus, by repeated trials, learned the affinities of every medi-
cine, Ave are enabled to apply them with great certainty in
disease. Because, if a disease or morbid condition produces
certain symptoms, and a  medicine produces the same or
similar  symptoms, it is certain  it must  do  so by acting
upon the same organs and tissues, and in the same manner,
and thus to give the same, we substitute,  if it is possible,
the one  medicinal for  the other morbid action, and  thus
substituting,  cure it.   And here our use of minute doses
finds  explanation.  Few diseases produce the symptoms of 
DISEASE.                      27
 large material doses, or if they did, such large doses assault
 the  system so violently, as to  call up a  revulsive action,
 which convulses, torments and poisons, while it  does  not
 cure.  But Homeopathic doses  acting upon a higher plane
 of the organism, that upon which disease begins, gradually
 and  sometimes   immediately substitute their  action  for
 that of disease, and thus modify, soften and extinguish it.
 The dose or amount of medicine given must be in  harmony
 with the condition of the vital forces when it is given.   It
 often happens that a very minute dose will act curatively,
 when a larger one  will not so act at all, and it  is a very
 gross but common error to suppose that if  a little  medicine
 will do some good, a larger quantity will do more good.   It
 is often quite the contrary.
  As medicines  have  special affinities for different organs
 or tissues, as for instance, belladonna for the eye and brain,
 mercury for the glands and sulphur for the skin,  etc.;  the
 rationale of this action must  be the affinity of the  medicine
 for homogeneous particles  of  the same   element in  the
 human system.  As the human body is a microcosm, having
 in itself the known  primary elements, it follows that every
 one of these  elements  or  its combinations may become a
 medicine, and by its influence serve to modify and control
 the action of the  organism through its  influence  upon
 homogeneous particles of the same element in the human
 system.  These elements, as they exist in the human body
 are in  a condition  infinitely more refined and progressed
than  the condition  in which they  are found elsewhere.
 Hence it is that in order to act curatively,  as medicines,
and in the  most  speedy and efficient manner, they  must be 
28
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
reduced, triturated, refined and attenuated so as at least to
approximate to the  condition in which they exist in the
human body.   Thus refined,  attenuated and progressed
they are no longer poisons or health-disturbing agents, but
on the contrary are life-sustainers, vital pabulums, in every
way conserving and  sustaining the health and vigor of the
body, not  only curing disease when  rightly applied, but
protecting and preventing disease and decay.   In  this con-
dition the poisonous properties of medicines are destroyed
and their curative  or  conservative  ones  are developed.
And  therein we  have an answer to that stale and  crude
fallacy urged by the thoughtless, that because a child might
eat a bottle full of Homeopathic medicine  and not be
poisoned, hence, such medicine could have no power to cure
the sick.  Specific Homeopathy especially  recognizes  this
fundamental principle — that  medicines  act  curatively
through their affinities with homogeneous  particles of the
same elements in the system.   Hence, in the formation of
every specific, we seek, not merely to give a  simple, which
may act in  a certain direction or upon a certain organ or
tissue, but to unite in a specific medicine, elements,  Avhich
having the same direction or symptoms, yet act upon funda-
mentally different elements or tissue in the body.  This  is
done by combining  medicines of widely different consti-
tuent principles  or  elements, and  while each of these  is
Homeopathic to the  disease, they sustain the system differ-
ently by acting upon  different organs, tissues, nerve centres,
or organic elements.   Thus, while one may serve as pabu-
lum for the blood, another may perform the same office for
the bones, while a third  may directly act upon the nervous 
DISEASE.
29
system, and all may conduce to a'general result.  Vegetable
poisons, animal poisons, chemicals, minerals and metals, as
classe-j, each act differently upon  the  human system, and
each perform  offices which can not well be performed  by
others, and the great advantage of Specific Homeopathy is
that specifics are formed that unite  in one Homeopathic
preparation the virtues of these several classes of medicines.
Results are by this means attained, not only in the simplic-
ity of the application,  but also in  the certainty and value
of the results, especially in the cure of obstinate and long-
standing diseases, which are not realized by any  other
method.
  Numerous morbid conditions arise  from the deprivation
of some element essential to the integrity of the system—as
the want of iron in the  blood, or of phosphate and carbonate
of lime in the bones.   These  substances administered, not
in crude, but  in  refined or Homeopathic forms, are found
to act like  enchantment in  supplying the wanting sub-
stance, not so much perhaps in giving the quantity required
as by setting in action the inchoate particles of the same
elements already present.  When it is remembered that
these elementary particles, as  they exist in our  blood, our
organs, our tissues and bones are usually in  particles,  so
exceedingly minute and refined,  as at times  only  to  be
detected  by the most  delicate tests which chemistry has
discovered, it will be comprehended that in order to act
affinitively upon such particles, the element given as a
medicine must be attenuated or reduced to a similar condi-
tion, or one approximating it.  True, the mortar and pestle,
with sugar of milk, will never reduce sulphur to the condi- 
30
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
tion of that  which plays *so essential a part in the human
system, even though the pestle be held or the bottle shaken
by a benevolent and healthy hand.  But this mode of pre-
paration is the nearest to  perfection and has attained the
highest results yet known in the experience of man.  And
it may be also admitted  that by  this mode of preparation
there is imparted  to the medicine, not merely a fineness in
its  form, but also some  portion of the  vital electricity or
power  of the individual performing the  manipulation or
making the medicine.  As the  condition  of an  electrical
current is modified in passing from the machine  through
the organism of another individual to the patient, so the
direct Homeopathic manipulation of a medicine by a healthy
and well-disposed person, is not without its influences in
sustaining and restoring the sick.
  In the permanent restoration  of the sick, especially in
long standing or chronic diseases, time is required.  Often
such diseases are of  many years standing, and have  by
degrees involved  every plane of the organism, producing
disturbances of function  and sensation,  and even  changes
in the  structure or tissues  of the body  itself.  When it is
realized that all these  must be changed, renovated or even
renewed by efforts of the immaterial vital  forces, assisted
by the kindly influence of medicine appropriate in quality,
quantity, form and repetition, and  sustained by appropri-
ate nutrition, it will be seen that health, under such circum-
stances, can not be the  work of a day or week;  and the
patient should be  content even if months or years are
required for permanent and entire  recovery.   In some
marvelous  cases  the  power of disease may  be broken at 
DISEASE.
31
once, and the change produced be so great that the patient
believes himself well.   In almost all cases where a cure is
possible, the appropriate medicine produces an improvement
at once, or in a very few days, but in most cases experience
has  abundantly shown that  time, repeated doses, and  a
persistent use of appropriate medicine, are required for the
cure of serious and long-standing diseases.
   In many instances the medicinal  influence is soon extin-
guished or lost, so that repeated doses are required for a
cure, while in  others, a single dose, permitted to expend its
action undisturbed, has  produced the  most  important
changes and even annihilated a long-standing and obstinate
disease.  Some diseases run their course rapidly, and their
cure may be as rapidly effected, Avhile others are months
and even years working out a morbid process, and  often
require a similar range of time for their permanent annihi-
lation and cure.

            CAUSES  OF DISEASE.

               HEREDITARY TRANSMISSION.

   It is  not unfrequently observed that a family are all
subject to some peculiar disease or morbid condition, and
that father and son, mother and daughter, by turn, are sub-
ject to  the  same disease,  or that a certain disease runs in
particular families.  Sometimes nearly a whole family die
in the course of a few  years from consumption, or that sons
are  afflicted with gout, scrofula, salt rheum or rheumatism,
as their father was before  them, or that daughters inherit 
32
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
cancer from  mothers or  grandmothers.  The  impression
hence generally prevails that  these diseases  are inherited.
The fact of disease frequently appearing under such circum-
stances is undisputed.  However difficult it may be to con-
ceive how the vital principle,  in forming for itself a body,
shall, from some inherent defect  or  weakness,  form it of
materials, which  at a certain period of life are subject to
disease or dissolution in a certain form, it is quite certain
that as  each parent imparts  to  its offspring its own type
and peculiarities,  its tendency  to  be lean or corpulent,
large or small, delicate or  stout, so with this  bodily organi-
zation there  is a  tendency to assume or take on diseased
action in a certain form.  A  family—father and sons—may
all have a large body and short neck,  and large arterial
system, and hence, at certain  periods of life be very liable
to  apoplexy.   So  in a peculiar  conformation  or habit of
body there will be a strong tendency to tuberculous deposits,
and hence, consumption.   We do not, perhaps, so much in-
herit a disease as  we do  a peculiar make or habit of body
and temperament, which  is very liable to assume a partic-
ular form of disease.
   It is not usually difficult to arrest such tendencies in the
bud, by the appropriate use of Homeopathic medicines, and
they only require to be understood and guarded against by
proper habits and medication, in order to ward off danger
 from such sources.  The  medicines and measures of preven-
 tion against  such  disease  will be indicated in their appro-
 priate sections. 
DISEASE.
33
                       MIASMS.

  Often, over extensive sections of  country, and sometimes
succe3si\*ely over vast regions, people are afflicted with some
peculiar form of disease, such as influenza, cholera, scarlet
fever,  etc.  The  influence which causes such  diseases is
unknown.   It is observed to have its beginning, reach a
certain degree of intensity,and  then  to decline.   During
its presence all susceptible persons are more or less afflicted
by  it, yet  only a portion  of  the entire  population  are
attacked with the disease.  Other diseases, during its con-
tinuance, are variously modified and made to Avear  the
livery  of the prevailing epidemic.  All patients  Avill  not
have the same symptoms, but all Avill lnn'e the more import-
ant or peculiar ones, shoAving  the unity of the miasmatic
influence.   While  all are doubtless  within its influence,
wherever it extends,  yet, beyond question, the miasm or
disease-producing agency is more intense in the immediate
vicinity of those avIio haA-e  the disease, and to this extent
it  may be  considered  contagious.   A  susceptible  person
coming into the immediate presence of those who are labor-
ing under  the disease, is  doubtless  more exposed than
elseAvhere, as the morbid influence is there more intense.
Fear,  or an  apprehensive  state of mind, renders the person
more  susceptible than otherwise, while a calm, quiet and
determined  state of mind is  not without its influence as a
protective, vitality being  thus placed in the best possible
position to resist the invasion.
  Not un frequently the epidemic influence seems to change
its  mode of manifestation,  and one disease  is found to
           3 
34
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
follow another.  Thus the cholera has been very commonly
preceded by the influenza, the diphtheria by scarlet fever,
and dysentery by intermittent fever.


                 ENDEMIC  CAUSES.

  Diseases are frequently  engendered by local or endemic
influences. Thus, the neighborhood of swamps and marshes,
or the drainage of ponds, almost invariably causes some
grade of remittent or intermittent fevers.  Persons residing
in such localities are  subject to these diseases, and new
countries where large portions of land are being cleared and
hence drained, are almost invariably subject to  these fevers.
So the digging of canals or extensive drains is for  a time
observed to be followed by similar results.  When stagnant
water stands in a cellar for any considerable time, the  family
or some of its members residing over it, will rarely  escape
some form of fever.  There are also some diseases that seem
to be peculiar to certain  localities or sections of country,
among which may be  mentioned  the Plica Polonica,  or
plaited hair disease of Poland, and the Goitre or Derby-
shire Neck, which, in its peculiar form, is observed in certain
localities, and certain forms  of cretinism, observed among
the deep valleys of the Alps.


                   DEPRIVATION.

  There are  numerous cases of disease produced by the
want  or deprivation of some substance essential  to the 
DISEASE.                      35
integrity of the system.  As  the  organism takes up  and
eliminates  from surrounding nature the  elements  essen-
tial to its perfection and integrity, it folloAvs that if these
organic elements are absent in that which is  received, or
found only in  such form  that it  cannot ultimate them
within itself, or, if  by any fault  of the organism, this ulti-
mation or conversion cannot be  accomplished, disease must
of necessity follow. At times  our  vital  being makes  the
most extraordinary efforts to supply  these deficiencies, and
may for a time succeed, but finally  help must be afforded
or the system must succumb.   Mariners, on  long voyages,
or shut up in the icy regions  of the North and deprived
of the citric acid  found in vegetables and fruit, for many
months maintain a degree of health, but scurvy, ere long,
makes its  sad ravages, unless fruits  or  vegetables  are
obtained.   Emigrants  from  Europe,  confined for many
weeks upon ship-board, pining from home-sickness, unable
to eat or digest their food from sea-sickness, and exposed
to uncleanliness and bad air, from  over-crowded and  ill-
ventilated ships, suffer terribly from ship fever.  Depriva-
tion of light and air soon blanch the cheeks and give  the
inmates of our prisons that pale appearance, so common to
old convicts.
  Children not unfrequently  fail  to receive in the milk of
the nurse all the elements necessary to the healthy forma-
tion of bone, or their  systems are  not in a condition to
eliminate and deposit from the aliment' received the proper
amount of  ossific matter; as a consequence the bones  are
formed slowly  and with apparent suffering to the system,
the teeth are produced slowly  and irregularly, the fontanel 
36
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
does not  close, the  long bones are crooked, with  large
wrists  and  ankles, and  the  children  are  tottering,  slow
in learning to walk, or walk  only with difficulty.  The
result is not only a defective  osseous system, but a general
innervation of the entire organism, manifested by stunted
growth, imperfect development and general weakness.
  In  many instances there  is a  marked  disproportion
between the expenditure of the system mentally and phy-
sically,  and  its nourishment  or  sustentation.   This  is
especially liable to  occur during fhe years of development,
or the evolutions  of the system.    Hence  the period of
puberty is so frequently critical, and if, during that period,
the mental activity is over-taxed, by study or mental effort,
while the  sytem is  insufficiently nourished, this impover-
ishment of the system is liable to  result in the deposition
of tubercles or other serious disease.  Thousands die annu-
ally of consumption  engendered at school, or fall an easy
prey to typhus fever  and  other diseases, because  the  vital
forces have been exhausted, Avhile  the  orgarism  has  been
insufficiently sustained by food and nourishment.   The
early  period  of nursing  is  frequently  critical for  a
similar reason.  The great demand made upon  the system
for the lacteal fluid at a  period of  recent exhaustion  from
child-bed may find  the system inadequate to the supply;
and hence  exhaustion, successive  deposition of  tubercles
and  rapid  decline  is the result,  unless  the  system  be
adequately sustained. 
DISEASE.                     37
                   EXHAUSTION.

  Closely allied to the above condition, and similar in its
consequence, is that  arising from the exhaustion of the
system.  This may be accomplished in a variety of ways,
and  in this very  busy and  enterprising age, is  often
done before the victim is aAvare of his danger.  There are
multitudes of cases of paralysis, partial, or entire loss  of
nervous  or  muscular control, or both, in some portion of
the body, frequently one side, which have  been caused by
long continuedexhausting excitement of the system.   The
brain ultimately becoming exhausted and its power in part
destroyed, so that the muscle  no longer responds  to the
efforts of the will. The frequency of paralysis in late  years,
is doubtless to be attributed  to the excessive mental effort
engendered but too frequently among the business com-
munity.
  Excessive  venery exhausts its thousands, and while it
impairs the mental powers, it so far reduces the vital forces,
that other causes the  more readily undermine and exhaust
the  organism.   Multitudes  of  mothers are enfeebled in
producing  and nursing their  offspring.   True,  nature
usually guards  this most  important of her  designs with
jealous care,  but if  there  be  added to  the debility of
pregnancy and nursing, a loss  of appetite or derangement
of the digestion, so that the system is insufficiently supplied
with nutriment, the consequence must be weakness, deposi-
tion of tubercles and ultimate disease and dissolution unless
aid be offered. 
38               HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
       NURSING AND CARE OF THE  SICK.
  Goodness  of heart,  a kind  and  obliging disposition
and good sense  are  the indispensable elements of  good
nursing.  Medicine, in some cases, can play but a secondary
part in  the cure of the sick, but good nursing, or care
always plays a prominent part.  The object of nursing is to
place the system of the  patient in the best possible condi-
tion for the beneficial action of medicine.  In some  cases
of disease, medicine properly applied, is indispensable, Avhile
in all cases it is within the power of the patient and attend-
ants to nullify the best efforts of medicines and physician
by bad habits, bad nursing or pernicious diet  or food.  The
physician's  duty  is less than half done, when he orders
medicine for the  patient; the larger,  and possibly more
important part of his duty, is to direct as to habits, diet and
living of his patients, and to see that these are such as not
to antagonize  or  nullify the  effects of his medicines.   All
this holds with still greater force to the Homeopathic phy-
sician or nurse.
  The Room of a patient or invalid should be large and
airy, if possible.  Close, narroAV, Ioav apartments necessitate
the  breathing of impure or vitiated air, and if  such must be
used, great  care must be taken in respect  to ventilation.
The temperature  of the room  should be about 70 to  75
degrees of Fahrenheit,and in dry, moderate weather the sash
should be often or constantly drawn down at  the top of the
window  for a more complete  ventilation.   In many
instances the  sash may  be kept down the entire night to
advantage  and closed only when the patient is  cold  or 
DISEASE.                     39
 uncomfortable from it.  The patient should, however, be out
 of the immediate current of air.  To keep the air of the
 room pure, everything  offensive  should be immediately
 removed from it;  no slops, discharges, or  broken  food, or
 remains of meals, or dirty dishes, or soiled  linen should  be
 allowed to remain a moment.  The body should be often
 sponged off Avith tepid water, under the clothes and Avith-
 out uncovering, the person, and the body linen, damp from
 perspiration, should be removed daily, and fresh, dry, Avell
 aired linen supplied in its place.  The hands and face of a
 patient may be frequently sponged with tepid or cool water,
 when it would  be improper or inconvenient to sponge the
 entire body. Use no disinfectants about the room,—cologne,
 camphor, burnt rags, burnt vinegar and the like.   They
 merely add another smell to the one already existing, and
 the compound is not an improvement.  The true way is to
 thoroughly ventilate the room, by introducing fresh air and
 driving out that which is contaminated.
  The patient has but one thing  to do, that is to get well,
 and all else should be subservient  to this principal object,
 and it is unwise, during sickness, to attempt any consider-
 able labor or  work, mental or physical.    The  concentra-
 tion of the mind in composition, study, reading or business
 matters involves an expenditure of vitality, that impedes
 recovery arid the kind influence of medicines, and inevitably
 prolongs sickness.  The sick  should  not be fatigued,  or
 over-taxed by study, company, business, or worry of any
kind, but  every effort  should  be made to  render them  as
quiet and  comfortable as  possible.  If  visitors call, and it is
often proper and cheerful for them  so to do, they must not 
40               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

tax and annoy sick people with long stories, uninteresting
subjects, or with anything that over-tasks the strength, or
fatigues the patient.   A short, cheerful call and pleasant
face are always welcome to the sick, and  a kindly interest
in their case is equally so.  Religious conversation is always
proper, when  conducted  intelligently and  in a  proper
spirit, though I hold  that  a sick  bed is far from being a
proper place for this  most important of the duties of life.
Books may not be wholely interdicted, but the amount and
character of reading should be proportioned to the strength
or mental vigor of  the patient.
  The room of the patient should be made cheerful as well
as comfortable.  Do not suffer the sick to lay all day staring
at the blank wall, or at strange  or unsympathising faces,
but flowers, bright and  fresh, pictures around the  room,
change of  furniture, or a seat or  couch at the AvidoAv, serve
wonderfully to  cheer  and invigorate a patient.  The room
should be  light, unless while sleeping, the  sun-light being
as necessary for patients almost as for plants.   If you Avish
to have the sick sad, gloomy and desponding, keep them in
dark rooms, with 3ombre objects, and sad unmeaning t"ac3S.
Noise, bustle  or loud  talking are  ahvays objectionable to
the sick, sometimes fearfully so to persons of Aveak nerves,
or  who  are very  feeble.  In reading to the sick, let it be
done  sloAvly and  distinctly, so as not to fatigue them to
follow the reader—so of conversation.  The sick room is no
place for idlers, loungers, or curiosity-seekers, and all such
should be summarily dispensed Avith.   While  the nurse
should be all  attention to the  wants of the  sick, yet she
should  avoid  "fussiness"  or wearying the  patient with 
DISEASE.
41
unnecessary trifles.   She  should go  calmly and  quietly
about her business, doing cheerfully what is necessary to be
done, while yet she does not make herself the conspicuous
subject of the occasion.  There is an evil which cannot be
too severely condemned. It is the rage to prescribe for the
sick, possessed by almost every body, under every conceiv-
able variety of circumstances.  No matter how severe  the
disease, or how urgent the  emergency, nine out of every ten
persons who  call, will  tell precisely what will  cure  the
patient, and  the  remaining person has a  doctor just on
hand to do the  work.  Usually, the more ignorant  the
volunteer, the more positive they are of a cure.  They who
know much speak cautiously.  Those  who  know little are
very positive.  Now,  if a physician is in attendance, it is
his business to prescribe and not that of others, and it is a
very delicate piece of business, under any circumstances, to
advise the friends or patient to  a change of treatment or
medical attendant.  While a physician is in attendance,
simple  justice to him and  the welfare of the sick, require
 that his directions should  be followed, and his instructions
obeyed.   It must be  a  rare  case indeed that justifies the
 interference of outsiders.
   In cases of very sick persons, it may be advisable to call
in assistance of watchers, but it should be avoided if possi-
 ble.   Better  far  have some members of the family  take
 turns in watching, and the one in charge near at hand to
 be called in  case  of emergency.  In a majority of cases,
 those that are called  in as  night watchers are stupid, sleepy,
 ignorant of their duties,  or the wants or peculiarities of
 the patient, and do far more harm than good.  Avoid them 
42                HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

if possible.  In most cases it is better for the mother, bus-
band, sister, or others of the  family to lie down  in  the
room and sleep while  the patient sleeps, than to have the
house and patient kept awake with watchers.   The yed and
bedding  of the sick are matters of peculiar  importance.
The bed  should  not  be too high, without valance  or cur-
tains to confine the air beneath it, and it is more convenient.
to have it draAvn out from the wall  so  as to get on every
side of it. A simple hair mattress or sacking bottom is the
best, and if feathers must be used, put one or two comfort-
ables over the  tick Avith the linen over them, so as to make
a firm and even  surface.  The linen  of  the  bed and
of the  patient  should  be changed, or at least aired and
dried by  the fire every day.  If the same linen  is  to be
worn again by the patient it should  be dried before the
fire, so as to dissipate the previous bodily exhalations with
which it is saturated.  It is wonderful how much ease and
comfort is afforded to the sick by a light, cool bed, with
thin covering, frequently arranged or made up and rendered
agreeable.  Often the  feverish restlessness of  patients is
entirely removed by such little comforts.


       ACCESSORY CURATIVE MEASURES.

  There are certain expedients or curative measures, which
may often be resorted  to by nurse or invalid, which, while
they can  scarcely be called parts of  medical treatment, yet
they are  of so  great value,  nay, so  indispensable in some
cases, as  to demand particular attention  in a treatise on 
DISEASE.                       43
domestic medicine.   Among these are especially the use of
hot foot-baths and the injection-pipe.
  A hot foot-bath may be used  with benefit in all  cases
where  we desire to equalize the circulation, diminish local
congestion and even inflammation.  All severe  inflamma-
tions and congestions are preceded by a cold chill or rigor,
during  which the hands and feet become  cold, the  head
often hot, and a shivering chill extends, often with chatter-
ing teeth and blue nails, over the Avhole body, lasting from
a few minutes to an hour or more, and is succeeded by heat
and high fever.   In all similar  cases  the hot foot-bath
soonest breaks the chill, and  with it the power and  often
the force of  the disease.
  Some care and knowledge should be exercised in order to
derive  the greatest  amount  of benefit  from a foot-bath.
The \*essel should be large and deep  enough to permit the
water to come well up toAvards the knees.  The temperature
of the  water should be such that the feet can  be kept in it
without  inconvenience, and another  vessel of  hot water
should  be on  hand, from which, as  the  water  becomes
cooled  in the bath, the hot water should be, from  time to
time, supplied, so  that the temperature may  be gradually
increased during the entire bath.  This should be continu-
ed  from ten to  twenty minutes, according to the circum-
stances of the case, or until the patient is relieved, the chill
broken,  or a general perspiration  appears.   Then  let the
feet be taken from the bath, wiped  rapidly dry, with  warm
cloths, and  wrapped  up comfortably, so as to  retain the
heat.   A foot-bath, thus administered, is one of the  most
efficient  of domestic remedies. 
44               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

   Sitz-baths may be administered in a tin bath, formed for
the purpose, with a back, or a very serviceable one may be
made, by cutting down an ordinary barrel, with a board set
in it for a back.  The patient sits down in the tub, with
water sufficient to come  well up around the hips and over
the lower abdomen, and is then covered from the neck down
over the  tub  so as to retain  the vapor, if desirable.  The
bath may be continued  from ten to thirty minutes.  In
cases of congestion to the lower abdominal organs, piles and
in some severe cases of dysentery, these  seat-baths will be
found of great value.


                    INJECTIONS.

   More important, however, for every family, is the use and
knowledge of the injection-pipe.    It is indispensable in
every family.   The  best  are of rubber,  with flexible tube
and a bulb, containing the pumping apparatus in the centre,
from which the  suction tube extends a foot or more to the
reservoir or dish containing the charge.  The injection is
usually hike-warm water.   Sometimes to a pint of water a
large spoonful  of molasses is added, and if a more active
injection is yet required,  a  tablespoonful of salt may be
supplied.   Very generally simple tepid  water is sufficient.
The end of the tube should be covered  with  oil, cerate or
lard, and then introduced by gentle manipulations into the
rectum.  If the object is to dislodge hardened feces,  the
pipe should be inserted, so  as to place the water above the
hardened mass.  The pumping should  then be continued
until a pint, quart, or e7en double  that quantity of fluid 
FOOD.
45
has been thrown up.   Should one  injection not succeed, it
may be repeated after  a  half hour or more, until the object
is obtained.  In cases  of obstinate  constipation, a morning
injection, Avith the use  of the  appropriate specific, never
fails.   In obstinate and violent colic, a large, injection often
fully relieves.   In all cases of fever and threatened convul-
sions in children, arising from having eaten hurtful or
indigestible substances—fruit, cake, raisins, oranges, etc.—
the  proper use of the  injection-pipe, in connection with
the specific medicines, will  save the  patient.  These injec-
tions are in no instance hurtful, and are a far better expe-
dient than  the use of pills, cathartics, or even such laxatives
as castor oil.
                       FOOD.

  As the growth and waste of the body must be restored
and replenished  by appropriate nutrition, it  folloAvs, that
the best condition of body and mind  will be attained by
the use of that kind of nutrition best adapted to its wants.
Much trouble and illness  might be avoided if people only
knew, and could  obtain  the kind of food best adapted  to
their special needs. Health may often be restored by the use
of proper food, as sickness  is often induced from the want
of it.  It will be impossible to  specify for each individual
case, but  hints  may  be.  drawn by indicating the  kind of
food best  adapted for the  several classes which are men-
tioned. Each period of life has its  most appropriate food, 
46
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
so has each season of the year and each  habit of constitu-
tion or body, and that which is proper for one is often quite
improper, and sometimes even injurious  to  another.  The
distinction is  based  upon chemico-vital   wants of  the
system, at different periods of life, and  under varying or
varied conditions of the living body.  To be more particu-
lar:
   The food of  infants  and  young children should
contain all the elements, out of which the entire system is
to be developed.  There must be material for making every
separate tissue of the entire man, and that in  a  condition
to be as readily assimilated as possible.  Milk from the cow
meets all these conditions, having in itself all the elements
required for the human body, and in their best proportions
and condition.  To this may be added barley, in its various
forms, as of gruel, or in pap or cakes, in  proportion to its
age and development of teeth, the soup or flesh  of beef or
mutton.  If the child  is fat, heavy or stupid, it requires
food containing more nitrates and phosphates—lean meat,
oat-meal, barley cakes, bean or pea soup, &c.  If too lean
and thin, it may be indulged in the more stupefying carbon-
ates, as fat meat, fine flour, butter, sugar, or puddings, pies,
&c.  Thus the  food may be varied as the needs of the child
demand.
  Food for laboring men should in part  be adapted to
the nature of their labor, and to  the season or temperature.
But in general,  as there is a large expenditure of muscular
effort, the supply should be equal to the drain.  Hence, beef,
mutton,  a proportion  of  pork, with  vegetables,  bread,
butter, ale or beer and cider, coffee a»d tea, all come in play 
food.
47
 and serve to restore  the  waste of tissue, and sustain the
 vigor of the body.
   Professional  men, thinkers  and students, whose
 expenditure is chiefly of the brain, and whose bodily activ-
 ity is necessarily limited, require such a supply of nutriment
 as  will  measurably compensate  for  this waste.  Hence,
 only  a moderate supply of beef, mutton, lamb, ale or beer,
 but a larger proportion of fish, venison, Avild or tame fowl,
 oysters,  fruits, nuts, raisins or figs; and of the fish, trout,
 blue-fish, Spanish mackerel, or  other game  fish, are best;
 oat-meal in its  various forms, wheaten grits, and coarse
 wheat bread, should form the staple of diet.
   Food for fat, corpulent  people.—In many  families
 the tendency to corpulence and even obesity is constant.  To
 many individuals it is the bane and dread of life.  Yet such
 persons often use  a  diet  directly  tending  to induce and
 aggravate the evil, while a proper diet always limits, and
 often removes the entire  difficulty, for adipose  tissue is
 only  produced by  certain fat-making articles of food.   If
 these be avoided, the system may at the same time be nour-
 ished, and  this accumulation  of  fat  be prevented.   The
 thanks of the world are due to Mr. Banting, an English
 gentleman, for having  so clearly and forcibly elucidated this
 point in  his  pamphlet* on the subject, to  which I refer
 those more particularly interested.  I have had occasion  to
 verify  his observations in repeated instances.   The fat-mak-
ing articles are particularly butter, sugar, pork, milk, bread,
potatoes, all sweet fruits, etc.  Hence, the patient may  eat
all  kinds of  meat except pork—all kinds of fish except
 ♦Banting, on corpulency. 
48
homeopathic mentor.
salmon, all the fruits except those containing sugar in large
proportion, and  nearly all kinds of vegetables except pota-
toes.  Now, by choosing a diet containing largely the articles
allowed, and only a very little of well baked or toasted bread
or potatoes, to which sour wine and tea and coffee may be
added  in  moderation,  and no  butter, milk, or  sugar, the
most corpulent may reduce their weight several pounds per
month, while improving their general  health, strength and
mental vigor.  And this may be continued to  any reason-
able limit.
  Very lean,  spare people, by  pursuing the opposite
course, may increase their weight and  embonpoint as well
as their comfort.   They should  use   sugar, milk, butter,
bread,  potatoes, pork, fat meat, oysters  and fruits, figs,
grapes and fish.   These heat and fat-producing elements
will, unless the assimulation be very faulty, soon produce  a
change for the better, which may be extended at the  pleas-
ure of  the individual.
  In cold weather, when people are  exposed to low tem-
peratures,  the more fat  and heat-producing  articles  are
required.  Of  these, pork, buckwheat,  Indian corn, wheat
bread,  butter,  milk, sugar, beer or  ale, beans, peas,  meat
pies, poultry, etc., are among the more prominent.
  In warm weather the more cooling, less heat-producing
articles are appropriate.  The quantity  of meat of any kind
should be moderate, and that principally  the lean of beef,
lamb, veal or  poultry, and  well-ripened fruits of all kinds,
and of vegetables in their seasons, with a due proportion of
well-baked wheaten bread.  Cooling drinks,  acidulated
with fruits, are in order and are  very grateful and healthy. 
                         FOOD.                       49

A far more liberal and even generous use of fruits in their
seasons, I am persuaded, would largely conduce to the health
and welfare of our people.
  The  diet of  old people  should be regulated  accord-
ing  to  their individual  condition.    If  they are  fat,
heavy and sleepy, inclined to sit and slumber, they should
avoid fat meats, butter, sugar and fat-creating elements
of food, and instead, eat of lean  meat, brown bread, fish,
nuts, fruits and vegetables, with the usual quantities of tea
or coffee.   On the contrary, if they are lean, irritable, quer-
ulous or  sleepless,  let  them eat of fat meats, bread and
butter, buckwheat  cakes, rice, milk, potatoes, etc.,  and the
better nourishment of the system will manifest itself in
improved sleep, quiet and disposition.

                 DIET  OF THE SICK.

   In general, sick people need but little food, but that which
is given them should  be nourishing and  easily digested.
During the progress of all acute diseases, fevers and inflam-
mations especially, the process of digestion is mostly sus-
pended, and nature indicates, by a want  of appetite, bad
taste, coated tongue, disgust or even loathing of food, the
indisposition of the organism to  receive or appropriate it.
If food is forced upon the system  at such times, it not only
does no good, but injury, and no food  can  be of any value
or afford nourishment to the system, unless it is digested.
If the  acute stage  of disease  is prolonged, the organism
soon demands  an  amount  of sustenance, equal to  its daily
waste, and then the discrimination of the nurse and attend-
            4
^*£roN. D. c.^ 
50               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

ants is required, so  as to supply this waste without over-
taxing  the  weak or exhausted  digestive  organs.  Thus,
during the acute or  feverish stage of disease, water gruel,
oat-meal gruel, toast water, barley water, pure water, weak
black tea, and drinks made from any of the fresh or dried
fruits, or orange water, or any ripe  fruit, not too acid, are
the usual and proper sustenance, and may be given in such
quantities, and at such intervals, as the  patient desires.
After the more  acute and feverish symptoms have passed
over, the range may be enlarged, and milk toast, boiled rice,
with  a little sugar  or butter, baked apples, fish and even
ripe fruit are allowable.
  In  a condition of more advanced recovery or convales-
cence, beef  tea,   birds and small game, squirrels, rabbits,
pigeons, and other game are in order, and tender steak,
venison,  lamb chops, fresh fish, oysters,  clam soup, etc.,
may be proper.  Where patients are exhausted or very low,
beef tea, wine whey, wine  and even brandy are proper and
at times indispensable.
  When patients are very feeble, and but little nourishment
is given at a time, it may be given in comparative frequency,
say once in two hours; usually, sick people may take a small
meal as often as four or five times in the twenty-four hours.
On the  other hand, we should avoid  feeding patients so
frequently, as  to  keep the stomach in  a state of constant
repletion, and thus obliterate the faintly-returning desire for
food.
  During convalescence, the appetite revives and becomes
sometimes ravenous,  indicating a desire for abundant nour-
ishing food, which may be gratified to any reasonable extent 
exercise.                       51
  Weak black tea is allowable at all times, in a reasonable
quantity, for the  sick and coiiA'alescent.   Tobacco should
be used in moderation, if at  all, while the patient is using
Homeopathic medicine, and persons using it should always
rinse the  mouth thoroughly before  taking the  pills, and
should  refrain  from smoking  or chewing for an  hour or
more after having taken  their medicine.  Yet we find  the
moderate use of this narcotic far less prejudicial to the action
of Homeopathic  Medicine than has  generally been sup-
posed.  Acids,  spices,  pepper, etc., in  moderation, or used
in the preparation  of  food, are not so objectionable as is
usually held.  Yet  the system should not be deluged with
the one or saturated with the other, if we expect a favorable
action from Homeopathic treatment.   The condiments used
in preparing plain food, and the  acids or mustard used in
making a salad, need not be abandoned if used in modera-
tion.

                      EXERCISE.

  Exercise is important  to the invalid and those of seden-
tary habits; yet to  be useful, it  should be attended with
pleasurable excitement and freedom from labor or anxious
thought.  In acute diseases, we are more inclined to exercise
too much than too little, also in many chronic diseases.
But in convalescence the patient should  exercise either
passively in  a  carriage,  or  by walking every day in  the
open  air, limited only by the danger  of  exposure to cold,
and his own strength and ability to sustain the effort.   But
if exercise exhausts one, excites vertigo, dizziness, or  occa- 
52
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
sions pain, it will not prove beneficial.  This is especially
the case with sick or enfeebled persons, and may be consid-
ered a general rule.

HOW  TO  SELECT, PREPARE  AND TAKE  THE
                     MEDICINES.

  In general, and for slight affections,  after having first
looked over or read the Manual, a glance at the indications
on  the inside cover of the case will be sufficient to show
from what  particular vial  the medicine is  to be  taken
for any particular disease or symptom.  Yet if more than
a single dose is required, it will be well to read over,  in the
Mentor, the description of the Disease or affection which is
supposed to be present.
  After having  read the directions carefully, and selected
the proper Specific, if the directions are  to take the medi-
cine dry,  then  take  * six of the pellets  from the vial into
the hand  or a spoon, and thence  into the mouth, and let
them gradually dissolve without being chewed or swallowed
whole like pills.   It is a bad way to  turn the vial against
the tongue or into the mouth, as the breath contaminates
and dissolves the pellets.
  If it is designed  to take several portions during the
twenty-four hours, it is always  best to  take them in fluid
form.  For this  purpose, count six pellets for every portion
of medicine for  an adult, or one pellet for young children,
and putting these in a glass, add a tablespoonful of drinking
water  for each  portion  for an adult, or a teaspoonful for
each portion for a child, and  an  extra spoonful for waste,
 * See page 64. 
MEDICATION.                   53
and having crushed and dissolved them by stirring with the
spoon, proceed to give  according  to  the  intervals men-
tioned.
  Two Specifics may often be given in alternation, that is,
first one, then after the proper interval, the other, and so on.
Where specifics are to be thus given, let  each  be prepared
according to the above directions, remembering that each
glass  has  its separate spoon and label to prevent mixture
or confusion.
  This alternation of remedies is a favorite mode of treat-
ment, and  may be resorted to when all  the symptoms do
not seem  to  be  met by one remedy, or when really two
diseases may be present at  the same time, as for instance:
cough and fever, catarrh  and dyspepsia, leucorrhoea  and
constipation, headache and dyspepsia.  In such cases the
two Specifics may be  given  alternately with  advantage.
   When we  can do  so, it  is  preferable  to  cure Avith a
single Specific.  In  cases  where some symptom does not
seem  to be within the range of the remedy, yet in using it
a few days, this  symptom or complaint often disappears
with  the main disease.
   The best time for taking medicine is  in  the morning on
rising and washing the mouth, and at night on retiring to
rest

              REPETITION OF  DOSES.
   The repetition of doses depends much upon circumstances.
In acute diseases and in urgent  cases, the Specific acts best
when dissolved, and a spoonful given every fifteen minutes,
half-hour, hour, two or four hours, according to the urgency 
54              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 of the case, always bearing in mind this rule, to diminish
 the frequency of the  doses in proportion  as the  patient
 improves, and to  discontinue the Specific altogether as
 soon as entire relief is afforded.  In most cases of  chronic
 disease, a dose morning and at night will be sufficient, or
 at most, three or four times a day.  In  very many cases a
 dose once per day is quite  sufficient, and  better than if
 more  frequent.  It is not the  quantity or  frequency of
 doses so much as the appropriateness of the remedy Avhich
 cures  the patient,  and if a small  quantity will not  cure,
 there is but little hope of a large one.

  N. B.—In former editions of this work, and also of the
 Manual, I have indicated two pellets as the usual dose
 of medicine for adults and  less  for children. But  that
 number (two pellets) had reference to the  large  pel-
 lets found in the paper boxes, and which  were  three
 times  the size of those now used and put up uniformly
 in the vials.  Hence the doses are now given at six pel-
 lets instead of two, the real amount being the same.
  Also, it should be recollected that the power of a given
dose of  medicine  is  increased by being dissolved or
spread over a  larger surface, so that two small pellets
thoroughly dissolved in  a spoonful of water is  a more
powerful dose than six pellets taken dry. 
DISEASES AND  TREATMENT.
                    FEVERS.


  Fevers have usually a precursory  stage  of  some  days,
consisting of depression, pain in the limbs, headache, coated
tongue, turns of vertigo, loss of appetite, or general  lassi-
tude.   After this there is either a cold chill or chilliness
for a  day or two, which is  folloAved by  high fever, Avith
headache, sleeplessness, often  delirium, full, quick,  hard
pulse,  quick respiration, vertigo  on  rising or sitting up,
sometimes vomiting, costive boAvels, etc.
  This stage continues some days, depending upon the char-
acter of the fever and treatment,  after  which, in favorable
terminations, the pulse by degrees abates, the skin gradually
becomes  moist, the tongue cleans off, appetite and strength
improve, and the patient becomes convalescent.

    GENERAL RULES IN  THE TREATMENT OF FEVERS.

  Perfect rest  of body  and  mind, freedom  from  care,
annoyance and anxiety, as far as possible.
  The room should  be well ventilated, aired and lighted,
and scrupulously clean. 
56                HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

  The bed should be a hair mattress, or a quilt doubled on
a straw or  other bed, and the bed linen frequently aired
and changed.
  Pure cold water should be used as drink, and the face,
hands and body should be frequently sponged off Avith tepid
or cool Avater.
  Toast water, gruel, barley or rice water may be used as
drink  after the fever has a little abated, or drink may be
made of any mild, fresh or dried fruits, except when  there
is diarrhoea, when fruit drinks should be avoided.
  Gradually a more substantial diet may be allowed, begin-
ning with baked apples, boiled rice, toast bread, jellies, meat
soups, clam soup, and yet more substantial articles of food
during convalescence.

  Varieties of Fever are not always sharply defined, and
not unfrequently a fever  assumes a particular character in
its progress, or begins in one form and changes into another.

           ERETHIC OR SIMPLE FEVER.

  It is usually transient, but may be the precursor of more
serious disorders, and  so demands attention.
  It begins Avith a chill or shivering, which is succeeded by
heat, thirst, general uneasiness, accelerated pulse and  some
prostration, and terminates in a profuse perspiration.
   Treatment.—GiAre the FeA'er Specific, No.  One, dis-
solved  in  water, as directed  on  page 52, a spoonful every
half-hour  during the violence  of the chill  and fever, and
then as the  heat  and uneasiness abates  and perspiration
appears, give at intervals of an  hour or more until entirely
cooled  off, and convalescence is established.   This usually
requires but a day or two, when the patient may be dis-
missed. 
fevers.                     57
             INFLAMMATORY FEVER.

  This  form of fever commences with a  chill of some
duration, followed by high fever, strong, quick pulse, burn-
ing heat,  red face,  severe headache, hurried respiration,
thirst, tossing and sleeplessness.  The symptoms are worse
in the evening and  are  better after midnight and toAvards
morning.   It may continue ten or fourteen days unless cut
short by  the Specific treatment,  and if  mismanaged  by
active cathartics, may readily run into  typhus or typhoid,
or other sIoav fevers.
   It is caused by sudden check of  perspiration, exposure to
cold damp winds, intense mental emotions, high living, or
mismanaged febrile attacks.  It generally appears in persons
of adult age, full habit and sanguine temperament.
   Treatment.—In this form  of  fever only the  Fever
Specific  No. One  is required.   Dissolve tAventy pellets, in
ten or twelve large spoonfuls of water in a glass; and of the
fluid give a large  spoonful every hour or even every half
hour, at first, and so continue giving a spoonful at intervals
of an hour or less during the  height of the  fever,  and at
longer  intervals as the  snrface  cools  off and the surface
groAvs moist, until  the full crisis appears and the disease
is subdued.
   Sponge off the  hands and  face and even the surface of
the  body frequently during the  dry,  burning heat, and
after sweating; and at first during the chill, or if the feet
are  inclined to be cold, or head very hot, a hot foot-bath
will  be of advantage.   This  treatment  will  generally
promptly relieve and gradually arrest its progress.  After
the fever  has subsided, the Specific  No. Ten,  six  pellets
three times per day, should be given for some days, to com-
plete the  cure. 
58
homeopathic mentor.
   BILIOUS OR GASTRIC FEVER, REMITTENT
                       FEVER.

  These fevers generally originate in some derangement of
the stomach  or  digestive organs, or from malaria.  In the
origin and progress of the disease the derangement of the
biliary or gastric system is prominent.  It has less of the
violent heat  and inflammatory action than the fever so
named, and  yet  not  so  much of nervous  prostration  and
debility, as in typhoid fevers.   The bilious form is more
common in the Southern States, and in the hot season than
in the more  temperate  regions, Avhile the gastric fever is
common in more Northerly regions.
  It may be occasioned by great heat and excessive perspi-
ration, Avhich is suddenly checked, or by  irritating sub-
stances taken into the stomach, or even by violent emotions
such  as  anger, grief  or care, or other excitement acting
upon an  irritable temperament, or in common with other
causes.
  Symptoms.—It has a precursory stage, marked by decided
gastric or biliary derangement, headache, coated tongue,
bitter or foul taste, deficient appetite and general depres-
sion.  After  this there  is a  more or less prolonged chill,
followed  by sharp, pungent heat of the hands, face  and
surface,violent headache  in the forehead, frequently delirium
at night, sense of Aveight and fulness in the region  of the
stomach, nausea  and  inclination  to vomit, belching up of
wind, and vomiting of  acid bile or of mucus  mixed with
bile, tongue  thickly  coated dirty yellow, bowels are fre-
quently tender and at first constipated, afterwards tendency
to diarrhoea.  The face is pale and sickly, white of the eyes
more or less yellow, pulse quick, tense, sometimes intermit-
ting, and the urine is dark, cloudy, often thick and turbid.
The more the liver is implicated, the more yellow the sur- 
FEVERS.
59
face, the  whites  of the eyes, and the darker the urine and
more yellow and thick coated the tongue.
  The fever is  subject to distinct remissions, coming on
after a slight perspiration, and after some hours the fever
recommences again and there may be a succession of these
remissions, the more distinct they are, the more favorable
for the patient.  This fever is inclined to terminate in the
intermittent form, or fever and ague.
  Treatment.— The  Fever  Pills, No.  One and the
Bilious  Pills,  No. Ten, are the proper remedies  in this
form of   fever.   Prepare  according to  directions on page
52, tAvelve or fourteen pellets of each number  in separate
glasses, and give for  the  first tAvelve hours, and until the
force of the fever has someAvhat abated, the  Fever  Pills,
No.  One,  a spoonful every hour.   After that, give the tAvo
medicines, No. One and No. Ten, alternately, at intervals of
one or two hours, according to the heat and intensity of the
fever, and continue these until the violence of the disease is
broken ;  then at longer intervals, until a cure is  established.
   Should  a  diarrhoea come on  and threaten  to  become
exhausting, suspend the use  of the No. Ten, and in place
of it give the No. Four, until the diarrhoea has  abated, and
then go on again as before.
   Should the disease terminate in a regular Intermittent
Fever, give the No. Sixteen alternately with the No. Ten
every three hours, in solution, until the  disease  is cured.
   In the invasive stage, before the fever has declared itself,
six  pellets of the No. Ten, for  indigestion, taken dry  on
the tongue two or three times a day, will correct the action
of the stomach and liver,  and arrest the entire disease.

          TYPHOID OR TYPHUS FEVERS

Are marked  by great weakness  and  prostration  of the
system,  fever  usually  not  so high, but early delirium, 
60
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
dry or dark coated tongue, sleeplessness, or deep, profound
sleep, pain in the head and  back.  This form of fever fre-
quently commences with slight  shiverings and dull heavy
headache, oppression,  anxious expression  of  the  counte-
nance,  nausea, despondency and very drowsy or  a quiet
delirium, a slightly accelerated pulse, feeble and tremulous.
  Sometimes the symptoms from the first assume a more
pernicious  form, beginning  Avith alternations of chill and
heat,  Avith  a tense hard pulse, sometimes quick, at others
not increased in frequency; pain in  the forehead and top
of the head, and very generally in the back, sleeplessness and
delirium at first,  then Ioav  muttering delirium;  putrid
diarhoea, bleeding from the nose, and  dark, putrid, or even
bloody discharges from the boAvels.
  It  is frequently caused, especially in its worst forms,  by
over-crowding, as  upon shipboard  or in  work-houses  or
prisons, and hence deficient air and  nutrition,  Often over-
work, exhaustion of body and mind, exposure and epidemic
influences cause the milder forms of the disease. This  form
of fever generally attacks young or middle  aged people,
rarely children or the aged, and usually but once, the sub-
ject being thereafter exempt.
  Treatment.—If a good  Homeopathic Physician can  be
obtained, let him be called, if not proceed as follows: give
the No. One and the No. Sixteen Specifics in alternation.
Dissolve twelve  or fourteen pellets  in half as many large
spoonfuls of water, each in separate glasses, and give alter-
nately every two hours, first of No. one  and then of No.
Sixteen, as directed on page 52, and thus continue, being
careful  to  have  the room  well  ventilated,  and have the
hands,  face and body frequently sponged off with tepid
water during the heat.
  When Typhus or Typhoid  fever prevails in a family or
vicinity, the use  of the Specific, No.  One, six pills morning 
FEVER AND AGUE.                  61
and night, will protect the person from having the  fever, a
matter of much importance in some cases.
  I do not advise the treatment of Typhoid, Typhus, or
other severe  forms of fevers, by non-professional persons.
Circumstances may render it  necessary, and hence the pro-
priety of giving the treatment.   But in general, such cases
should be treated by  a competent physician, as  complica-
tions or  changes may occur, for  which no  other person
should assume the responsibility.

                 FEVER AND AGUE.

  This disease is so well known as  scarcely to  require
remark.  When fully deA'eloped, and of simple type, it con-
sists of three stages—the cold stage or chill, the heat, and
the SAveating  stage.   During the chill there is usually pain
in the head, back and  limbs, nausea and even  vomiting,
thirst, blue  nails, shivering, yawning, etc.   During the
heat, headache, sometimes  delirium, hot skin, quick pulse,
and other symptoms are usually present.  This  is usually
followed by  a  profuse long-continued perspiration.   The
entire  paroxysm, however, may be variously modilied, as the
hot and cold stage may be mixed, or the hot stage precede
the cold, or the SAveat be entirely wanting.
  The paroxysm may return every day, every second day,
or even at longer intervals, generally advancing an hour or
tAVO at each access, though sometimes postponing.
  Directions.—As   a  Preventive:  Persons  residing
where Fever and Ague is  prevalent, or those traA'eling in
such regions, along rivers, lowlands, plains, or marshes, may
be protected  from this disease by simply taking six of the
Fever and  Ague  Pills, No. Sixteen eArery night on
going to bed.   If there are symptoms of its approach, such
as depression, headache, bad  taste in the mouth, chilliness
and  pain in the limbs :  take  six  pills four times per day, 
62
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
and  live for  some- days on very light, easily-digested diet,
avoiding labor, over-work or fatigue.
  To Cure the  Disease :  For chills which return every
day: take two hours before each chill is to come on,  six  of
the pills, permitting them to dissolve in the mouth; then
take no medicine until the paroxysm is over and the sweat
partially subsided, when  six  more pills are  to be  taken,
and thus continue until the disease is broken.   Then two
pills every night and   morning for  four weeks,  to prevent
a relapse.
  For chills which return every other day : take six pills
one hour before each  paroxysm comes on, and six  more
after it has passed off; then during the well day, take six
pills morning, noon  and night.   In all other  cases, take
 Six  pills, morning and night.  In some cases, where the
digestion seems much impaired and liver obstructed, the
use of the No. Ten  and the No. Sixteen, in  alternation
every three hours, has been promptly efficient in arresting
the  chills and curing the disease.  After the  chills have
subsided, take four pills  every night for four weeks, to pre-
vent a  return of the disease, and avoid exposure, heavy in-
digestible food, or severe labor.  For children, give one-half
as much medicine as for adults.

           DUMB AGUE,  CHILL FEVER.

  These are simply irregular forms of fever and ague, whose
type has been broken by quinine, cholagogue or other drugs,
or even by long  continuance.  The chill, heat and  sweat
are irregular or  mixed;  sometimes  no chill,  only longr
continued heat, and at others only chill and long, lasting
sweat.
  Treatment.—Take the Fever and Ague Specific
No.  Sixteen,  six  pills  three  times per day, avoiding
taking them during the  paroxysm, but some little time be-
fore  and afterwards. 
FEVERS of children.
63
            OLD SUPPRESSED  AGUES.

  The results of fever and ague, and the effects of quinine,
arsenic,  cholagogue, and other  pernicious drugs so often
used to suppress it, are often manifested by vertigo or turns
of dizziness, ringing in  the ears, deafness, enlarged spleen
or ague-cake,  swelling  of the limbs or  general dropsy,
great feebleness and debility, coated tongue, Aveak digestion
or liver complaint.  In  these bad complications the  cure
may require some time, but will be perfect and permanent.
  Treatment.—This condition requires  the  use  of the
Fever and Ague Specific No. Sixteen, six  pills morn-
ing and at night.   Should the digestion be weak, tAvo pills
of No. Ten may also be taken each forenoon and afternoon.
This course will prove promptly and permanently effectual.

              FEVERS OF CHILDREN.

   Fevers  among  children of from one to  ten years of age
are quite common, and are often brought on by over fatigue,
playing in the heat of the sun, exposure in light thin dress,
or bare  arms or legs  to  cold, chilly winds, improper food,
sweetmeats, or  the  irritation of Avorms, provoked by such
food, or the irritation  of teething.
   Such fevers are manifested by heat of the hands and sur-
face, red face, or one cheek red and the other pale, swelling
and  throbbing of the veins of the neck, hot  head, quick
pulse, rapid  breathing, fretfulness, and often inclination to
sleep.
  Treatment.—The Fever Specific, No. One  is only
required.  Dissolve  ten  or twelve pellets in as many small
spoonfuls  of water, and of this give every half-hour at first,
and then every hour, a spoonful, until the disease  is sub-
dued.  Should  the  fever have been occasioned by indiges-
tible substances—raisins, oranges or sweetmeats—and  the 
64
homeopathic mentor.
   bowels be constipated, give  an injection of tepid  salt and
   water, and  repeat it if necessary.  And should  there be
   twitchings and startings on going to sleep, thus indicating
   convulsions, give two pills  of the Specifie for convulsions,
   No. Thirty-three, and repeat it again after two or three
   hours if necessary.  Drink  moderately of water, and  often
   sponge off the body Avith tepid water.  Keep them on very
   Ioav diet and quiet until relieved.  This is the proper treat-
   ment for all forms of fevers and  even inflammation in
   children.

            SCARLET  FEVER; SCARLATINA.

     This is usually considered a very formidable disease, but
   under the mild and efficient system of Homeopathic treat-
   ment, it has lost most of its terrors.  True, sometimes an
   epidemic may pass  over the country, of unusual violence
   which  carries off quite a proportion of its little sufferers,
   but in general, it passes as a comparatively mild and harm-
   less disease.
     There are some three varieties, marking, in fact, degrees
j   in the severity of  the disease, and the degree of danger
j   likely to attend it.
     In the  simple  form, it commences  with peevishness,
   chilliness, headache, nausea and vomiting, after Avhich  the
   eruption appears, first at the face and upper extremities and
   subsequently over the body, either  diffused or in patches,
   assuming a  bright scarlet  color, breath offensive, tongue
   coated, high fever and soreness of the throat.
      The anginose variety has more violent symptoms, com-
   mences with  vomiting, Avhich may continue for hours, high
   fever, quick pulse, eruption somewhat paler and in patches
   or diffused ; the tonsils become inflamed and  swelled, and
   ulcerate;  tongue  dirty-white or red,  great  prostration;
   after some days  swelling of  the glands of the cheek and 
SCARLET fever.
65
beneath the ear;  the  fever is very high, and surface hot
and  dry, and  often  discharge  of  hot excoriating mucus
from the nose.
  In the malignant form, the most violent symptoms are
manifested about the head, and it sometimes terminates  in
fatal congestion before  the eruption has fully made its ap-
pearance ; in milder  cases there is constant vomiting, vio-
lent pain in the  head, stupor Avith half-closed eyes, pale
imperfect eruption in spots or of brick-dust color, and after
these excoriating discharge from the nose.
  In the milder forms the eruption should begin to grow
pale and disappear in three or lour days, and the lever and
sore throat abate, and the  child be Avell in a week.  But the
other varieties are uncertain, and may require ten or four-
teen days, or e\rcn longer for a cure.
  You  may recognize  the scarlet feArer from other diseases
by the  vomiting, the sore throat, the  high fever, and the
subsequent eruption.
  Treatment.—As a preventive, Avhen  scarlet  feArer pre-
vails in the neighborhood, give the children each morning
and nighttwoof the Fever Pills No. One.
  So soon  as the vomiting or fever has declared itself,  com-
mence  Avith the  Fever  Specific No. One, dissoh-ed in
water, tAvelve pellets in as many teaspoonsful of water, of
which  give a spoonful every hour.   Continue this  from
day to day, preparing new medicine daily, except Avhen the
patient is quietly sleeping at the time  for giving the medi-
cine, then give it after the patient aAvakes.
  For  the vomiting, if severe or frequent, interpose six
pellets of Specific No. Six, and repeat it tAvo or three times
in  alternation with the  No.  One, until the vomiting is
relieved.
  After tAvo or three  days it will be best to alternate Spe-
cific No. Fourteen with No. One, prepared in like  man-
5 
66              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

ner, and give the two medicines at intervals of two hours,
and so continue until the disease is cured.
  Should there occur swellings under the ear or jaw, if the
fever  has gone, give the Specific No. Twenty-three in
alternation  with No. Fourteen. If discharges  from the
ear or earache,  give  the No.  Twenty-two  instead.  If
dropsical swellings, which sometimes occur in consequence
of taking cold, the No. Twenty-five, six pills three times
per day, will soon relieve.

                     MEASLES.

  Measles prevail usually towards spring, and is  generally
a mild, easily-managed disease.   It commences Avith symp-
toms of bad cold, sneezing, lachrymation, and slight redness
of the eyes, and soon a hoarse, loose cough, Avhich is charac-
teristic of the disease.   The rash appears  first on the face
in minute  pimples  in clusters,  with a reddish blush, deep-
ening and  increasing as it comes out—the first  day  upon
the face and  neck, next  upon the body, and the third day
extending to the lower extremities, by Avhich time it groAvs
fainter upon the face, and disappears in the same manner.
There is fever, loose cough, hoarseness, etc.
   Treatment.—Give the Fever Specific No. One, prepared
as directed on page 52, every two hours, and continue this
treatment through the entire course of  the disease.  If the
measles do not come out  well, do not be  alarmed about that;
keep the patient warm, give some warm tea or nourishing
soup, a hot foot-bath, but nothing  else; the  measles will
come out sufficiently. If the cough is troublesome,  alter-
nate the Cough Pills No. Seven Avith the No. One. If
very  hoarse, give a  few doses  of the Croup Pills. If the
eyes are  at all red, inflamed, intolerant of light, the No.
Eighteen will be found to  act like  a  charm, given in
alternation with No. One, and for any weakness of  sight 
FEVERS.
67
remaining or in consequence of measles, they may be relied
upon, giving tAvo pills morning and night  Care should be
taken  during the measles, to prevent taking cold, as serious
diseases of the lungs may arise as a consequence.


             SMALL-POX;  VARIOLOID.

  Small-pox and its modified form, termed varioloid, is a
strictly infectious disease, being always communicated  by
contagious matter or effluvia from those Avho have it.  It is
important to recognize it at the earliest hour possible, in
order to adopt  a proper treatment as well as to  prevent
others from  exposure.  These circumstances will aid us in
establishing the  diagnosis.  The disease comes on  in from
nine to fourteen days after exposure.   It begins Avith chilli-
ness, some feArer, a peculiar  SAvimming or dizziness of the
head  and headache, pain in the back, often quite severe
and constant, derangement of the stomach, often nausea and
vomiting, aching in the bones and soreness of the flesh, and
among children and in violent cases,  it is  ushered in  by
violent convulsions.
  After the  symptoms above have continued three days, the
eruption begins to come out, showing itself first  on the
forehead and face in the  form of minute red points, Avhich
increase  in  size from  day to day, while others make their
appearance on the face and by degrees over the hands, arms
and other portions of  the body, but ahvays more numerous
on the forehead and face.  If the face is red and swelled, it
will be likely to assume the confluent form, the pustules all
running together and forming  a complete crust.  But if the
face is but little swelled or pale, the pock coming out scat-
tered  only here and  there,  the disease  will assume the
discreet form, with only a few  pustules that  fill; the fever,
vertigo, headache and pains pretty much disappearing  as 
68           HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
the pock comes out and the disease running a mild course.
After four days of deA-elopment, during  Avhich the pus-
tules attain their growth, the suppurative stage commences,
during which the pock become filled Avith a yellowish fluid,
which gradually changes to a turbid appearance, each pock
surrounded by a red circle with a dark indentation at the
top.  About the tenth or eleventh day from the commence-
ment and towards  the close of this stage, there is for two or
three days considerable fever and  flow of saliva; after this
has passed the  pustules gradually grow brownish, dry up
and fall off, leaving cicatrixes or marks of a deep  red color,
Avhich are quite a  period  in assuming the natural color of
the skin.
  Treatment.—This disease under Homeopathic treatment,
is more loathsome than dangerous, and properly treated and
understood, generally passes off as a mild, though unpleasant
visitation.  Tavo points are of especial consideration, espe-
cially during the earlier stages of the disease, namely:  To
keep the patient cool, Avith at all  times plenty of fresh
air.  As soon as  the nature of the disease is understood,
keep the  room entirely cool, give no ivarm teas or  heating
drinks, and  thus prevent the formation  of  numerous pock,
the less of Avhich  the better.   Children  attacked  Avith con-
vulsions  should be taken at once into the open air or a room
without fire for relief.
  All through  the disease  the  greatest  possible cleanliness
should be observed, with frequent change of linen.  When the
pustules begin to form, the room should be darkened, Avhich
is a partial  security  against the pitting from  the disease.
Give only cold Avater, cold toast-Avater or  black tea cold for
drink.  Gruel of  meal, oat-meal,  barley, rice or  farina, all
taken cold, is the  best nourishment.  After the disease has
spent its force, baked apples, boiled rice, custard, toast, etc.,
may be allowed.
   As medicines, from the first symptoms, give the Specific 
FEVERS.
69
No. One, twelve  pellets  in water  as directed on page 52,
of which give a spoonful  every hour during the entire pres-
ence of  fever.   After the fe\*er has  measurably abated,
prepare the Specific No. Fourteen in like manner Avith No.
One, and give  the two alternately at  two hours intervals,
until the drying off of the crusts.
  P. S.—If the Sarracenia Purpurea can be procured,
give it  from the first and all through the disease : ten drops
of the  tincture in a glass half-full of water, Avhich give in
spoonful doses alternately Avith the No. One.  I have known
it to arrest the disease Avhen given early, and to materially
shorten its course and  prevent the pitting.

          PREVENTION OF  SMALL-POX.

  There is unquestionably some risk in vaccination. Matter
from an unhealthy subject may be introduced, carrying
disease Avith it, and thus life-long eA'ils be inflicted.   But
these results are not common, and the careless abuse of a sys-
tem, rather than its legitimate use.  Matter should be select-
ed with care, from a healthy child, one Avho has  no  scrof-
ulous or syphilitic taint in its system, and has no eruption
of any kind upon  the skin or scalp.   Matter taken  from
such  a subject, introduced just beneath the skin of the
outside of the upper third of the left arm, inserted not so
deep as to make it bleed, and  yet  deep enough to shoAV a
slight  discoloration, will run a mild course, produce a pus-
tule in ten  or fourteen  days, that in drying,  will give a
tamarind-stone like crust, and leave a deep  and peculiar
cicatrix which will  sIioav  during  a  life time.   If during the
course  of the vaccination any fever should manifest  itself,
gi^e the  Specific No. One, and if any  eruption of the sur-
face, give Specific No. Fourteen, night and  morning, un-
til it disappears.
  After  many  years of observation, and balancing  all the 
70
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
dangers  and inconvenience of vaccination and  non-vacci-
nation, my conclusion is, that every child should be vacci-
nated, and adults may be properly re-vaccinated when in
danger of exposure to immediate contagion.  This is the
shortest, safest and best method.

                   CHICKEN POX.

   This disease has sometimes been confounded with small-
pox  or varioloid.  But it may be known by the vesicles
appearing mostly on the covered parts of the body or scalp,
while  in small-pox,  they are mostly in  the  face,  by the
vesicles being smooth and  transparent, filled with water
and  growing  rapidly, attaining the size of a pea in a day;
Avhile in small-pox they are pustules firm and hard, begin
to fill only after three or four days of growth.  With chick-
en pox there  is some fever, the thin Avatery vesicles come
out often  in clusters, commence Avith a thin pellicle Avhich
burst or  dry up, forming a small  puckered scab  and rarely
leaves a pit or depression.
  The Avhole disease is mild, and usually runs  its course in
four or five days, unattended Avith danger.
  Treatment.—Give  the  Specific No. One, ten  pellets
dissolved in as many  spoonfuls of Avater, of which give a
spoonful every one or two hours during the course of the
disease.  If a  new crop of vesicles comes out aftenvards,
give two pellets of the Specific No. Fourteen, morning
and night, until the case is cured.

                       MUMPS.

  This disease consists of a swelling of the. salivary glands,
and is  usually not dangerous unless the patient is exposed
to cold during the progress of the disease, and it makes a
transition (metastasis) to some  other organ.  It  is usually
knoAvn as a swelling of the parotid gland in front of,  and 
mumps.                      71
beneath the ear, first commencing on one side and then ex-
tending to the other, rarely both at once; sometimes  the
whole  neck is involved and the swelling  extends beneath
the jaw.  It is attended with fever, and pain when chewing,
especially firm or hard  food, and sometimes pain in SAvallow-
ing.  Sometimes the fifth or seventh  day, the SAvelling
leaves the neck and attacks the  breasts or  testicles, Avhich
become red,  swelled and painful.   At  times, in sensitive
children with prominent heads, it has been knoAvn to  fall
upon the  brain, producing delirium  or other  dangerous
symptoms.
  Treatment.—Keep the child in a  comfortable Avarm
room,  prevent  exposure,  make  no applications except a
light cloth  around  the neck and give no stimulants.  Give
the  Specific  No.  One, ten pellets  dissolved in as many
spoonfuls  of  water, of which give one every hour.  After
the fever has abated, prepare the Specific  No.  Taventy-
Three in like manner, and gixe alternately with No. One,
at intervals of tAvo  hours, until the disease has disappeared.
Should the disease fall upon the testicle, the Specific No.
Thirty Avill  soon  relieve, giAren  every two  or three hours.
For  fever, delirium or congestion to the  head, the No. One
is perfectly appropriate and will soon relieve.

                WHOOPING-COUGH.

  This disease usually  prevails  as an epidemic and is sup-
posed  to be  contagious.   Persons are rarely attacked but
once, and generally in childhood.  Under our mild system
of treatment  it generally runs a mild course in from two to
six Aveeks, while  left to itself or under old school treatment,
it may continue from ten  to twelve weeks, and  is  often a
most serious and not unfrequently fatal disease.
  It usually  commences  as a common  cold, though  from
the first the cough is more spasmodic  and convulsive than 
72               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
from a catarrh.  After a week or two the cough assumes its
true distinctive  character, Avhich consists  in a rapid suc-
cession of shocks or coughs, succeeded by a long drawn, deep
inhalation  or whoop.  It is generally attended with  some
degree of fever, and, after it has  reached its  acme  and be-
gan to decline, there is at the conclusion of each cough, ex-
pectoration of a quantity of thick gluey mucus.  In some
instances, vomiting  occurs Avith almost every violent cough,
and the  little sufferer seems to be  able to  retain but little
food, and Avith nervous children, convulsion or stiffening of
the body and limbs, and loss of breath are not uncommon.
At times the cough is  so  violent that blood is  forcibly
throAvn  from the nose and  mouth, and the whites of the
eyes become  injected or suffused Avith blood.  The disease
becomes dangerous  Avhen  the  inflammation  attacks the
mucus membrane or  substance of the lungs, thus  produc-
ing a complicated  pneumonia or  bronchitis.  When this
occurs, the  cough loses  its  convulsive character,  becomes
short and dry, with high fever and short  labored  respira-
tion.   These complications  or severe symptoms are  rare
under our system of treatment.
   Treatment.—To  prevent  the  Whooping  Cough,
when children have been exposed to it or begin to cough,
simply give  of  the  Specific No.  Twenty, two pills three
times  per  day, and the result Avill be that the cough Avill
• disappear or pass off as a  mild non-convulsive catarrhal
 cough.
   Treatment.—To  Cure the  Disease : Give of the
 Specific No. Twenty,  two pill3four  times per  day.  for
 children under tAvo years of age, and six  pills at a time  for
 those  older, either dry,  or in  water, as may be most con-
 venient, and continue this through tbo entire course of the
 disease.
    If at  any time fever should manifest  itself, or the cough
 become dry  and harsh, dissohe eight pellets of Specific No. 
WHOOPING COUGH.
73
One, in eight teaspoonfuls of water, of which  give a spoon-
ful  every one  or two hours, intermediate with Specific No.
Twenty, and  continue this until the fever abates, and the
cough becomes soft and moist
  Let the child live  on light diet, little or no meat, cake,
pastry, or rich, or heavy food, but  an abundance of mucila-
ginous drinks, rice water, barley water, gum water, or even
weak black tea, or chocolate. 
74
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR,
            DISEASES  OF THE  SKIN.

  It has  been common to treat  all kinds of eruptions by
means of applications directly to the surface, which is the
particular seat of the disease.  But the human system
being a unit, it follows, of necessity, that no eruption can
form upon the surface Avithout the co-existence of a certain
morbid condition  of the system. Hence the propriety of
treating all  such  eruptions  Avith internal remedies alone,
and hence the brilliant results Avhich have attended such a
method of treatment  It is often not difficult to repel an
eruption  from the surface by medicinal applications.   But
the disease is  usually not only not cured, but  merely re-
pelled, to fall upon  some other organ  or  surface, and is
generally as  much Avorse than the former condition, as its
neAV location is more unnatural  and more difficult to heal.
Hence, for  all such forms of disease, we prescribe nothing
for the surface invoked  beyond the proper  purity  and
cleanliness, and merely advise the internal use of our rem-
edy for such forms of disease.  A  cure  Avill then result
naturally, permanently, and  Avithout injury to the system.

               ERYSIPELAS, ROSE.

  This disease assumes  two or  three distinct forms,  and
though sometimes trivial, is oftentimes a  very  serious dis-
ease.  The  acute  form  commonly  appears  on  the  face,
commencing on one cheek,  or ear,  or under the eye, as a
deep  reddish blush, with  swelling of the part, and  from
thence extending  over the face, and often the scalp, like a
fire, attended  with redness,  swelling,  itching,  heat  and 
ERYSIPELAS.                    75
burning of the part, and followed by desquamation or scal-
ing off of the surface,  over which the erysipelas has passed.
Often blisters or vesicles arise,  filled with  yellow serum,
which  burst, covering the surface with a thickish  crust.
There  is considerable fever,  and when the erysipelas as-
sumes  the  phlegmonous  form,  the  inflammation  not
only involves the skin, but the tissue beneath it, and deep
ulcerations and formation of matter are very  liable  to oc-
cur.  This  is  more  particularly the  result, Avhen  the
erysipelas  attacks  a limb, arm,  leg, foot or hand.   When
erysipelas  of the face occurs, and the affection is attended
with high  fever, and  extends and  spreads  over the scalp,
the brain is apt to  become affected, attended Avith delirium,
dread  of light, and other very grave symptoms.  Happily,
under our mild system of treatment, such terminations are
unusual, and the disease generally passes off as a very mild
affair.
  Sometimes a part is injured even very slightly, and  oAving
to mismanagement or a peculiar condition of the system,
an  erysipelatious  inflammation  sets  in, Avhich  assumes  a
very grave  and dangerous character, and requires careful
management.
  Treatment.—From the  first, the Specific No. Four-
teen is the proper remedy,  not  only for light and  trivial
cases,  but  for those  of the  gravest character.  Dissolve
twelve pellets in six large spoonfuls of water, of which give
to children  a  small, and to  adults a large spoonful, every
two hours, and continue this treatment without interruption
during the waking hours.   In  acute erysipelas, or Avhen
there is fever, or in erysipelas of the face, or when there is
tendency to assume a severe or malignant form, prepare
also the Specific  No. One,  in  the same manner as  No.
Fourteen, and give  the tAvo in alternation, at intervals of
one hour, and to  continue  the  use of  No. One until the
fever, heat, and  SAvelling is allayed, when the cure may be 
76
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
finished with No. Fourteen.   No  application should be
made to the surface;  grease or oily substances and water
are pernicious; scorched flour sometimes allays the itching;
and the patient should live on  very  light  diet, no meat or
meat soups until full convalescence.
  Erysipelas of the legs often appears in a very torpid
form, as a  darkish  red or mottled patch on the leg, with-
out fever or much heat or irritation  of  the part, and aside
from the discoloration, the patient would  scarcely know of
its existence.  In these cases, give the Specific No. Four-
teen, six pills four times per day, dry or  dissolved, live on
light diet and  rest the limbs as much as  possible, and the
disease will disappear.

                ZONA OR SHINGLES.

  This is a form intermediate between herpes  and erysipe-
las, and quite common.  It comes out on some portion of
the body, generally between  the shoulders and  hips, in the
form of a belt, usually about a hand's breadth, and extend-
ing around a portion of the body.  The eruption consists of
small vesicles or blisters upon  this reddish inflamed basis,
and  attended  with burning, stinging  and itching.  It is
frequently  attended with fever. It arises from the  same
causes as erysipelas and  requires the same treatment, and
is rarely dangerous.
  Treatment.—Give  the Specific  No. Fourteen,  six
pills every two or three hours, and  if there is  fever, alter-
nate the Specific No. One with  it, as an  intermediate
remedy.  It will disappear in two or three days.

       NETTLE RASH, URTICARIA, HIVES.

   This affection mostly  attacks children,  though  some
adults have it in a diffused form with much severity. 
nettle rash.                   77
  It generally appears as a feverless eruption, coming out
in spots much like the  sting of a bee or mosquito, or the
sting of nettles, a pale, or red, or whitish eminence, some-
what hard, from half an inch to an inch in diameter, often
clustered  together; these  spots are attended  Avith  heat,
itching and burning,  causing great annoyance.  They dis-
appear after some hours, and reappear again in other loca-
tions, being  more likely to appear in cool, than  in  warm
temperature.  In adults,  it sometimes  appears as a deep
scarlet rash, attended  Avith heat, itching and  swelling, and
covering the entire person. It is usually developed by changes
of temperature, over-eating, or  eating certain kinds of fish
or shell fish, and  in  children is almost always connected
with some derangement of the digestion.  It is apt  to re-
appear from time to time.
   Treatment.—Give the  Specific  No.  Fourteen,  six
pellets morning, noon and night.  This will be sufficient in
ordinary cases.  But if  there is considerable of it on  the
person, arms or limbs, or  fever, and the itching  is annoy-
ing, dissolve eight or ten pellets of Specific No. One, in as
many spoonfuls of water, of Avhich give  one every hour un-
til relieved, then trust for the cure to No. Fourteen, given
three times per day.
   In chronic cases and to eradicate  it from the system, and
when  the digestion  is at fault, give  six  pellets of No.
Fourteen, morning  and noon, and six pellets of Specific
No. Ten, at night

                     CHILBLAINS.

   This affection is often troublesome in the winter, or  in cold
frosty Aveather.  It is  a sort  of chronic erysipelas, being
 roused into  activity  from the effects of cold and change
 of temperature.  It mostly makes its  appearance  along the
 sides of the feet, the  soles and heels, in the form of small 
78              homeopathic mentor.
pea-size lumps, often reddish, attended with violent  itch-
ing and burning, when in the warmth of the room.  Some-
times the affection extends to the fingers, hands, ears and
nose, and in very bad cases the chilblains have been known
to burst, leaving very deep and ugly sores.  Chilblains are
often  the result of having  frost bitten the  part, though
they are  always connected with some dyscrasia of  the sys-
tem.  They disappear in summer but are apt to return
very regularly in cold weather.
  Treatment.—Dissolve ten or twelve pellets of Specific
No. One, in as many spoonfuls of water, of which give every
hour to children a tea, and to adults a large spoonful  until
the itching and irritation are relieved.  Then give of Spe-
cific No. Fourteen,  tAvo  pellets three times  per  day, to
complete the cure.
  Bathe the parts with Witch Hazel,  to be obtained at
the shops.  It Avill promptly  relieve the burning and irrita-
tion, and may  be used in conjunction with the other Spe-
cifics named.

       FROST BITES AND FROZEN LIMBS.

  When any portion of the person has been frost bitten or
frozen, the  part, ear, nose, cheek, fingers or toes, should im-
mediately be rubbed in snow  or ice cold water, and this
should be carefully  continued until the part becomes red
and the sensation and circulation are restored.  Then the
best application  is Witch  Hazel.   Moisten a fine rag
or some cotton batting with the same, and envelop the
frost bitten part with it, and  then  from time to time re-
moisten  and  apply it, as it gets dry, until the part is re-
stored.  Specific No. Fourteen, six  pills  four times per
day, will aid in restoring the part. 
SCALD  HEAD.
79
      RING-WORM;  HERPES CIRCINNATUS.

  This is a form of herpes  that  is quite common, usually
commencing in a spot and thence spreading out in a circu-
lar form, and as the centre  regains its natural  appearance,
and the borders  extend, it forms a ring—hence the name.
At times rings form within  each other, and extend in brok-
en or imperfect forms, in various directions.  The ring is
occupied by small vesicles, which after some days break and
leave a rough, reddish  surface, with  a rose-colored  base.
The  rings appear upon  the face, shoulder, arms, hands, in
fact upon  any part of the body.  The duration of the dis-
ease  is uncertain.  It may continue a long time as succes-
sive crops  of rings are produced, and it has been supposed
to be contagious, from the fact, that several children, in the
same school, or  persons  in the same family, are found to
have it at  the same time.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Fourteen is the appro-
priate remedy.  Give six pellets three or four times per day,
either dry  or in water, and the affection  will soon disappear.

   SCALD HEAD; TENIA CAPITIS; PORRIGO.

  This disease may appear in different forms, and is always
contagious, being readily communicated from one child to
another, by means of the comb, brush, towel or even  by
contact of the  diseased part  It is one of the  most  obsti-
nate  of eruptions, and very serious consequences inevitably
result from repelling it from the surface, by means of oint-
ments, or other external applications. It usually commences
as a cluster of minute  vesicles  or pimples,  in  colored,
irregular, circular patches, on Avhich appear yelloAV points or
patches, which contain a yellowish-white, thick, viscid fluid,
of an offensive odor. This  discharge is corrosive and irri-
tates the surface, causing the eruption to extend.  The hair 
80
homeopathic mentor.
becomes glued  up and  matted,  and thick hard elevated
crusts are  formed of varied shape and  appearance.  This
form of tenia is most liable to commence at  the back of
the head, towards  the nape of the neck, and SAvelling and
enlargement of the glands of the neck are not unusual.
  Sometimes this  disease appears as a dry scurfy eruption,
cutting off the hairs  of the head like a knife,  and leaving
bald,  rough, scurfy spots, or patches.   The first form at
times in impoverished, neglected subjects, becomes compli-
cated  with some dyscrasia of the system, and the  entire
scalp  becomes  covered with large pustules, discharging a
yellow or greenish  fetid  ichorous fluid,  Avhich gums up the
entire  hair of the scalp like a cap  of pitch,   the humor
drying and forming thick, hard,  coherent greyish-green
crusts, and covering ulcers of considerable dimensions.
  Treatment.—The less moisture, water, soap-suds,  etc. is
applied to the scalp the better.  Water and soap, while they
soften and cleanse  the part, seem to convey the  infection to
the healthy portion of the scalp, Avhile  the effect upon the
diseased point is not very beneficial.   Hence, keep the head
as clean as possible, and  use as little water or soap as  possi-
ble, shingle off  the hair over the  diseased parts, or the en-
tire head at once,  the sooner  the better.
  Give the Specific No. Fourteen, six pills dissolved in a
spoonful of water, three or  four  times per day.   The
diet should be mild and not exciting.  Should there be heat
and irritation of the scalp, an occasional portion of six pel-
lets of Specific No. One may be given with advantage.


              CRUSTA SERPEGINOSA.

  This is a severe and inveterate  affection  of the skin, very
liable  to become chronic, and to be attended with swellings
of the glands, of the groin, and axilla.
  It commences with a red itching spot on the cheek, in 
CRUSTA SERPEGINOSA.              81
front of the ear, upon which small dark pimples arise, which
itch  violently,  and the spot  becomes surrounded  with  a
bright red halo.  These vesicles break and exude a quantity
of serous, corroding fluid, which causes the infant to scratch
continually, and excites neAV  eruption Avherever it  extends.
In this manner the affection extends  over the face, eyelids,
and sometimes the  hairy scalp.  As  the disease progresses
the eruption sometimes makes its appearance on the neck,
back, loins, and extremities, even after  the disease has left
the face.  The  fluid exuded  from the  eruption, later be-
comes hardened, assuming the form of small, flat,  dark
crusts, Avhich become detached by the neAvly formed  mat-
ter, and leave a sore, ichorous place in the skin.  The itch-
ing causes  constant restlessness, sleeplessness, general de-
bility, and loss of flesh; the infant becoming visibly emacia-
ted.   The  glands  of the  axilla and  groin frequently be-
come affected, swell and sometimes even suppurate, leaving
unpleasant  abscesses,  and  in  groAvn  persons,  abscesses
form on different parts of the trunk or extremities, which
attain the size of a Avabiut, break and leave bluish spots on
the skin.
   Treatment.—The Specific No. Fourteen is the proper
remedy and should be giA'en, six pills four times per day,
for one  week,  dissolving  each portion  in  a teaspoonful  of
water, or give them dry if the disease is only slight  After
the  No. Fourteen  has  thus been  given one Aveek, the
doses may be reduced to one at noon, and one at night, and
six pellets of Specific No. Taventy-tavo should  be given
each  morning.  .If there  is  violent  itching, redness, and
burning, and intolerable restlessness  of the  child, dissolve
six pellets  of Specific  No. One in six  spoonfuls  of water,
and give a spoonful every hour, until  the  itching abates,
and rest is procured.   This  is the proper  treatment, and
should be persevered in until the disease is cured.
6 
82
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
                   ITCH-SCABIES.

  This well known disease consists of a peculiar  eruption
of the skin, characterized by pointed vesicles, usually small,
transparent  at the  top, and filled with thin matter, and
sometimes these  pimples become  enlarged to  pea size, like
pustules or blisters.  The pimples on being scratched, often
bleed freely, or  the tops become filled with  dark blood.
The eruptions appear  on every part  of  the  body, except
the face, generally  most abundant on the Avrists, and  be-
tAveen the fingers, less so on the arms, and legs, and  body.
It is attended with violent itching,  worse  at night and
when undressing, and is more common and more likely to
appear on  children then adults.  It is strictly infectious
and readily communicated by contact,  clothing, or sleeping
in the same bed.
  Treatment.—This is not a disease to be cured in a day.
It Avill at  best require some Aveeks, if fully developed, oft-
times longer.  The patient should have plain,  but  good
wholesome  food, free from condiments  or  stimulants as
possible, and the greatest care should be observed by fre-
quent bathing, and change of linen, to  keep  the skin  as
pure and  free from infectious matter  as possible.   Prepare
likeAvise a lotion, by putting one ounce flour of sulphur to
eight ounces of alcohol, and after shaking well, put a table-
spoonful of this  tincture to a coffee cup of Avater, and after
bathing every night, apply this  to the surface.
  Dissolve daily eight pellets of Specific No. Fourteen
in four  spoonfuls of water, of which give a spoonful four
times per day until cured.  Better than  even this is  the
Sulphur Soap, wnich  may be  procured at the Druggists.
This may be applied  at night after bathing, forming a
lather upon the  surface which may be sponged off the next
morning. 
carbuncles.                  83
                BOILS, FERUNCLES.

  Boils  are  well knoAvn  as  tumors,  somewhat conical in
shape, which are hard, inflame  sloAvly, suppurate and  dis-
charge.  The matter first discharged is bloody or mixed
with blood, but afterwards is pus or  altered tissue, and at
last in a hard mass termed a core.  Not unfrequently boils
appear successively or in crops  upon the same individual,
continuing for  months, and  causing  great annoyance  and
suffering.
  Treatment.—The Specifics  No. One and No. Thirty-
five should be given in  alternation,  four or six  pellets of
each dissolved in  large  spoonful of Avater, and taken in
alternation two  or four times a day, according to the urgen-
cy of the case.   A cloth Avet in diluted  Witch  Hazel
and laid on the boil will soon allay the pain  and  inflamma-
tion, or diluted  arnica may ansAver the same purpose.
  To prevent a recurrence of the boil, or a new crop, take
for six or three weeks, tAvo pellets of No. Fourteen at
night, and of No. Thirty-five  each morning.

             CARBUNCLE;  ANTHRAX.

  The carbuncle differs  from the boil, though someAvhat
similar.  It is a deep  seated, hard circumscribed swelling,
of livid hue, attended  Avith  great pain, itching, and burn-
ing heat   It does not suppurate and discharge  like the
boil, but a thin  acrid offensive fluid runs from several open-
ings which communicate Avith each other, leaving for a
time a whitish  mass within, which,  in  being  discharged,
leaves a deep, ugly cavity.
  The disease runs its course slowly, is attended with fever
and prostration, and when the tumor  is large, and seated on
the head,'spine or nape, is not free from danger.
  Treatment.—At first, while there is considerable fever,
the Specific No. One  should be given hourly in fluid, and 
84
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
after the fever has abated, and the tumor more advanced,
the Specifics No. Taventy-two  and No. Taventy-three
should be given in alternation every two hours.   Dissolve
eight pellets of each, in four spoonfuls of Avater, in separate
glasses, and give every three hours a spoonful alternately.
An application of diluted Witch Hazel,  or arnica dilu-
ted, Avill  be of some relief, or  a poultice of flax seed, Avhere
the tumor is very hard, hot and unyielding.  The medic-
inal  influence is  the  main relief, and  the  disease at best
yields slowly.

              WHITLOW, OR FELON.

  This is an  affection which usually appears at the end of
the finger, sometimes around the roots of the  nail, and at
others, down deep beneath the fascia, or in the ball of the
finger or thumb.  It  is usually attended Avith heat, SAvell-
ing, and great pain, and is liable  to reappear in the  same
person, unless the proper constitutional Homeopathic rem-
edies are used to eradicate  the predisposition  from the
system.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Taventy-two is the prop-
er remedy, of Avhich dissolve  tAvelve  pellets in  six spoon-
fuls of Avater. and give a spoonful every two or three hours,
continuing the same from day to day.  Poultices of flax seed,
slippery  elm, or bread and milk, may be applied Avith ad-
vantage, to  soften the  SAvelling and hasten suppuration,
and the matter  had  best  be discharged as soon as  fluctua-
tion is clearly perceh'ed.

                     ABSCESSES.

   The term abscess   is usually employed to indicate any
morbid collection of matter.
   There are in general  two kinds of abscesses, the Acute
and the Chronic   The  Acute is always preceded by 
ABSCESSES.                    85
soreness or Sensibility of the part, followed by suppuration.
The appearance of the skin changes with the commence-
ment  of  suppuration.  The surface, usually red, becomes
livid,  the pain  becomes  more  dull and throbbing, the
SAvelling  increases  in bulk, and  if not too   deeply seated,
fluctuation may be discovered, and  at  this  time there are
almost ahvays more or  less of chills or slight  rigors, suc-
ceeded by heat.  After the abscess is fully ripe it assumes a
more conical  form or is said to point, and over this  space
the skin  becomes livid, yellowish, and ere long  bursts and
the contents are discharged.
  Chronic abscesses often begin and approach the surfa'ce,
without  any  considerable constitutional disturbance, and
the discharge is  unhealthy, thin, serous, and  containing
flaky  or  cheesy substances.  If the abscess  is large, after
the pus  is evacuated and air admitted, the surrounding
cyst becomes inflamed,  and severe  constitutional  disturb-
ance,  hectic fever, etc., may arise.
  Treatment.—We  may hasten the  suppurative process
of acute  abscesses,  by applying warm poultices or  fomenta-
tions, and they likewise afford some relief.
  After  the  formation of matter is clearly  announced  by
fluctuation, and the pointing or protrusion of some portion
of  the abscess, the  matter should  be discharged by a
lancet inserted  at the most  depending portion of the
abscess, and if the collection of matter is large, it may  be
necessary to repeat the process.
   The Specifics No.  One  and No. Twenty-two should  be
given alternately, every  two or  three hours,  during the in-
flammatory  stage,  and until  suppuration  occurs.  Then
omit  the No. One, and  in place give the  No. Twenty-
three,  and   so  continue  the  Nos.  Twenty-tavo and
Twenty-three, at  intervals of three  or four hours, until
the abscess is healed.
   For Chronic  abscesses, the  Nos.  Twenty-two and 
86
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.  .
Twenty-three should  be given,' six pellets in water, and
four times per day in alternation.

                       CORNS.

  These troublesome excrescences are far more liable to form
on the feet of some persons than others, thereby showing a
constitutional predisposition, Avhich is a proper subject of
medical treatment.  Tight shoes, the constant pressure up-
on some part of the foot, commonly give occasion to their
formation, and hence frequent change of boots or shoes are
of advantage.   It is far from Avise to constantly Avcar  the
same covering for the feet.  Heavy  thick boots or shoes for
winter and wet weather,  Arctic rubbers for snoAv and severe
cold, light shoes for summer, and slippers for evening and
house Avear.  This variety of  covering  is not only suitable
and  comfortable, but relieve  the feet from constant pres-
sure on the same or suffering parts, and Avithal are econom-
ical.
   Treatment.—When  corns  or  bunions  are  inflamed
and  troublesome, soak  the  feet avcII  in  warm  water  at
night, and paredoAvn the corn and take out the chit or hard
core  in  the  centre,  and, after  Aviping  the  feet,  apply
Witch  Hazel  freely, folloAving the  bathing up  for
several nights.   The relief will be prompt
  Besides, take  of the Specific No.  Taventy-Two, six pel-
lets each night, and of No. Thirty-Five,  six  pellets each
morning for a Aveek or more, to break up the predisposition
to their formation. 
headaches.                    87
DISEASES OF  THE  HEAD AND  NERVOUS
                    SYSTEM.
                HEADACHES.

  Headaches are various in their character and are produced
by a variety of causes.  It is less frequently a disease itself,
than a symptom of  some more general affection.  Some-
times it  is comparatively trivial,  at other times of A*ery
grave importance, often interrupting any constant aA'ocation
of the patient, causing great suffering, and prostrating the
system so frequently as to rapidly undermine the general
health.  With some persons, the  slightest indiscretion in
diet, or deviation from ordinary quiet habits, is folloAved by
an attack of headache.  The pain may be located in a single
part, or involve the entire head; and is often accompanied
with extreme nausea and painful retching and vomiting.
The attacks are often provoked by some exposure, excitement,
or error in diet, and sometimes they return at pretty regular
intervals of seven or  fourteen days.  They may likeAvise be
of congestive, rheumatic, bilious, catarrhal, or nervous origin.
   Congestive headaches  occur  in  plethoric persons of full
habit,  and  are accompanied by  a sense  of  fulness  and
f.,.-' biug in the head, red or very pale face, redness of the
^ ~, with sense of soreness on turning them, and often in-
tolerance of light
   In bilious  headache there is often coated  tongue,  bad
taste in the mouth, and the pain is dull, aching or racking,
sometimes moving from one part to the other, while the 
88               homeopathic mentor.
scalp may be sore and bowels constipated.  Catarrhal head-
aches are indicated by dull, heavy pains across the forehead
and upper part of the nose, attended with obstruction of
the nose  or fluent discharges.
   Treatment.—Persons  who  are  subject to  headaches,
should abandon the use df coffee, and also of strong tea, as
the use of these beverages often contribute to keep up the
disease, and in some  cases alone cause  it.   They should
live regularly and temperately, and avoid  as far as possible,
the known or exciting causes of the disease.   Beside this
regimen, they should take each  morning six pellets of
Specific  No.  Thirty-five, and at  night  six more of
Specific No. Ten, as a preventive, and to eradicate the pre-
disposition to these attacks.
  When a paroxysm of headache comes on, if it has the symp-
toms of congestion mentioned above, the Specifics No. One
and  No.  Thirty-five should be given every hour, alter-
nately.
  If the  attack indicates a bilious condition,  the Specifics
No. Nine and No. Ten should be given every hour in al-
ternation, six pellets at a dose.  Should the attack commence
with blindness, soon  followed  by nausea and vomiting, Or
other severe symptoms, the medicines are best when dissolved
in water, and given every half hour, or even more frequently.
Should there be heat, fever or throbbing of the  vessels of the
head or temples,substitute the Specific~No. One for  the No.
Ten, and continue in the  same manner.
  For  the usual form of sick-headache, as it is generally
termed, with nausea, vomiting, prostration, often intolerance
of light or noise, the Specifics Nos. Nine and Ten should
be given every hour or  half hour, in  alternation, until
relieved.
   Headaches in Females, occuring just before or during the
monthly period, Avill be relieved by taking the Specific No.
Eleven, either alone or  in alternation with  No. Thirty- 
a'ertigo;  apoplexy.               89
five, especially if the periods are painful or too profuse.
Headaches from constipation will be  cured by using the
Specific No. Ten, six pellets night and morning.
  The cure bf old, long-standing headaches requires time
and  perseverance, but can always be accomplished by the
persevering use of the Specifics before mentioned.
  Persons subject to headaches, find, on arising Avith the
symptoms of  a headache in the  morning, or at other times,
that by taking a glass of lemonade the impending attack is
warded off.  The free use of this beverage or of lemon-juice
has often  prevented, and in  some instances  seems to have
cured  old  and inveterate headaches.  It  is  an agreeable
remedy and well worth a trial.

              VERTIGO OR  GIDDINESS.

  This affection may arise from a variety of causes, and  so
be  cured  by  a variety of remedies.  It may be a transient
condition, or become chronic and comparatively permanent.
It often arises from plethoric or full habit; from overloading
the digestive organs, or from  debilitating  discharges,  or
from the use of narcotics.
  Treatment.—When  connected with full habit, red face,
sparks before the eyes, etc., the Specific No. One is  the
remedy.  If there is indigestion or overloaded stomach, take
Specific No.  Ten.   If there have been debilitating dis-
charges, such as diarrhoea, leucorrhoea, the  No. Twenty-
four  will cure, or  in some  cases the No. Taventy-eight.
Chronic vertigo, referable to no immediate producing cause,
requires the  Specific No. Thirty-fiVe; dose, six pellets
 two or three times per day.

                     APOPLEXY.

   What is termed a fit of apoplexy, is a sudden  loss of con-
 sciousness and motion, the patient sinking down as if dead, 
90
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
though the respiration and action of the heart continue in
a somewhat irregular manner.   It is different from spasm,
the hands are not clenched or extremities rigid, but  ap-
parently dead and Avithout motion.   It is occasioned by an
effusion of blood or of serum upon the brain, or from so in-
tense a degree of congestion, as to paralyze the action of this
organ. It is  more important to know and arrest the pre-
monitory  symptoms, as  after the attack has become fully
developed, but comparatively little can be done  by way of
treatment. The subjects are mostly stout, plethoric people,
of full habit and short necks, and it is more common in certain
families having such physical conformation.  The symptoms
which  point  to an attack, are these : Great disposition  to
sleep;  feeling of heaviness; dimness of sight; buzzing in
the ears; hardness of hearing; heavy, deep sleep and loud
snoring; yawning and fatigue after slight exertion ; vertigo
or giddiness;  irritable disposition ; loss of memory; forget-
fulness of words or things; double or very acute vision;
difficulty  of  swalloAving;  numbness, torpor  or pricking
sensation in the extremities; rush of blood to the head, with
beating of the temporal  arteries; red face and quick, hard,
tense pulse.   These symptoms  are indicative of severe con-
gestion of blood to the head, and unless arrested, may result
in an effusion or fit of apoplexy.
  Treatment.—This condition  requires, first the use  of
the Specific No. One, if the symptoms are at all urgent;
give six pellets every one or two hours until the oppression
and  sense of fulness  is someAvhat relieved, and in some
cases this  Specific will  alone be sufficient for the time.
Then commence and  give the Specifics No. Thirty-five
and No. Ten four times per day, six pellets  at a time  in
alternation, as shoAvn on page 52, until entirely relieved.
Then to prevent a return, the No. Thirty-five should be
taken each morning, and the No. Ten each night for some
weeks, six pellets at a dose. 
CEREBRAL CONGESTION.
91
  When a person falls down in a fit of apoplexy, which may
be known from drunkenness  by the  absence of the smell
of liquor in the breath, and from epilepsy by the absence of
spasm in any part of  the system, cold applications should
at once be made to the head, and the feet should be immersed
to the knees,  if possible, in  quite warm  Avater, and  the
Specifics  Nos. One and  Thirty-five given dissolved  in
a feAV drops of water, at intervals of every half hour alternate-
ly, until animation is restored, and then at longer intervals as
the patient improves. Afterwards, the Specifics Nos. Ten
and Thirty-five may be continued to prevent a recurrence
of the attack.

CONGESTION, OR RUSH OF BLOOD TO THE HEAD.

  Persons of full habit, and who lead a sedentary life, are
subject to Avhat is termed a rush of blood to the head.  It
is brought on or excited by intense or long-continued  mental
application, Avant of  exercise,  and often  by too free indul-
gence in stimulating food, Avine or alcoholic drinks.
  The symptoms are: a sense of fulness in the head and
neck; unusual beating or throbbing of the arteries through-
out the body and head;  heat, redness and  bloating of* the
face, or sometimes paleness and puffing of the face ; attacks
of giddiness or vertigo, more  after sleeping or sitting in a
warm room, or from exposure to the  sun ; frequent headache,
especially in the forehead, Avorse on coughing or stooping;
buzzing or noise in  the  ears;  oppressed breathing; dry,
enlarged  or reddish tongue; constipation ; droAvsinessby day
and sleeplessness at night.  These symptoms may come and
go Avith the causes which  excite them, or become a more or
less permanent condition.
  Treatment.—If the symptoms are  urgent, dissolve eight
or ten pellets of Specific No. One  in six spoonfuls of water,
of which  take a spoonful every one or two hours until 
92
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
relieved; then, each morning, take  six pellets of Specific
No. Thirty-five, and each night six pellets of No. Ten>
until every trace of the affection has disappeared.


INFLAMMATION OF  THE  BRAIN—PHRENITIS

                  ENCEPHALITIS.

  The manifestations of this disease are varied very much
by the age, sex  and temperament of the patient,  the loca-
tion of the affection, and the causes which have produced
it  Children, from the greater delicacy and relatively greater
size of the organ, are far more liable to it than adults, and
from greater delicacy of nervous organization, Women are
perhaps more so than men.
  When the coverings or tissues of  the brain are affected,
the pain is more intense, and the symptoms more violent
than when  the substance  of the organ is the seat of the
disease ; while in the latter case, the symptoms of dullness,
coma and  tendency to paralysis are more prominent
  Causes.—Whatever tends to  overtask  and excite  this
organ, is liable  to induce the disease,  such as extremes of
heat or cold; abuse ofardent spirits; intense mental emotions;
excesses of all kinds, or concussions of the brain; and in
children especially, falls or blows upon the head, and over-
taxing their faculties.   And it  may also be  the  result of
repelled eruptions, or a metastasis of disease from some other
organ.
  The symptoms, which usually precede the attack  for
some days, are those indicating  congestion of the blood to
the  head;  sense of weight, fulness and  pressure in the
head; occasional darting or shooting pains; ringing in the
ears and feverish symptoms.  Farther on, the giddiness and
sense of Aveight in the head are increased; pulse quickened,
with some heat, restlessness and tossing at night; the mind 
             INFLAMMATION of the brain.           93

becomes irritable, the patient peevish and annoyed at trifles;
and there may be stupefaction and droAvsiness, and mutter-
ing delirium or  great  excitability.   The  patient may be
wild  and frenzied at the  slightest light  or  noise, Avith
attempts to jump out of bed or run aAvay; the eyes may
be Avild and bloodshot or turned up and distressed at the
slightest approach of light.  The fever varies according to the
seat of  the disease and the excitability of the patient; and
the pulse  varies from time to time, at  one time quick or
irregular,  at another  full or even slow.  A very quick or
very  slow  pulse  indicates  danger.   Sometimes there  is
stupor  or in controllable vomiting; as the stupor increases
convulsions commence, and  the  case sooner or  later ends
fatally.
  In children, as only the objective symptoms can be known,
it is of more importance to recognize them early.  They are
observed to manifest a heaviness of the  head, by holding it
backward Avhen Avalking;  frequently to  hold the hand to
the head from pain; to fall easily Avhen Avalking or running;
to dread the light, and to be easily annoyed or violently out
of temper at trifles; or to have spells of  vomiting and con-
stipation, and to be droAvsy or very wakeful, with startings
during sleep.
  As the  case is  more developed, the child bores Avith  its
head  into the pilloAV; Avants to lie doAvn  again Avhen raised,
and screams Avhen the light  shines in its face, or from any
noise; or  there is heavy, deep sleep, with great heat in the
head ; swelling and redness of the face  ; violent throbbing
of the arteries of the neck, or great agitation and  tossing
about, especially at night; the eyes may be red and sparkling,
convulsed or fixed, with  dilated  or very much  contracted
pupils.
  Treatment.—The Specifics Nos. One and Thirty-five
are our main reliance, and they should  be given, dissolved
in Avater,  at  intervals  of every   hour,  or  two  hours, 
94               HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

according to the urgen cy of the case.   Dissolve twelve pellets
of each of these  Specifics in six large spoonfuls of water,
separately, and give to adults a table, and to children a tea-
spoonful alternately from the two, at the intervals above
mentioned, and so continue until the case is relieved.
  Wet cloths may be applied with advantage to the head,
and the feet from time to time bathed in quite warm water,
if the condition of the patient admits it.

  DROPSY OF THE BRAIN—HYDROCEPHALUS.

  This affection is not uncommon among small children,
and sometimes even adults.  It may come on as the sequel
of scarlatina,  inflammation  or other  acute disease of the
brain, or in consequence of falls or blows upon the head,  or
be excited from the long-continued irritation of teething;
or it may arise as an independent or  idiopathic disease  in
peculiar  subjects.   Scrofulous  children Avith  large heads
and precocious intellects, whose fontanel  remains a long
time open, are peculiarly liable to it.  In some cases it comes
on so insidiously that the  premonitory symptoms escape
attention altogether, Avhile in others the impending disease
is indicated by these symptoms:  Hot skin, quick pulse,
especially at night; the  child is peevish and dislikes to  be
raised up Avhen lying down, and sometimes has fits of scream-
ing, redness of the face and eyes, and even at times squinting,
convulsions or stupor.
  When the disease  comes on  in the more insidious form,
the earlier indications are : languor and easy  fatigue on the
slightest  exertion ;  aversion  to movement; tottering gait,
and great liability to fall; dislike of movement; indications
of pain in the back of the head and neck ;  the head is hot;
eyes look inflamed; pupils contracted;  the stomach is drawn
in and very irritable ; easily vomiting  when the patient sits
or is raised upright; scanty urine and  constipated bowels. 
DROPSY of the brain.
95
   At a more advanced stage the child loses all sense of pain;
lies quiet unless disturbed ; droAvsiness or stupor increases;
the head sinks or bores into the pillow; the eyes half closed;
pupils dilated or immoArable,  or  sometimes drawn to  one
side or attended with double vision ; the vomiting becomes
less or ceases, and  the child  may eat, but  emaciation pro-
gresses  rapidly.  FolloAving these symptoms, convulsions
more or less violent come on ;  constant moaning and entire
loss of consciousness; the eyes are dim, glazed and  turned
upward; pulse quick ; the upper and loAver extremities re-
laxed ; the abdomen drawn up and breathing irregular,  and
the scene may terminate in a very violent convulsion.
   Treatment.—So soon as  any symptoms  pointing to
dropsy, or even irritation of the brain are  manifested, the
Specifics Nos. One and Thirty-five should be called into
use, and  two pellets be  given alternately from these  tAvo
Specifics, at intervals of two hours, until the danger has been
averted.
   Should the symptoms have become  more decided, it will
be best to dissolve tAvelve pellets from the Nos.  One and
Thirty-five, in as many teaspoonfuls of  water, and from
these two give alternately, every hour  a spoonful until  the
desired relief is obtained.
   Benefit will be derived from frequently bathing the feet in
quite warm water, and afterwards wrapping them in Avarm
flannels, and applying cloths wrung out of cold or ice Avater
to the head.   A bag of pounded ice applied  to the head, is
often very serviceable ; and these measures should be con-
tinued perseveringly to the desired end. In extreme cases,
the alternate use of the Nos. One and Taventy-five, given
as above, is advisable; but, in general, the  first mentioned
remedies will prove sufficient 
96
homeopathic  mentor.
       CHRONIC  DROPSY OF THE BRAIN.

  This form of the disease generally comes  on insidiously,
though it may be the result of the acute attack.  The head
of the child gradually enlarges, while the face retains its
natural  size;  and  in quite young children  the  bones of
the cranium may separate, and the presence of fluid even be
detected  from its fluctuations.  Emaciation, languor  and
lassitude are among  the  earlier  symptoms, and gradually
one or more of the senses become impaired or destroyed as
the disease  progresses.  In  some  cases, the intellect is pre-
served for a considerable period.  The  head may attain such
size that the patient  cannot support it, and  the  attempt
may be attended Avith giddiness, heat  and pain in the head,
or even vomiting; general or partial convulsions are liable
to set in, sometimes resulting in  permanent rigidity of the
limbs, or only affecting certain muscles.  In some cases, the
child may live on for years, with  entire loss of some of the
senses, as for instance  the sight, the general condition being
otherwise, of tolerable health.  The  fatal termination is
generally preceded by drowsiness, convulsions  and general
relaxation of  the limbs; oftentimes  the more immediate
cause of death  maybe from some  acute, inflammatory affec-
tion, consumption or ulceration of the bowels.
  Treatment.—But little  can be hoped for  in the more
confined cases of this  disease.  The Specifics No. Thirty-
five  and No. Twenty-five, may be given two  or three
times per day  as palliatives, in alternation, but a cure can
scarcely be expected unless in the earlier  stages.

        CONVULSIONS; SPASMS, OR FITS.

  Convulsions are very justly dreaded among children, not
only because there  is some danger attending them, but
from their  suddenness, and  the evident distress and suffer- 
                CEREBRAL CONGESTION.               97

ing of the patient.  Their danger  depends much upon the
cause  which has  produced  them.  In some families the
children have fits, as they are called, from very slight causes,
and  in such  cases their appearance need  not excite  great
alarm.  Convulsions are dangerous Avhen they set in after a
fall, bloAv or injury upon the  head, or after long continued
disease of the brain, or  after  dropsy of the brain  has set in;
such are very frequently fatal precursors.   They are of less
consequence  when they come on as the result  of difficult
teething, excessive pain, anger, earache, etc.   Often in these
cases, the patient is better  after the convulsion  has passed
over.   Not unfrequently a severe case of small-pox, scarla-
tina or measles is  ushered in by an attack of convulsions.
Thouffh such cases are severe. fhey not unfrequently termi-
nate favorably.  If spasms appear toAvards the end of  acute
eruptive diseases, they are symptoms indicating a dangerous,
if not fatal transition to the brain.  The most common and
among the most dangerous convulsions in children, are those
arising from having eaten  indigestible substances,  such
as raisins,  oranges, dried-apples, nuts, green  fruit,  and
similar indigestible articles, as the fit here depends  upon
the presence  of  the injurious substances, Avhich it  may be
difficult to neutralize or dispose of.  Yet even in these, the
proper means Avill, in most cases, prove effectual.
  The  phenomenon of convulsion is well known.    They
often  commence Avith holding back of the head; straight-
ening out of the arms and legs; holding the breath ; tightly
clenching the hands; twitching of the muscles of the face ;
frothing at the mouth; involuntary evacuations, etc., after
which  the patient sinks into a deep sleep, lasting one or two
hours.
  Treatment.—When  children are observed to have some
degree of fever or heat of the head, and to twitch, or suddenly
start on going to sleep, or attempting to do so, there is danger
of convulsions, and the Specific No. One  should be given,
           7 
98
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
two pellets dry in the mouth, and repeated hourly until the
surface becomes cool, and quiet sleep is produced.  When a
convulsion has come on, the first thing is to get the child's
feet into warm water as high as the knees, if possible, which
may be  continued for  five  or  ten minutes, and apply»cold
Avater by means of  cloths wrung out of cold  or even ice
water to the  head.  Should the  spasm not pass off from
these applications,  a  small stream  of cold  water  may
be poured  upon the head for a feAV minutes continuously,
and the bath may be general; but these measures rarely will
be required.   Give  also  upon  the tongue, tAvo  pellets  of
Specific No. Thirty-three, and afterwards repeat it every
hour in water. The  child, after  coming out of the bath,
should be Avrapped in warm  flannels, with head quite high.
Should there be fever, give the Specific No. One, the inter-
mediate half hour  between the portions of No. Thirty-
three, until the fever abates.  This will be the appropriate
treatment, should you have  reason to suspect the invasion
of small-pox or scarlatina as the cause of the disease.
  If the convulsion has been caused by eating  indigestible
substances, in addition to the baths, lose no time  in giving
an injection of tepid ivater, in which a spoonful of salt has
been dissolved, and  repeat it if needful until full and free
evacuations occur, giving the Specifics No. Thirty-three
and No. Ten, alternately every hour.
  If irritation from teething has been the exciting cause,
the Specific No. Three should be given alternately Avith No.
Thirty-three, at intervals of an hour, and until the im-
mediate danger is passed, and then the treatment continued
as directed for teething.

                     EPILEPSY.

  This disease is characterized by convulsions, returning at
intervals, attended with loss of consciousness and  generally 
EPILEPSY.
99
 falling down with cries; foaming at  the mouth, and with
 thumbs fixed beneath the fingers of the convulsed fist.
   The fit is often unattended by any noticeable premonitory
 symptoms, but in some cases is preceded by pain in the head;
 sparks before the eyes ; tingling in the ears; palpitations;
 languor, and a peculiar feeling  beginning in some remote
 part of the system, such as the toes, fingers or abdomen, and
 rising toAvards the heart or head, Avith Avhich consciousness
 disappears.  The patient falls often avith a scream; the arms
 and legs become convulsed; the hands clenched ; body bent
 backAvard, fonvard or to either side; the jaAvs are set; res-
 piration  suspended or in sobs; the face dnnvn or violently
 convulsed ; the eyeballs upturned ; foam, often bloody from
 biting the tongue, issues from the  mouth, and generally
 involuntary evacuations take place.  Gradually,  after a few
 moments, the spasms remit, the muscles become relaxed,
 respiration is restored,  and  the patient sinks into a deep
 sleep, from Avhich he awakes quite recovered.
   The paroxysm  may soon return again if the occasioning
 cause is  still in action, but generally in chronic cases, at
 intervals varying from a few days to several Aveeks.   Some-
 times patients have several fits in succession, and then escape
 them for several weeks.
   But feAv persons die in a fit, but they may be repeated so
 frequently as to induce a  comatose state, from  Avhich the
 patient sinks.   Long continuance of the disease  rarely fails
 to affect the mental faculties, and idiocy, more or less com-
 plete is a very common result.
   When the disease commences before the age of puberty, it
 is.more amenable to the proper  treatment than afterwards,
 though in the latter cases, we are able to do very much by
way of mitigating and prolonging the intervals betAveen the
convulsions, and in many instances to effect a cure.
   Treatment.—During a fit the patient should  receive
only such attention as will prevent injury from the convul- 
100             homeopathic mentor.

sive  movements.  Remove  or  loosen  the  cravat from the
neck, and stays from the body, and prevent the limbs from
being bruised, and if the tongue  is liable  to be lacerated,
something may be iuserted  between the teeth to prevent it.
If the breathing is arrested for a dangerous  peiiod, by spasm
of the respiratory muscles,  cold water may be sprinkled in
the face to return it.   The body should be  placed in a hori-
zontal position  and the head elevated.  After  the patient
has come out of the fit, he should be alloAved to reft quietly
an hour or two until he aAvakes.
  The medical  treatment consists in  giving  six pellets of
the Specific No. Thirty-five each morning, and the same
of No. Thirty-three each  evening, Avhich should  be con-
tinued for several weeks or even months.
  Persons subject to fits should be very particular in regard
to diet.  Eat only plain  food, easy of digestion, and  in great
moderation.  Where there  is a full habit  and tendency to
congestion, stimulants should be entirely avoided.

           ST. VITUS' DANCE—CHOREA.

  This disease mostly effects children of nervous tempera-
ment, between  the  ages of five and  fifteen years, and is
characterized by strange and unusual movements and jerk-
ings  of the limbs, or of  single muscles.
  Generally, for some months previous to the full mani-
festation of the disease,  the child is troubled Avith constipa-
tion, oppression of  the  stomach or chest, Arertigo  or head-
ache, occasional flushes of fever at night, palpitatiou of the
heart, nervousness and irritability of temper.  Involuntary
motions generally commence with grimaces or  slight mo-
tions or  draAvings of the  face;  these gradually  become
more decided and  extend  by degrees to  the extremities,
arms, hands or legs, and even to the entire  body.   When
the limbs  are affected, the gait becomes difficult, aAvkAvard 
TETANUS.                    101
or unsteady.   The arms fail  to obey  the  will,  and then
involuntary motions or  gestures,  and if the tongue be-
comes involved, the act of deglutition is impeded, and the
speech becomes stamrneraig or difficult   The involuntary
motions are constant during the waking hours,  and some
cases are attended with difficult respiration, pain in  the limbs,
frequent  micturition,  confusion  of ideas, and loss  of
memory.
  It is usually unattended with danger, and often subsides
at the  age of puberty, but it may also  become permanent,
and be attended by perversion or permanent Aveakeuing of
the mental powers.  It has frequently been caused  by re-
pelled eruptions, such as tetter, scald-head or itch, also from
depressing emotions, fear, terror, masturbation, or the irri-
tation of Avorms.  Overtaxing the mental poAvers  at school,
and too long school hours is a most frequent cause.
  Treatment.—The  Specifics Nos. Thirty-three and
Thirty-five will  usually be  found effectual.   Give tAvo
pellets of the latter at night, and the same from the former
each morning, and with the removal of the exciting cause,
the health will gradually  be. restored.

               TETANUS—LOCKJAW.

  This disease is usually the result of some injury or wound,
Bometimes  apparently trivial, such  as lacerating  the hand,
or Avounding  the foot by a nail, or it  may come on after
surgical operations by Avhich a nerve is compromised, or it
may in rare cases be the result of a  cold.  The injury to the
nerve or tendon  acting upon  a peculiar nervous  condition,
is the supposed cause of the general spasm termed lockjaw.
  In some cases  it commences suddenly and with great
violence, but it more frequently begins by degrees; com-
mencing Avith slight stiffness in the back part of the neck,
and an uneasy sensation  at the root of the tongue, which 
102
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
gradually increases, attended with difficulty of swallowing,
oppressive tightness of the chest, and pain under the breast
bone extending to the back ; the countenance becomes pale;
pulse small; urine high colored, and  boAvels  constipated.
The loAver jaw becomes immovable and tightly clenched, so
that at  times the slightest particle cannot be  inserted be-
tween them, hence the name lockjaAV arises.  In some cases
the spasm is confined to the jaAvs, but in others they extend
Avith increasing frequency to the arms, legs, and even the
entire  body, bending it  backwards, forwards, or to either
side.  In the Avorst cases, the tetanus becomes general, the
eyes fixed and  immovable, and the countenance distorted
with an expression of anguish ; the body and limbs fixed, or
with frequently occuring spasms, draAvn in different direc-
tions, until nature becomes exhausted and succumbs at about
the fourth day in a continued general spasm.  Sometimes,
during the remission of spasms, they are renewed by the
patient moving, speaking, or taking food or drink.
  Treatment.—After Avounds or injuries, especially lacer-
ation or punctures Avith rough  instruments, spikes,  nails,
etc., in the  hands or feet, great care should be taken to sub-
due the irritation and inflammatory action, and to have the
wound heal kindly.  To this  end, dress the  wound Avith
Witch Hazel,  and  keep the dressing moist Avith it for
some days; avoid  Avorking  Avith it, or irritating  it, and
especially avoid taking cold.  The wound will thus heal up
kindly, with no evil result.
  Should  symptoms of lockjaAV appear, give at once  the
Specifics No. Thirty-three  and  No.  Thirty-five in
alternation  every hour, a dose of six pellets dissolved in
water, and  continue these  without intermission  until the
spasm has entirely ceased.
  When, from the constant clenching of the jaws, it is dif-
ficult to administer the medicine in the common method,
let the  pellets be dissolved  in  only a few  drops  of water, 
NEURALGIA.                   103
 and be drawn in with the breath, or even be put in between
 the lips.
   Cases of extreme tetanus have been cured by placing the
 patient sitting in a  tub or bath, and  pouring a stream of
 cold water continuously OA^er the head  and shoulders and
 doAvn  the  spine, uutil violent, cold shivering is  produced,
 when the patient will be  found to be  relaxed, and should
 be wiped  dry, Avrapped  in blankets  and put to  bed.  The
 operation Avill rarely have to be  repeated, and  is a very
 simple remedy and may be tried Avhen others fail.

         NEURALGIA—PAIN IN A NERVE.

   This is a comparatively modern  and very common as
 well as  painful affection.    As  the  name indicates, it
 is simply pain in a nerve, and hence  it may exist in any
 part of the body.  It is very common in the face, (prosopalgy,)
 the pain frequently extending from just before the  ear,along
 under and up over the eye, or it may descend along the face
 and  loAver  jaAV of that side to the center of the face; or it
 may extend to and along the root of the teeth.  The pain is
 violent, sharp or rending, tearing or lancinating, often com-
 ing  with  paroxysm  of  increase and remission,  and often
 very regularly better or worse at certain periods of the day
 or night.   Sometimes the entire head or side are involved,
 and  the patient can scarcely  describe his symptoms. The
 pain is not increased, but  generally diminished by pressure
 on the affected part, in distinction from pain of an inflam-
 matory or rheumatic character, Avhere pressure increases the
 pain.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Eight  will usually be
 found sufficient, and may be giA-en in  portions of six pellets
dry on  the tongue, and repeated every one or two hours,
according to circumstances.
  In cases of chronic neuralgia, the  Specific  No. Thirty- 
104              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

five may be given in alternation with the No. Eight, and
six pellets of  each be given twice per day, making four or
six doses in all.
   Sometimes,  in very violent attacks, attended with fever,
red face, or heat of the head, the Specific No. One may be
efficient, dissolved in Avater, twelve pellets in six spoonfuls,
and a spoonful given  every hour.  The use of the above
named remedies will usually be found effective, even in  the
severest cases.

                    TOOTHACHE.

   Toothache is an affection so well known as to require no
description.  The pain is usually found in connection Avith
decayed teeth, but sometimes also in sound ones.  When
badly decayed teeth  begin to ache,  it may be best to have
them extracted.  Yet, even here, the proper Specific treat-
ment Avill often entirely allay the pain,  and the teeth may
do good service for many years aftenvards.  But Avhen pain
affects sound teeth, we should rarely submit to have them
taken out, until Ave have exhausted every means  to relieve
them Avithout this alternative.  A most insane practice it is,
whenever Ave have a toothache,  Avhich  may be occasioned
from a cold and will  hence soon pass off, or from a bad state
of the stomach, or by fever, or from mental and  physical
excitement, or from drinking coffee, or pregnancy—all tran-
sient conditions—to rush to the doctor or dentist and lose a
tooth—a loss  which can never be repaired.   Under  such
circumstances, if Ave  will exercise a little patience, a little
discretion and judgment, Ave may allay the pain, remove the
exciting cause  and save the tooth as Avell as the suffering of
its extraction.
   Treatment.—Take first, six  pills of the Specific No.
Eight and repeat them every hour if needful.  If  not  re-
lieved, dissolve six or eight of the pills in a glass  half  full 
TOOTHACHE.
105
of water; also  prepare  the  Specific  No. One in the same
manner and take them alternately every hour, or every two
hours, until relieved.  Sometimes the Specific No. Fifteen
is  very efficient, especially in rheumatic subjects, or  when
the pains appear to have a rheumatic origin, and  in  other
cases the Dyspepsia pills are  equally so.
  When the toothache does not seem to yield, and especially
in children who are fretful and impatient, relief may be ob-
tained  by bathing the  face on the affected  side freely with
Witch  Hazel,  and holding some of it in the mouth on
that side.  If the  tooth is  IioIIoav, Avet a  little pledget  of
lint with the same, ami press it  into the cavity of the
tooth.  Even better than bathing the face in the same, is
wetting a thin cloth or handkerchief with the same, and
wrapping it over the affected parts of the face or jaw Avith a
handkerchief.
  It is a bad practice in toothache, to hold  camphor spirits
or other stimulants in the mouth, or to apply creosote, lau-
danum, oil  of  cloATes, etc., to the teeth.  These more fre-
quently irritate than relieve—excite and irritate the entire
mouth and gums, and  do more harm  than good.   Let the
diet be light if the stomach  is deranged;  if there is a cold,
cure that, and you will soon  find relief, and save your teeth.
If relieved an hour or so after taking the  remedies, take no
more; if it returns, try another dose, and even repeat it after
an  hour or  tAvo.   Often a single portion will cure a severe
case.

                  SWELLED FACE.

  Not unfrequently, and often as  the sequel of toothache,
the face, more  especially on  one side, becomes SAvelled  or
puffed  out sometimes to an extreme degree.  The entire tis-
sue of the cheek and sometimes the face, becomes thickened
and SAvelled so as to distort the countenance, and render de-
glutition or eA'en  opening the mouth difficult or painful. 
106
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
The swelling may be red and hot with heat, and some degree
of fever or even erysipelatious, or it may be pale or hard.
  It is not a very dangerous affair, but sufficiently disagree-
able and unpleasant to require attention, and more especially
so when it assumes the graver forms.
  Treatment.—If the swelling is red or hot, or both, with
some fever, the Specific No. One is the remedy, and may be
given in dose3 of six pellets dissolved in water, and repeated
every two hours.  If the swelling is firm or hard, alternate
No. Fifteen in like manner with No. One; or if the tooth-
ache has  been cured by the No. Eight,  its continuous use
Avill also cure the swelling of the face.
  In painful swelling of the face, the application of a cloth
wet in Witch  Hazel  will  relieve both the pain and
swelling. 
OPHTHALMY.                   107
DISEASES OF  THE EYES.
  The eye, from its importance and  the delicate nature of
its structure,  ought to claim our most  careful attention
when it is the subject of disease.   We should, at all times,
be careful not to apply salves, ointments or irritating avashes,
but to treat this organ with the utmost caution and tender-
ness, only applying those  substances herein recommended,
trusting  mainly to the action of the remedies given inter-
nally.  Nor  should we be too  hasty in intrusting them to
the care of ignorant or ill-advised pretenders.
  It should  be recollected that in all cases of diseased  or
sore  eyes, though  the affection seems to be  local, yet the
whole  system is more or less in  sympathy with it;  and
often the local affection is only the expression of a general
morbid condition of the system.  Thus it is that scrofula,
gout, rhematism, catarrh, or syphilis, may each locate them-
selves upon the eyes, producing their peculiar forms of inflam-
mation or disease, and hence in the  process of cure, those
remedies appropriate to these conditions should be employed
in connection with those for the local disease.

ACUTE OPHTHALMY—INFLAMMATION OF THE
                         EYE.

  The attack often commences with  a feeling as if sand or
dust had got into the eye, the  eyeball and inside of the lid
become reddened, and  the vessels distributed over the eye
injected, carrying red blood.   The eyes become irritated, in-
tolerant of light and painful,  with flow of hot, scalding tears. 
108
homeopathic  mentor.
In some forms, where the inflammation  runs high or con-
tinues long, ulcers or small specks are apt to form upon the
cornea or ball of the eye.
  Treatment.—For the first twenty-four or forty-eight
hours, give the  Specifics  No. One  and No. Eighteen in
alternation, a dose every three hours.  Prepare the medicine
by dissolving ten pellets of each in six spoonfuls of water in
separate glasses, and administer from the  two in alterna-
tion.  After two days omit the Specific No. One, and  in-
stead use the Specific No. Thirty-five in like manner, in
alternation with No. Eighteen.  As the inflammation sub-
sides and the eye improves, the medicine may be taken  less
frequently, and  the medicine may be taken dry, six  pellets
at a time, instead of in fluid form.
  Let the eye be shaded from light if it is oppressive, and
avoid reading, writing or taxing the eye in any manner, and
live on very light, easily digested food.
  For an application, use Witch Hazel diluted Avith an
equal quantity of pure,  soft water, and with this bathe the
eye, and at night wet a fine linen rag  with it and lay over
the eye, renewing  from time to time  as it gets hot or dry.
If the same cannot be procured, dissolve ten pellets of
Specific No. Eighteen in half a teacupful of soft Avater, and
use in like manner.
   In cases where scrofula or rheumatism are clearly connect-
ed Avith the disease as a cause, it may be  advisable, should
the cure linger, to alternate the Specifics for those diseases,
No. Twenty-three or  No. Fifteen, with  that forophthal-
my, No. Eighteen.

             CHRONIC OPHTHALMY.

   Inflammations of the eyes are  often  met with of many
months, and even years standing.  They are sometimes  bet-
ter for a season and then  worse  again, and generally have 
OPHTHALMY.                    109
their origin in some constitutional taint or dyscrasia of the
system, such as gout or scrofula, or they may arise from the
virus of  syphilis or  gonorrhoea.  The eyeball  is generally
reddened, vessel injected, lids thickened, red and SAvelled;
intolerance of light, and discharge of thick or purulent mat-
ter, or of hot,  scalding Avater, Avhen  the irritation  has been
kindled up afresh.   Ulcers, or the remains of old ulcers, are
not unfrequently met with.
  Treatment.—These old cases, which are often met Avith
in bad, unhealthy or neglected subjects, only require care
and  patience in their treatment.  Under good management,
Avondcrs  can be effected in restoring these organs to sight
and  usefulness.  Give at first, the Specifics No. Eighteen
and  No.  Thirty-five, six  pills at a time and  four  times
per day in alternation.  Continue this course aAveek or two
weeks, or as long as the eyes continue to improve.  If, after
a time, the secretion is thick, gummy or abundant, omit the
No.  Thirty-five and use the No. Taventy-three instead,
and  so continue for one or  two weeks, returning again  to
the former medicine to complete the cure.
  The diet may be more generous than in acute ophthalmy,
but still  should be  free from  stimulants of any kind.


       INFLAMMATION  OF THE EYELIDS.

   Not unfrequently the eyelid  becomes  inflamed, red,
swelled and painful, especially along the margin of the
lid, Avhile the eyeball seems but slightly affected.  In some
cases the frequent recurrence or persistence of this affection,
causes  the thickening of the margin  of the lid, and the per-
manent loss of the  eyelashes.
  Treatment.—The Specifics Nos. Eleven and Eighteen
are the appropriate  medicines, and may he administered
two or four times per day according to the urgency of the
case, as directed for acute ophthalmy. 
110
homeopathic  mentor.
                        STY.

  This is a small, hard, generally inflamed tumor, seated on
the margin of the lid, commencing as a small, painful lump,
becoming inflamed, SAvelled, red, and finally softening.  In
some cases a tumor  like a small wen  appears in the  same
locality, and remains Avithout suppurating or discharging.
  Treatment.—It will be speedily removed by the use of
the Specifics Nos. Eighteen and Eleven in alternation.
A dose of  six pellets may be given every tAvo or three hours
at first, then  morning and night is sufficient.  Small, in-
dolent tumors or Avens may require the use of Nos. Eighteen
and Thirty-five, given six pellets night and morning.

                BLOOD-SHOT EYES.

  Sometimes  from severe or  violent coughing, blows, falls,
retching, vomiting or crying, the  eye or a portion of it be-
comes suffused with blood, or bloodshot as it is termed.  It
generally passes off itself by being absorbed when the occa-
sioning cause has ceased to act.  A few doses of Specific No.
Thirty-five, given two or three times per day, will hasten
the removal of the extravasation.   Frequent  bathing with
 Witch Hazel may also hasten the absorption.

             WATERY, WEEPING EYES.

  When this  is the result of the closure or obliteration of
the tear-duct, medicine will not avail.  But Avhen it arises
from weakness or over sensibility of the organ, or a partial
closure of the duct from inflammatory thickening of the
surrounding tissue, or from the secretion itself being thick-
ened, it is quite within the reach of medical treatment
   Administer in such cases the Specific  No.  Eighteen,
 six pellets two or three times per day.  If a catarrhal con-
dition  at the same time exists, interpose an occasional dose
of six pellets of Specific No. Nineteen. 
weak sight.
Ill
            SQUINTING—STRABISMUS.

  This affection, in its more serious form, can only be reached
by a surgical operation.  But in some cases of comparative-
ly recent origin in young children, it may be corrected by the
use of the Specific No. Thirty-five,  six pellets given
morning and night

           WEAK, OR FAILING SIGHT.

  In  many cases, the sight fails or becomes obscured or
feeble before  that period of life  Avhen it may naturally be
expected.  Sometimes, there is a mist or gauze before the
eyes, or there are black points, spots or clouds hovering be-
fore the sight; or the eyes become dim, watery, or the sight
misty on endeavoring to seAV, read or use fine print  These
conditions indicate weakness of these organs, or a morbid
condition of them, and it may be but the reflection of the
general condition  of the system.
   Treatment. — Take  six pellets  of the Specific No.
Thirty-five each morning, and the same of No. Eighteen
every night on retiring. Also, frequently bathe  the eyes-
with cold water, avoid fatiguing or straining the eyes Avith
fine work, reading fine print, or any long continued effort
of the eyes, and also  the use of glasses, which fatigue or
weary the eyes. In all cases, avoid  fatiguing or taxing the
eyes when the  body is weak and enfeebled from sickness. 
112             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
AFFECTIONS OF THE EARS AND HEARING.
   EARACHE—INFLAMMATION OF THE EAR.

  Earache may have  a neuralgic  or  rheumatic origin,  or
even from toothache,  and is very common in children.  It
is often brought on from exposure to cold, rough or  damp
weather.  The pain is usually severe, sharp, lancinating or
beating, extending deep into the ear, causing great suffering.
In very young children it occasions great uneasiness, cries,
and  rolling of the head.   When the ear becomes inflamed,
the brain may become implicated from the extension of the
disease, and  delirium or convulsions with vomiting and
cold  extremities may  be the result   In many instances,
when young children  have been crying, fretful and peevish
for several days, a discharge from the ear first informs the
nurse that an inflammation of the ear has been the cause
of all the suffering.
  Treatment.—The  principal Specifics are the No. One
and No. Taventy-two.  Give first the No. One, tAvo pellets
every hour, either dry or dissolved in a spoonful of Avater,
and for simple otalgia or earache it will suffice.   If the case
is complicated Avith inflammation, very severe pains or red-
ness  of the external ear, or of the passage, as is not unfre-
quently the case, g'we Specific  No. Eleven, tAvo pellets every
hour, either alone or in alternation Avith No. One until the
disease has yielded, and for any remaining SAvelling or dis-
charge  give the No. Twenty-two, two pellets four  times
per day.
  In severe cases, a  little cotton-wool Avet  with Witch
Hazel and placed gently in the ear, affords prompt re-
lief,  and may at any  time be resorted to. 
difficult hearing.              113
   DISCHARGE  FROM THE EAR—OTORRHCEA.

   Discharges from the ear  frequently remain for a time
after the acute affection has disappeared.  But  it is also
frequently the result of scarlet  fever, measles, or of some
scrofulous development.  Repeated  attacks of earache are
quite sure to result in long continued discharges from the
ear,  Avith its concomitant results, noises in the  head, and
hardness  of hearing.  The discharge is sometimes  fetid,
offensive,  thick, green, cream-like, varying in consistence,
quantity and character.
   Treatment.—The successful treatment of old, long stand-
ing otorrhcea, requires some time and patience.  It cannot be
done at once, but fortunately can be accomplished, and the
hearing of the organ generally preserved.  The Specific No.
Taventy-Tavo, two pellets three times per day, will generally
accomplish the desired result.   Sometimes the  occasional
interposition of a dose of Specific No. Thirty-five acceler-
ates the cure.


 DIFFICULT  HEARING; NOISES IN  TLTE HEAD.

   These two affections may properly be considered in con-
nection.   Buzzing, roaring, whizzing, and other  noises in
the head are often the incipient stage of deafness, and the
noise must of necessity impair the hearing.  Noises in the
head may result from a cold or some obstruction, or be the
consequence of a running or discharge from the ear.  Hard-
ness of hearing may result from any of the cases heretofore
named, or from dryness of the ear, insufficient secretion of
the cerumen or ear-wax, or various morbid conditions of the
internal ear.  The ear should be examined and any accum-
ulations of wax carefully removed.  If the ear or wax is dry
or hard, drop in a drop or two of pure glycerine night and
morning until the Avax is softened, or the dryness removed. 
114             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 Syringing the ear as it is often done results in more harm than
 good.  The less Avater or soap in the ear the better, aside
 from mere purposes of cleanliness.  Recent  cases are often
 cured, Avhile the old and loug-standing are not unfrequently
 obstinate, or, if the bone is involved, intractable.
   Treatment.—The Specific  No. Taventy-tavo is in gene-
 ral the remedy, and may be administered  either for noises
 in the  head or hardness of hearing,  six  pellets night and
 morning.  If after eight or ten days there  is  no decided
 improvement, use the Specific No.  Thirty-five,  in  like
 manner  for eight  days,  and again  return to the first  pre-
 scription, and so continue for Aveeks, or months if necessary,
 using one medicine for eight days at a time and  then resort-
 ing to  the other.

    ACUTE CATARRH—INFLUENZA—GRIPPE.

   An  attack of acute catarrh is generally manifested by
 sneezing often repeated, followed by a sensation of irrita-
 tion, itching or  tingling, extending  along the  nasal pas-
 sages  to the head and throat, and  often down along the
 larynx and bronchia into the lungs.  To this there may be
 added  coryza, tearfulness and  Aveeping from  the  eyes  and
 discharge of mucus from the nose at first, thin, acrid, irrita-
 ting and gradually becoming  more  copious, thick,  yellow,
 and sometimes offensive, as the disease subsides.   To this is
 sometimes added  sore throat,  cough and  irritation of the
 lungs.
   Where many people are attacked during the same period
 with the above symptoms, which  are, hoAvever, often Avidely
 modified, but always attended with a degree  of debility,
prostration and persistence of  symptoms above Avhat is Avar-
 ranted by the local irritation, it is usually denominated
 Grippe or Influenza.
   Treatment.—The Specifics Nos. Nineteen and Seven 
CATARRH.                    115
are usually all that is requiied.  Should there be considerable
fever or heat of the surface, either at once or succeeding a
chill, it Avill  be best to commence with  Specific No. One,
and give of  this every hour six pellets dissolved in water
until the fever abates.   Then give the Specific No.  Nine-
teen every two hours, six pellets alone; or, if there is some
cough  or bronchial irritation, alternate Specific No. Seven
with it at the same intervals until the disease is subdued.

                CHRONIC CATARRH.

  Chronic catarrh often may be said to  be constitutional.
In some  families  every member is affected with it more or
less.   From the first years of childhood, there is an excessive
secretion  from  the  nose and air passages.  The disease is
characterized by an excessive  flow of mucus, more or less
changed, from the lining membrane of the nose and its back
passages,  the frontal sinus  and throat, and  sometimes
involving the bronchia and lungs.  The discharge is varied
in color, character and consistence.  Often it is yellow, thick,
abundant and offensive, or it may be drier, in plugs or crusts,
obstructing  the passages and only  detached occasionally
and Avith difficulty, accompanied Avith soreness or ulceration.
Sometimes the membrane  lining the passage  is very red
and painfully irritated from every inhalation of the air, and
the discharge watery, thin and acrid; but the most common
form is  the profuse  discharge of yellow,  thick, offensive
matter.  Generally the sense of smell is impaired and some-
times quite lost, and not unfrequently the sense of hearing
and  taste are likeAvise more or less  impaired.   Though a
chronic catarrh may  continue  many years and be very
annoying and offensive, it is rarely fatal, and I think never
terminates in consumption, Avhatever quacks may say about
it.  It  is generally better in warm, dry weather, and Avorse
in the spring and fall  and in variable weather. 
116             HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
   Treatment.—The Specific No. Nineteen is the proper
 remedy, and may be given, six  pellets at a time and from
 two to  four times per day, according to the urgency of the
 case.  Should there be bronchial irritation, cough or hoarse-
 ness, the Specific No.  Seven may be used in  alternation
 with No. Nineteen to good advantage.


    FALL CATARRH—PEACH CATARRH—HAY
                       ASTHMA.

   This is a peculiar torm of catarrh, to which many persons,
 especially in the better walks of life, are subject, and Avhich
 has  received  quite a variety of designations.  It comes on
 at rarely varying periods,  generally about  the 20th  of
 August, and having made its attack, is almost sure to return
 every year at about the same day.   It continues Avith varying
 degrees of intensity until about the first of October or the
 first cold or frosty day, Avhen it gradually abates.   The
 attack  commences  with sneezing,  commonly violent and
 repeated, to which there is soon added tearfulness and dis-
 charge of thin  Avatery secretion  from the  nose, sometimes
 so abundant as to fall in drops or to soil a dozen or more
 handkerchiefs in a day.   The eyes become Avatery, the lining
 membrane of the lids red  and  irritated,  the lining mem-
 brane of the  nose reddened and exceedingly irritated from
 the dust of traveling or  the  pollen of flowers.   Gradually
 the irritation extends along the  air passage, involving the
 bronchia, and paroxysms of asthma set in, Avorse at night,
 obliging the patient to sit  bolstered up,  and rendering a
 horizontal position  for  the time  impossible.   While the
 difficulty of  breathing is so great, the discharge  from the
eyes  and nose and the sneezing abates, but after tAvo or three
days the asthma  passes off and the eyes and nose have it
again.   And so the disease Avears on Avith varying degrees of
severity from  bad to Avorse, until .time and  the cooler days 
CATARRH.                    117
afford relief from this most disagreeable and annoying of
physical visitations.
  Numerous theories have been advanced as to the cause of
this annual catarrh.  It has been attributed to the lown of
peaches, the fragrance  of  roses, the dust  of making hay,
the pollen of floAvers, etc.   But whether any or all of these
theories are correct, it seems clearly to be connected Avith an
advanced  stage, or possibly,  an  incipient decay of some
forms of vegetation ; for Ave find it cured  for the time by
a sea voyage, and patients suffering from it  avIio domicile in
those locations  most removed  from such influences are pro-
portionately relieved.  Thus, those avIio go to the Catskill
Mountain  House say they are sensibly benefited, and those at
Fire  Island, Avhere scores  of  fashionable  people, avIio  flee
from this  visitant, are to be found every year, as certainly
as the returning swallows, aver that they suffer only about
one fourth as much as Avhen on the main land.
  Old school medicine has accomplished little or nothing
toward relieving this class of patients, and the Homeopaths
have not  done  much  better,  patients  of the most distin-
guished physicians of all schools in our large cities being
found in abundance at these places of refuge every year.
  Treatment.—If the patient can sojourn for the time at
any of the localities named, or can take a sea voyage, it is to be
advised.   The  Specifics Nos. Nineteen and Twenty-one
had best be taken—six  pills, from  one at night and the
other in the morning, for  some days  before the  expected
attack, to  Avard it off if possible.  When the attack  comes
on, commence  at once Avith  these tAvo numbers and take six
pills every two  hours  alternately either dry or dissolved in
water, and continue this at longer intervals as the disease
abates.  When the eyes are  much affected  with redness,
intolerance of light,  and profuse  tearfulness, suspend the
No. Nineteen and take instead No. Eighteen, every two
hours six pills, and so continue  them until  the irritation of
the eyes are relieved. 
118              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

  Thus these three  Specifics may be used, either alone  or
in alternation with  each  other during the course of the
disease.  You will thus relieve, shorten and wonderfully
modify, if you do not entirely arrest, this most uur leasant,
if not dangerous  annual visitation. 
HOARSENESS.                  119
DISEASES OF  THE AIR PASSAGES.
                    HOARSENESS.

  This  affection is common, and generally the result of a
cold or  some irritation at the upper portion of the Avind-
pipe or  larynx.   It is sometimes deserving of serious atten-
tion, as  it  may indicate changes in the upper part of the
larynx of a very grave character.   It is also a symptom in
croup, laryngitis, bronchitis and measles.   Sometimes  the
voice is  Avholly lost, the patient being only able to speak in
whispers ;  at others, it is low, rough, hoarse or piping.
  Treatment.—When  the hoarseness is  the  result of a
cold,  bronchitis, or  other disease, no particular attention
need be paid to this particular symptom.  It will disappear
under the use of the Specifics given for the  general disease.
When it is idiopathic, or even the most prominent symptom,
the Specific No. Seven  3ix pills every  tAvo  or three hours,
will soon restore the voice.   In cases of chronic hoarseness
or loss  of voice, give six  pellets of Specific No. Seven,
three times per day, continuing  the  same until relief is
obtained.
  Clergymen, after speaking, or persons who, after singing,
find the voice fatigued, hoarse, furzy, or the throat irritated,
will find relief from  taking of the Specific No. Seven,  six
pills at once, and the portion may be repeated  at intervals
of three hours, until the unpleasant sensation or hoarseness
has disappeared. 
120'             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

                       CROUP.

  Croup is usually a disease of childhood, nevertheless there
are some adults who are sometimes  subject to itin a quite
serious form.  In children it is always a serious and  some-
times a suddenly fatal disease, and hence it is important to be
acquainted with its earlier symptoms in order to be able to
arrest them.  Children from fifteen  months to five or seven
years of age are  most subject to it  Often it comes  on
suddenly at night, after the  child has been exposed or  out
playing in a damp, cold or rough Avind during the day.  The
child wakes out of sleep with a sudden hoarse, rough, bark-
ing cough, often like the barking of an old dog, and often
ev'en at first a  hoarseness or difficulty in speaking, and a
degree of  anxiety with difficulty of breathing.  In some
cases there are frequent returns of this hoarse, rough, croupy
cough, Avith little or no fever, or difficulty of breathing for
some hours, or even a day or two ; and the child runs about
and is even at times playful until the full disease is ushered
in.   At others, there  is high  fever, quick  pulse,  red face,
hoarse cough and difficult breatliing from the first hour of
the attack.  As the disease  progresses the fever  increases,
the  cough returns in  more frequent  paroxysms, is more
harsh,  dry  and tight, and  the  difficulty of   breathing
increases,  (often  by paroxysms,) becomes  Avheezing,  Avith
rustling of mucus, labored, and in the Avorst cases  as  if
breathing through fine brazen pipes,  and by degrees becomes'
loud and harsh, and may be heard all over the room or even
the house.  Towards the last the breathing becomes increas-
ingly difficult, the voice fails, or is  only heard in  whispers,
the head  is thrown backward to facilitate respiration, the
larynx rises and falls Avith  every breath, and  the child  is
bathed in perspiration from  the suffering and effort  If the
child improves, the breathing  becomes easier, freer, and the
rattling of mucus  looser; the cough more loose and  moist, 
CROUP.                     121
and the voice more natural.   If worse, the breathing is more
difficult, finer-toned and tighter, the cough dryer, and voice
failing.
  Sudden attacks of croup  are usually not so formidable,
and sooner yield to proper treatment.   But the worst cases
of croup (angina membranacea) come ou more insidiously.
The child may be considered only slightly unwell for several
days, with little or no cough, or a mild, veiled cough, but the
speech is  changed and is a hoarse  whispering or is entirely
lost, and in these  cases the difficulty of breathing comes on
very gradually,  and  may not be noticed except on careful
observation, or when the child is making some effort.  Such
insidious  cases are  always;dangerous and often  fatal, and
this symptom of loss of voice or whispering voice in children
should ahvays demand attention.  It generally marks  the
deposition or formation of the false membrane, and requires
only its continued deposition to become fatal.
  Treatment.—For the hoarse,  croupy cough that often
precedes the croup, the Specific No. Thirteen will be
sufficient, giving  two  pills  every  two or  three hours, and
keeping the child well  housed and protected from the cold,
and especially from exposure to rough, damp air.   Where
an attack comes on with hoarse cough and some difficulty
of breathing, dissolve the Specifics Nos. One and  Thir-
teen,  six or eight pellets of each, in as many teaspoonfuls
of Avater in separate glasses, and  give  the child a spoonful
alternately every fifteen minutes,  first  from  No. One, and
next from No.  Thirteen, and so on in alternation, if the
ease is urgent,  Avith   these two  medicines,  only  prolong-
ing the intervals betAVeen  the medicines  to half an hour
or an hour, as the patient improves.  After the fever abates
and the cough  becomes moist or assumes its natural tone,
and the  breatliing  is relieved  and free perspiration estab-
lished, the No. One may be discontinued and the No. Thir-
teen continued until  the cure is  completed. 
122
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
  It is quite useless and pernicious to give  castor oil, hive
syrup, epicac, or to rub over the  chest oil, goose-grease, or
similar substances, as is often done.   Simply make the child
comfortable, keep it Avell covered in bed or in the nurse's
lap, and in a mildly warm room free from exposure  or drafts
of air, and  give the  Specifics as  directed, and  the vast
majority of cases of croup will terminate favorably.  Care
should also  be taken not to expose children to the cold or
to let them go out too soon after an attack of croup.   They
should be kept  Avell housed and protected until  entirely
recovered, to preveut a relapse.


                       COUGH.

  Cough  is in general only a symptom of some  other
disease, such as catarrh, bronchitis, inflammation or conges-
tion of the lungs, or the bronchia, or influenza, Avhooping-
congh, etc.;  and the cure of the cough will have to be
effected by the  cure of the disease upon Avhich it depends.
But in many cases the cough maybe the principal,  and per-
haps the  only indication  of  diseased action, and  hence
demand treatment of itself.   Often it is the forerunner or
first stage of some disease which is thus cured  through the
indications furnished by the cough.  A  suspicious cough,
especially in  persons of delicate health, or Aveak lungs, should
never be  permitted to  continue  from Aveek  to Aveek, but
should always excite our suspicion and demand the persistent
use of the proper measures for its relief.
  Treatment.—In general  the Specific No.  Seven will be
sufficient.  Give six  pellets, dry or in Avater, four  times
per day, avoiding  exposure  to new irritation, and  the de-
sired end  will generally soon be reached.
  Should the cough, however, be harsh and  dry, with some
fever or  pain  in the chest or side, it is better to alternate
the No. One with the No.  Seven, giving a portion of six 
HOOPING COUGH.
123
pellets every  two hours  alternately, until the  cough is
relieved.
   Violent spasmodic coughs, approaching hooping-coughs,
often require the  use of Specific No. Twenty, either alone
or in alternation with No. Seven, given as directed above.
   Old  chronic coughs, of long standing, are often cured by
the No. Seven and No. Thirty-five, in alternation, given
two or four  times per day, preferably before meals and on
retiring at night   If  the case is urgent, the medicine may
be given, a portion every three hours.

                  HOOPING  COUGH.

  This disease, like scarlet fever and measles, may be com-
municated from one child to another by means of the breath,
expectoration, or  even  the  exhalations from  the persons
affected, and rarely attacks the same individual the second
time.  It is more severe  and dangerous in some seasons than
at others, and  though under  Homeopathic  treatment  but
feAv hooping cough patients are lost, yet it  is often a trouble-
some disease, and not  unfrequently, under bad  manage-
ment, or in severe cases, leaves serious after  sufferings in
its train.  Under Specific  treatment, it generally passes off
as a mild and not tedious visitation.
  It usually commences as a common cold, Avith cough, some
fever, hoarseness,  sneezing, or running  from the nose,  and
this catarrhal stage may continue for eight, ten or fourteen
days, before  the true character  of the disease is manifested.
But the cough, if carefully noticed, has from the first a more
spasmodic or convulsive character than a common cold,  and
by  degrees  its true  form  is  developed, namely:  severe
shocks  of cough, following each other inrapid succession, suc-
ceeded  by a deep inhalation or  hoop.  Often there are  two
paroxypms folloAving in succession, succeeded by an interval
of half an hour or more, according to the intensity of the 
124             homeopathic mentor.
 irritation.  Frequently, food  is vomited  by the convulsive
 effort  of  the coughing, and sneezing, bleeding  from the
 nose, blood-shot eyes, or even convulsions in extreme cases,
 ?re not uncommon.
   The disease gradually grows worse until at each paroxysm
 of  cough  there  is a  free  expectoration of tough, viscid
 mucus, when, having reached  its  acme, it as gradually de-
 clines to the  end; unless, indeed, a new cold is taken, or a
 fresh irritation set up, Avhen the disease relapses and a part
 of the ground is gone over again. Uncontrolled  by treat-
 ment, the disease often lasts twelve Aveeks, or even  a longer
 period, Avhile treated by  our  simple method, one  half  or
 fourth of  that period is sufficient for a cure.
  Treatment.—If the disease is prevailing, or  children
 have been exposed to this disease, and you do not wish them
 to have it, give the Specific  No. Twenty, two pellets three
 times per day, and you will generally prevent its access.
  Should  the disease have commenced  as a  common cold,
 Avith cough, fever, sneezing, or sore throat, give the Specific
 No. One and No. Seven for one or two days, two pellets at
 a time, every two hours in alternation, and after that omit the
 No. Seven, and instead give the No. Twenty, in the same
 manner; and as soon as the  feverish condition has subsided,
 omit the No. One and  give  only the No. Twenty, tAvo
 pellets four times per day, and so continue during the course
 of the disease.
  If during the course of the disease the cough  becomes
 frequent, tight, dry, and it loses the usual hooping sound,
 and Avith some fever, indicating the access of inflammation
 of the bronchia, or of the substance  of the lung, at once
 return to the Specific  No. One, and give two pellets every
hour in  solution until the threatening symptoms have been
warded off, and then go on again with No. Twenty, either
alone or in alternation with  No. One.
  Often by taking the disease at  the commencement, you 
COMMON  colds.
125
 will arrest its progress before its full development, and it
 Avill pass off in a Aveek or two as a mere  catarrhal cough,
 having never reached the hooping-cough form.
  During the disease, the child should be carefully nursed
 and fed on light, easily digested  diet, Avith but little or no
 meat, avoiding cake or rich, heavy food, pies or sweetmeats;
 but, on  the contrary, giving an abundance of mucilaginous
 drinks,  such as gum-water, rice-Avater, barley-Avater, Iceland
 moss, Aveak chicken or lamb broth, or weak  black tea or
 chocolate.
   Vaccination during hooping-cough usually causes  the
 disease to run  a very mild course, and if it has been omitted
 until this period, it may be Avell to have it  then performed.

 ACUTE   BRONCHITIS—COMMON   COLD—BRON-
                CHIAL  IRRITATION.

  These conditions have so many symptoms in common, and
 so frequently run into and overlap each other, that it is  pre-
 ferable to treat them in connection.   Laymen would find it
 difficult to distinguish one from  the other, nor Avould it be
 necessary in a practical point of vieAv.  A  cold  generally
 commences with a sensation of tingling, itching, irritation,
 or roughness along the  lining membrane  of the  nose, and
 thence gradually extending backAvard along  the air passage
 into the bronchia or lungs.  There is often sneezing, some-
 times repeated, and  soon a discharge, at first of thin acrid,
 and then by degrees thicker, yelloAvish  mucus  from  the
 nose, and cough, at  first harsh,  dry, violent, often  accom-
 panied  with  a sense of roughness or excoriation in the
 larynx and upper part of the chest, and as the disease pro-
gresses,  raising  of at first thin,  and  then more  thick, or
yellowish  sputa.   Sometimes  the bronchia  and chest are
but  little affected,  and the  disease expends itself  upon the
mucus membrane  of the throat, nose and eyes, producing 
126
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
frequent sneezing, redness and  irritation of the eyes, and
profuse secretion of the acrid mucus from the eyes and nose.
When the bronchia is particularly invaded, the cough is dry,
harsh, painful and  frequent, often inducing headache, to-
gether Avith more or less hoarseness, and sore throat if the
upper part of wind-pipe (larynx) is  involved.   Fever to a
greater or more limited extent is almost always present, and
the disease presents  all grades, from a sharp, well defined,
acute bronchitis to a  simple catarrhal  irritation.  As the
disease declines, and  sometimes from the first, an eruption
of pimples or fever blisters  appears  around the mouth or
lips, which are often very annoying.
  Treatment.—When a cold begins with cough, sneezing,
pain in the breast, and  general feeling as from having taken
cold, resort at once to the Specific No Seven, of which take
six pellets dry, and repeat it every two hours.
  If the cold commences with more  severe  symptoms, and
some fever and considerable irritation of the lungs or bron-
chia, commence with Specific No. One and take six  pellets
every hour at first, and after a few hours continue them in
alternation Avith No. Seven  at  intervals of two hours, and
so continue the two remedies until the force of the disease is
broken, Avhen the No. Seven, will complete the cure.
  Should the disease assume more the catarrhal form, affect-
ing the  eyes, nose and throat, the Specifics  No. Nineteen
and No. Seven are the proper  remedies, and should be ad-
ministered as above.
  In all  cases of colds,  drink freely of cold water, live some-
what abstemiously, avoid coffee, stimulants, over-feeding and
exposure and fatigue.

LARYNGITIS—INFLAMMATION OF THE LARYNX

  We distinguish two  forms of this  disease, the one acute
and running its course in a comparatively short time; the 
LARYNGITIS.                   127
other chronic, which  may continue for months or years.
The acute form is characterized by hoarseness or a Ioav, dull
voice, or a difficult, Avhispering voice, Avanting in  modula-
tion ; a sense of soreness or of tightness in the larynx and up-
per part of the chest; difficult, tight or Avheezing inspira-
tion; sensation of constriction  in the throat, and  inability
to breathe freely accompanied Avith pain, Avhcih is increased
by pressure on the protuberance of the  throat, or along the
larynx.   There is usually a hoarse, muffled cough, sometimes
convulsive and dry, or Avith expectoration of tough adhesive
mucus, sensation as if there Avere a foreign body or lump in
the throat. If the inflammation involves the pharynx, there
will be difficulty and pain in SAvallowing. There is more or
less fever, and increased redness on looking into the throat.
In some cases the fever runs so high, and the  hoarseness and
difficulty of breathing are so great, as to approximate a case
of true croup.  But, as the treatment is similar, the fear of
confounding  the two  diseases need occasion no embarass-
ment
   Treatment.—In all serious, acute cases, the Specifics No.
One and  No. Thirteen  should be  dissolved in water,
tAvelve pellets of each in six spoonfuls of water, in separate
glasses, and of these give alternately every hour until the
fever has abated, when the No. Seven  may  be  substituted
for the No. One, and these two last may be continued until
the disease is arrested.

    CHRONIC LARYNGITIS—LARYNGEAL  CON-
                     SUMPTION.

   This  chronic inflammation of the larynx,  in  some  of its
forms, is  almost daily met with.  It  forms the  so-called
ministers' sore throat, and preseuts every grade  of severity,
from slight  hoarseness and  irritation, doAvn  through all
shades of inflammation and ulceration, to the  most invet- 
128              homeopathic mentor.
erate  forms of laryngeal consumption.  The disease often
commences with  slight hoarseness and  irritation  of  the
throat, frequent hehming or raising  of  scanty mucus and
slight  cough.   As the disease progresses, these symptoms
increase, and there is also dryness, burning, itching or tick-
ling and tightness, or in  some cases a dull, smarting, or an
acute pain in  the  larynx.   The  voice may be hoarse or
whispering, or piping, and only formed  Avith effort.  In
the earlier stages, the voice is uncertain and often breaks in
singing or loud  speaking.  The  cough,  at  first  dry and
short, becomes gradually  loose, Avith  raising of mucus or
purulent  expectoration.   Gradually, as the  disease  pro-
gresses, ulceration takes place, generally marked by pain in
the throat as  from a  sharp-pointed body, especially  Avhen
speaking.  Should the disease involve the pharynx, there
is also difficulty in swalloAving, and in the effort  the  food
or  drink may be returned through  the  nostrils.  If  the
ulceration involves the rim of the glottis, the voice is lost
and the patient  only speaks in  whispers.   As ulceration
progresses, the discharge  becomes purulent,  bloody and
even  offensive;  portions  of lymph, cartilage and  even
ossific matter are discharged;  the cough  and difficulty of
deglutition increase, often in paroxysms;  the general health
gives Avay; hectic fever,  night  sweats, emaciation, SAvelling
of  the limbs, loss of appetite, vomiting Avith the cough, and
diarrhoea, are unfavorable indications, and lead us to look for
the Avorst.  There is usually soreness  of the larynx on pres-
sure,  and from  the  inhalation  of cold  air.   Coughing,
sneezing, speaking, laughing or SAvalloAving frequently bring
on  a fit of severe suffering.
  Treatment.—In the earlier stages, Avhile there  is simply
hoarseness and some  degree of dryness or irritation in the
throat and cough, the  Specific  No. Seven  will be sufficient
to control it, and may be given six  pellets at a  time, and 
BRONCHITIS OF CHILDREN.
129
repeated eA'ery three or four hours, and so continued  from
day to day.
  Should  the hoarseness be more decided, with cough, dry-
ness, heat and irritation of the throat, or if the disease is
fairly developed, resort  to  the Specific No. Thirteen, of
which give six pellets, dissolved in Avater, every three hours,
and so continue for tAvo or  tnree days.  After that, give the
Nos. Seven and  Thirteen in  alternation, every  three
hours which may be given  until the disease is cured.
  Should  there be decided  fever, a dose or two of Specific
No. One may  be occasionally interposed Avith advantage.
ACUTE  BRONCHITIS  OF CHILDREN—CATARRH
          OF  THE  BREAST—LUNG  FEVER.

   This disease consists of  an acute inflammation  of the
lining membrane  of the  air passages.  The inflammation
may be limited to  a portion of the bronchia, or involve the
entire membrane, and it may be but slight and easily arrest-
ed, 'v li, may  be  from the very first a very serious and
dangerous malady.  In young  children, it is particularly
dangerous, forming  the  so-called " lung fever," and the
younger the child the  more critical the attack.  In adults,
the disease is  manifested  by chilliness, succeeded by fever,
hoarseness, difficult  respiration, frequent severe  and  dis-
tressing cough, at  first dry and later Avith expectoration of
viscid, frothy  mucus, Avhich becomes  copious and may be
streaked Avith  blood; oppression or sense of constriction of
the chest; foul tongue,  loss of appetite,  debility, rapid
pulse  and increasing  difficulty of  breathing;  pale lips,
anxious countenance,  a crepitation, whistling, rattling or
droning in the  chest  becoming very sensible  On applying
the ear to its surface.
        9 
130              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
   As the patient improves, the respiration becomes easier
 and more free, and the fever abates;  expectoration becomes
 whiter, thicker, easier and less abundant  On the contrary,
 unfavorable symptoms are: increased  difficulty of breathing;
 face becomes more and more livid, and is covered Avith per-
 spiration ; mucus accumulates more  and more in  the  air-
 passages ; the cough becomes  feeble  and fails  to  free the
 lungs of the accumulation;  the mind wanders, and the pa-
 tient is carried off.
   In children, of an early age,  it is quite frequent, and com-
 mences usually Avith  symptoms  of an ordinary cold;  but
 soon the breatliing becomes quick, oppressed and  labored,
 and from the increased action of the diaphragm, the abdo-
 men becomes prominent; the  shoulders and nostrils are in
 continual motion from the effort  of breathing;  on applying
 the ear to the chest, and often  at quite a distance  from the
 patient, the crepitation and mucus-rattle of the chest is very
 audible; expectoration  coughed  into the mouth and then
 SAvalloAved, temporarily relieAres, and occasionally the mucus
 is thrown from the air-passages  by the effort of vomiting;
 the cough is frequent, short and distressing; the face  be-
 comes pale, anxious, and someAvhat livid.  The disease  has
 its paroxysms  and seasons of  remission, during which  the
 child appears  droAvsy, and, unless relieved,  the paroxysms
 recur Avith increasing severity until death takes place from
 suffocation.  There is no appetite, but considerable thirst,
 and  the symptoms are generally  worse at night  Children
 at the breast find it difficult to nurse, from  the oppression
 of the chest and  impeded respiration.
   Treatment.—The Specifics  No. One and No. Seven are
the proper remedies, and may be  administered in fluid form
as follows:  If the symptoms are  at all urgent, prepare  the
medicine for children of tAvo  years   or under, by placing
eight pellets of Specific  No. One in  as  many teaspoonfuls
of water, in  one  glass, and  the  same quantity  of  Specific 
PLEURISY.                    131
 No. Seven in like quantity of water in another glass, then
 from these two  give a spoonful every hour in alternation.
 Older children, or adults, may take twice as much at a dose
 as the above.  In milder cases, a dose of two pellets every
 two hours may  be sufficient, and these  may be continued
 until the  disease is arrested.
   If in children, avIio are in far the most  danger in this dis-
 ease, the fever should have been allayed, but the cough and
 difficulty of breathing,attended Avith great Aveakness,remains,
 then omit the Specific No. One, and in place give the Speci-
 fic No. Six, the  same dose, in alternation Avith  No. Seven,
 and continue these so long as they are beneficial.

                      PLEURISY.

   This disease is of rather frequent occurrence, and is usually
 one of  grave  importance.  It is an inflammation  of the
 pleura or membrane, covering  the lungs on one side, and
 being reflected upon the Avails of the chest upon the other
 side, thus forms Avhat  is termed  the pleural-sac.    It is a
 very thin  membraneous tissue, having a serous  surface and
 quite liable  to inflammation and  consequent exudation of
 serum.    The  inflammation and  pain may be  located in
 any part of  the chest, or even affect a considerable  portion
 of it.  A  Avell marked pleurisy commences with a decided
 chill, lasting often some hours, folloAved by high fever, heat,
 red face, sharp, quick pulse, and very severe stitching, stabbing
 or lancinating pains, often confined to one spot in  the side,
 or front of the chest.  The pain is sharp, catching, lancinat-
 ing, arresting or intercepting the breathing, and is greatly
 aggravated by coughing or even by movement;  and the
 chest is sensitive to pressure at the place ivhere the pain is
 located.   The respiration is difficult and  anxious, often in-
 tercepted  by the  stitch, but less oppressed than in pneumo-
nia.  The cough is short and dry, and greatly increases the 
 132              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

 Btitch or pain in the side.  The pulse is quick and hard;
 tongue  inclined  to  dryness  or parched;  thirst decided;
 urine scanty and high-colored; and  the patient  generally
 lying on his back.  If effusion of serum has occurred in one
 side  of the chest, lying upon the  opposite side is very diffi-
 cult  The effusion  is generally absorbed in the process of
 cure, but, Avhen  the  absorbent poAvers of the system have
 become Aveakened, and the cure is imperfect, the secretion
 may be only partially taken up, and adhesion of the pleural
 surfaces  may occur, thus  practically uniting the surface of
 the lung to the Avails of the' chest, and occasioning more or
 less inconvenience in after life.
  Treatment.—The Specifics No. One and No. Seven are
 the proper remedies, and  should  be given thus: Dissolve
 twelve pellets of No.  One in   six    spoonfuls  of Avater,
 and of this give a spoonful (large if for an adult, and small
 if for a child) every half hour, and continue this medicine
 until the pulse  is reduced and softened, the  pain is  di-
 minished and the surface cooled, and for twenty-four hours,
 unless the disease has yielded before this period.   Then
 prepare Specific No. Seven in like manner, and administer
 it in  alternation Avith No. One, at intervals at first  of one
 hour, and  then at tAvo  hours,  until the entire disease has
 succumbed.
  In  some rare  cases, where the  fever has  been subdued,
 and some degree of pain in the chest or soreness yet lingers,
the use of Specific No. Fifteen, either alone or iu alterna-
tion  Avith No. Seven, may remove it.
  P. S. E2F° In pleurisy and inflammation of the lungs, or
of other noble organ, if the attack is decided or well marked,
it is advisable to give the patient at  once a hot  foot-bath
in the manner recommended on page 43 of this Avork, so
as to induce a determination of blood to the extremities,
and excite general perspiration.  After the patient has been
put to bed, should the pain or breathing, and the oppression 
PNEUMONIA.                  133
of the chest be severe, a hot fomentation, applied directly
to the part, will be of great advantage.  The best mode of
making it is thus: Take common muslin, and cut out and
run up a bag—say eight or ten by twelve inches—enough
to entirely cover  the suffering part.  Fill this Avith meal
and bran, in proportion of one part of meal to two of bran,
so that when  the filling shall  be evenly distributed, the
fomentation shall  be about a half an inch or more in thick-
ness.  Pour say half an inch of hot  Avater into a tin pan,
and lay the bag in evenly spread out  It Avill at once be-
come  thoroughly  hot and saturated, and may  be applied
directly to the chest  as hot as can be borne, and covered
with a flannel to prevent wetting the clothes.   It rarely fails
to afford prompt  and  decided  relief, and may be repeated
from time to time, if necessary, and is far better than blisters
or mustard plasters.

PLEURODYNIA—FALSE  PLEURISY—STITCH IN
                      THE SIDE.

  This is a rheumatic affection of the intercostal muscles of
the chest, and similar to pleurisy, in that  it is characterized
by a sharp stitch or stinging pain in the chest  It may be
distinguished from pleurisy in not being preceded by a chill,
and being Avithout fever.   The pain  shifts from place to
place.  The surface of the chest or side is usually sore, aud
the pain may be  excited by drawing the finger along be-
tween the ribs.  A few doses of six pellets of Specific No.
One  or No. Fifteen will  generally cure it, and they may
be repeated every  tAvo hours.

INFLAMMATION  OF THE LUNGS—PNEUMONIA.

  Inflammation of the substance of the lungs  may occur
alone, or in  connection Avith pleurisy, Avhich is indeed its 
134
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 most common form.  It commences like pleurisy, Avith a
 chill, frequent rigors passing over the body for some hours,
 folloAved by fever, Avith great heat  of the surface, Avhich is
 hot and dry;  pulse quick, but rarely so quick or bounding
 as in pleurisy;  breathing is quickened, hot,oppressed, anxious,
 and sometimes interrupted by the pain; tongue dry, some-
 times  parched;  urine  high  colored  and  scanty; cough
 short, distressing, and dry at  first, gradually becomes more
 moist, raising a little adhesive viscid, or  tenacious mucus,
 Avhich is at first semi-transparent, but soon becomes greyish,
 mixed Avith  blood, rust colored, or even like prune juice; the
 speech is interrupted, hesitating, with frequent pause and ab-
 dominal respiration.  Sometimes the pain  is not sharp, only
 dull, with a sense of oppression  or tightness.  The face is
 less red but more livid than in pleurisy; the vessels of the
 neck  become  swelled and turgid, and the frequent cough
 often  causes severe headache.   The patient lies upon his
 back, dislikes  to talk and desires to be let alone; sometimes
 is very irritable or careless of his situation.
  As the patient improves, the heat of the surface is reduced;
 the breathing is more free;  the skin and tongue become
 and remain moist; the sputa  becomes more free, less tena-
 cious and lighter colored, and the cough less frequent and
painful, and quiet sleep, Avith general perspiration  and free
discharge of urine, indicate a crisis and the breaking up of the
disease.  On the contrary, increased oppression of the chest,
dryness of tongue and  skin,  frequency of the cough and
scanty viscid, rust, expectoration, hiccough and delirium, in-
dicate the progress of the disease.   It is, howeA'er, generally
curable in its earlier stages, under our management.
  Treatment.—Should  be commenced with Specific No.
One,  of which give tAvo pellets, dissolved in Avater, every
hour for the first  tAventy-four  hours; also, giAre the patient
a hot foot-bath, and if the tightness, oppression of the chest
or pain is very  severe, apply the hot fomentation to the chest, 
CONGESTION OF THE CHEST.
135
as directed under the treatment of pleurisy.   After twenty-
four hours, proceed to give the Specific No. Seven, prepared
in the same manner as No. One, and give the tAvo medicines in
alternation, at intervals of one hour.  Continue this until
the disease is removed, gradually increasing the  intervals
between the doses to tAvo  or even three hours, as the im-
provement progresses.
  After convalescence,  should there  remain some  tendency
to cough, debility and sweating at night, six pellets of No.
Ten  at  night, and  of No. Thirty-five  each morning,
rarely fail to complete the cure.

          CONGESTION OF THE CHEST.

  This condition, determination of  blood to the chest, may
be supposed to exist  Avhere there is a sensation of fulness,
heaviness, Aveight or oppression in  the chest.  There may
be  also throbbings, or  palpitations  of the heart,  attended
with anxiety, short, sighing, or difficult breathing, and some-
times a short cough.  It is most common in young plethoric
subjects, or  those of consumptive habit  It is sometimes
occasioned by over exertion, exposure to heat and cold, use
of stimulants, coffee, spices, vinous or alcoholic boA-erages, or
may  be  caused by suppression of eruptions or accustomed
discharges.
   Treatment.—In general a feAV doses of Specific  No. One,
tAvo pellets, taken at intervals of one or six  hours, will
promptly relieve it  Should there be frequent recurrence of
the attack, or the condition  threatens to become chronic,
administer the Specific No. Thirty-five  each night on
retiring, and the No. One each  morning.  If it  has been
caused by suppression,  or too scanty Aoav of the menses, give
the Specific No.  Eleven, and  repeat every tAvo hours until
relieAred.  If connected with  constipation, hemorrhoid or
indigestion, administer the Specific No. Ten in like manner. 
136              homeopathic mentor.
                      ASTHMA.

  This affection of the lungs and air passages is characterized
by difficulty of breathing, coming on in paroxysms, attended
with a suffocath'e, or constrictive sensation,  cough and ex-
pectoration. The paroxysms may come on suddenly, Avithout
Avarning, and more frequently at night, but  often they are
preceded by a feeling of irritation in the air passages, or a
sense of  fulness or oppression at the  pit of the stomach.
During the attack the respiration is  labored, wheezing or
sighing long draAvn, accompanied Avith anxiety, and the
shoulders, larynx  and chest are moved with  the violence of
the effort  The patient  usually sits  or stands, can rarely
recline, and his arms elevated so as to expand  to the chest;
often requires the doors or  Avindows  to be opened  to give
him air. There is a sense of constriction or tightness in
the chest, or as if he was breathing through a sponge; fre-
quent cough, at first short, dry,  then,  by degrees, becoming
more moist; or with frequent profuse expectoration of mucus,
even from the first;  the face is pale, sometimes livid ; eyes
anxious and protruded; often cold SAveat on the forehead,
face and chest; often  palpitation  of  the heart or arteries,
and the pulse  is  irregular,  quick or intermittent  These
paroxysms last  from a  few hours to as many  days, and recur
again in a  few days or  Aveeks, leaving  the patient compara-
tively free  in the  interval,  It is common to divide  the dis-
ease into two varieties,—the dry and moist asthma.   In the
first the attacks are more sudden, and cough  short, dry, Avith
little expectoration, even  towards its close;  Avhilp in the
latter,  the attack is more  gradual and  the  cough more
severe, and the expectoration becomes copious, as  relief is
afforded.
   The  disease  may arise  from  a  variety of morbid condi-
tions, such as chronic  induration, or extreme  irritability of
the mucus membrane of the air  passages; disease of the 
ASTHMA.
137
heart or  large vessels, or similar organic changes.  The
paroxysms are  frequently excited by exposure, a chill, the
use of stimulants, or indigestion.
   Treatment.—Our success in curing this disease depends
upon our ability to remove the morbid condition from Avhence
it arises.   In some cases, the medicines directed will perfectly
meet the indication, and so a permanent cure will be effected.
In others it may be in its nature incurable, and in these
cases Ave are only able to palliate the disease, or fundamental
condition, and  to relieve the attacks when they recur.
   During the interval, and to prevent a recurrence of the
attack, take six pellets of the  Specific No.  Twenty-one
at night, and six of No. Seven each morning, unless some
particular demand be made for some other  medicine, for
some other symptom or indication.  During  the paroxysm,
dissolve twelve pills  of Specific No. Taventy-one in six
spoonfuls  of water, and of these give one every hour, and
so continue until the paroxysm  has abated, gradually pro-
longing the intervals as the amendment progresses.
   If there is palpitation, or violent beating of the heart,
you  may give in alternation Avith No. Twenty-one, the
Specific No. Thirty-two. Sometimes very violent par-
oxysms have been relieved by Specific No. Six, given in like
manner.   Children require only half the above doses.

  PULMONARY HEMORRHAGE, HAEMOPTYSIS.
          BLEEDING FROM THE LUNGS.

  This is ahvays a very grave affection, sometimes very
dangerous indeed.  Not more so from what it is in itself than
from the condition of the pulmonary tissue which it indi-
cates.  The bleeding may arise from one  of several con-
ditions : Thus, it may arise as a mere exudation  from the
mucus surface of the lungs, bronchia or throat; or from
congestion or engorgement and  overfilling of the vessels and 
138              HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
substance of the lungs; or it may arise from a  rupture  of
one or more important, or of numerous minute blood-vessels
in the substance of the lungs.  Thus, in any case, it  points
to a morbid and  more or less critical condition of the pul-
monary organs.   The first and second forms mentioned are
generally curable, and the cure of the last depends upon our
ability to control or  cure the general disease.   All blood
thrown from the mouth is not necessarily from  the  lungs.
Sometimes it comes from the stomach, but in this case it is
vomited up—comes up Avith retching and  nausea, in quan-
tities, and is of dark color, Avhile if it comes from the lungs,
it comes Avith coughing or hehming, and is lighter colored,
or bright red, or frothy,—comes with a hot or boiling sensa-
tion, or sense of effervescence in the chest, the patient often
knowing just Avhere it comes from, and it is generally attended
with great sinking and prostration of strength.
  Bleeding from the lungs sometimes comes on as the vica-
rious effect of a suppression of the menses, or other discharge,
and is cured Avith the restoration of the suppressed function.
It occasionally occurs in stout, full-blooded, plethoric indi-
viduals, and is of less consequence than Avhen it occurs in
spare, meagre, consumptive individuals.
  Treatment.—When a hemorrhage occurs, it is all impor-
tant that the patient and all the  attendants should be calm
and discreet, not rash or hasty.  Noise, haste and fright are
the most dangerous auxiliaries of the accident, Avhile, com-
posure and presence of mind are half the battle.
  The patient should be  placed as quietly as possible in a
half-sitting or reclining position, and be perfectly at rest,
Avithout speaking or  being  spoken to, having  his  Avants
anticipated if possible.  Supply the patient Avith cloths  or
a vessel, so  he may discharge the blood from the mouth,
without effort of the body.  If a good Homeopathic physician
is at hand, let him be  sent for.
  If  you have not The Marvel of Healing,  get  it at 
PULMONARY HEMORRHAGE.
139
once, and put  a  large spoonful into a common  drinking
glass, half full of water, and of this give a dessert spoonful
every five, ten  or fifteen minutes, according to the effect,
being careful to prolong the intervals to half an hour, one
or two hours, in proportion as the  bleeding is arrested.  It
Avill  act very promptly if the blood  is a little  dark, not
bright red.   If you have not  Humphreys' Marvel, use a
tablespoonful of common salt, with the same quantity of
water, and give in the same manner.
  If the blood is more red and frothy, and  especially  with
young,  plethoric  individuals, put twenty pellets of the
Specific No. One  in the quantity of Avater mentioned above,
and give a dessert spoonful at the intervals above mentioned,
in alternation with the Marvel.   These remedies will very
generally arrest the hemorrhage, yet the patient should, for
some days, be exceedingly careful to avoid effort, coughing,
exertion, or exposure, to prevent a recurrence of the attack.
To prevent fever, or an inflammatory condition of the lungs,
after hemorrhage, or the development of consumption, give
the Specifics No. One and No. Seven, six pellets  every
three hours, in  alternation, gradually prolonging the inter-
vals, until they are taken only four times in the day, before
each meal and on  going to rest at night, Avhich may be con-
tinued until the health is restored.
  When, after a hemorrhage  from the lungs, a soreness of
the chest or any part of it remains, Avet a napkin or smaller
thin cloth, large enough to cover the chest or affected place,
in the  Marvel,  and  lay this  on over the part, covering
it again well with a dry flannel, which may  be continued
over night, or even  be worn with advantage through the
day. 
140
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
    PULMONARY CONSUMPTION—PHTHISIS
                    PULMONALIS.

  Consumption is one of the most frequent and fatal dis-
eases to Avhich the human family are subject   It prevails in
all countries and in all climates, and among  all classes, the
poor and the  rich, the well and ill-cared for.   It is doubtless
less in some  countries and climates than others, but none
has yet been found Avhich is exempt from it   So of classes
and conditions of society.   None  have  been found  among
Avhom  this disease is a stranger.  The most  nearly exempt
are those families avIio for years have exclusively used appro-
priate  and properly prepared  (potentised)  Homeopathic
medicines.  For I think it demonstrable, that proper Homeo-
pathic  medication  tends to destroy and eliminate from the
system the tuberculous diathesis, Avhich is  the foundation
of this disease.  True, consumption may come from numer-
ous morbid conditions, Avhich, by exhausting  or debilitating
the system, produce that condition of innervation, or  vital
prostration, during Avhich  only tubercles are deposited; so
that these diseases or conditions have been only the stepping
stone to the tuberculous deposit and consumption itself.
  This disease may approach in several  different Avays, some
of which avc will indicate.   It is most common among sub-
jects from seventeen to tAventy-five years of age.  It is per-
ceptibly lessened at thirty-five, and over fifty  quite unusual.
In the more insidious form, the patient may be noticed to
have a little less vigor and energy than usual; to have less
of flesh or embonpoint; lips and  cheeks a little paler  than
usual; complains of being out of breath on exercise, or has
even a slight  tightness on breatliing; has a little dry cough
or a hack, as it is called, and may raise a little frothy mucus.
These  symptoms may go on for months, Avithout attracting
particular attention, or pass  off altogether, and then recur 
PULMONARY CONSUMPTION.           141
again.  If not arrested, the cough gradually  grows more
frequent, dry, irritating, troubling the patient, especially at
night; the loss of flesh becomes more manifest, while the
appetite may be yet fair, or only capricious; gradually there
is  some chilliness in the  morning hours, and  sonic heat
toAvards evening; the cheeks are more pale, and the fingers
more attenuated, and the ends of the nails somewhat hooked;
by degrees the cough becomes  more frequent, expectoration
more abundant, Avhite, frothy and streaked with yellow, and
may be saltish or sweetish to the taste; chills now become
more decided, recurring every day, usually in the morning,
with heat, and circumscribed redness of cheeks every after-
noon;  the boAvels, until noAV  confined, become  loose, Avith
frequent stools;  sweat comes  on at night, at first around
the neck and chest, greasy or sticky, and  gradually over the
entire  person; the  cough,  expectoration and emaciation
progress more and more;  the  feet and legs swell; the mind
Avanders, and death gradually  closes the scene.   The pulse
is a pretty  good indication, and  becomes frequent, quite
early in the disease, and gradually increases from 70  to 80,
and then to 120 beats to the minute.
   In some cases consumption comes on as the sequel to other
diseases.  These being imperfectly cured, leave the system
exhausted, and tubercles are deposited, Avhich, beginning  to
soften, produce irritation, cough, pain iii the chest or side,
quick pulse, hectic fever, emaciation, night sweats, diarrhoea,
expectoration of pus, or yelloAV, heavy, thick, adhesive mucus,
and all the usual symptoms attending the advanced stage  of
this disease.  Ladies,  after  confinement, not  unfrequently
run into consumption after  this fashion.  Yet, on looking
back over the history  of the case, it will  be found  that
there had existed previously, some  cough, pain in the side,
or oppression of the chest, emaciation or debility,  Avhich
was in fact  the premonitory stage of the disease, and Avhich 
142             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
was suspended for a time, and  only warmed  into vigor by
the debility occasioned by the neAV attack of disease.
  In some subjects, especially  those in early life and of
peculiar temperaments, the disease runs so rapid a course,
as to have secured the name of " galloping consumption."
This is especially so Avith persons of scrofulous habit, viz:
Thin, light  skin, fair hair, long teeth, Avaxen complexion,
tall stature, or Avith thin chest and pointed shoulders, and
enlarged glands beneath the cheek or along the sides of the
neck.  Not unfrequently such individuals, with few or  no
premonitions,  beyond a slight  cough and  some degree of
debility and Aveakness, a slight or severe hemorrhage from the
lungs occurs, by Avhich the strength of the patient is cut doAvn
at once, and in comparatively few days, cough, expectoration
and  hectic fever  set in,  and the patient runs along the
course of the consumption Avith rapid strides.
  Advanced cases of consumption are easily recognized;
the earlier stages, the incipient beginnings are readily over-
looked, and, but  too frequently,  grave mischief has  been
done before the patient or friends have been aware of danger.
But  whenever a  person  has some slight or  severe cough,
which does not pass off readily,  some shortness or tightness
of breath, or pain  in the chest or side, and above all, if she is
feeble, easily fatigued and emaciated, or losing flesh, it is
better to give ourselves the advantage of the  doubt, and at
once apply the remedies and means for a cure, rather  than
wait the farther development of the disease.
  The curability  of consumption is a mooted question,
and one upon Avhich popular impression and  medical  testi-
mony are at variance.  But I  hold  the moderate vieAV of
the cure to be this: That all cases of incipient or undeveloped
consumption  are  easily curable,  by proper  remedies  and
appropriate surroundings.  That  cases in the second  stage
have a fair chance of recovery, Avhile in the more advanced
cases the recoveries are only rare. 
pulmonary consumption.
143
  Treatment.—As the earliest and perhaps most striking
symptom is the cough, all that has been said in the chapter,
upon that subject, is applicable here.  In the earlier stages
of the  disease, the Specific No. Seven is the appropriate
remedy.  But should there be fever, or some heat of surface
on the  palms of the hands, or some pain or soreness in the
chest or sides, the Specific No. One may be given in  alter-
nation  Avith it, at intervals of  tAvo or three hours, six pellets
at a time.  Should the case have made considerable progress,
with hard, racking cough, considerable expectoration and
some emaciation, and  especially in scrofulous  subjects, the
Specifics No. Thirty-five and No. Seven should be given
in alternation, at intervals of three or four hours.
  If the patient is confined to the house or room, the medi-
cine had best be given in solution,  in the proportion of two
pellets in a spoonful of Avater, of Avhich a spoonful should be
given at a time.  But if the patient is yet around, the pellets
may be taken dry.
  In the treatment of this disease, too  much stress can-
not be laid upon the  diet, habits and surroundings of the
patient, as the disease is essentially one of debility, effecting
not only his nutrition, but also the revivification of the blood,
by the atmospheric air, it is all important, in the process of
cure, that these two indications be fully met.  Hence, the
patient should have a diet the most nourishing and easily
digested possible,  such as cream,  milk if it agrees; good
bread, not too new; good fresh butter; puddings of Indian,
wheat, rye, oatmeal or rice; all succulent and ripe  fruits in
their season, unless they produce diarrhoea.  Use meat and
meat  soups,  without  spices,  in moderation;  beef,  mutton,
poultry, venison, game, small birds.  For  beverage, cold
water, cocoa, black  tea, and some good, light,  native or
pure  foreign wine, once or twice per day.  In cases Avhere
good  wine cannot  be had, good  Avhisky is  to be recom-
mended, in portions  from a dessert spoonful to a wineglass, 
144
homeopathic mentor.
oft-repeated experience  that the use of stimulants in  the
treatment of consumption is indispensable, and I have suc-
ceeded in curing many patients by this procedure, who, I am
satisfied, could otherwise never have been saved.  The  quan-
tity commenced with should be small, and may be increased
as the appetite, strength, and tone of the system improves.
  The apartment of the patient should be high, dry, large
and airy, and  the temperature in winter or  rough weather
kept as uniform as possible, or at least, free  from extremes,
and he should have all the out-door air possible. If the patient
is sufficiently vigorous, Avalking and horseback exercise are
best, but in general, daily or constant rides in carriage are the
preferable modes, and of these in good weather,the patient can
scarcely have too much up to the point of fatigue.  Changes
of location whether South or North, inland or seaward, are
ahvays beneficial, provided Ave  do not leave home  comforts
for the vexations and exposures almost necessarily incident
to travel. 
angina pectoris.
145
DISEASES OF  THE  CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.
       ANGINA PECTORIS.—STENOCARDIA.

  This disease most commonly attacks persons  avIio have
passed  the meridian of life.  It is also most common among
literary men, or those subject to long continued mental ef-
fort, anxiety or disquietude.  It is not always manifested in
the same manner or Avith the same symptoms, but in gen-
eral, it  is known  by a sudden attack of extreme agitation in
the chest, generally referred  by the patient to his heart;
coming on suddenly and  without premonition;  attended
by a feeling of constriction or suffocation, so  that the pa-
tient, if walking, is at once compelled to stop, or if standing,
to sink down;  the first attack most commonly conies on
during Avalking, or some  severe effort; but afterwards the
most trivial exercise, excitement, or mental effort, or OA'en
indigestible food, will produce them ; and  they finally come
on  suddenly Avithout any assignable cause, and even Avhile
in bed and  asleep.  There is in most instances  seA'ere and
sometimes  excruciating  pains, at  first   comfined  to  the
chest,  but afterwards extending to the shoulders, and some-
times  along both the upper extremities.   These  paroxysms
frequently terminate in a feAV minutes, leaving the patient
comparatively free, and return again at uncertain intervals;
while in other cases, they last some  hours, or indeed, rarely
lea\*e the  patient free  from severe  pain.   In  severe cases,
the suffering is extreme, the face becomes pale and haggard,
with an expression of extreme anguish,  the  eyes sunken,
nose pointed, surface  cold, and even cold clammy sweats,
respiration difficult and rapid, palpitation or  intermitting
pulsation  of the heart, anxiety or  feeling of approaching
           10 
146              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

death ; the pulse may be quick, strong and irregular, with
hot  skin  and flushed face, but is most frequently slow,
feeble, oppressed and remittent.  Sometimes the  attack
passes off, leaving no trace, but commonly soreness about
the chest  remains for quite a period, and the digestion is
more or less impaired.  The duration and result of the dis-
ease  are uncertain,  and the pathological conditions upon
which it is founded, vary in different cases.
  Treatment.—For stout, plethoric, full-fed persons, the
Specific No. One is most efficient, and should be resorted
to at once, and  may be given, dissolved  in  a spoonful of
water, in doses of six  pellets, repeated every half hour, or
even every ten minutes, if the suffering is severe.  Should
the patient not be relieved  after an hour, give the Specific
No. Thirty-tavo in the same manner, and repeat at inter-
vals  of half an hour  until relief is afforded.  For any re-
maining suffering, give the two Specifics No. One and No.
Thirty-two, in  alternation, at intervals of one, tAvo or
three hours, according to the urgency of the case.
  To prevent  a  repetition  of the  attack, give the Specific
No. Thirty-two, six pellets  at a dose, morning and night,
either dry on the tongue  or dissolved in Avater, as may be
most convenient.


   CARDITIS—ENDOCARDITIS—PERICARDITIS.

Inflammation of the substance of the heart,  inflammation
  of the lining membrane of the heart, and inflammation of
  the investing membrane of the heart—
  It  is preferable to treat these diseases in connection in a
work designed for domestic practice.  Systematic Avriters
detail atleugth the symptoms and diognostic signs by Avhich
they may be distinguished, but the non-professional  reader
would be unable  to make these distinctions, and would find
it impossible  to  base  a treatment  upon them.  He  can at 
            INFLAMMATION OF THE  HEART.          147

best Only expect to ascertain that some portion of the heart
is  the subject of inflammatory action, and to apply general
remedies adapted for its cure in the absence of  competent
medical aid.  In some cases the symptoms are, at least for a
time  masked  and insidious, and  in  others more  decided
and marked;  but in general Ave may conclude  that some
form of inflammatory disease of the heart exists, from the
presence of the following symptoms :—
  Sharp, burning, prickling or darting paius in  the region
of the heart, attended Avith fever.  The pains shoot to the
left shoulder  and shoulder blade, and frequently extend
along the arm; they are aggravated  by deep inspiration,
and are increased by pressure on the spaces between the ribs
in the region of the heart.  The patient cannot lie on the left
side, but finds  the position easiest on the back; breathing is
rapid, irregular and  laborious, especially on movement; a
feeling of contraction, restlessness, anxiety and frequent fain t-
ness.   The  pulse  is accelerated, at  times hard, full  and
vibratory;  then again,  feeble, irregular  or intermittent,
while if the ear is applied  to the region of the heart, its
action will be found  to be tremulous and violent, sometimes
again it is found to be muffled, veiled and indistinct, indi-
cating an effusion of lymph Avithin the pericardium or in-
vesting membrane  of the heart  Sometimes the sounds
seem double, prolonged, rough, or even blowing or grating,
from  defective action of the valves.  In all cases, the im-
pulse of the heart against  the walls of  the chest Avill be
found  more violent than in health.   If extensive effusion
has taken  place around the heart,  the extremities  will
generally become asdomatous or enlarged.
  Treatment.—So  far  as  it can be conducted without
competent  professional  aid, consists  in the Specifics  No.
One and No. Thirty-tavo.  They should  be given  alter-
nately, dissolved in Avater, six pellets at a time, at intervals
of from one  to three hours: according  to the  urgency of the 
148             homeopathic mentor.

symptoms.   After  the more immediate attack has passed,
the Specific No. Thirty-tay'O should be continued for some
time, repeated morning and  night, to remove and correct
any remaining morbid action.
  In case of effusion within the pericardium, indicated by
oedema of  the extremities or predominent suffocation sen-
sation, the  Specific No. Taventy-five may be given Avith
advantage,  repeated every tAvo hours.

         PALPITATION OF THE HEART.

  This affection may arise from a variety of causes.  Young
people, Avhen rapidly growing, are liable to it, likeAvise the
aged, as it  may arise from  an excess or deficient supply of
blood.  Nervous persons, from a peculiar habit of body, are
disposed to it. Ardent spirits and  the use of strong coffee
or green tea produce it in some cases, especially in those of
sedentary habits.  Many persons, Avhen suffering from indi-
gestion, have palpitation or irregular  action of the heart.
Pregnant females, and those at the change of life, are very
commonly affected with it.   In  all these  cases it may be
merely functional and disappear Avith the occasioning cause.
There are also other cases in Avhich it depends upon organic
changes in  the structure  of the heart itself, its A*alvular
apparatus, or the  huge A'essels immediately connected with
it, and Avhere the use of medicine can haA'e but a subordi-
nate effect in relieving it.
  Treatment.—In general, a dose of six.pellets of Specific
No. One, repeated every hour, if need be, speedily removes
it.  Should the No. One fail, the Specific No. Thirty-two
may be resorted  to in like manner, and Avill rarely fail to
afford relief.  Should the palpitation arise from indigestion,
that complaint  being relieved by Specific No.  Ten,  the
palpitation  or irregular action  of  the heart Avill cease, or
may be speedily controlled by the No. Thirty-two.  When 
disease of  the heart.
149
it arises in connection Avith scanty, delayed or interrupted
menses, the Specific No. Eleven, six pills, four times per
day, will relieve.

       CHRONIC  DISEASE  OF THE HEART.

   There are  various structural alterations of the heart or
some portions of it, or of its complicated apparatus, such as
enlargements  in various directions, thickening or thinning
of its  Avails, defects of  its A'alvular structure, aneurism or
dilatation of  its larger vessels, etc., all of which give rise to
various symptoms and inconveniencies, and are more or less
critical, according to the nature of the case.  With some of
these cardiac  changes, the patients live  on for years and
with  ease, and scarcely  suffer more than  incoiiA-enience,
while others have a constant sense of oppression, shortness
of breath at exercise, mounting stairs or mental emotion,
constant palpitation or labored action of the heart, difficul-
ty in lying  with the head low,  and, not  unfrequently,
pain in the region  of the heart or chest, or along the left
arm.
   It would be impracticable here to describe these various
cases and the treatment appropriate to each, and such had
best be submitted to competent medical examination.  But
in the absence of a good Homeopathic physician, the pa-
tient may take with great relief and often with permanent
advantage, the Specific  No. Thirty-two,  six pellets at a
time, and may repeat them two, three or more times per
day, according to the urgency of  the  case.  Often, under
such treatment, very grave diseases of the heart are Avonder-
fully modified and  controlled, and the life of the  patient
prolonged and rendered useful and comfortable. 
150             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
                  VARICOSE VEINS.

   Not unfrequently, the veins, especially of the lower extrem-
 ities, becomes enlarged, knotted, dark-blue, or purple, some-
 times the size of the finger or  larger, and are termed varicose
 veins.   They are very apt to  occur in Avomen during preg-
 nancy, and in men of hemorrhoidal or venous habit of body,
 and especially in those whose occupation requires constant
 standing on the feet. The varicose veins are generally pain-
 less, but  sometimes are attended Avith  burning, shooting
 or  stinging  pains, and  at times terminate in indolent,
 obstinate  ulcers, or sometimes occasion  general oedema
 of the limbs.
  Treatment.—If the varices are  not specially troublesome,
 bathing them at night with Witch  Hazel will allay any
 pain or irritation, and  the Specific No. Thirty-two, six
 pellets, may be taken morning and night
  For  their radical cure and removal, an elastic storking
 should be worn from the arch of  the foot Avell  up over the
 enlarged veins, and each morning and night the part should
 be bathed in  Witch  Hazel, or yet better, a cloth Avet
with the same and laid on over the enlarged veins, and
 the stocking turned over that, and so worn, while the med-
 icine above directed may  be taken internally.  This course
 Avill  promptly relieve and ultimately restore  even the most
 formidable cases. 
QUINSY.
151
DISEASES  OF  THE  ALIMENTARY  TRACK.
             SORE THROAT—QUINSY.

  This disease is quite common, some persons being subject
to it from the slightest provocation or exposure.  It usually
commences Avith a sensation of tightness or constriction, or
a sensation of a lump or plug  in the throat, and some sore-
ness manifested, particularly in the act of swallowing;  as
the disease progresses, the deglutition becomes more painful
and difficult, the root of the tongue, the tonsils, the curtains
of the palate, and adjoining soft parts, become SAvelled, red
and  painful.  There  is  considerable  thirst, fever,  pulse
quick and strong;  the tongue becomes coated and breath
offensive, heat of the  surface, red cheeks, eyes sometimes
inflamed, headache, and eAren  delirium.  In some cases the
throat is so swelled that deglutition  becomes almost impos-
sible,  the fluid returning  through the nose, and the throat,
where it can be seen, is  the seat of more or less extensive
ulceration.  In some cases these ulcers are superficial, and
confined to slight suppuration of the tonsils; in others they
involve the soft parts, and the discharge, Avhen it occurs, is
quite cxtcnsi\'c.  When taken  in time and properly treated,
the disease disappears by resolution, otherwise it yields only
when  the  abscess breaks.  It more  commonly affects only
one side or one tonsil, sometimes passing over to the other,
and is more serious Avhen  both are im'olved.   It is not gen-
erally dangerous, but  in some  cases, and  in  particular
epidemics, is liable to assume a putrid character with typhoid
symptoms, and may then  become a more dangerous malady.
  Treatment.—At the commencement, Avhen there is con-
siderable heat, fever and pain on swalloAving, the Specific No. 
152
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
One, six pellets, should be given every hour, in a spoonful
of Avater,lfor tAvo  or three times, and then the  Specific No.
Thirty-four  should  be prepared in the  same manner,
eight or ten pellets in six spoonfuls of Avater, and one spoon-
ful be given every hour from the two medicines, in alterna-
tion, and so continued until the disease yields;  only as the
amendment progresses, the intervals betAveen  the doses may
be prolonged to two hours, and finally to three  or  more.
When  there is simple  soreness of  the throat and pain on
SAvalloAving, Avithout fever, the No. Thirty-four may be used
from the first, and  exclusively.  In some cases, Avhere  the
disease may haA-e gone on to suppuration, and the discharge
has taken place, and the pain and  difficulty  of deglutition
diminished, only the ulcerative process is slow  to  heal,  the
use of Specific Nos. Taventy-tavo and Taventy-three may
be given in alternation, in  doses of six  pellets, four  times
per day, until entire restoration.

   PUTRID OR   MALIGNANT  SORE  THROAT.

   This disease generally  appears as an epidemic, often as a
part of that scourge, the  malignant  scarlet  fever.  It is
not  often seen isolated, yet some  cases of quinsy may as-
sume some of its features.
   It usually commences  with shivering, folloAved by heat,
and  from the first there is decided languor and  prostration;
some oppression in breathing; nausea, and  after, repeated
vomiting   and sometimes  purging;  eyes  inflamed  and
watery; cheeks deep red color; tonsils become  inflamed,
throat bright  red color and much  swelled; thin, acrid  dis-
charge from the tonsils and  throat, Avhich excoriates the nose
and lips; pulse weak, small and irregular, and scarcely percep-
tible ; tongue Avhitc and moist, and SAvalloAving very difficult
This condition soon changes, and ulcerations, varying in
size  and situation, appear upon the tonsils and  surrounding 
PUTRID SORE THROAT.             153
soft parts, which, on inspection, are seen to be swelled and
livid.  These  ulcerations  may extend over the curtains of
the palate  and fonvard into the posterior portion of  the
mouth, or  back doAvn into the Avindpipe, and assume  a
sloughing  or  decomposed appearance  as they  increase  in
magnitude.  The prostration of strength becomes more de-
cided ; the lips and teeth  are covered with sordes or black-
ish incrustations; the breath becomes very offensive; there is
more or less delirium;  the countenance becomes sunken
and there  is  some purging.   Sometimes the entire neck
becomes SAvelled and livid, and in  some very severe cases
livid spots or petecchhe make their appearance  on the surface
of the body.  Extreme prostration, bleedings from the nose
and month, weak, fluttering, intermittent pulse, and appear-
ance of livid spots, petecchioj, mark the extreme violence and
dangerous character of the disease.
  When about the third or fourth day a gentle perspiration
breaks out, and the  sloughs are throAvn off so as to leave a
clean, healthy surface upon the ulcers in the throat, and  the
countenance brightens up, and the respiration and pulse
become more  natural, a favorable termination  may be  an-
ticipated.
  Treatment.—The Specifics  No. One and  No. Thirty-
four should be given from the commencement and contin-
ued through the entire course of the disease.  They may be
given in alternation, a spoonful every hour, and during the
height of the disease, every half hour.
  Dissolve tAvelve pellets of each Specific in six spoonfuls of
water, in separate glasses, and give to children a teaspoonful,
and to adults a tablespoonful of the fluid in alternation, at
the intervals above mentioned,  and  so continue, only omit-
ting Avhen  the patient is quietly sleeping,  and  prolonging
the intervals between the doses as the patient  improves.
  Diet and Regimen.—Rarely can patients  suffering from
this disease take much food of any description, and only 
154              HOMEOPATHIC  mentor.

that which  has been divested of its rough or harsh partir
cles can be allowed, such as rice-water, soft-boiled rice, toast-
Avater, arroAv root, farina, gum-water, corn-starch or thin
flour gruel.   When the mouth and lips become dry, or the
sloughs dry and  hard,  the  mouth and lips  should be
frequently and  carefully moistened  Avith Avarm milk  and
Avater.   Care should be taken, Avhen the  patient begins to
recover, that the stomach is not overloaded, lest painful after
diseases may be provoked.  Hence,  begin moderately Avith
rice, toast, black tea, cocoa,  baked or steAved  apples, milk-
toast, and light soups, and  only ATery gradually return to a
more substantial diet.


                    DIPHTHERIA.

  This  disease has of late  years made terrible ravages in
certain  portions of the United  States, and  has come to be
regarded as  a much dreaded visitation.  It is not a neAV dis-
ease, but has latterly attracted more attention, and probably
assumed a more malignant and  fatal form than in previous
years.   It is not considered as contagions, though the same
influences that excite its attack  in one member of a family
are likely  to exist in others, and so  to invite its approach,
and it  is quite probable that the exciting causes of its at-
tack arc more potent in its immediate presence than at a
distance.  It commonly prevails in  certain neighborhoods
or sections of country, and to this extent  may be said to be
epidemic.   It is one of those diseases Avhich  should rare-
ly be entrusted to the care of c\-en  intelligent laymen, in
an  emergency, or in the absence of a competent Homeopa-
thic physician; but in all severe cases, so soon as the nature
of the  disease is known, it  should  be handed over to the
most skillful medical attendance, and his directions folloAved
with fidelity.  Sometimes Diphtheria is a light and easily-
managed disease, while at others it is terribly fatal and runs 
DIPHTHERIA.                  155
its desolating  course, paying but little attention to the best
medical means devised for its arrest.   Hence, every head of a
family should  be able to recognize its earlier symptoms and
in an emergency to apply the  most approved medicines for
its cure.
  Diphtheria generally prevails among children and young
people, full adults  being only occasionally attacked.  Its
earlier symptoms  are  like  those of some other  diseases,
especially simulating mumps or scarlet fever.   The child is
at first languid and uneasy,  Avitha pulse quickened but not
extremely  full,  and  is  restless, Avithout  much  appetite.
These symptoms may continue for some days Avithout any
appearance of inflammation of the throat or fauces.  In
other cases the glands in front of and beloAv the ear may
enlarge, simulating mumps, or there maybe stiffness of the
muscles  of the neck, or pains in the ears or in the limbs.
As the disease adA'ances, the  Avant of appetite continues;
sometimes there is vomiting;  the  pulse becomes quicker,
but  Aveaker.   Upon examination the throat appears red-
dened and congested, and sometimes there  is difficulty  in
deglutition, but this is by no means universal, as cases luivc
been known Avhere the disease Avas far advanced before this
symptom Avas manifested.  Should  the evacuations be ex-
amined at this period, the  stools will be frequently found
covered Avith mucus, and the urine loaded with albuminous
matter, seA'ere periodical pains in the limbs are also present
An  examination  of the throat, Avhich is in many  instances
a very difficult matter, oAving to the patient's inability to
sufficiently open the mouth, will exhibit patches of membran-
ous  exudation quite small, often at first not larger than a
split pea, whitish, or of a yellowish or taiuny hue, deposited
mostly in the irregularities of tonsils, or in the arch of  the
palate or in  both, and the  tonsils are at times enormously
SAArollcn.  Salivation, Avhich may have commenced  earlier in
the progress of the disease, continues, the pulse is quick and 
156
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
the prostration of the system decided.   If under the influ-
ence of the proper remedies, the disease is arrested and con-
valescence begins, it will be manifested  by a sense of ease
and quiet, refreshing slumber and free  perspiration, dimi-
nution of  the SAvelled  glands, arrest of the membranous
formation, and the gradual disappearance of that  already
existing,  sloAver pulse and returning appetite.
  In  some cases,  as the disease progresses, there may be no
farther increase of the exudation in the throat, but a Avatery
fluid is discharged from the nose, the eye becomes brighter,
and countenance  anxious; the breatliing is labored and
rattling,  and  Avorse  Avhen  the patient  attempts to sleep;
the voice is impaired; the exudation has increased and even
reached the roof of the mouth, Avith increasing prostration.
Such cases are very severe, yet some  from even this stage
have recovered.
  As the disease progresses, the difficult, stridulous breath-
ing  increases, and a IioIIoav, croupy, metallic,  wliistling
cough sIioavs  that the larynx is invaded.  The  discharge
from  the nose continues, and fluids taken into the mouth
return, by the nose.  The  cheeks have  a pale, ashen hue,
and there  are some mottled  or  slightly congested spots.
Periodical and severe pains occur in the limbs, hemorrhage
from  the nose and month may be very troublesome, and
new and large patches of the exudation may be found upon
the fauces.  The  difficulty  of respiration increases,  the pa-
tient  grasps at the neck or clothing in the vain attempt to
get air; the blueness of the face and surface increases, and
death comes to close the scene.  Or in some cases the SAvell-
ing of the  glands subside, the false membrane disappears
from  sight, and the patient sinks from the  effects of the
constitutional poison, and  ultimately  dies Avith scarcely a
sigh or a groan.
  There are several diseases which simulate and are liable to
be mistaken for diphtheria, or indeed may appear in con nee- 
DIPHTHERIA.
157
tion Avith it; or diphtheritic symptoms may be manifested in
other diseases to which we call attention.  First, and perhaps
most important  among these is scarlet fewer.   Sometimes
diphtheria is accompanied with a rash, and as it may appear
during or at the close of an epidemic of scarlet fever, and
so be the more liable to be confounded with  that disease.
But  the  two diseases may in general be recognized by ob-
serving that the attack of scarlet fever is more sudden and
that of diphtheria is more insidious; that the early swelling of
the glands of the neck in diphtheria is out of all proportion to
the soreness of the throat, and also to the intense pain in the
head, high feArer and very frequent pulse, which character-
ize the worst forms of diphtheria.  After some hours, the
decisive symptoms of the false membrane in  the throat, soft
palate and uvula will leave no doubt of the character of the
enemy Ave have to  deal Avith.   In  membranous croup Ave
haA'e the same false membrane as in diphtheria, but in croup
it commences  in the larynx and trachea, and only rarely
extends  up into the throat and fauces, Avhile from the first
the croupy cough, difficult breathing, and absence of SAvell-
ing  of the glands mark the disease as different from true
diphtheria.
   The premonitory symptoms  of mumps—chilliness, fever,
languor  and Avant of appetite—are similar to those of diph-
theria,  and the swelling of the parotid and  neighboring
glands of the neck are much the same.   The characteristic
distinction  lies in the  presence of  the false membrane be-
fore  mentioned in  the throat, and the hollow, barking,
croupy cough, and difficult  stridulous  breathing,  especially
during sleep, Avhich  mark true  diphtheria.
   Treatment.—During the invasi\'e stage, before the dis-
ease has been fully pronounced, it Avill of course be treated
according to  whatever symptoms should be most manifest,
among which the  remedies  for fever and for croup will be
prominent  But if diphtheria is prevalent, or there is reason 
158
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
to suspect it in the case presented, the Specific for this disease,
No. Thirty-four, should be given, six pellets at a time, and
repeated  every  two hours, either  alone  or in alternation
Avith Specific No.  One, especially if there should be  any
chilliness, fever, or unusual heat of the system.
  During the prevalence of the disease, or when it has invad-
ed a family, itisAviseto administer six  pellets of Specific No.
Thirty-four each morning and night as a preventive, to
the children avIio maybe liable to an attack.  The outbreak
of the disease may thus be prevented altogether, or at least
greatly modified and lessened in its violence.
  When the disease has manifested itself with some degree
of fever, SAvelling of the neck or glands, sore throat, Avhether
it may be simple, or complicated with scarlatina, commence
at once with the Specifics No. One and No. Thirty-four,
and of these, six pellets should  be administered in water
every hour, in alternation.  This  course  should  be contin-
ued without variation  or  intermission  except  when  the
patient is in quiet sleep, when the interval may be pro-
longed until quiet waking affords  opportunity for repeating
the dose.  The better mode is to dissolve twelve pellets of
each Specific in six dessert spoonfuls of water, each in sepa-
rate glasses, and of these administer in alternation as  before
directed.  As the disease  yields, the fever, heat, agitation,
pain and SAvelling of the glands diminish, and a mild, pro-
fuse sweat breaks  out over the system Avith quiet sleep, the
case augurs a favorable termination, and the medicine may
be given  at rather longer intervals as the disease improves,
and when the fever and heat has measurably disappeared,
the Specific No. Thirty-four should only be given, admin-
istered as before in fluid, every hour.
  The diet  during the treatment of this disease is import-
ant and should consist mainly of  beef-tea, or soup of veni-
son, mutton or chicken, and  of  this the  patient may be
encouraged  to  take, from time to time,  such quantities as 
SORE MOUTH.
159
the system  requires or the little appetite permits.  These
animal soups are in this  case preferable to rice, farina, or
meal gruel,  as they contribute less to the formation of the
peculiar diphtheritic deposit, and sustain the system better.

SCURVY   OF   THE   MOUTH—CANKER   SORE
                       MOUTH.

  This affection manifests itself in various forms, sometimes
being quite severe and obstinate, and at others, more incon-
venient and painful than dangerous.   In some cases the
gums become  hot,  red  and  very  sensitive;   they swell,
become spongy, and shrink from the  teeth, leaving them
loose, and the gums readily bleeding at the slightest injury;
the breath becomes offensive, and sometimes  there is dis-
charge of tough, sanious  phlegm and  saliva;  mastication
may become difficult from the loose,  sensitive teeth, and
deglutition  painful from  the soreness  of the  throat; the
glands of the throat sometimes swell and become painful,
and there is often  great prostration and a torpid, feverish
condition of the system.
  In  other  cases the disease is principally  manifested  by
apthous ulcers appearing upon the gums, the tongue, or the
inside of the lips  and cheeks, attended with a  painful,
burning, smarting  sensation,  and  at  times free  Aoav  of
saliva, and a feverish, prostrated condition  of  the  system.
This  form is very common with nursing mothers, and is
often very painful and lingering, apparently arising from an
exhausted or debilitated condition of the system and defec-
tive nutrition.
  Treatment.—In general, the Specific No. Taventy-nine
will be sufficient for all  forms of sore mouth or  apthous
ulcerations in the mouth.  It may conveniently be given, six
pellets at a  dose, dissolved in a spoonful of  Avater, and ad-
ministered four times per day, before meals and on retiring
at night. 
160              homeopathic mentor.
  Where there is a prostrated or debilitated condition of the
system,  the  Specific No. Taventy-four may be given to
advantage, in  alternation with No.  Twenty-nine, at the
intervals before directed.  Sometimes a Aveak solution of
borax and Avater may be used to advantage for rinsing the
mouth.   Sometimes the mouth may be rinsed Avith a Aveak
solution of brandy and Avater, Avith benefit in bad cases Avith
debilitated subjects.  Some care should be exercised in re-
gard to diet.   When the disease exists in  a bad form, Avith
extensive inflammation  of the mouth or  gums, stimulants
and animal food, even in soups, should be avoided, and the
diet confined to farinaceous or vegetable forms of food.  In
cases  of  nursing sore  mouth, a glass of ale morning and
night may be  used Avith advantage  in connection Avith the
Specifics mentioned.

               OFFENSIVE BREATH.

  This unpleasant affection may be dependent upon other
causes than decayed teeth or impurities in the  mouth.
Not unfrequently it arises from imperfect digestion or other
derangement of the system, and in some persons and fami-
lies, it may almost be said to be constitutional.
  Treatment.—Persons subject to this affection cannot be
too careful in keeping the teeth clean and free from tartar,
and  rinsing the mouth after  every meal.   With regard to
medicines, the Specific  No. Ten, six  pellets morning and
night, Avill correct it if dependent upon imperfect digestion.
If it occurs in females during the monthly period,  the Spe-
cific  No. Eleven, six pellets  morning and night, Avill re-
move the difficulty.  Where  it is  constitutional or resists
these medicines, the third trituration of Aurum fol, or of
Baryta carb. a small poAvder taken  daily, often Avorks an
entire cure. 
INDIGESTION.
161
               WANT OF APPETITE.

  This may arise from various causes more or less intimate-
ly connected with the process of digestion, such as derange-
ment of the stomach, inaction of the liver, results of over-
eating, indigestion, etc.  This  morbid condition should be
relieved in order that thb natural desire for food  should
be manifested.  When it  seems to arise from a debilitated
condition  of the  entire system, some  stimulants, such as
light  wine or malt liquors may be taken with advantage.
A glass of cold water taken morning and  night is often
beneficial  in promoting an appetite.   Aside from these
measures,  the Specific No. Ten, taken three times per day,
six pellets before each meal, will generally be found effica-
cious.


  GASTRIC   DERANGEMENT—INDIGESTION-
                    BILIOUSNESS.

  We distinguish this affection from chronic dyspepsia and
from  jaundice.  It  is very common and liable to come on
suddenly,  from irregularities in diet, over-eating, or partak-
ing of heavy, rich, over-stimulating food, or food unsuited to
the existing  condition  of the  digestive organs; excessive
use of wines, spirits, or strong malt liquors, or strong tea
or coffee;  eating too rapidly; irregularities in taking meals;
too long fasting between meals; want of exercise ; intense
mental application; late hours, or from excesses of any kind.
When the tone of the stomach has been weakened by pur-
gatives, and in persons of naturally feeble digestion, this
condition  may be readily  provoked by any transient viola-
tion of the ordinary regimen.
  The symptoms are usually, want of appetite or deficient
appetite;  coated tongue; flat, insipid, putrid or bitter taste
in the mouth; desire for acid, cooling or refreshing things;
           11 
162
homeopathic mentor.
frontal headache or heaviness of the head; dullness, stupid-
ity  or disposition  to  sleep;   constipation, or  sluggish,
inactive bowels; and  sometimes  nausea, regurgitation of
food, or vomiting of food and bile.
  Treatment.—In general, little  or no  food  should  be
taken into the stomach while the nausea and indisposition
to food continues, only after these symptoms have passed
away, should at first the more light and easily-digested food
be given, such as water-gruel, rice-water, boiled rice, toast,
or some nice ripe fruit  As medicine, the Specific No. Ten
will be found sufficient, taken six pellets at a time, and re-
peated every three  hours, until the condition has  been
removed.
  Should  there be  fever, alternate  the  Specific No. One
with No. Ten, at the intervals mentioned, and so continue
until  the  febrile symptoms have yielded.  Should there be
nausea or vomiting, interpose between the portions of No.
Ten, two or three doses of six pellets each of Specific No.
Six, until that symptom has been removed.

CHRONIC  DYSPEPSIA — INDIGESTION — WEAK
                     STOMACH.

  This is  one of our most common diseases, and generally
of very obstinate and  lingering character.  It may arise
from  various organic changes in the organs of digestion,
and  so may  likewise manifest  itself in diversified  forms
from the most trivial weakness of digestion, down to  grave,
organic changes in the substance of the stomach itself.
  It may  be  induced or  brought about by various causes,
among which may be especially mentioned the use of ca-
thartic or anodyne medicines in early life, or the habit of
giving such drugs to infants; imperfect mastication of the
food, in consequence of too rapid eating—a very common
and wide-spread fault;—habitual low spirits and despond- 
dyspepsia.                   163
ing state of mind, likewise weakens and impedes digestion;
too long fasting, inducing  exhaustion of the vital powers,
likewise impairs the power of  digestion;  the excessive use
of stimulants produces changes in the coat of the stomach
which may render d-igestion difficult and finally impossible;
want of exercise, sedentary  habits, intense and long-contin-
ued mental application may likewise be named among its
causes.
  It is usually manifested  by  distress after eating; heavi-
ness or weight  in  the pit of the stomach, as if a load or a
stone  lay there; tenderness of the prsecordia  on pressure;
inability to wear tight clothes; frequent headache; dullness
and confusion of the head ;  bloating after eating; sometimes
water-brash, or rising of  the food and fluid into the mouth
after eating; want  of appetite;  bad taste; coated tongue;
flatulence; constipation  or sluggish  or torpid bowels, and
not unfrequently, piles or hemorrhoids.   Such are  among
the more  prominent symptoms  by which this affection is
manifested, yet  they are constantly varied, relieved or in-
tensified by the  habits or food and regimen of the patient,
or the intensity of the morbid condition.
  Treatment.—The course usually  pursued by the sub-
jects of this disease tends much to aggravate and prolong
it.  Because the bowels  are constipated, recourse is had to
cathartic or aperient medicines, which afford only momen-
tary relief, while  permanently  intensifying  the disease.
Costiveness maybe  bad, but not half so bad as the effects of
drugs given to remove it.  Persons  subject to this disease
should  be careful  of their diet.  Use only such food as
experience has taught them  agrees  with their digestion.
A physician can only recommend the articles most likely
to suit, and having ascertained  from experience what diet
or kinds of food are for the  time best, the diet should be
composed of these  articles, and  only by degrees as the di-
gestion  is improved, a more liberal  bill  of fare, or  more 
164             homeopathic mentor.
questionable articles may be allowed.  Take plenty of time
for meals, eat moderately, and masticate the food well,
using only a small quantity of fluid with the meal, and eat
not too often, or too  much at a time.  Each night, on re-
tiring, and in the morning on rising, take  also a glass of
cold water. Of medicines, the Specific No. Ten will usually
be found  efficient, and may be taken,  six pills  at a time,
before each meal, and on retiring to rest at night.   Perse-
verance m this  course will rarely  fail  to cure  the most
inveterate and stubborn cases.  If the bowels remain obsti-
nately costive, an injection of tepid water  may  be  taken
every  morning so long as it may be necessary.  Very soon,
under the  influence of the medicine and proper food and
habits, the bowels will act regularly.


           WATERBRASH—HEARTBURN.

  These are merely symptoms of dyspepsia, or of gastric
derangement*  Yet, they may  either of  them  form the
principal feature of the complaint, and almost exclusively
occupy the attention of the patient.  In waterbrash there
is a frequent rising or regurgitation of food or water more
or less changed  into the mouth from the stomach.   Some-
times  this  is accompanied with belching of air coming up
with the eructation, and accompanied with loud, unpleasant
noise, and not unfrequently a  large portion of every meal
is thus thrown off.  There is also a feeling of fullness,  dis-
tention, and often of oain and distress in the stomach  and
prascordia.
  With heartburn, there  is a burning or gnawing uneasi-
ness, felt principally in the pit of the  stomach,  but often
extending far  around or  up into the chest, and down into
the abdomen.   Sometimes it  is attended with anxiety,
nausea, coldness of the  extremities, debility and  fever, 
GASTRALGIA.
165
 faintness, and there are also sour, acrid risings, or regurgi-
 tations into the mouth.
   Treatment.—As  these  are but  symptoms  or phases of
 dyspepsia or gastric derangement, the same treatment is in-
 dicated for both.   Care in the selection and eating of food,
 and avoidance of the causes of indigestion, are important
 for a cure.  As to medicine, the Specific No. Ten, six pills
 before each meal, and on retiring at  night, or even morning
 and at night, will in general be found efficient. With females
 and delicate subjects the Specific No. Eleven may be equally
 or even more efficient, or the two may be taken in alterna-
 tion.

     GASTRALGIA—PAIN OR SPASM OF THE
                      STOMACH.

  This  is a very painful and distressing affection of the
 stomach, arising in most subjects of  it, at somewhat regular
 periods of a few weeks or  months,  leaving the system in
 the interval comparatively free.   It consists in spasmodic
 pains or contractions of the stomach, sometimes slight, but
 more commonly with almost insupportable violence;  re-
 turning at  intervals  of a  few  moments with increasing
 vigor, after a comparative calm; the pain is most severe in
 the pit of the stomach, but  often extends  up into the  chest
 and  sides, or into the back, exciting nausea, vomiting and
 great anguish.  Belching up of  wind, which sometimes re-
 lieves the patient; faintness, coldness of the  extremities,
 and  anxiety are  generally  present.   An  attack may last
from a few hours to one or two  days, and  it may return
 in some subjects at any time from very slight provocation,
or at intervals of a few weeks or months, from no apparent
cause.
  The  disease  originates  in a morbid condition of the
nerves  of the stomach, and is often  associated with disease 
166
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
of the liver  or  spleen, or  both, or in cancerous or other
disorganizations of the stomach  or intestines.   An attack
may be excited by eating indigestible food, fresh bread,
chestnuts,  sweetmeats, unripe fruit, cherries, figs,  cheese,
and  in some cases, by taking coffee or strong tea.  It may
likewise, in gouty or rheumatic constitutions, be excited by
exposure to  cold  and  wet   In  females  it is  sometimes
found  in connection with  the monthly periods.  In many
instances the system seems to have acquired a predisposi-
tion to this  form of disease, and in such subjects it masks
or overshadows  all  other symptoms, and may be produced
at any time from very slight indiscretions.
  Treatment.—As precautionary measures, persons  sub-
ject to this form of disease  should be exceedingly careful in
regard to their diet, avoiding rich food, gravies, fresh bread,
warm  cakes,  preserves and cheese,  or any article of food
which  experience has  shown to disagree,  or to occasion
these attacks, and also to take as preventives, six pellets of
the Specific No. Ten, morning and night. When any of the
premonitory symptoms, or  any slight  gastric derangement
threatens to culminate in an attack, recourse should be had
at once to the Specific No. Ten, one or more doses of which,
at intervals of two or three hours, will suffice to correct the
derangement, and  thus  prevent  the  attack.  During  the
attack, the Specific No. Ten is the proper remedy, and
may be given  in doses of six pellets, dissolved in a spoonful
of water, and repeated every fifteen, thirty or sixty minutes,
according to  circumstances, until the pain is relieved.   If
the suffering is  intense, and  the  pain not  yield to the No.
Ten, after  an hour or so, it may be  best  to alternate the
No.  One  in  the same manner  with it, and so continue
until the patient is relieved.  Hot cloths  laid upon the
stomach, and an injection of  a large quantity of tepid
water,  are useful auxiliaries for relief during an attack. 
COLIC
167
              COLIC—BILIOUS  COLIC.

  Most persons are acquainted with what is termed bilious
colic, though the disease is only occasionally caused by biliary
derangements.  It consists of paroxysms of greater or  less
degree of pain, generally very severe, felt more particularly
about the navel,  and thence extending upward or out over
the abdomen.  The pain is sharp, griping, tearing, cutting,
or gnawing, coming on in paroxysms lasting a few moments
and  then remitting;  sometimes the abdomen is drawn in,
and  at other times distended like a drum; pressure gener-
ally relieves the  pain in colic, while  in  inflammation  the
pain is similar,  while the  abdomen is very  sensitive  and
cannot be  pressed  upon, and in severe  cases, cannot bear
the slightest pressure.  Sometimes the pains  are  accompa-
nied by costiveness, and often by vomiting or diarrhoea. In
colic  there is seldom fever or  heat of  the  surface, or  a
quick pulse, or pain on pressure, all of which  are character-
istic of inflammation.  It may also be distinguished from
hernia or rupture by the tumor either in the navel region
or in the groin, which is always present and easily recog-
nized in hernia.
  Colic may be caused  by  excess in diet; flatulent food;
dissipation; grief;  cold, or anything that induces derange-
ment of the digestive organs, or constipation of  the bowels.
Sometimes  it arises from stricture of the intestine, or may
in rare cases arise  from cancerous disorganization of some
portion of the  intestine, or from  intussusception.
  Flatulent, or wind colic, is common in children who are
fed with improper diet, and in dyspeptics after the use of
heavy, improper  or flatulent food.
  Bilious colic is generally preceded by symptoms of biliary
or gastric derangement, such as: Yellow-coated tongue,
bitter  taste,  loss  of appetite,   dull  headache.   There  is
generally nausea and  vomiting; severe, cutting, writhing 
168
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
pain, with thirst and anxiety; pain more especially extend-
ing from above the umbilicus towards the liver; coming on
in severe, intense paroxysms.   The  pain is relieved after
vomiting and discharge of free, bilious stools.
  Lead colic or Painters' colic is produced by the exposure
to the action  of lead, and is common among painters who
use Avhite lead in their work, and among  workers in lead-
factories, or in smelting ores.  The symptoms are: Loss of
appetite,  restless sleep, and  nervous  excitability.  This is
succeeded by vomiting, pain in the abdomen,  coming on at
first in paroxysms, but  gradually becoming  continuous.
There  is but little fever, but headache, pain  in  the limbs,
and obstinate constipation, and sometimes even paralysis of
the extremities.  A bluish line along  the edge of the gums
maybe often noticed in persons suffering from lead colic.
  Treatment.—In general, and for ordinary attacks of
colic, the Specific No. Five is the proper remedy, and will
be found efficient. Should, however, the disease  have been
caused by heavy or indigestible  food, or be  accompanied
with symptoms of gastric derangement, such as a coated
tongue, bad taste, flatulence, etc., it will be well to alternate
the Specific No. Ten with the No. Five.  Dissolve twelve
pellets of each Specific,  in  six large spoons  of  water, in
separate glasses, and of these give alternately, every fourth
or half hour, until relieved.   This is the mode  of  procedure
in all severe cases of colic from whatever cause, except that
in cases where the bowels become tender, or sensitive on
pressure, or there may be some fever, showing a tendency
to the development of inflammatory action.  In these latter
cases,  the  Specific No. One  should be prepared  and given
in alternation with No.  Five,  in the manner indicated
above.  Simple,  uncomplicated  spasmodic  colic, yields
promptly to the Specific No. Five, administered  in water,
six pellets every fifteen or twenty minutes. 
NAUSEA  AND  VOMITING.
169
  In  all cases of severe colic it is advisable, and in all ob-
stinate cases, it may  be necessary to administer to the
patient, and the more so if caused by indigestible or nox-
ious substances, injections of warm water.   To a pint
of warm water, add a table-spoonful of salt, and with a good
syringe, pump it into the abdomen.   If the patient can re-
tain it a little time, it may be more effectual, and these in-
jections should  be  repeated  until, in connection with the
medicines, relief is  obtained.
  Diet.—It is obvious that little or no food, and that only
of the lightest  kind,  such as oat-meal gruel,  rice-water,
toast-water, or some light soup, should be given until after
the disease has yielded.
  Persons subject to attacks  of colic should be specially
careful in avoiding the occasioning causes of it,  such as in-
digestible food, the use  of beans, cabbage, krout, or green
vegetables, acidulated  drinks,  or veal or  young  meat; and
should also be careful to keep the feet and abdomen dry
and warm.
  The use of the No. Ten Specific,  six pellets at night,
will also  do much  to correct  the digestion, and so prevent
attacks.
                   r
             NAUSEA AND VOMITING.

  Nausea and vomiting seldom occurs except as a symptom
of some other complaint or  disease.  If, as is  frequently
the case,  it has been  caused  by over-loading the stomach,
or the use  of rich or indigestible food, or of noxious sub-
stances, it is clear that the effort of the system to rid itself
of a  hurtful substance by vomiting, should rather be pro-
moted than arrested.  Hence, in such cases, let the patient
drink largely of warm  water, or even titillate  the throat with
a feather or the finger, to promote the vomiting.   After the
noxious substance  has been  ejected,  the  Specific No. Six, 
170
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
six pellets dissolved in a spoonful of water ana given every
hour, will soon allay the  remaining irritation, and  relieve
the nausea.   When it occurs  in  the  case of pregnant fe-
males, consult what is said under that head.

   SEA  SICKNESS—SICKNESS  FROM  CAR  OR
                CARRIAGE  RIDING.

   The peculiar sickness  and utter wretchedness and pros-
tration  experienced by persons on first going to sea, and
even in a measure by some persons  from riding in a car,
stage, or wagon, is so well known as not to require descrip-
tion.
   It can, however, in  most cases, be  cured by the Specific
taken as folloAvs :
   Previous to sailing, the Specific No. Twenty-six  should
be taken, if convenient,  six pellets every four hours, per-
mitting them to dissolve on the tongue.
   After sailing, for the first two or three days, as a preven-
tive, take  six pills every four  hours; and  should there,
notwithstanding, be severe sickness, vertigo, nausea, or vom-
iting, dissolve twenty six pills in half a glass of water, and
take a dessert-spoonful every hour until relieved.
   For sickness, nausea, or vomiting  from riding in a car-
 riage or similar  motion, take  of No. Twenty-six, two of
 the pills, every hour until relieved.

     HEMATEMESIS—VOMITING  OF   BLOOD.

   This disease is known by the vomiting, or sudden ejec-
 tion of blood from the stomach.  It is generally dark, rarely
 bright  red, and is occasionally mixed with the food, mucus,
 bile, or other contents of  the stomach, and  is frequently
 thrown off in large quantities; blood is also frequently dis-
 charged  by  stool, in coagula.   It  may  be  known  from 
BLEEDING from the stomach.          171
bleeding  of the lungs,  by the absence of the cough or
hehming which  attends pulmonary hemorrhage;  by the
blood being generally darker, and by being thrown up by
vomiting or retching, rather than by coughing.  Vomiting
of blood  is always preceded by more or less decided symp-
toms of gastric disturbance or weak digestion, such as : Pres-
sure, weight, fulness, or tensive pain in the region of the stom-
ach ; burning heat in that region; anxiety or uneasiness on
partaking of food or drink, or on pressure of the stomach;
saltish taste in the mouth;  impaired appetite and nausea;
vertigo, faintness, or  cold perspiration; sometimes, also, an
intermittent pulse is felt at the pit of the stomach.  If the
attack is very severe, there may be  delirium or wandering
of  the mind, accompanied with spasms,  and gradually
increasing weakness  and remission of pulse, with frequent
fainting.   It is most frequently caused by the suppression
of some habitual discharge, as from hemorrhoids or the men-
strual flow.   Other causes, such as  schirrhus, or internal
lesions, or  disorganizations  of the  stomach,  or  the  use
of poisonous or drastic purgatives, or an external contusion,
or  obstruction  of  some important  viscera,  may  occasion
congestion and  the  rupture  of some  vessels distributed
over the surface of the stomach, and hence, become the im-
mediate cause of the hemorrhage.
  Treatment.—The first  thing to do  is  to  arrest the
hemorrhage, and  for this purpose  Marvel or  Witch
Hazel is  the most efficient remedy known, and may
be  given  in doses of twenty drops, in a large spoonful
of cold water, and repeated every fifteen or twenty minutes,
until the bleeding is  arrested, when it may be continued at
intervals of an hour, or even a longer period, especially if
the system seems exhausted, or there  are yet indications
of internal hemorrhage.
  If there is fever or heat  of the system, administer the
Specific No. One,  six pellets  in a spoonful of water, and 
172
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
repeat every half hour.  If it has  come on in consequence
of the suppression or non-appearance  of the menstrual
flux, the  Specific No. Eleven  should be given every hour,
either alone or in  alternation with the  Witch Hazel.
The  diet should be carefully considered;  all solid food
must be  avoided,  and all warm drinks;  animal jellies,
preparations of milk, light puddings and broths,  merely
tepid, may be alloAved in  cases where the condition of the
patient requires some nourishment, but no more food must
be taken  than is absolutely necessary to sustain the strength,
and  for some  hours after an  attack, no food  should  be
given,  and  then,  only in  small quantities,  and  very
cautiously.


                CHOLERA  MORBUS.

  This disease  is of frequent occurrence in warm climates,
and  during  the warm seasons of the  year.  It is generally
brought on by the use of unripe fruit, or that which is over
ripe, or stale, such  as  melons  or  cucumbers; or eating too
much, or too many, or incongruous  things at a time, and
being over-heated afterwards ; sudden changes of tempera-
ture ; over-fatigue,  or too free use of ice or ice-water.
  The symptoms are violent vomiting and purging; throw-
ing off the  contents of the stomach and bowels  at first,
and  afterwards bile; pain in  the stomach and abdomen;
thirst, and in severe cases, cramps, and coldness of  the ex-
tremities  ; the  face  may also become pale, cold, bluish and
sunken ;  features pinched, and cold, clammy skin, and great
anxiety and prostration, similating an attack of cholera.
  It is generally preceded by some  symptoms indicating
disturbance  of the system, such  as shivering, pain in the
stomach  and nausea, but in some cases it makes its attack
without sensible premonitions. 
CHOLERA.
173
  It is liable to come on suddenly at night, and, properly
managed, is of short duration.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Six  is the proper reme-
dy,  and may be administered by dissolving twelve pellets in
six  dessert-spoonfuls  of cold water, of which  a spoonful
may be given  every  fifteen  minutes, until  the  discharges
are  arrested and the warmth returned to the surface.   In
extreme  cases, with  violent  cramps, coldness and blueness
of the surface and  great anguish, with little  or no dis-
charges, a dose of two or three drops of spirits of camphor,
in a teaspoonful of water, repeated every few minutes, will
soon relieve.  The Specific, however, will be  found prompt-
ly to  arrest the disease.  Diet  should be  light for some
days, until the tone of the stomach is measurably restored.

          CHOLERA—ASIATIC CHOLERA.

  As this terrible scourge is liable at any time to visit our
country, and as the earlier treatment of it must frequently
be  entrusted to the hands of the people, it is most import-
ant that all should be acquainted with its earlier stages, and
be  prepared to  meet them.  Here we give the symptoms
and treatment at  greater length than  may be required in
other less important or sudden diseases.
  Precursors.—It  has  been frequently observed that the
cholera has been preceded by some form of influenza, at-
tended with sneezing, discharge from  the  eyes and nose,
hoarseness, sore throat, and cough.
  It has also  been observed that previous to the outbreak
of cholera in a particular locality, bowel complaints, as they
are  called,  diarrhoea, dysenteries,  colics, etc.,  have been
much more frequent and obstinate, and less  under the con-
trol of the ordinary remedies than usual, so that  physicians,
from these manifestations among their patients, have been
able to recognize the presence of the disease in the atmos-
phere weeks before its final outbreak among the people. 
174
homeopathic mentor.
  Sudden attacks of cholera  are more liable to occur at
night and after midnight than during the day.  Hence the
necessity of  every family being provided with  prompt and
efficient remedies to avoid the hurry, alarm and delay in
sending for a physician in the night.
  Symptoms.—Cholera Diarrhoea.—Almost invariably
an attack of cholera is preceded by a peculiar form of di-
arrhoea.  It  may precede the cholera several days, as noth-
ing more than loose bowels,  attended  with rumbling or
borborigmi  and slight nausea, or faintish feeling at  the
stomach, but usually it  continues but a few hours, and is
manifested with frequent loose stools, rumbling and uneasi-
ness of the  abdomen, and a faintish, sinking sensation at
the pit of the stomach.   This is the cholerine or cholera-di-
arrhoea, and the immediate  precursor or first stage of  the
disease, and  demands prompt attention.
  After the  diarrhoea has continued for a period varying
from  a  few  hours to several days, the second stage of  the
disease  is ushered in with the following  manifestations:
Repeated Evacuations, attended with great prostration,
at first, of the usual contents of the intestinal track, then
gradually becoming more thin, watery and flocculent, until
they present the  true  cholera characteristic of   profuse
rice water evacuations ;  vomiting in sudden, violent
attacks, with copious discharges, first of the contents of
the stomach, then of thin serum or  the characteristic rice-
water-like matter; attended  with frequent cramps, first in
the fingers, toes, and  calves of the legs, then over the entire
person, especially the abdomen, knotting up the limbs, and
causing exquisite  anguish.   The breath becomes  cold,  the
lips and tongue cold, the skin dry, inelastic, pale or leaden-
gray, or a bluish-violet  around the eyes and at the ends of
the fingers  and toes, and point of the nose, the hands
becoming shrivelled like  a  washer-woman's.  The  face
becomes  peculiar in extreme  cases, eye-balls glazed  and 
cholera.                    175
turned  up, pupils dilated, the upper eyelid  drooping, the
lower surrounded by a bluish half-moon ; the  color is pale,
varying  from  a leaden gray to violet; the skin on the
lips, cheeks, and point  of the nose is glazed, nose pointed,
cheeks  sunken, upper lip drawn upward, the nostrils and
cartilage of the ear very movable  and wrinkled from the
nose to the corners of the mouth, presenting a frightful
and ghost-like appearance.  The  thirst is violent, less at
first, but becoming inextinguishable during the progress of
the disease.  The voice becomes hoarse, whispering, or lost.
The pulse at the wrist is very soft, small and disappearing
during  an attack  of spasms, and later becomes thread-like
and imperceptible.  Gradually the anguish and indifference,
the coldness and  blueness, and prostration  become  more
decided, until the patient sinks into a condition of absolute
collapse, succeeded by death after some hours.  During the
attack, the secretion of the urine, the bile, the saliva, per-
spiration,  and even of the tears, is entirely suppressed, and
the reappearance of these secretions is a most favorable in-
dication.  With these manifestations of coldness, blueness,
and shrivelled  skin, and even cold breath,  the patients yet
complain  of burning heat, long for ice and ice-water, and
dread all heating applications.
  Not always does the cholera present  the above picture.
Different  epidemics have presented varieties in the symp-
toms  which are very  decided.  Thus the disease has been
divided into three stages,  called the  premonitory, the
stage of collapse and the stage of consecutive  fever.
  The first, or  premonitory stage, is manifested by symp-
toms of indigestion, flatulence, weight or oppression at the
pit  of the  stomach, slight nausea, acidity, diarrhoea, vertigo,
some  form  of  headache, or  ringing  in the  ears.  These
symptoms may continue  some time, occasionally pass off
altogether, and leaving the patient well, but  this is  rare;
and unless proper remedies are used, the symptoms above 
176
homeopathic mentor.
mentioned continue to increase until the second stage is
ushered in.
  Second  Stage—Stage  of  Collapse—The stools at
first feculent and bilious, now become characteristic;  they
appear like thin gruel  or  rice-water; sometimes they are
limpid,  intermixed  with   small flakes of  curdy-looking
matter; at others they look like water in which fresh beef
has been macerated;  sometimes the stools are even darker,
looking like the dregs of wine.  There is no natural smell
from the stools, but a faint, peculiar odor, which also arises
from the body.   The desire to go to stool is irresistible and
instantaneous, and sometimes with great tenesmus, accom-
panied by griping.  Generally the stools are very copious—
sometimes, however,  they  are  scanty, often accompanied
with discharge of noisy flatus from the bowels.  There is
burning heat in  the  pit of the stomach, and vomiting of
large quantities of similar matter as the stools.  The thirst
is  intense, with  urgent desire  for cold water.  The mind
generally remains clear, or comparatively so, but the vertigo
and ringing in the ears  increases.  Cramps are almost uni-
versal attendants—sometimes confined to the  fingers and
toes ; at others, affecting the legs and arms, and often the
body, particularly the abdomen.  The urine is generally
suppressed; the  voice  is whispering.   The  respiration,
though  weak, is often natural, even when the pulse is
scarcely perceptible at the wrist; occasionally, however, the
breathing  is hurried, oppressed, laborious.   The pulse be-
comes weak and rapid  early in the disease, even when the
action  of  the heart  is  strong  and tumultuous; but, fre-
quently, both the pulse and  heart are feeble.   As the dis-
ease progresses, both become  fainter and  weaker;  the
pulse is only now and then felt like a " flutter," and often
ceases at the wrist some hours before death.  The tongue
is  cold and shrunk.  The  restless tossing, uneasiness, and
impatience of the patient  is pitiful;  especially, when they 
CHOLERA.                   177
are restrained, or when heat is applied, of which they seem
to have a horror.  The temperature of the body, especially
of the extremities, diminishes early in the disease, and con-
stantly sinks, until  after death, when it gives place, for a
time, to a genial  warmth.  As the disease progresses, the
hands, feet, nails, face, and even the entire surface of the
body, becomes ashen,  leaden-gray, or blue, and  this color
remains or deepens until  reaction occurs.  Blood drawn
from  a vein  or artery during this stage is  of dark color,
flows  with difficulty, and does not coagulate.  The surface
of the body is covered with  a cold moisture, the  features
and eye-balls  shrunk, and death closes the  scene—some-
times very unexpectedly, and at others, the  body seems to
be long dead, while  the functions of the brain are still
going  on,  and comparatively entire.   In some  cases the
prostration of strength is great, but in others not so appa-
rent.
   Symptoms of improvement  and recovery from the second
stage are usually : Diminution of the number and quantity
of the evacuations,  both by vomiting and stools; cessation
of the restlessness  and tossing  about;  diminution of the
cramps and thirst;  increase of the strength and fullness of
the pulse, and increase of the temperature of the body;
more natural and animated expression of the  countenance,
and disposition to sleep; later, change of the stools from
the watery to bilious and feculent matter; reappearance of
the secretion  of the  urine.   When these symptoms are
manifested, they indicate the safety and early convalescence
of the patient.
   Consecutive stage.—In  some rare  cases,  and in some
epidemics more than others, patients instead of rallying at
once from the second stage,  slide over into what has been
termed a third stage, or a typhus cholera, coming on
after this fashion :  The  reaction has been established and
patients seem to  be  doing well, not  having tenesmus or
       12 
178              homeopathic mentor.
vomiting, nor cramps, or any unusual degree of thirst, and
the restlessness has passed off, and the patient seems to be
tranquil.  But  gradually, symptoms of coma, deep  sleep,
or delirium come  on, and there may be  convulsions, par-
tial paralysis, rigidity of the flexor muscles of the extremi-
ties, distressing nausea, bilious vomiting and thirst, difficult
breathing or hurried respiration, cough, expectoration, pal-
pitation  or irregular action of the heart, more or less heat
of  the surface, bilious diarrhoea, dark  port-wine  stools,
tenesmus and pain or tenderness increased on pressure in
some  part of  the abdomen.  These symptoms may be
variously combined and modified in particular cases, and
may continue  from four or five to fifteen days, ending in
death, or the gradual recovery of the patient.
   Hygienic Precautions to be observed during the
presence  of  the cholera.—All experience has demon-
strated that the disease riots among the filthy, ill-fed, ill-
clad,  and  ill-housed multitude ; that  its  especial play-
ground is along narrow streets, confined areas, ill-ventilated
dwellings, low, damp, or confined apartments, and that the
miasm is much more intense and  concentrated in  such
localities than  elsewhere,  and its attacks far more intense
and fatal.  Hence, cleanliness, both  of persons and habita-
tions, is  of the first importance.
   The  yard,  gutter  and cess-pool,  should  be cleansed
often, and  kept  clean,  and frequently sprinkled  with
chloride of lime, or plenty of lime, and the adjoining walls
should be repeatedly whitewashed.
   No  stagnant water should be permitted in the cellar or
yard, and if the basement is damp, fires should be kindled
daily to  expel foul air, and afford better ventilation.
   All garbage  should  be removed  daily,  and nothing
suffered to remain on the premises to be decomposed.
   Houses should be daily ventilated. 
CHOLERA.                    179
  Avoid damp,  low habitations, and  in selecting a resi-
dence, the higher and more airy the situation the better.
  Narrow lanes  and alleys,  cellars and basements,  and
crowded apartments should be especially avoided.
  The usual habits of eating, drinking, living, and busi-
ness, should be followed, except when  absolutely interdict-
ed.   Rash changes should  be avoided.
  Temperance in eating and drinking, exercise and labor,
both physical and mental, is specially enjoined. Keep good
hours.
  Take proper  food  in reasonable quantities, at proper
times.
  Plainly cooked meats, lamb, beef, mutton, or fowl, with
boiled rice or hominy, stale  bread  or crackers, and well-
cooked  potatoes, should form the ordinary staple of diet.
  If wine or  spirits are habitually used, they may be con-
tinued  in moderation, but to persons not  accustomed to
them, they are especially objectionable and  to be avoided*
Drunkenness or debauchery powerfully invite  the disease.
  Avoid any kind of food or medicine  which tends to relax
the bowels.
  Abstain  from  all unripe fruits, or stale,  wilted, or over-
kept vegetables.
  Fruit of any kind  should be avoided, if  it  induces loose
bowels.
  Cucumbers, salads,  lettuce, cabbage,  or krouts,  soda-
water, root-beer, melons, turnips, or  unripe  potatoes,  are
articles especially to be avoided.
  Beer, cider, mineral-waters, are objectionable.
  Purgative  or cathartic medicines, by relaxing  the integ-
rity of  the intestinal canal, may give  rise to a sudden and
fearful  attack of the disease.
  Avoid exposure and sudden changes of temperature, and
at all times keep the body sufficiently  warm and protected,
especially the abdomen.  To this end wear flannel next the 
180              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 skin, at least around the abdomen.   Keep the feet and legs
 well protected and warm.
   Above  all things,  maintain an  even,  cheerful tone  of
 mind.  Hurry,  fright,  fear, anxiety,  and  all  depressing
 emotions, tend  to lower the vital powers, and so invite the
 disease, while a firm  determination to  do our duty, and a
 cheerful reliance upon our Heavenly Father, are  among the
 best safeguards.
   Predisposing Causes.—Persons of middle age are more
 subject to attack than infancy and old age. The female
 sex are considered more liable to it than males.  Chronic
 diarrhoea predisposes the system for it, as do all prostrating
 or debilitating habits or excesses, scrofulous diathesis,  and
intermitting  fevers.   Among  children, the  male  sex are
more subject than the  female sex,  and  those affected with
sore mouth, jaundice,  worms, and teething.
  Infancy and old age  are most exempt, and  those suffering
from  ulcers of the legs, consumption, and influenza, least
liable to an attatk.
  Prophylactics.—Preventive  Treatment.—The  home-
ly adage, "an  ounce  of prevention  is better  than a pound
of cure," was never more clearly manifest than in this  dis-
ease.  Dirt,  filth, irregular  habits,  and  vice, induce  the
disease, while cleanliness, regularity, and order, keep it at
bay.  Aside from the hygienic  observances enjoined above
in regard to living, labor, and habits  of thought, we earnest-
ly reccommend, also, the use of a simple medicinal prophyl-
actic  or preventive.  Experience has amply demonstrated
the utility of medicinal prophylactics.   It has abundantly
shown  that   small-pox,  scarlet-fever,  measles, hooping-
cough, and fevers, as  well as cholera, can be prevented by
fortifying the system  by appropriate medicinal influences.
Not, indeed, by drugging, overwhelming and thus depres-
 sing the  system, but by the judicious use of the (similar)
 Homeopathic Specific, which, by pervading and preoccu- 
CHOLERA.
181
pying the system, fortifies  it against, and thus prevents an
attack  of the disease.  Hence, we advise  the  use of the
Specific No. Six, in doses  of six  pellets, morning and at
night, as a true prophylactic for  the cholera.  Safer still
will  it be to send for a case of the Cholera Specifics in
fluid form, and to follow the directions there given.
  Directions.—Live temperately, avoid  the predisposing
causes  of the disease as before mentioned, avoid coffee and
camphor, which  might antidote the effects of the medicine,
and  take each morning, on rising, or before breakfast, and
each night on retiring, six  pellets of the Specific No. Six.
Children need but one-half as much as adults.  In families,
the best manner is to place  the proper number of pellets for
each person in a  glass, and add a large spoonful of water for
adults, and a teaspoonful for children, and so  give them,
morning and  night, while  the disease prevails.   Travelers
may simply take the Specific dry on the tongue,  if other
conveniences are wanting.   The result Avill be, that either
no attack will occur, or it will be in  a modified and very
mild form.
  Treatment of the Cholera Diarrhoea,  or Premon-
itory Stage of the Disease.—The earlier symptoms of the dis-
ease are: A sense of uneasiness,or sinking at the pit of the stom-
ach, rumbling, or borborigmi in the bowels, and loose stools
or diarrhoea.   Sometimes,  to these symptoms  are added,
acidity of  the stomach, griping  pains  in the abdomen,
vertigo or headache, and ringing or noise  in the head.
  So soon as  the  above symptoms, or even the diarrhoea
alone has declared itself, the patient should retire at  once
to his home, or  room,  and  lie down, taking six pellets of
the  Specific  No. Four.  If the symptoms are only slight,
that is, only some diarrhoea,  and slight uneasiness of the
bowels,  repeat the dose every hour, or  every  two hours.
But  if the stools are urgent or frequent, with uneasiness and 
182              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 nausea, vertigo and sinking at the stomach, repeat the dose
 every half hour until relieved.
   If the diarrhoea should not yield in, say four or six hours,
 under the influence of the  Specific No. Four, administered
 as above  directed, and  the disease threatens to pass over
 into the second stage, indicated by more frequent or urgent
 stools, coldness, nausea, or  some faintness at  the pit of the
 stomach, then omit  for a  time the diarrhoea Specific, and
 give the Specific No. Six,  repeated every half hour, in  its
 place.   In rare cases the Camphor has  been efficient in
 checking the diarrhoea, in doses of two drops of the tincture
 on a bit of sugar,  every half hour.
   Rarely will more than two or three doses of the Specific
 be required to  check and control the disease at this stage,
 provided, also, that the following conditions are observed :
   It  is of  the  utmost  importance  that the patient
 should  lie down in bed, get warm, keep well  covered, with
 a bottle of hot-water, or hot bricks, to the  feet, if necessary,
 and so remain warm  and in bed, until the diarrhoea, rumb-
 ling  and  uneasiness  has passed off.  Being about, or fre-
 quently getting up,  and running out, is  very prejudicial,
 and most surely tends to prolong and keep up the disease.
  Avoid trepidation, or hurry, unnecessary  anxiety,
 or alarm in  prescribing for yourself  or others.   Do not
 multiply doses, or measures of relief, from  which nothing is
permitted to avail, but give every dose carefully, and then
give it time to act, and afford relief, and only when one has
 failed, give another.  The one course perseveringly followed
will be successful, while  if you attempt others, all will fail.
 Nothing  but Homeopathic   medicines  must  be given
under  Homeopathic treatment.  All other  medicines  or
means interfere and must not  be allowed.
  This stage may end in  health :  By the stools becoming
less frequent and finally natural, the rumbling, uneasiness
of the bowels disappearing, and the sinking  or anxiety at 
                       cholera.                    183

the prsecordia going off, or:—it may terminate in the next
stage by the stools becoming more frequent and fluid, the
uneasiness and sinking increasing, until vomiting comes on
with the characteristics of the second stage.
  Treatment of  the Cholera proper, or Second Stage
of the Disease.—This stage is known by profuse, thin, floc-
culent, or  rice-water-like  evacuations coming on suddenly
and frequently.  Sudden  vomiting  of the same or similar
material, attended  with cramps in the extremities, or even
body, and great coldness or blueness of the surface, anxiety
and prostration, and other symptoms, as before described.
  Where  this condition,  profuse vomiting and diar-
rhoea, is present, the Specific No. Six is only required, of
which  give five pellets, either at once upon the tongue, or
better, in  a  spoonful of cold or ice-water, and repeat the
dose, EVERY FIFTEEN OR  TWENTY MINUTES,  according  to
the result, and so  continue until the cramps, the vomiting
and diarrhoea have abated, when the intervals between the
doses may be prolonged to half an hour, and then, gradu-
ally, as  the patient improves, to  intervals of an hour  or
more.
  The  patient should  at once go to bed, and, if possi-
ble, not get up to  attend to the evacuations, but use a bed-
pan, or other convenience, for that purpose.  Bottles of hot
water, or  hot bricks, should  be placed  to the  feet, if the
patient  can bear them.   Give nothing but the medicine
and  small sips of ice-water; or better, give from time  to
time small pieces of ice, to remain in the mouth to allay the
thirst   These are better  than water or other fluid, more
grateful, and less  likely  to  provoke vomiting, stools  or
griping. -  Let the  patient remain quiet as  possible after
the storm is over, and if he falls asleep, do not waken him,
even to administer medicine.
  To allay the  cramps, it is better to grasp and hold
the knotted  limb  or part in the warm, firm hand, than 
184
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
merely to  rub the surface, as  you may, by severe rubbing,
easily excoriate the surface, without relieving the cramp,
while the  Avarm pressure of the hand is very grateful and
effective.
  If the  attack occurs in the following form from  the
first, or if in the course of the disease this condition is de-
veloped, viz.:  but little, or only slight vomiting, or  purg-
ing, or scanty evacuations, but great dullness or confusion
of the head, severe, frequent,  long-continued cramps, pre-
dominant  coldness and  blueness  of  the surface, loss  of
voice, and weak, thread-like, or wanting pulse, give at once
five  drops of spirits of camphor,  in  half a teaspoon-
ful of cold water, and repeat the dose every ten minutes, or
even every five minutes, in  extreme cases, until the return-
ing pulse, or warmth of the surface, and returning evacua-
tions show  the  reaction of the system  to have  come on.
Then gradually omit the camphor, and return to the use
of the  Specific  No.  Six, which continue every fifteen or
thirty minutes, and at longer intervals, until entire relief is
obtained.  The  camphor is the best  remedy to arrest the
sinking, coldness,  blueness, failing pulse, and tendency to
absolute collapse; and when  the  evacuations have ceased,
or nearly so, a few doses, given at intervals  of five  or ten
minutes, will  promptly bring  up the pulse and warmth to
the surface,  and with this reaction  the vomiting and evacu-
ations may again return.  Then the Specific comes again in
use  and may be continued  as above  mentioned, a dose of
five  drops every ten  or  twenty minutes, until  the evacua-
tions have ceased and relief is  fully pronounced.
   After  the storm has passed over, and the vomiting,
diarrhoea, and cramps have vanished,  and returning pulse,
warmth, sleep, and rest,  and secretions have become re-es-
tablished, a  little nourishment may be given.  This should
consist of very light meat broth, and in very small quantities
at first, as experience has shown that the stomach long re- 
CHOLERA.                    185
mains weak after an attack, and heavy or indigestible food,
or any food in too large quantity, may easily provoke a re-
lapse, always  more  dangerous  than the  original attack-
Hence, give at first a little weak black tea, or chicken or
lamb broth; afterwards boiled rice, toasted bread, and only
very gradually return to a more substantial diet.
  The patient will  remain weak and enfeebled for some
time, and not  unfrequently, the digestive organs are long in
regaining their former strength and vigor.  For this debili-
ty, beer and good malt liquor have proved beneficial.  Too
free  perspiration  diminishes the strength; and slight men-
tal excitement, too much warmth, too  much drink or food,
cause anguish, palpitation, small, soft pulse, vomiting or
diarrhoea, uneasy sleep, and extreme debility.
  The  second stage may terminate in convalescence,
indicated by: Diminished violence  and  frequency of the
evacuations, first  the vomiting, later the diarrhoea; diminu-
tion of the cramps;  increasing strength and fullness of the
pulse; returning  warmth  of the surface;  more natural ex-
pression of the countenance;  less tossing about, restlessness
and  jactitation; diminished thirst;  bilious stools; natural
warmth  of the surface; return of  the natural secretions,
urine, saliva  and perspiration; quiet, tranquil sleep;  or,
this  condition may  slide  into the third stage indicated by
the following  symptoms :—
  Diminished vomiting;  great indifference;  extreme pros-
tration ; the patient lying on the back, sinks down towards
the foot of the bed; some return of  warmth or moisture to
the skin; increasing lividity or blueness of the surface, and
the blue, sunken,  pointed Cholera face ; the pulse cannot
be felt, and later, not even at the carotids or heart;  eyes
dull and glassy; only occasional  and not characteristic
vomiting and  diarrhoea;  later, the  stools are involuntary,
as if coming  from  a spout; respiration  labored, rattling
and  almost ceasing.  This stage may last  from one or two 
186             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
hours, to as many days, and usually terminates in  death,
preceded by cold, clammy sweats, complete cessation of cir-
culation and respiration, and final paralysis of the lungs.
  Treatment.—In this stage of entire collapse, which may
last a day  or  two,  the patient is  not absolutely hopeless,
and should be carefully and judiciously  treated. The case
will doubtless  be placed in the hands of a competent Home-
opathic physician, who, by the alternate use of Carb. veg.
and Arsenicum, administered every hour, may save the pa-
tient.
  As  the pulse comes up, the medicine may be given at
longer intervals.  It is useless, and often  cruel, to  make
hot applications  to the patient, who, however cold, com-
plains of heat, and refuses all covering.  Hence, make them
comfortable, covering  only as decency and the  weather re-
quires, give the medicines and  patiently await the result.
It will, oftentimes, be favorable, even in these worst cases.
  §^~I have prepared a  case of three large one  ounce
vials of Specifics  for the special treatment of Cholera,
and in case of the prevalence of this disease, I  recommend
its use, as  the Specifics  are  in  fluid form, and in  larger
quantities and more reliable during an epidemic.    If the
case of Cholera Specifics is used, it is only necessary  to sub-
stitute drops for pellets, or  adopt the directions which come
with  the case.

   DIARRH03A—LOOSENESS OF THE  BOWELS.

  W e generally understand by this term a disease or condi-
tion  in which the  bowels  are moved  more frequently than
in health, and the stools  are more or less  fluid in form.
The stools may be very numerous, or be only two or three in
the twenty-four hours, and may be of almost every variety
of  character  and consistence.   They  are  often  greenish,
yellowish,  mixed or closed up, frothy,  foamy, or  serous, 
DIARRHOEA.
187
thin, watery, or at times bloody, though this is generally
characteristic of dysentery.  Usually the pain is  trifling,
but sometimes the pain, griping or aching in the bowels is
quite severe.
  Sometimes loose bowels or a transient diarrhoea is merely
the salutary effort of the system to rid itself of some injuri-
ous or indigestible substance, and  hence, when there is
reason to suspect such a  condition, it is proper to wait a
reasonable period before  attempting to arrest it, and only
when the condition is clearly morbid, seek to control it by
the proper means.
  When the evacuations seem to afford the patient relief, it
is safe  to wait a day or so to see if it is not merely a salutary
effort of nature, and which will speedily correct itself.
  Diarrhoea may be induced by a cold, or a sudden  check
of perspiration, disordered stomach, use of improper food,
fright, fear, vexation, or excessive heat.
  The irritation of teething in children is one of the most
frequent causes of diarrhoea, and it  is generally observed
that teething children who have diarrhoea, are less liable to
serious illness  than those who  have constipated  bowels.
  Diarrhoea, also, usually comes on at the close of several
diseases, as some forms of fever, measles and  consumption.
  Treatment.—The Specific  No. Four  is appropriate for
almost  all forms  of diarrhoea and  loose bowels, and will
speedily control it.  It may be given dry on the  tongue,
six pellets at  a dose, and repeat at intervals of from an
hour  to two or three hours, according to the urgency of
the case.   Should  the  stools  be loose, thin, watery, or ur-
gent, and  especially if  there  should  be some nausea  or
vomiting, the Specific No. Six should be given in  alterna-
tion with No.  Four, as before directed.  Should there be
pain, griping, or straining, showing  a tendency to dysen-
tery, the Specific No. Five is appropriate, and may be given
alone, or in alternation  with the No. Four. 
188
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
   Diet and general management.—Rest and quiet are
 very beneficial in all severe cases of diarrhoea.   The patient
 should  avoid acids,  coffee, and  all highly seasoned, salted
 articles of food, also, all fruit, eggs, oysters, and chicken or
 veal.  The diet  should be: Stale bread, rice, hominy, oat-
 meal, barley, or  drinks made from these.   Milk, thickened
 with  flour,  or  mutton-soup,  thickened with  rice  or  oat-
 meal.  As the appetite returns, the diet may be more liber-
 al, but  still care and discretion should be exercised in the
 selection of food until the disease is arrested.


               CHRONIC  DIARRHOEA.

   This  condition is quite common in the hot  climates or
 where persons have been long exposed to the unfavorable
 influences of climate,  exposure  or bad food.  It is often,
 also, the result of badly-cured .fevers and diseases of the
 liver, and a not rare  result of an imperfectly cured dysen-
 tery.  It may also be the result of scrofulous disease of the
 bowels,  tubercular deposits, or degeneration of the  follicu-
 lar and  mucus surface, or of ulceration.   The  stools  vary
 according to the seat, location, and character or nature of
 the local degeneration from which they arise.  They are
 however,  frequent,  more or less liquid, sometimes muco-
 purulent, or may at  times be even blood-stained or  mucus.
 They are usually accompanied by general prostration, im-
 paired digestion, emaciation, or other evidences of organic
 disease.
   Treatment.—The alternate use of Specifics Nos. Four
 and Five have proved curative in numerous cases.   six
pellets may be given at  a time, dry on the tongue, and re-
peated every four hours, in  alternation.  For diet, consult
what is said  under diarrhoea. 
DYSENTERY.
189
                    DYSENTERY.

  Dysentery generally prevails in the late summer and fall of
the year, when the days are hot and the nights cool.  It is
often epidemic, but may be induced by exposure to drafts
of air, over-exertion, sitting on the damp  or cold ground,
use of acid or unripe  fruits, or stale fruits and vegetables,
melons, cucumbers, etc.  It is liable to attack all ages and
both sexes, but is more dangerous for infants, children, the
aged, and females generally, than  for men.
  An attack of dysentery is usually preceded for some days,
or in some cases only for a few hours, by precursory symp-
toms, such as: Sense  of general depression, pains in the
neck, back, or limbs, headache, loss  of  appetite, chilliness,
heat, transient sweats, nausea or  vomiting.   Gradually
there are colic pains passing about the  bowels, in the navel
region, and along the course of the colon; rumbling, and a
feeling as if there was some foreign body low down in the
rectum, producing an  inclination to stool, and diarrhoea,
or in some cases constipation.
  The disease is characterized by pains in the abdomen,
which pass from the navel region  to the right, then up and
across the abdomen and down the left side, and extending
towards the rectum, terminate by producing the tenesmus
or urgent desire  for stool.  Usually these pains and tenes-
mus precede every stool, and often remain quite  a time
after it, and  so there may be an almost incessant urging to
stool, caused by the swelling and irritation of the rectum.
This feeling of tenesmus or straining, a violent constriction
of the rectum, is a characteristic of the  disease.  The stools
are peculiar, very frequent, often  twelve, twenty-four, fifty,
or more in the twenty-four hours. Sometimes the urgency
is so constant that the  patient can scarcely leave the vessel.
The quantity is very small, often not more than a spoonful,
and  consists of mucus, fluid, or coagulated blood, more or 
190             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
■less mixed with greenish or mucus masses, or membranous
patches like  scrapings  of  the  intestines, with little or no
fecal  matter.  Often  there  is fever, thirst, headache, hot,
dry skin, accelerated  pulse, diminished urine, sleeplessness,
and the abdomen is painful to contact.
  The disease may continue eight or ten days, and termin-
ate in recoArery by the remission of the colic and tenesmus,
stools becoming less  frequent, more copious and feculent,
warm perspiration, quiet and sleep coming on; or it may
end  fatally, with increase of violent symptoms, until peri-
tonitis, or a typhus condition sets in.  Under our treatment
it is rarely fatal, except in quite young children, and  gener-
ally terminates in health in  four or six days.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Five is the appropriate
remedy, and may be administered, if the  stools are quite fre-
quent, as often as every twenty or thirty minutes, in doses of
six pellets, dissolved in  a small spoonful of water.  Should
 here be  considerable  fever,  thirst and restlessness, the
Specific No. One  may  be  given in alternation with  No.
Five at the same intervals until the fever is subdued, when
the No. Five should be continued alone, at intervals of
from  half an hour, to one  or two hours, diminishing the
frequency of the doses as the disease is subdued.
  Diet and  Regimen.—When  the disease comes on, the
patient  should at  once  keep quiet; avoid exercise or labor
of any  kind; if possible,  lie down,  and  confine himself
strictly, during the whole  course  of the disease, to  a por-
ridge made of milk and  flour well cooked, or to farina gruel,
or rice-water and  boiled rice.  No vegetables or fruit can
be allowed, nor meat, nor meat-broths; and spirits, or stim-
ulants of any  kind, are absolute poisons.   Use no other
medicines of any kind.  Opium  only conceals the disease
by quieting the pain and  evacuations,  while the  disease
rages more destructively.
  During the disease, if the evacuations are very frequent 
CONSTIPATION.
191
and the tenesmus or straining very distressing and painful,
occasional injections of thin starch may be given, or the pa-
tient may have a seat-bath of tepid water for a short time.
This course strictly folloAved will rarely fail to afford decided
relief in from twelve to twenty-four hours, and an entire cure
in four or six days.


       CON STIPATION—COSTIVE BOWELS.

   This  condition can  scarcely be called a  disease.  It is
mainly a symptom of some morbid condition  of the system,
upon the removal of which, this inconvenience u relieved.
In many cases it is habitual, the stools are hard, dry and
infrequent, which  indeed  often indicates a  more  healthy
and vigorous condition of the system than a d iarrhcea, or even
soft, frequent stools.  The  philosophy of the condition it-
self is but little understood. The fecal master is a secretion,
and as this is eliminated, it passes  into the common recep-
tacle, the rectum, and there  remaining until the irritation
caused  by its presence, or the evolutions of  the  system,
occasion its expulsion in the  form of  feces.  Whether this
sxpulsion shall occur every twelve, twenty-four, forty-eight,
 or sixty hours, or six  days, or as  I  have  known in one
case,  fourteen or sixteen weeks, depends altogether upon
circumstances.  Though the fact of an undue or unnatural
accumulation or retention,  does not of itself constitute
disease.   It  is  an  inconvenience,  and  may  occasion
disease,  or may  not, or may be occasioned by  a  morbid
condition of the system.   Whenever the morbid condition
is relieved, the bowels will  of themselves act naturally, and
the retention will be avoided.
   The difficulty itself is usually greatly aggravated by the
means employed  to  cure  it.  Cathartic or  aperient med-
icines  may  move  the bowels for the time.  But after
the first operation is exhausted, the reaction of the system 
192
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
 comes on, and the bowels are more constipated than before.
 Then new and larger doses, and stronger and more active
 medicines are  used, until  an almost incurable condition is
 induced.   It  should  be remembered  that  cathartics are
 always injurious in cases of habitual constipation, the dis-
 ease often originating in dryness and irritation of the lining
 of the intestinal track, the very condition which cathartics
 engender and  sustain.  It may be safely averred  that no
.case  of habitual constipation was  ever cured by cathartic
 medicines, while thousands of cases have been aggravated
 or rendered  incurable  by them.  In  one  condition  the
 operation of a cathartic or laxative medicine is allowable.
 When some hurtful or indigestible substance has been taken
 into the system, Avhich does not pass off, and by its presence
 causes irritation, fever,  pain, convulsions or other incon-
 venience.   In such  cases, a spoonful of castor oil acts as a
 prompt  laxative,  aud removes  the offending  substance
 without  drugging  or  medicating  the  system,  and  is
 altogether the safest and most efficient remedy.
   Treatment.—Persons subject to constipation will gener-
 ally find  some form of indigestion connected with it, and
 on the removal of this, the constipation  will vanish.  But
 they  should, moreover, be  careful in  regard to diet; eat
 slowly, masticate the food sufficiently, choose relaxing arti-
 cles of diet, fruits, wheaten grits, coarse bread, farina, pud-
 dings of  rice, bread,  and sauce of prunes, peaches, or
 plums.  Use fresh beef, mutton, or lamb, and soups made
 of them, avoiding salted meats, cheese, rice, and bread or
 crackers made of superfine flour.   Cold water should be used
 freely, and a glass  drank on  going to bed  and on rising
 each  morning, are important auxiliaries.  At times, consti-
 pation has been induced and sustained  by an insufficient
 degree of heat in the boAvels, and this has been obviated,
 and a cure effected  by wearing a  flannel  swathing  around
 the bowels. 
PILES.
193
  Lastly, the habit of going to stool every morning should
be  formed and  persisted in; go regularly, and  wait a
certain  time, if at first, fruitlessly.  With these helps, and
the use of the Specific No. Ten, six  pellets dissolved in
water and taken each morning and at night, the difficulty
will soon be  overcome, and  regular, healthy evacuations
*»6tablished.

              PILES—HEMORRHOIDS.

  This troublesome and frequently obstinate disease is very
common.  The symptoms are varied according to the char-
acter of the disease and the stage of its development.  Most
commonly there are discharges of blood from time to time
from the anus, more frequently during a hard stool, but in
severe  cases the blood may be discharged at other times,
and sometimes in quite large quantities, often attended
with a  feeling of relief.  Tumors  are frequently  formed
about the anus, or within the rectum, which come doAvn or
are protruded at  every stool.  They may be small, bluish,
filbert   or walnut  size,  or even much  larger,  single or
grouped in clusters, sometimes painless, but often inflamed,
painful and tender, and they may remain dry, or discharge,
forming either mucus or bleeding  piles.  In some cases a
violent  itching and irritation  within the  rectum seems to
be  the predominant characteristic of the disease.   During
what is termed an attack of piles, the patient has a  sense of
fullness and  heaviness of the abdomen, pain in the lower
part of the  back, fullness of the head or headache, failing
appetite  or indigestion, which is relieved often after  a dis-
charge of blood from the tumors.
  The  disease is always the result of abdominal venous con-
gestion, from  whence results engorgement of the  hemor-
rhoidal  veins, distributed  over  the rectum, the  swelling
of the mucous membrane, formation of tumors, and frequent
discharge of blood.
        13 
194
homeopathic mentor.
  It is more frequent among  persons of sedentary habits,
and much favored by the use of spirits, coffee, highly spiced
and indigestible food, late hours and intense mental appli-
cation.  Some temperaments,  the dry, meagre, bilious, are
more  subject to them  than others;  they are also quite
common with pregnant  and  lying-in women.
  It is common for old school treatment to excise these
tumors in  attempting  a radical cure.  But it will be seen
that this is only disposing  of the  results of the disease,
leaving the causes  still  at  work, and  the consequence is
that the  tumors form  again, either at the same place, but
more  frequently higher  up, and  in a more  difficult and
inaccessible locality.  Our treatment requires no such expe-
dients, as  we possess the means of  reaching  the disease at
its source, and of permanently  curing it.
  Treatment.—Persons subject to piles, and those suffer-
ing from an attack of the disease, should not be altogether
careless in regard to diet.  A fit of indigestion often brings
on an attack  of piles;  hence, use easily digested, relaxing
food, use some care in the selection of food, and much care
in properly masticating it.  Graham bread, or that made of
unbolted or coarse flour is beneficial, and so is the free use of
wheaten grits, farina, and other relaxing food.  For medi-
cine, the  Specific No. Seventeen,  six pellets, three times
per day—morning, noon and  night—for cases of chronic
piles.   If there is dyspepsia or  indigestion also, the Specific
No. Ten may be given  in alternation with it, taking six
pellets before  each  meal, and  on going to  rest at night
Should there be an attack  of piles, the tumors becoming
swelled, painful and tender, the Specifics No. One and No.
Seventeen should  be  given in alternation, each  dissolved
in water,  six pellets in a large spoonful, and administered
every  one or two hours until relief is afforded, then go on
with the No. Seventeen for  a permanent cure. 
PROLAPSUS ANI.                195
  For  an external application the Witch Hazel, or
Marvel of Healing,  diluted one half with water and
applied with a cloth is a good remedy, and often allays
the pain and inflammation.  But a far better application
is  Humphrey's Witch Hazel Oil.   This may be ap-
plied freely to the part with the finger or a soft linen
rag, with the most magical relief.   For very severe cases
of internal piles  it may be injected with the pile syringe.
The use of the No. Seventeen, taken four times per day,
and the application of  the Witch Hazel  Oil, is infal-
lible for any case of piles.  The relief is prompt, and the
ultimate cure certain.
    PROLAPSUS ANI—PROTRUSION  OF  THE
                    INTESTINE.

  This affection is not uncommon in children, and is occa-
sionally met Avith in adults.   It is generally the result of
straining while at stool, in connection with a weakness or
relaxed condition of the sphincter of the rectum.  Some-
times the parts are protruded several inches, and in other
cases but slightly, and readily return of themselves.  When
the protrusion does not  return of itself, as is sometimes the
case in children, the child should be laid upon its side, and
the part gently pressed upon with the hand which has been
oiled, or  a cloth  wet in cold water, or oil or soft lard, and
the pressure continued gently until the reduction is effected.
  To prevent a  recurrence of the prolapsus, the Specific
No. Ten, six pills at night, and the No. Thirty-five,  six
pills each morning, will be the proper remedies.  The same
treatment is proper for chronic tendency to prolapsus.   If
the prolapsus  occurs in the course of diarrhoea, the cure
of the diarrhoea will also arrest the  tendency to prolapsus. 
196             homeopathic mentor.
                LIVER COMPLAINT.

  This disease may be divided into the acute and chronic
forms, the latter, however, is generally known by the name
of liver complaint, although a careful examination of the
disease, will many times reveal the  fact, that the real dis-
ease is rather in the stomach and bowels than the liver.  In
some cases the liver itself may have become implicated, and
may  become properly the subject of treatment.   Consult
Chronic Inflammation of the Liver.


   ACUTE INFLAMMATION  OF THE  LIVER-
                     HEPATITIS.

  This disease is more common in the  Southern States of
the Union and in the tropical  climates,  than in the North-
ern or Middle.   In the Southern States, the use of fat and
heavy food, exposures to heavy dews or  damps in the even-
ing, and the powerful rays of the  sun by day, are among its
most frequent exciting causes.  It may also be caused by
violent mental emotions, the  use  of stimulants or ardent
spirits, suddenly suppressed evacuations, violent emetics or
purgatives, the  abuse of mercury, gall stones, external
lesions, or even injury of the brain.
  The symptoms differ according to  the seat of the inflam-
mation.  When  this attacks the outer or convex surface of
the liver, the symptoms closely resemble those of pleurisy;
there is usually  a violent piiin in the right hypochondrium
or liver region,  sometimes resembling stitches,  at  others
burning, shooting to the breast-bone, the shoulder-blade, or
the point of the shoulder, or the right limb;  sensation of
numbness or tingling  in the arm of that side,  the pain in-
creased by inspiration; a dry, short cough, and symptoms
of acute fever; bowels  irregular, generally constipated, and
stools in the majority of cases of an unnatural color.  In 
HEPATITIS.
197
this form, the patient  can only lie on the left side.  When
the seat  of  the  inflammation is upon the inner or concave
surface of the liver, the pain is much less, and the patient
complains rather of a sensation of pressure than of actual
pain, but the entire biliary system is much more involved.
The  eyes and face become yellow, as in case of jaundice;
the urine is orange-colored, the evacuations mostly hard,
and generally of a whitish or clay color.   We also find bit-
ter taste in the mouth, vomiting and distress in the region
of the liver.  The  patient  can only lie on the right side.
The fever is usually high also in this form.
   Inflammation of the  liver, unless properly treated, is liable
to assume a chronic form, and may also terminate in suppur-
ation, and the matter  communicate with  the lungs or the
intestinal track; or may form a vomica or point and dis-
charge externally; or it may form indurations or other al-
terations of structure in the liver, or result in the formation
of adhesions.
   Treatment.—The Specific No.  One is the proper rem-
edy from the first, and  should be continued either alone or
in alteration with some  other Specific, until the disease is
subdued. Dissolve twelve pellets in six spoonfuls of water,
and of this give a large spoonful every hour for the first
twenty-four or forty-eight hours, or until the fever is mostly
subdued, and  pain and  distress  relieved.  Then prepare
the Specific No. Ten  in  the  same manner, and give the
two medicines  in  alternation, at intervals of two or three
hours, until the  disease is subdued and convalescence estab-
lished.
   The diet should be the same as in fevers or other inflam-
mations : toast-water, thin gruel of corn or oat-meal, milk-
toast  or  light meat-soups, according to the stage of the
disease. 
198             homeopathic mentor.
 LIVER COMPLAINT—CHRONIC  INFLAMMATION
                   OF THE LIVER.

   There are numerous morbid conditions of the liver which
 are popularly known as liver complaint, such as, enlarge-
 ment, softening, abscesses, adhesion  with  adjacent  organs,
 or the  result of  acute inflammation.  What passes as dys-
 pepsia,  is often some morbid  condition or degeneration of
 this organ.
   The  symptoms of chronic inflammation of the liver are
 essentially those of acute inflammation, with the distinction
 of their duration, and their being  less  clearly expressed,
 and their slower progress, and fever also only comes on after
 the disease has made considerable progress.  The usual symp-
 toms are as follows : Weight in  the  stomach  after  eating,
 flatulence, cramp of the stomach, acid  eructations,  nausea,
 sometimes bilious  vomiting, loss of  appetite or  canine
 hunger, thirst, whitish dry tongue, bitter  taste,  feeling
 of heat, heaviness, fullness or dull  pain  in the region of
 the liver and epigastrium, and tenderness of these  regions
 on pressure ;  sometimes the pain is wanting or comes at
 irregular intervals,  or  is  increased  by exercise or  filling
 the stomach; often sympathetic pains in the right shoul-
 der, wandering pains in the limbs, alternating with those in
 the liver region ;  feeling of numbness or of paralysis in the
 lower extremities.  There is often  distention of the liver
 region, protrusion of the  liver down below the false ribs,
 especially in  a sitting or  upright  position  of the  body;
 difficult lying on  the  left or  on either side, constipation,
 feces hard, without bile,  clay  or  putty like; sometimes
diarrhoea, dark mixed-like  tea-grounds,  or flocculent stools ;
not unfrequently, vomiting of dark, adhesive, coagulated
blood.   The  urine  is thick, yellowish, oily, or scant, with
thick sediment; often dry, hollow cough, with inability to
take a deep inspiration; yellow or an earthly pale complex- 
JAUNDICE.
199
ion, but in  some cases there is  not a trace  of jaundice
present.  Usually there is mental depression and despond-
ency, unquiet sleep or sleeplessness.  In the latter stages
the pulse, which up to this period had been slower than in
the normal  condition, becomes feverish towards evening.
The  disease often makes but slow progress, continuing for
years, with frequent pauses at irregular intervals.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Ten is generally the best
remedy,and may be taken in portions of six pellets,dry on the
tongue, before each  meal and  on going to rest  at night.
Should there be at any time heat, fever or swelling, or ten-
derness of the region of the  liver, the  Specific No. One
should be administered in fluid  form, every two hours, as
directed for acute inflammation of this organ.   Aside from
this, the use of Specific No. Ten should be relied upon for
a permanent cure of this disease.  Diet as for Dyspepsia.

                      JAUNDICE.

   This disease is well known, and may occur to persons at
all ages of life.  It may continue for weeks, or even months,
and  there are some who  are quite subject to such attacks.
The disease  generally commences with some form of indi-
gestion, such  as : Loss of appetite, somnolence, constant
drowsy, dull feeling, giddiness or swimming of the head,
flatulence,  nausea, vomiting, and  there is some degree of
tension or  sense of pressure in  the region of  the  liver.
Gradually the face and skin, and especially the whites of
the eyes, become yellow, and in some cases the skin becomes
dark-brown, or even black, giving rise to the appellation of
" black jaundice;" the urine becomes orange colored, and
the feces whitish, clay, or putty-like, and there may be pain
in the region of the liver.  There is also frequently a very
disagreeable tingling of the skin. It is likewise attended with
more or less depression of spirits and loss of strength.  In 
200
HOMEOPATHIC mentor
general there is but little fever, but in severe cases there may
be an unusual amount of fever, with a tendency to the brain,
producing a sort of stupid sleep, from which the patient is
aroused with difficulty.  This condition may be considered
dangerous, as a  fatal result may follow  from oppression
of the  cerebral organs.  When the disease has been caused
from some  unusual mental  emotion, it may come on very
suddenly, but in  general it comes on in a very gradual, and
not unfrequently, unobserved manner. It may be caused
by acute or chronic inflammation of the liver; or from dis-
eases of the stomach, or other portions of the intestinal
track;  blows  upon the head, or in the region of the  liver,
may produce the disease;  also moral emotions, or violent
fits of  passion; the  inordinate use of quinine, rhubarb or
calomel, or other forms of mercury, may also be mentioned as
causes,  as these  agents often tend  to obstruct the biliary
duct.
  Treatment.—The Specifics No. One and  No.  Ten are
the proper  remedies.  In slight cases, six pellets of No.
One each morning, and six  more pellets of  No. Ten at
noon and night  will be sufficient.  Should the disease be
more decided and  well marked, and the patient have some
degree  of feATer, the two remedies mentioned may be taken
in alternation, six  pellets every two  hours until amend-
ment occurs, and then at  somewhat longer intervals until
the disease is cured.
  The  diet should  be of easily-digested  food, free  from
condiments or stimulants of any kind, and  may consist
chiefly  of chicken  or veal soup, with stale bread, tapioca,
sago or rice, and  gruels made of arrow-root, corn-starch or
farina.   The drink  should be  principally water,  and  all
stimulating or tonic bitters  made of cider, barks,  or wine,
should  be avoided, and especially all  indigestible food, such
as eggs, butter, fat-meats, milk, etc. 
DISEASES  OF THE  URINARY AND GENITAL
                      ORGANS.
      INFLAMMATION  OF THE KIDNEYS.

  This disease is known by a pungent aching pain in the
small of the back, on one side, generally the left, alongside
of the  spine, in  the  region of the kidneys.  The pain is
constant, and but slightly increased by contact or pressure,
extending forward and downward along  the course of the
ureter.   The secretion of urine is diminished when  only
one kidney is affected, and even entirely arrested in those rare
cases where both are involved.  There is frequent urging
to urination, pain in the urethra, especially  at the  neck
of the  bladder during urination,  sometimes  even cramps
of the bladder, and  hence  difficulty in  voiding  it.  The
urine is dark red, and often shows traces of blood.  Not
unfrequently the bladder becomes involved, and occasions
a permanent constrictive pain  in that region, which  is  in-
creased by contact or pressure over the part.   There is
likewise  nausea or even actual vomiting, sharp, decided
fever, usually commencing with a  severe chill, followed by
heat; dry, hot skin, coated tongue, extreme thirst, full,
hard, tensive pulse.
  The disease is rather rare, but it may arise in consequence
of gout, or renal  calculi, or be  occasioned by a fall, or in-
jury in the kidney region; or by suppression of the hemor-
rhoidal or menstrual  flow, or by the use of certain medi-
cines, such as squills, cantharides, etc. 
202              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
  Treatment.—If there is considerable  fever, the treat-
ment may commence with the Specific No. One, of which
six pellets may be dissolved in water and given every half-
hour  for three  or four  hours.  Then the  Specific  No.
Thirty may be given in alternation with it at the same
intervals.  Dissolve twelve pellets of each in six spoonfuls
of water, each  of No. One and  No. Thirty, in  separate
glasses, and of these give every hour a spoonful in alterna-
tion, until the fever has abated, then  substitute  the  No.
Twenty-seven for the No. One,  and so continue these
two (No. Twenty-seven and No. Thirty) in alternation,
at increasing intervals as the disease improves, until conva-
lescence is established.  The diet should be the same as in
fevers or inflammation ; only light soups, gruels, toast, etc.,
in general, and wine, malt-liquor or other stimulants should
be strictly avoided.

     CHRONIC DISEASE OF THE KIDNEYS.

  Chronic disease of the kidneys may be supposed to exist
when we find the following symptoms more or less  clearly
expressed : The disease may run along for  some months, or
even years, without being very decided in  its symptoms,
until the condition  of the urine, or the failing health and
emaciation  of the patient attract attention.   The pain in
the loins may be only slight, but is increased by pressure
on one or both sides in the kidney region.  Sometimes the
pain extends  forward and along down towards the bladder.
The urine  is  discharged frequently, but in diminished
quantity.  The   most  important  symptom  is  the  con-
dition of the urine; it  is thickened, more or less opaque,
or loaded  with mucus, and often deposits, on standing, a
thick, heavy, whitish sediment, in some extreme cases load-
ed with  pus.
  Treatment.—The Specific  No.  Twenty-seven, taken 
CYSTITIS.                    203
four times per  day, before  each meal and on going to rest,
six pills at a time, is the proper remedy, and may be con-
tinued any length of time with advantage.   Sometimes the
Specific No. Thirty may be taken as an intercurrent rem-
edy with benefit.


INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER.—CYSTITIS.

   This disease is not very common in its more severe forms,
but in its slighter manifestations, is not unfrequently met
with.  It may be occasioned by the abuse of cantharides or
other deleterious drugs, or from suppressed piles or the men-
strual flow.  Also, blows or injuries, or the immoderate use
of alcoholic stimulants may excite its appearance.  It is
known by pain in the bladder, or in the region of that
viscus, also  by tension, heat  and  SAvelling  externally ;
severe pains when the region of the bladder is pressed
upon  or  even touched; frequent and painful discharge
of urine, or suppressed, scanty discharge, or frequent, pain-
ful or even ineffectual efforts to pass the  urine;  fever and
vomiting are common.  When the neck of the bladder
is principally involved, the spasms may  be  so great that
the urine  is only passed in drops  under the most powerful
straining, and  the  bladder becomes distended and mounts
like a hard painful ball over the pubic bone in front; if the
lower or  posterior  portion is principally involved, the pain
is  increased by pressure on the perinseum.  The urine is
hot, reddish or high colored, but  in some cases quite pale.
It is rare among  young people, and mostly a disease of ad-
vanced life.
   Treatment.—When there is fever, the  Specific No. One
may be given in alternation with  No. Thirty, but in gen-
 eral the latter Specific will be found sufficient alone.  Dis-
solve twelve pellets of No. Thirty in six large spoonfuls of
water, and of these give one every half hour  if the pain 
204             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

straining, and distress is very great.  But if there is consid-
erable fever, prepare  the Specific No. One  in  the same
manner, and give the two in alternation at intervals of half
an  hour at first, and gradually increase the intervals to an
hour or two hours, as the disease yields.   Hot fomentations
to the parts may be of service, should the painful urging
and tenesmus be severe.

CHRONIC  INFLAMMATION  OF THE  BLADDER.

  This  is usually a disease found among men of somewhat
advanced age.  There is some diversity in its symptomatic
details, but the symptoms are generally as follows : There
is  an exceedingly irritable condition of the  bladder; the
patient  has  frequent  calls  to urinate,  sometimes  every
half hour or hour.  In  many cases, and  from some slight
occasions, a  spasm of the neck  of the bladder comes on,
and notwithstanding  the most violent urging, the  urine
is passed with difficulty or even not at all.  In some cases
the walls of the bladder become  thickened, and hence its
capacity  very  seriously  diminished, rendering   frequent
micturition  imperative, and the  enlarged  and thickened
organ may be felt rising like  a ball over the pubic bone,
and the patient complains of  a dull pressure or aching in
that region.  The urine has frequently  an acrid, ammo-
niacal smell, and is often loaded with mucus.
  Treatment.—To allay the  chronic irritability of the
bladder, and restore, if possible, the organ to its  natural
condition, the  Specifics No.  Twenty-seven and  No.
Thirty are the proper remedies, and of these six pellets
should be taken, in alternation, morning and at night, or even
four times per day, taking of No.  Thirty six pellets each
morning before  breakfast, and afternoon before supper, and
of No. Twenty-seven, each  noon before dinner, and at
night going to rest. 
GRAVEL.
205
  For an attack of painful or difficult urination, the Specific
No. Thirty should be given in fluid, twelve pellets in six
spoonfuls of water, and of  these let one spoonful  be given
every half  hour  or  hour  until the  pain  and spasm has
abated and the urine passes freely.  Then  return again to
the Nos. Twenty-seven and Thirty for the treatment of
the  chronic  disorder.  Tiie Specific  No. Ten may often
in such cases prove exceedingly beneficial, either alone or in
alternation with No. Thirty.

       GRAVEL—RENAL CALCULI—STONE.

  In certain morbid conditions of the kidneys, their func-
tions may  be so changed  or imperfectly performed,  that
certain  substances which in the healthy condition are dis-
charged in solution, become precipitated, and form hard-
ened concretions, otherwise termed gravel  or stone.  The
deposit is  usually first  formed in  the kidneys, whence
sooner or later it makes its way along  the ureter into the
bladder. These calculi or gravel are of various sizes, forms
or material, varying  from a pin's head to the  size of a pea,
or  even an  egg; some are smooth  and roundish, others
rough,  ragged, irregular, or like  scales, more commonly
they are reddish  chocolate color,  or reddish brown, and
again are amber color, or again white like chalk; some are
easily crushed by the fingers, while others resist the stroke
of a hammer.  In some cases a calculus becomes deposited
in the bladder, and  by successive  deposits and concretions
increases in  size until it  becomes as large as a walnut or
hen's egg, and must be removed  by an operation.
   These formations may occur in  the kidneys, bladder, or
even other portions of the urinary  passages, but they doubt-
less originate  in  the  kidneys,  and  are most  frequently
found in that organ.
   When a gravel passes  along the ureter from the kidney 
206              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

to the bladder, it often  gives rise to the most exquisite
torture.  The patient has the most severe pain in one kid-
ney region, and from thence extending forward and down-
ward along the course of the ureter.  The pain comes on in
paroxysms  with  frequent pauses;  sometimes  the pain ex-
tends out over the abdomen, and  is attended with fever,
nausea, vomiting, and frequent calls to urinate.  As soon
as the gravel has passed into the bladder the pain ceases.
The passage of  the  gravel from the bladder out is usually
far less painful than  the  passage from the kidney into the
bladder.
  When  a  stone occurs  in  the bladder too  large  to be
passed along  the urethra, it is generally manifested  by
frequent desire to urinate, and pain at the last ejaculations
of the urine; the pain  is frequently felt at the end of the
penis, and there is frequent itching  or irritation along the
body of this organ ; sudden stoppage or arrest of the stream
of urine by the  stone blocking up the passage, and which
may be removed  by lying down or a change of  position.  If
the stone is rough and  irritating, the urine  is frequently
mixed with blood, and  after a time, piles and prolapsus of
the rectum may be  occasioned, from the frequent urging
and straining to evacuate the bladder.
  The causes of  the  formation  of calculus are somewhat
obscure, but the disease is most frequently met with among
dyspeptics and those living in damp, humid situations, and
in cold,  variable  climates.  It is quite common in some
families,  in others equally rare.
  Treatment.—For an attack of gravel or renal calculi, at-
tended with pain as before  mentioned, frequent desire to
urinate, etc., give, the Specific No. Thirty, twelve globules in
six spoonfuls of water, of which give a spoonful every half
hour.   Give the patient a hot foot or sitz  bath, or apply hot
fomentations OA^er the side of the abdomen  where the pain is,
or give large  injections of  warm  water so as to relax the 
difficult urination.             207
system and arrest the spasm, and so facilitate the passage of
the gravel.
  To  prevent  the formation of the calculi, take of the
Specific No. Thirty six pellets at night, and of the No.
Twenty-seven  six pellets each morning, and so continue
for some months.
  Persons afflicted with this disease  should subsist as far as
possible upon  farinaceous food and mucilaginous  drinks,
in preference to the more heavy and heating meats.


   DIFFICULT,   PAINFUL,  OR  SUPPRESSED
                    URINATION.

  We prefer to group together these various conditions of
morbid urination, as  they frequently arise from the  same
causes, run into each other in the progress of  the  com-
plaint, and generally require the same remedies.
   When the urine  is  retained, while the kidneys continue
to secrete the fluid, the bladder becomes after a few hours
so filled and  distended, that  it rises like  a large ball or
swelling, immediately over the pubes, Avhich may be  per-
ceptible to the touch.   The lower portion of the abdomen
also becomes  swelled and sensitive to pressure.  There is
some fever, and  the inclination  to  pass water is frequent
and urgent, though ineffectual. Should this condition con-
tinue  any  great length of time, inflammation and subse-
quent mortification may ensue, or  the bladder become
ruptured Avith fatal result.
  Retention may be caused by inflammation of the urethra,
or from stricture, or  it may result from  suppressed piles.
Going too long without urinating, and hence over distention
of the bladder may in  some cases close the internal orifice
of the organ; or it may be occasioned  by spasm of the neck
of the bladder.   Paralysis or inflammation of the neck of 
208
homeopathic mentor.
the bladder  may also produce it.  Also tumors in the necK
of the bladder, calculus or swelling of the prostate gland.
  Difficulty  of discharging the urine is manifested by fre-
quent desire to urinate, attended with heat, smarting pain,
uneasiness and a sense of distention and fullness in the
region  of the bladder.  The urine is only voided in drops
or small quantities, sometimes mixed with blood, after great
urging or straining.
  This  condition  may be  occasioned  by gonorrhoea  or
inflammation of the  urethra, spasm of the neck  of the
bladder, excesses in drinking,  exposure to cold in sensitive
subjects,  suppression of some  habitual discharge, presence
of gravel in  the neck of the bladder or urethra, or from the
application  of  cantharides in  the form of a blister.  In
some rare cases the secretion  of urine may be suppressed,
the kidneys failing to elaborate  this secretion from the blood.
It mostly occurs in persons of advanced age, or in very young
children.  It may occur in the course of fevers or in dropsy,
or inflammation of some organ of the body. Gouty subjects,
particularly  after being  exposed to cold or wet, or on the
suppression  of  some accustomed discharge, such as hemor-
rhoids, are most liable to it.  Generally there is no inclina-
tion to make water, there being no  accumulation, and there
is no swelling or enlargement in the  region of the bladder,
indicating an accumulation. Other symptoms are : Nausea,
sense of  weakness and sinking at the  prscordia, sometimes
there is also frequent turns of vomiting, severe hiccough, pain
in  the back, intense headache and restlessness.   The skin
generally presents a normal condition, but profuse perspir-
ation  sometimes supervenes, in some cases with a decided
urinous odor.   If the secretion is not again established, the
system   soon  suffers,  the  blood  is  not deficated,  and
cerebral  symptoms declare themselves, and life terminates
in coma.
   Treatment.—When there is retention of urine, frequent 
urinary  incontinence.
209
effort and but  little or  no discharge,  the  Specific No.
Thirty should  be given dissolved in water, six pellets in
a spoonful, and repeated every hour, or even every half hour
in urgent  cases.  Hot fomentations  applied to  the region
of the bladder,  and warm seat-baths, are also very efficient
auxiliaries.
   Painful, difficult urination  requires  nearly  the same
treatment, only there is  no necessity  for  seat-baths  or
warm  fomentations.  The Specific  No. Thirty may  be
taken, six pills  dry on the tongue and repeated every two
or three hours, will be sufficient in most cases.   Should
there be calculus, tumors, or other mechanical obstructions
in the neck of the bladder or urethra, the case will be more
obstinate,  yet the use of  the medicine and warm fomenta-
tions will be proper, and  generally efficient.   If there is
inflammation of  the urethra, the same treatment as  in
gonorrhoea must be pursued.
   When the  secretion  of the kidneys appears scanty or
suppressed, a few portions  of the  Specific  No. Ele\ten,
either alone or in alternation with No. Thirty, at intervals
of two or three hours, will be probably sufficient to restore
the  secretion again.


URINARY  INCONTINENCE—WETTING THE BED.

   This difficulty is manifested in a frequent desire to pass
off the water, and an inability to retain it  for  any length
 of time after the inclination comes on.  Sometimes  the
 call comes on every hour, or even more frequently during
 the day, and the urgency is  very pressing.  It may arise
 from weakness  or relaxation of the neck of the bladder, or
 from  the  urine being  too  acrid or  irritating, or from  the
 presence  of  gravel, or some diseased condition of the blad-
 der itself.
   A frequent phase of this disease manifests itself in the
           14 
210              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

involuntary discharge  of  the urine at  night, or what  is
termed  " wetting the  bed."  It it mostly noticed  among
children under ten or twelve years of age, but has occasion-
ally been known to continue to adult age.   Sometimes it
appears in  children apparently disconnected  from  any
other morbid  condition of the urinary organs; the child
has perfect control while awake, but during the unconscious-
ness of sleep  the system  becomes relaxed and the urine is
passed involuntarily.   It may arise in  some cases from the
irritation of worms, or from the secretion being too acrid,
but in general its foundation, especially in obstinate cases,
will be found in  a scrofulous diathesis.
  Treatment.—In all cases of frequent calls to  urinate or
inability to  retain the  secretion, the Specific No. Thirty,
six pellets  three  times per day, will be  sufficient,  and be
found promptly  curative.
  When the  disease may be supposed to arise from the
irritation  of worms, the Specific No. Two may be given in
alternation with  No. Thirty each taken twice in the course
of the day.
  In  obstinate  cases of wetting  the bed, the Specific No.
Taventy-two should be  given, six pellets every morning
on  rising, and the No. Thirty, six pellets at night, and
this course pursued until the cure is effected.
  In  the  case of children subject to this  infirmity,  care
should be taken not to let them drink of water or other
fluid  late in the  evening, or on going to bed ; not to permit
them to eat apples, acid fruits, watermelons or cantelopes
late in the afternoon  or  evening, and to use no kind  of
drink calculated to stimulate the urinary  secretion ; and
also when children are subject to this  infirmity, to have
them urinate  the last thing before retiring, and also very
early in the morning,  and on no account suffer them to lie
in the wet clothes. 
diabetis.                   211
EXCESSIVE  SECRETION  OF URINE—DIABETES.

  This disease consists of an immoderate secretion of urine,
which, Avhen fully developed, contains a large proportion of
saccharine matter.  Sometimes, in the earlier stages of the
disease, and even in some forms of it, the saccharine principle
is war ting, and the urine presents mainly the characteristic
of excessive quantity, and being of generally pale or straw
colored.  When there is evidently sugar in the urine, Avhich
may be known by its greater specific gravity, or by evapor-
ating it, and it is always a dangerous, and very generally ulti-
mately a fatal disease.  The disease comes on sloAvly, more
commonly in men than  in women, and  is manifested by
an  immoderate discharge  of  pale, watery, straw-colored
urine,  sometimes  amounting  to  several quarts  in  the
twenty-four hours;  intense thirst  and voracious appetite,
which  are found difficult to satisfy, although there is very
generally some derangement of the digestion.   There is
sometimes pain or distress in the lumbar region, or a sense
of distressing  weakness  in that  region.  If  the  disease
progresses, and especially in the form called diabetes melletis
or sugary urine, the body becomes pale and  emaciated,
thirst excessive, the  quantity of urine discharged exceeds
the amount of  fluid and aliment taken into the system;
the sense of prostration increases, the pulse becomes rapid
and  weak; the  breathing laborious, and dropsical effusion
of the lower extremities occur.
   The disease may run from  a few weeks to two or more
years, makes frequent pauses and  then resumes its course,
but sooner or  later claims its victim.  It is generally found
among persons with shattered constitutions, who have in-
jured themselves by excesses, or by drains upon the system, or
intemperance  in eating  or drinking, or those  who  have
suffered depletion from the abuse of cathartics or bleedings.
  Treatment.—The diet  is  of the utmost consequence.
Everything must be prohibited which contains the saccha- 
212             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
rine principle.  Potatoes, fruits, milk, as well as substances
that excite  the  action of the kidneys, must be prohibited.
Animal food must form the staple of diet.  Beef, mutton,
venison, are best.  Let the little bread eaten be well toasted
and stale, and as little of any kind of vegetables as possible.
As  to  medical treatment, I have found Phos. acid, Carbo
veg., and Nat. mur. the best remedies, and give them in a
low form, first or  third attenuation five drops  three times
per day.


HEMORRHAGE  WITH THE URINE—HEMATURIA.

  Occasionally the urine is found of a more or less deeply
reddish tinge, and an  examination shows the  presence of
blood.  Sometimes quite  a proportion  of  the discharge
consists of blood, and  at  other times there is but a slight
admixture.   It  may arise  from any  cause that separates
any of the  minute blood vessels along  its course.   Thus,
falls, blows,  bruises, leaping, running, any violent exercise,
or the lodgment of a stone in the kidney, urethra, or blad-
der,  or an  inflammation  of  the  kidney may occasion it
Irregular menstruation,  suppression  of piles,  excessive
indulgence in spirituous drinks, venereal excesses, the use
of asparagus or cantharides may at times induce it.
  When  the blood is  discharged  in  streaks or  dots, and
deposits, on  standing a dark brown  sediment like coffee
grounds, it is likely to have come from the irritating effects
of a stone in the bladder, and the act of urinating is attend-
ed with some straining and effort   If it proceeds from the
kidneys, there will be pain in the lumbar region, anxiety,
numbness along the inside  of one or both thighs; drawing
up of the testicles,  and derangement of the bowels.
  The presence  of blood  in  the urine  is always a serious
matter, and  should demand our attention.  In most cases
it is controllable, but should not be neglected. 
                  bloody  urination.               213

  Treatment.—The Specific No. Thirty will generally
be  found  sufficient, and  should always be  tried  first,
six pellets  dissolved in a spoonful  of water, and  given
every two or three hours, gradually increasing the intervals
as the disease yields.
  Should the disease arise from the kidneys, and especially
if there  should  be  an appearance of pus or matter in the
secretion, it will be  better to alternate the Specifics  No.
Twenty-seven and No. Thirty,  six pellets at a time,
and say four times  per day, and let this course be contin-
ued for some weeks.
  Drinking of  cold  water during this complaint is objec-
tionable, and tends to increase the irritation already existing.
Barley-water in large quantities is the best drink.
  Should  these  remedies  not  control  the disease, and
especially if the amount of  blood  in  the urine is quite
copious, half a teaspoonful of Witch  Hazel, taken every
one or two hours, will be effectual. 
214              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
DISEASES  OF  WOMEN.
                  MENSTRUATION.

  The sufferings attendant upon the  various  forms of
disease to which women are particularly  liable, comprise
a large share of  the evils to which they are subject  Much
of the health and happiness of the sex depends upon the
proper performance of the various  functions  incident to
their  peculiar   systems.   No  considerable  derangement
in these functions can exist for any length  of time, without
drawing  the  entire  system into sympathetic  suffering.
While this class of diseases is  so important, and exercise
so grave an influence over the health and happiness of the
female,  yet  their nature is  such as to necessarily exclude
them, to a great extent, from observation, and the victim
often  prefers to  suffer the pain, distress and inconvenience
of them, than to disclose  them to her medical attendant.
It is then especially important  that  ladies, and  especially
mothers, should  make themselves acquainted  with the
subject, and as far as possible  to be able to correct these
disturbances  in  their earlier stages, and before  they have
become complicated or inveterate from lapse of time.
  The first  menses usually make their appearance in this
climate at about the fifteenth year; in warm climates earlier,
and in colder later.   It is also subject to variations, depend-
ing upon the general health, vigor, and development of the
person.  For a year or two it may be scanty, and not unfre-
quently subject to some irregularities, which need not excite
apprehension, unless they are very grave or important  In
healthy women it should appear every twenty-eight days, 
                    TARDY MENSES.                 215

and  flow  four or five days, varying again according to the
health and vigor of the person.  About the forty-fifth year
of life it generally ceases altogether, though in some cases
it may commence with irregularities some years earlier, and
in others  the function may continue  regularly until  the
fiftieth  year, or even later.   Its  cessation  is marked by
irregularities and  various disturbances of the system, ex-
tending for months, or even  years.  This cessation of the
monthly flows, and the disturbances  of the  period, are
generally termed the " change  of life " or the critical period.

      TARDY MENSES—DELAYING MENSES.

  When menstruation in young girls  does not come on at
the usual  time, it is not always proper to hasten to adminis-
ter medicine, with a view of forcing their appearance.   It is
a better rule, so long as the  general health remains good,
to do nothing to promote this secretion, beyond attention
to the  proper clothing,  exercise, and  diet of the  patient.
The  clothing should  be  warm  and changed to suit the
temperature and season,  and a wholesome,  generous  diet
should  be adopted, avoiding  all  spices,  coffee, and high-
seasoned  food.  Care  should  be likewise exercised that the
child be  not overtaxed  by study, too long or too severe
lessons, or sitting too long at the piano, while, from want
of appetite, or unsuitable or  too meagre diet, the system
is insufficiently nourished during this  period.   These
measures  will generally  be sufficient.   Should they how-
ever  fail,  or should there be some symptoms of its approach,
such as flushes of heat, frequent giddiness of  the head,
heaviness in the abdomen and about the loins, or if she is
dull, stupid, melancholy or sad; or if  she is bloated, slug-
gish, or even if very slender and feeble, the case should
demand attention, and the patient  should receive proper 
216
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
care in order  to  prevent after  diseases, irregularity and
suffering.
  Treatment.—The  Specific No.  Eleven  six   pellets
night and  morning, will  be found  sufficient,  and  may be
continued  regularly  until  the   menses  are  established.
Fresh air, moderate exercise, and simple, generous diet, are
important.   A  sponge bath night and morning, avoiding
exposure to night air  and cold damp feet, are also  import-
ant auxiliaries.

         CHLOROSIS—GREEN SICKNESS.

  In some cases the  menses fail to appear at the proper
age, or appear imperfectly, very scanty in quantity, wanting
in proper color, and irregularly as to  time, or not at all, and
in addition  there is more  or  less of the following symp-
toms : Weariness, Avant of strength or vigor, languor, debili-
ty,  the  patient becomes  emaciated,  face pale, earthy, lips
blanched, bloodless, or sometimes flushes of heat, depraved
appetite, longing for sharp, acid, or  cheering things, or for
slate, chalk, or  clay.   The bowels are  irregular, confined,
or  relaxed;  abdomen often  distended,  with borborigmi
or flatulence, especially after eating, or  along in the latter
part of the day; limbs  frequently are swelled and cold; head-
ache, short breath, and palpitation of the heart on slight ex-
ercise, and not unfrequently, short, dry cough. These symp-
toms in young girls are always of the utmost importance, and
demand care and  attention for  their removal.  Yet  you
should not rush to extreme means.  A little time, patience
and care, with the use of the proper medicines, will generally
bring all around right, and give the patient a good,  healthy
constitution.
  Treatment.—The  Specific  No. Eleven, six pellets in
water, three times per day, will  almost always be found
sufficient, and especially if coupled  with  this, due  care be 
SCANTY MENSES.
217
exercised  with regard to  the  diet  and regimen of the
patient.  All that has been said under the previous section
in regard to Tardy Menstruation obtains here.  Good air,
generous diet, warm clothing, daily frictions of the body
and  bathing, are  all means to establish and build up the
general health, and most important and efficient auxiliaries
in the work of restoration, and generally succeed in a few
months in restoring the patient, and bringing her over this
oftentimes critical period.  Other medicines may be  used
as intercurrent remedies in the treatment, if the symptoms
so require:  as, the No. Ten for flatulence, feeble digestion
and poor appetite, No.  Seven for cough or hoarseness, No.
One or No. Thirty-five for flushes of heat or  headache.
These  remedies may be  given, one  or two doses of six
pellets per day, while the No. Eleven  is given regularly
night or morning

        SCANTY, INSUFFICIENT MENSES.

   In  some  cases after menstruation  is  established, the
discharge does not  appear at the proper time, there being
five or six or more weeks  between the intervals; or it may
continue  only for a  day or two, being pale or unusual  in
color,  or  stopping, and then coming on again  for a few
hours, or  other features  of irregularity, denoting an un-
healthy or feeble  menstrual flow.   All such cases indicate
either general debility,  feebleness of the entire system, the
presence  of some serious disease or  derangement  of the
uterine system, and demand attention.  We  should seek  to
build up the general health, by nourishing food, stimulants
in rare cases, good air and healthful exercise,  keeping the
feet dry and warm, and the lower extremities well protected,
and the mind cheerful  and happy.
  Beside these hygienic observances, the use of  the Specific
No. Eleven, six  pellets  night and morning, or even two 
218             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
pellets before each meal and on  going to  rest at night, will
in general restore the system to its natural and healthy
function.

               SUPPRESSED MENSES.

  Sometimes, in regularly menstruating women, the dis-
charge  becomes suppressed, and fails  to appear  at the
proper time.  This is most commonly the result of cold,
and especially of damp cold, and is a cause to which  women
should be constantly on their  guard.  Cold feet,  getting
the feet wet, insufficient  covering  for  the feet, legs and
lower abdomen, or  a thorough chilling of the whole body
about  the  time  it  should  appear,  or  even during the
flow,  are  sufficient  to  arrest  the  discharge,  and result
in very mischievous consequences.   Sudden and powerful
emotions  of the mind,  or grief and desponding, may also
arrest  it,  and at times, these powerful influences  applied
during the  intervals between the periods, may be sufficient
to prevent its appearance.  The use of acids, vinegar, pick-
les, or harsh, indigestible things, may have a similar effect.
When these obstructing causes are applied during the flow,
or just at the time of its being established, the consequences
are much more severe  and violent  than when  they are
applied during the interval.
  But when the obstructing causes are applied during the in-
terval, a train of symptoms arise which are quite as  serious,
if not as sudden and violent.  The patient becomes pale, lan-
guid, debilitated; her appetite fails, and she looks sickly and
dejected;  there is  loss  of energy and ambition; the feet
and  ankles often  swell; she becomes nervous, palpitation
of the heart, indigestion, flatulence, and shortness of breath
appear, and very  generally leucorrhoea comes  on.   In
feeble  persons predisposed to consumption or pulmonary
disease, suppression is  peculiarly prejudicial, and  always 
MENSTRUATION.
219
demand serious  attention.  The result  is that:  The flow
may either cease suddenly, or it may not  come on at all
at the next period, or it may come on attended with scanty,
irregular discharge, or with severe  pain and distress.  In
the worst  cases  we have  frightful  attacks  of spasmodic
pains in  the  bowels  and  stomach, often  attended  with
retching, vomiting, headache, flushed face, delirium, convul-
sions, hysteria, palpitation  of  the heart, or difficult breath-
ing, etc.
  Treatment.—Dissolve  at  once twelve pills of Specific
No. Eleven, in  six dessert spoonfuls of water, and of this
give one spoonful every hour, giving the patient  also a hot
foot-bath,  and putting her quietly and comfortably to bed
if the case is sufficiently serious to justify it.   This  will
generally suffice; if it does not, another dose may be pre-
pared in the same manner, and taken at  intervals of two or
three  hours, until the result is accomplished.
  If the flow has been  fully established,  it may not be
requisite to do anything in the interval.   But if  the result
has been imperfectly accomplished, the Specific No. Eleven
should  be  given, six pellets every  two or three nights
during the interval, and at the time it should again appear,
care should be taken  that there be no exposure  or danger
of a chill to prevent its appearance.
  When the proper time returns, and the  menses
do  not  appear, take six of the  pills for irregularities
every night on going to bed, and bathe the feet in warm
water fifteen or twenty minutes, for  two  or three nights in
succession, if necessary. A  single dose or  two will, however,
usually be found successful.

            PAINFUL MENSTRUATION.

  Many women  suffer an  untold amount of pain at every
return of  the menstrual  period, not  only  bearing down, 
220
homeopathic mentor.
but cuttings, gripings, colic, cramps, and, in some cases,
even convulsions attend  every access  of  menstruation.
Often these sufferings  are  so excruciating as to  embitter
the life of the patient, and cause her  to dread  even the
thought of a menstrual return ; and the prostrating effects
of one period are hardly recovered  from, before another
comes on. These sufferings are liable to occur during every
period of life, from the commencement to the close of men-
struation, and certain persons or constitutions are  peculiar-
ly predisposed to them.   Exposure  to  cold and want of
proper care during  the first years of  menstruation, are the
common sources  of this  suffering.  The pain often begins
some hours, or even days before  the flow commences, and
at other  times  the discharge commences and  continues
several  hours, then diminishes or  ceases  entirely, with
great  suffering.   The  pains may continue an  indefinite
period, ceasing or becoming less when the  flow  has been
established under proper treatment,  or they may continue
during the entire period, without  shortening the period, or
diminishing the  quantity.   The pains may be of  an inter-
mitting, expulsive character, or a steady, aching pain in the
loins, hips, and  back,  like  Ihose which usually precede
menstruation.  In  some  cases  membranous shreds  are
expelled, and  in  others  the flow is  natural.  Not unfre-
quently  the  breasts are swelled, sensitive,  or even quite
painful.
   Such cases are sometimes  found  in   connection  with
scanty,  retarded, or  irregular periods;  and  again,  with
regular or too abundant discharge, the feature being exces-
sively violent pain, pressure, bearing down, and even cramps
and convulsions at every access of  the monthly period.  Pen
cannot  express  the anguish  and pain  suffered  by some
women at every menstrual return.
   Treatment.—During the interval between the periods,
give every night six  pellets of the  Specific No. Eleven. 
PROFUSE MENSES.               221
WJien the pain comes on, give  six pellets of the Specific
No. Thirty-one, every  one or two  hours, until relief  is
obtained, or several hours have passed. If not fully relieved
by this,  give  the  Specific  No. Eleven,  in  alternation
with No. Thirty-one, and at the same intervals.  In some
cases where there is great bearing  down, or when the dis-
charge is quite profuse, the  Specific No. Thirty-five will
be found very efficient,  given in the same manner, either
alone or  in  alternation  with  No. Thirty-one.   This
course will very generally relieve the most inveterate cases.
  For  headache  during the menses, take the Specific No.
Eleven, every two hours six  pellets, until relieved.  In
some cases  the Specific No. Thirty-two, taken in the same
manner, acts like a charm.


 TOO  PROFUSE, OR TOO FREQUENT MENSES.

  Often, especially in  women subject  to  the whites, and
dependent  also upon a similar  relaxed condition in the
system, the menses are  too profuse, returning again  after a
cessation of only ten, fourteen, or sixteen days, and flowing
from five to ten days.  Thus the discharge may not only be
too  profuse, but also too soon  and too frequent, or  it may
only appear too soon, without being for the time excessive
in quantity.  Sometimes the secretion is  scanty for some
days,  and  then  comes  on like  a  flood,  causing great
prostration, faintness  and debility, from which the patient
has scarcely time to recover, before a new attack comes on.
It may be attended with only slight pain or distress beyond
the sensation of  debility, consequent upon the great drain
upon the system.  But  in other cases  the  pain, distress,
or dragging down pains  are very severe and  exhausting*
Sometimes, indeed, the  discharge is  so profuse as to merit
the designation  of real hemorrhage, or flooding, and,  of 
222              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
course, induces a condition of great debility and prostration.
Women subject to this  difficulty, should entirely  abstain
from  coffee, wine, or other stimulants, and  also from  all
heating drinks, spices, or condiments  so long  as there  is
danger from this source.  These excitements exert a direct.
influence  in  keeping up the irritation of the uterus, and
in promoting this unhealthy flow.
  Treatment.—During the interval  between  the periods,
the Specific No. Twelve,  six pellets morning and night,
should be taken, regulating the  diet as above  directed.
After the flow has continued  two or three days, and if
desirable to arrest its further excess, then  commence the
use of the Specifics No. Ten and No. Twelve in alterna-
tion, giving six pellets at a time at intervals of six hours.
If the discharge is very profuse  from the  first, the two
above Specifics may be commenced  earlier, and may  be
given every four hours in alternation.   When the discbarge
lingers along for  several days, two or  three pellets of No.
Ten, given at night, will generally suffice to arrest it.
  In case there be at any time an excessive flow, amounting
to a dangerous hemorrhage, from whatever  cause, ten  or
twelve pellets of Specific No. Twelve should be dissolved
in six spoonfuls of water, and one spoonful should be taken
every hour, until the dangerous symptoms are warded off,
when the medicine may be administered at longer intervals.
It will be obvious that  the patient must remain perfectly
quiet, and abstain from warm drinks, or any excitement at
such times.


          CESSATION OF THE  MENSES.

  This period, which is very frequently termed the Change
of Life, occurs most commonly at or about the forty-fifth
year.  In  some cases where menstruation has commenced
early, and the person has lived luxuriously, it  may termi- 
CHANGE OF LIFE.
223
nate as early as thirty-seven, forty, or the forty-second year,
and in other cases, with strong, vigorous ladies, the menses
often continue to the forty-eighth or fiftieth year, or even a
more advanced  period of life.
  Its approach is usually manifested by some irregularities
in the  monthly  flow.  It  may come on too soon, or be
delayed  one, two, or more  weeks, and  the  discharge may
manifest some  change, being in some  cases light or pale,
being largely mixed with mucus, and in others being very
profuse, not unfrequently amounting to profuse and alarm-
ing hemorrhages.  Sometimes the flow comes on suddenly,
and again ceases without warning, and  unattended  by bad
symptoms. In some cases  the change comes on so gradual
and  free from  constitutional disturbance, that  before the
subject  is fully aware of it, she  has  ceased to menstruate,
and  has  safely  glided over  this   troublesome   passage
into the  serene ocean  of  after  life, exempt from many
sufferings and  frailties to which she had previously been
exposed.
  More  frequently, however, as women approach this period,
they have turns of vertigo, headache, flushes of  heat, occa-
sional palpitation of  the  heart, more  or less nervousness
and  some  sense  of debility; sometimes  frequent  passage
of pale urine in large quantities, or of high-colored, scanty
urine; pain in the lower  part of the abdomen, back and
hips, or  extending down the thighs;  heat in the lower part
of the stomach and back; piles may be troublesome and
bleed freely;  swelling of  the  lower limbs or  abdomen,
which subside  without the usual symptoms of  flatulence,
and pruritis or  violent itching of the organs is not uncom-
mon. This range of symptoms may appear in whole or
only in  part, or be variously modified in particular cases.
  Treatment.—So long as the health is  good, and the
monthly flow  is gradually diminishing from  month to
month,  medicine is not required, but in all cases a proper 
224             homeopathic mentor.

diet and regimen is important.  The diet should be simple,
avoiding all stimulants, and all highly-seasoned stimulating
meats, and using chiefly vegetable and  farinaceous articles
of food;  frequent exercise  in the open air in suitable
weather, bathing, and the proper culture of the skin should
not be neglected.  The dress  should be so regulated as to
suitably protect the  person,  and  prevent  unnecessary
exposure to  the necessities of climate; and sleeping, also,
in heated rooms, and  on  soft, heating beds, should  be
avoided.   The  Specific  No.  Thirty-two,  six pellets
morning and night,  will be generally efficient in arresting
nearly all the  disturbances arising during  this  period.
Should there occur  at any time such  a discharge as to be
serious or threaten a hemorrhage, rest, quiet, and the use of
the Specific No. Twelve, in alternation with No. Thirty-
two,  six  pellets every hour, will promptly avert  any
danger.  No fear need be entertained from the long-contin-
ued  use  of the  Specific No. Thirty-two during  this
period, as it may be  used  for months or years without
prejudice.


            LEUCORRHOEA OR  WHITES.

   Few affections of women are more common than this, and,
perhaps, none more annoying.  It  consists of a discharge
from the genital organs, mostly whitish, but  not unfre-
quently discolored, and of varying  nature and consistency.
It most frequently occurs between the ages of puberty and
the cessation of the menses, yet it is not uncommon in little
girls  or even young  children, and occasionally met with in
quite old women.  Some persons and families are much more
subject to it  than others; those  subject to catarrhs,  and
of relaxed habit of body, being most liable.  The more
common  exciting causes are  difficult  or  tedious  labors,
the immoderate use  of the organs, late hours, abuse of tea, 
LEUC0RRH03A                  225
coffee  and  spices,  luxurious living, and sometimes the
neglect of proper bathings.  When it appears in children,
the cause is generally seat-worms, neglect of proper bath-
ings, or some  irritating matter or substance applied to the
parts.   This discharge is also most profuse just before and
after the menstrual  period, and during pregnancy.   It may
be  trifling or quite  profuse, and its character may  vary
as much as its quantity.  At the commencement it may be
only a slight increase of the  natural, healthy, transparent
mucus, but it gradually  becomes more  dense, thick and
gelatinous, or  it may become thin, milky, or acrid, at times
rendering the parts  sore or excoriated ; in many cases it
is yelloAvish and purulent;  or again it may be greenish
or  even a brownish  hue.   The  discharge  often  is  not
constant, but  irregular,  or by emissions.   At  first, and
while the discharge is trifling, the system seems to feel the
loss but slightly, but after a time the results begin to man-
ifest themselves by constant pain in  the back and loins;
aching in the hips;  bearing down or sense of weight Ioav in
the  abdomen;  pale  face;  coldness  of  the extremities;
despondency  or Ioav  spirits; loss  of appetite; rising  of
wind  or food; nervous  symptoms, neuralgy, and similar
consensual manifestations.   Leucorrhoea  should  always
demand attention.   On the first intimation of its approach,
the subject should  at once avoid  the exciting causes, and
apply the proper Specifics,  and thus arrest  in  the com-
mencement what might  otherwise become an  intolerable
burden, or the forerunner of some serious uterine affection.
Not unfrequently it is the symptom of some disease of the
uterus which  demands prompt and efficient  aid, and  the
commencement is the best time to arrest it.
  Treatment.—Persons  subject  to  this disease  should
carefully protect the feet and  lower abdomen from sudden
changes of temperature and colds, by wearing firm, sub-
stantial covering for the  feet, and  underclothing, avoid 
226             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
standing on the cold, wet ground, take moderate exercise
in the open air, avoid over-heated rooms, coffee,  exciting
drinks or highly-spiced  food, and should  take of  the
Specific No. Twelve, six pellets night and morning.  If
the bowels are also inclined  to constipation, the Specific
No. Ten, six  pills may be taken at night, and  the No.
Twelve morning and at noon.
  When  leucorrhoea exists in connection with too scanty,
infrequent or irregular menses, the Specific No. Eleven
deserves  a preference, and may be taken  six  pellets three
times per day.
  When  it exists in little girls or young children, a careful
examination should be made for the small pin worms Avhich
may sometimes be found lodged within the parts, and which
should be  removed by frequent bathings, and the child
treated for worms, by giving the Specific No. Two each morn-
ing and the Specific No. Twelve at night, two pellets at a
time.

PROLAPSUS  UTERI—FALLING  OF THE  WOMB.

  This is also a  very common complaint among women,
affecting in a greater or lesser  extent quite a proportion
of the sex.  Sometimes it is  only a passing  and compara-
tively trivial affection, coming on from some severe fatigue
or  over  exertion, and soon  passing off from rest and a
recumbent posture, while at others it is a constant and
chronic  affection, forbidding any considerable  effort, and
sometimes confining the  patient to her room.  The imme-
diate causes of the prolapsus are various, among which the
principal are :  Getting up too  soon after  confinement ;
results of over-lifting or over-straining, or  of falls;  very
severe coughs or vomitings; tight  lacing, and a more or
less relaxed habit of body, and added to this, a more or less
engorged or congested condition of the uterus itself.   It is 
FALLING OF THE  WOMB.
227
usually attended with a feeling of weight and heaviness low
down in the abdomen; lameness or pain in the back and
loins, dragging  in  the groins;  a benumbing  sensation
extending down  the  limbs; a sensation as if everything
would be pressed out while standing on the feet; a sensation
also of emptiness, faintness, or " goneness " at the pit of the
stomach; and often some difficulty  in  passing  Avater or
when at stool.  In some severe cases there is  difficulty
in rising to the feet,  and the patient must lean fonvard
and  support herself by placing her hands upon her thighs.
All these sufferings are aggravated by standing or walking,
and  disappear  or are  relieved by lying  down.   There is
also in many cases, a constant discharge of mucus from the
parts, often  unhealthy and abundant, and the monthly
period is generally too profuse, all of which contribute to
increase the  nervous debility, and exhaust the strength of
the patient.
  Treatment.—In many  instances, arid in  all  the less
aggravated cases, the use of medicines in the form of proper
Specifics will be sufficient  to remove  the difficulty, if the
patient  will  folloAV the treatment persistently, and avoid
the exciting  causes of the disease.  But there may be cases
so situated that mechanical aid in the form of some of the
various " pessaries " or  " supporters " is indispensable. But I
think we should never resort  to these until we have ex-
hausted other means, as once introduced, they may and most
likely will become a life-long companion.  When the symp-
toms are present, indicating a prolapsed condition, or those
above described, the Specifics No. Thirty-five and No.
Ten are the most efficient remedies and should be admin-
istered,  six  pellets of No. Thirty-five each morning, and
the  same of No. Ten  at night in all  the milder  cases.
When the symptoms are more severe and  decided, the pel-
lets may be dissolved  in  water and administered as often
as once in  four  hours, being at  the  same time careful  to 
228
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
give the patient all the rest and quiet possible.  When the
displacement is severe and decided, and especially when it
is the result of  a recent strain, overlifting or accident, the
patient should  lie down upon the  back with the limbs
drawn up and  endeavor to replace the organ, and then
maintain the position  until the organ has, in a degree, re-
sumed its position, and the pains and dragging sensation
has disappeared.
  When prolapsus occurs in connection with  chronic  leu-
corrhoea, the Specifics No. Ten and No. Twelve should be
administered, giving each morning and afternoon, six  pellets
of No. Twelve, and at each noon and at night the same
of No. Ten until this condition is radically removed.


                     HYSTERIA.

  Ladies between the ages of fifteen and thirty and more
especially the unmarried, are subject to attacks of hysteria,
which are in general connected with some anomalies in the
menstruation, and mostly  occur in connection with that
period.  The form and succession of symptoms are almost
innumerable, since there is scarcely a form of  disease that
hysteria has not been  known to similate.   The more fre-
quent symptoms, however, are those of anxiety, depression,
weeping; difficult or oppressed breathing;  palpitation or
nausea; sensation as if there was a ball in the throat, which
proceeds  from a  pain in  the left side; sometimes there is
twisting  or  turning of the body, rigid, stiff limbs  and
clenching of the teeth.  Then  there are  fits  of laughing,
crying, screaming, incoherent talking or frothing at the
mouth, or  hiccough.   Sometimes an attack  commences
with violent spasmodic pain in the back, which may extend
to the chest or stomach, with cold perspiration, pale, earthy
face and  weak, thread-like  pulse.  An attack lasts from a 
HYSTERIA.                   229
few minutes to several hours, and passes off with eructations,
sighing, sobbing, and a sense of soreness in the whole body.
It is quite common in some families and individuals, and it
may be excited by  sudden emotions. The predisposition
to it is increased by an inactive life, free use of stimulants,
or depressing mental condition.
  Treatment.—The predisposition  should be  overcome
by correcting any unhealthy or unusual  condition of the
menstrual function, and by an active, cheerful  life.  For
an  attack of hysteria  in  the more common form,  the
Specific No. Three, six pellets every half hour or hour,
will generally suffice.   If connected with scanty menstrua-
tion,  administer the Specific No. Eleven in  the same
manner.   If  there  are  attacks of cramps similating, or
actual convulsions, administer the  Specific No. Thirty-
three,  >ix pellets every hour until relieved.


         INFLAMMATION OF THE LABIA.

  An inflammation of the external organs of women occasion-
ally occurs, during which one of the labia becomes swelled,
hard, red and  painful  and sensitive to motion.   In some
cases a swelling and suppuration and discharge similar to that
of a boil  occurs, all of which is  very painful and tedious.
In some persons there have  been frequent  repetitions of the
same phenomenon.  It may be occasioned by the rupture of
the hymen, or from injury in  the newly married, or come
on  as a  consequence of tedious labors,  or in  other cases
from  some  morbid  condition of  the  system developing
itself in this direction.
  Treatment.—When it is the result of violence or injury
to the parts, the. Witch  Hazel, diluted one-half with
water, and applied to the part by a cloth saturated with the
lotion, will give very prompt  and decided relief, and the 
230
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
Specific No. One, six  pills  every two or three hours, may
also  be  taken upon the tongue, and continued  until the
heat, swelling and  pain  has subsided.  In cases where it
assumes the nature of a boil, and suppuration occurs or is
inevitable, the Specific No. Taventy-two may be given, six
pellets every four or six hours, until cured.   An occasional
dose will prevent a return.


                    PREGNANCY.

  This period may be  considered as perhaps the most im-
portant era in  the life of woman.   She is now no longer
acting  for  herself alone, but becomes invested with a new
and  serious responsibility, as upon her well or  ill  doing
during this period may depend the  future health and hap-
piness  of another, to whom she stands at once in the most
endearing  and  most responsible relation.  Experience, and
the ample records of the most careful observers have clearly
shown that the physical, mental, and even moral constitu-
tion of the future  being is  greatly modified, and in some
instances formed, by the condition of the mother during
this interesting period.  Keeping this in view, we shall en-
deavor to point out for mothers that general course of con-
duct which will be most likely to secure for themselves
ease and safety during the  approaching trial, and for the
offspring, that physical and  mental condition  which  will
best fit them for the  duties of life.  Should these slight
restrictions involve some self-denials or restraints, they will
be assured that they will be  more than repaid in  their own
welfare in  the  near future, and in  the  consciousness of
having so  truly contributed to the health and  happiness
of another.
   The most common  causes of weak and sickly offsprings
are : 111 health or constitutional taint of one or both parents;
very early or  very late marriages; too  great inequality 
PREGNANCY.
231
between  the ages of the parents;  errors in dress, diet, and
general habits of life; and finally powerful mental emotions.
  Fortunately, under the benign and yet potent influence
of our system of treatment, not only long standing diseases,
but  also  hereditary taints  may be entirely overcome and
eradicated, so that we have less to fear than formerly in re-
gard to their transmission to offspring.  And it may as well
be remarked here, that the intermarriage of relations or
members of the same family, always aggravates and perpetu-
ates any particular fault or vice of either parent, even though
in some  cases it may disappear  in one generation, only
to reappear in greater violence or strength in a succeeding
one, while by judicious intermarriage with  persons of op-
posite temperaments, the  fault or vice  is constantly found
to diminish.
  It is not advisable for women  in  this country to  enter
the marriage relation before  the twenty-first or twenty-
second year, though it  is undeniable that  many  have
become strong, healthy mothers, lived to old age, and have
reared large families of healthy children, avIio have married
at a much earlier age ; yet prior to this period, the organism
is rarely fully developed and confirmed, and those avIio marry
at sixteen or eighteen  years  of age, incur some hazard of
severe after suffering to  themselves, and of  giving birth to
weak and delicate children.  Not unfrequently the children
of very early marriages perish in infancy, or after contend-
ing Avith  the various diseases of infancy in continual deli-
cacy,  sink  into  a premature  grave.  Women  who marry
late  in life  incur  considerable personal risk, and  their
offspring  are rarely healthy.  The children of old  men,
though by a young  wife, are  often extremely delicate and
very susceptible to illness,  and not  unfrequently precede
their  father  to the grave, or linger but to  drag out a
miserable and wearisome existence.
  Pregnancy should not  be considered a state of disease, 
232             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
but as a natural function,  and one  in which nature has
taken great care to have as perfect in all its appointments,
and as  free from suffering as possible.  While pregnancy
runs its equable and uniform course, the expectant mother
enjoys an  almost complete exemption  from prevailing
epidemic, or even infectious diseases, and we likewise find
that during its  course chronic diseases are frequently sus-
pended  or modified.  With  the.  exception of  some slight
morning  sickness, or  other  trifling  uneasiness, a Avell
constituted organism should enjoy as  good health during
this period as at any other.  Thousands  pass  through it,
giving birth to healthy and vigorous children Avithout even
the most  trifling inconvenience   or  suffering.   Though
nature  has taken kind care to render this season as far
as possible exempt from disease on  the  part of  the mother,
and to  provide  for  the  health and welfare  of the future
being, yet  in many instances her  kind intentions are frus-
trated by the direct infraction of her  laws.  The expectant
mother should therefore bear in mind the duty of leading,
as far as possible, a regular and systematic course of life,
since its violation may fall  Avith  fearful severity upon  the
helpless infant.
   Air  and Exercise.—Preservation  and enjoyment  of
the highest health are dependent upon  nothing more than
the tAvo points  mentioned  above, yet, perhaps, in nothing
are there more frequent errors.  Neither air nor  exercise is
individually sufficient.  Those who, from habit or fashion,
merely take the air in their carriages, and shun the slight-
est physical exercise, either from  habits or from acquired
indolence, can scarcely expect  to  derive  the benefit which
 nature has annexed to the observation of her laws, in a course
 of pregnancy, free from  suffering, and the production of
 fully developed  and  healthy offspring.
   During  this period, therefore, passive or carriage exercise
 is not sufficient; on the contrary,  continual passive exercise 
PREGNANCY.
233
in a carriage has been founa particularly injurious during
and  towards the end  of the second  period of pregnancy,
and is frequently the cause of premature or abnormal births.
Exercise on horseback, even without taking  into  consid-
eration  the  risk of fright or accident to the rider, and the
fearful  consequences that may therefrom  result,  is still
more objectionable  for many reasons.  Walking, and that
frequently in  the  open air, only  meets  every indication,
as it not only brings the whole of the organic muscles into
play, and imparts tone  and  strength to them by  their
exercise, but likewise impart the increased vigor and energy
of the mother to her offspring.
   Another class, that of thrifty housewives, take a great deal
of exercise, but without corresponding benefit, as it is mostly
within  doors, and in many cases these women, either from
activity of temperament or the seeming necessities  of their
position, frequently over-fatigue themselves, rise  early, toil
constantly, retire late and frequently slumber unrefreshing-
ly, and in this manner undermine their organic  powers,
to their own permanent  loss and injury, and that  of their
offspring.
   There are still  others who not unfrequently injure their
health, or bring on a miscarriage  through excessive levity
and thoughtlessness, by unrestrained  indulgence in  active
exercise, running, romping,  riding on horseback, dancing,
etc.  Such  should remember that a miscarriage  once  or
twice induced is likely to return again upon the slightest
provocation, and that, when several  have taken place, the
greatest care and  skill are required, even if it be  possible
to enable  her to  attain her full time,  and that frequent
casualties  of this nature not unfrequently undermine the
constitution, or terminate in that serious and painful disease,
uterine cancer.
   The best exercise, therefore, for a person  during thia
period, is walking every day when the weather permits, in 
234             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
the open  air.  In  order  to prove beneficial  and not to
interfere with digestion, exercise should be  taken two or
three hours after a moderate meal, about midday, or in the
afternoon, except during hot  weather, when the morning
or the evening may be  preferred, taking care to avoid the
night damps by not remaining out too late.
  Clothing.—The dress of the expectant woman should
of course be suited to the season, and in passing from a warm
to a cold atmosphere, the throat  and neck  should be well
protected, to  avoid the  risk of  taking  cold.  But a point
of far greater importance is  the  adaptation of clothing to
her form, so as to preclude all  unnecessary pressure upon
any part of the frame calculated to interfere with the func-
tions  of those  important organs which are destined for
the birth and nourishment of the infant; tight  lacing,
therefore, at all times most objectionable, is peculiarly so at
this period,  inasmuch  as it  cramps the  natural action
of  the  body,  and bearing directly  upon  the abdominal
muscles, the  blood-vessels, the lymphatics, and the whole
intestinal  economy, produces  narrowness  of the  chest,
disturbed  circulation, aud induration  or  other derange-
ments  of  the liver, and  exercises a most baneful influence
upon  the breasts  and uterus.   We should  bear in mind
that pressure upon these organs during development takes
place in direct contravention of the operations  of nature.
Ladies  in their efforts  to preserve the elegance of their
shape during pregnancy, are little aware that the constrict-
ing force thus  exercised upon  the  abdominal muscles,
destroys their elasticity, prevents a proper retraction after
parturition, and  thus  proves one  of  the  most common
causes of permanent abdominal deformity.  Besides, to the
culpable vanity of their mothers in this and other respects,
many,  it is probable, owe their club-feet and  other mal-
formations ; and in addition to these evils, this practice not
unfrequently deranges  the  position  of the foetus, a  dis- 
PREGNANCY.
235
placement, which, in addition to the consequent  want of
energy in the muscles of the parts concerned, often results
in protracted and  dangerous labors.  Besides, this tight
lacing  is  liable  to produce a premature labor.  To tight
lacing  also may be attributed the  difficulty which  many
women  experience  in  suckling  their  children, from  the
incipient process required  for the subsequent secretion of
milk having been  interfered Avith  by the unnatural pres-
sure upon  the beautifully  constructed mechanism of  the
breasts.  From  this, also,  sometimes  arises cancers and
other affections  of the breast, and also the retraction and
diminution of the  nipple  from which the act of suckling
is rendered difficult, and in some  cases impossible.  Young
girls of seventeen or eighteen are frequently found with
pendulous  breasts,  owing  to  an artificial support having
usurped  the  office of muscles intended by nature for that
purpose, thus throwing them out of employment  Garters
too tightly bound are generally injurious, more particularly
to pregnant  females, as the  pressure thus exercised upon
the blood  vessels tends to  the  development  of  varicose
veins in the inferior extremities,  (to which the system is
already sufficiently predisposed,)  which thus, in many in-
stances, become painful and troublesome.
  Diet.—The greatest simplicity  should be observed in
regard to food.   The quantity should be such as to afford a
generous nutrition for  the  system, while an excess is preju-
dicial, causing dyspepsia and general uneasiness, and from
its  mechanical  effects  acting injuriously  upon the foetus,
which also shares in any derangements of the mother.
  The quality of her food is important; everything possess-
ing a medicinal  property should be avoided, and only that
selected which is simply nutritive.  Coffee  and green tea
should  be wholly  abandoned, and black tea in moder-
ation should be used if  any.  Wines, liquors, beer, or other
stimulating beverages  are  injurious.  Where women have 
236              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
been  long  accustomed  to  them, a little good  wine may
perhaps be taken daily, but the better rule is to avoid stim-
ulants of every kind altogether.
  Mental Employment and  General Habits.—While
the body should be maintained in a condition of health, the
mind also should  be kept in a state of serenity.   An  easy
cheerfulness of temper, and freedom  from oppressive care
and  anxiety, are  essential  to  the well-being  of the  un-
born infant.  It  is well settled, from repeated observation,
that the predominant feeling or tone of mind of the mother
has often cast its shade over the future mental organization
of the child, and this fact illustrates the importance of
keeping the mind properly occupied  during  this period,
and  that its meditations should be cheerful and free from
depressing influences and gloomy forebodings on the  one
hand, and the  levity, frivolity, and excitements of fashion-
able dissipation on the other.   Nothing can well be more
injurious to the  future physical  and mental well-being
of the child, than a round of giddy dissipation, late hours,
and  fashionable  excitement, in  connection with physical
indolence and inactivity.
  Influence  of External Objects upon the Unborn
Infant.—" The effect of any unpleasant or unsightly object
upon the imagination of the mother, and the transmission
of  that  effect  to the  offspring, as manifested in vari-
ous mental or physical peculiarities after birth, is a theory
as old as tradition.  Without  entering into the various
arguments both for and against it, we simply advise expect-
ant women to keep as much as possible out of the way of
such  objects, and to preserve body and mind in a state of
health, which will lessen  the fear of being affected by such
occurrences, and endeavor to direct the attention as much
as possible to pleasing subjects, as  it must  be evident that
brooding over  such unpleasant  impressions  can scarcely
fail of being both physically and mentally injurious." 
MENTAL EM0TI0N8,
237
   Mental  Emotions,  Despondency.—In  some  cases,
 and especially with  delicate, sensitive ladies, and  more
 commonly with first children, there is  a great desponding
 of mind, dread of the future, and fear of approaching death.
 Some women, who in general have a fine flow of spirits, are
 particularly depressed and  gloomy during  this period, and
 with  others  there is  this  depression during  the period of
 nursing.  When it occurs early during  gestation, it usually
 passes off before delivery, and is in no case to be considered
 as  an unfavorable  indication, and is  in  general without
 injury to the physical health.
   Treatment.—Our  method of treatment will do much to
 remove  or mitigate it.  When this condition is attended
 with some febrile movement, fullness of the head, or heat
 of the hands, the Specific  No. One, six pellets taken dry
 on  the  tongue morning and at night, will be sufficient to
 remove it. When it is attended.with morning sickness, the
 Specific  No. Ten  may  be taken at  night, and the No.
 Twenty-nine,  six  pellets in the  morning, will  afford
 relief to both affections.   When there is excessive dejection
 and great lassitude, the  No. Thirty-five may be  given,
 six pellets at a time,  three times per day.  These remedies
 will usually be found quite  adequate for the removal of any
 difficulties of this nature.

     MENSTRUATION DURING  PREGNANCY.

  Usually, with the commencement of pregnancy, menstru-
 ation ceases.   In some cases, however, it  may continue in
 some degree during the  period  of gestation, especially the
 first two or three months.  It should not be considered as
 a disease, strictly speaking, yet it is one of those abnormal
conditions which require attention, and  should be remedied
at the earliest moment.
  Treatment.— six pellets of the Specific No. Ten, taken 
238             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
at night, and the same quantity of No. Thirty-five each
morning, will, in general, arrest the discharge.  Should the
discharge  be attended with cramps, pain, or bearing down,
the Specific No. Thirty-one should be taken in preference,
six pellets every two, three or four hours, according to the
urgency of the case, until relieved.  Should  the discharge
again appear the subsequent month, the same treatment
should be pursued, and so continue so long as is required.

               MORNING  SICKNESS.

  Nausea, vomiting, heartburn, constituting what is usually
termed morning sickness, is one of the frequent and annoy-
ing accompaniments of  pregnancy.  In  some cases these
symptoms appear immediately, or soon  after conception,
but in most cases  at about the sixth week.  The most
decided symptoms occur  in the morning soon after rising,
though in many cases they continue all  through the day
and are quite marked in the afternoon.  The usual symp-
toms are nausea, qualmishness, then vomiting; sometimes
only a  single retching, at others severe and oft-repeated
vomitings, with constant loss of appetite, and heartburn.
In general these symptoms disappear soon after quickening,
about the fourth month, but  in others  they attend and
annoy  during the entire period.   In some cases  these
symptoms form but a trifling  annoyance, scarcely notice-
able, at  others they form a  most distressing and painful
attendant  of  this interesting  period.  In  some cases the
suffering  has been so terrible, and the  remedies of old
school  medicine  so  fruitless, that premature delivery has
been resorted to.   Our treatment, fortunately, contemplates
no such serious  alternatives, as in general, all the serious
symptoms, and even the inconveniences of the period  are
promptly relieved.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. Twenty-nine is very 
CONSTIPATION
239
generally efficient.  Take  six  pellets dry on the tongue at
night on  retiring, and in the morning before  rising, and
again at mid-day if needful.  In  some severe cases it may
be better to dissolve six or eight pellets in  as many spoon-
fuls  of  water, and of  this take a spoonful every tAvo hours
during  the waking hours.  In  some extreme  cases, when
the nausea and vomiting is excessive, the Specific No. Six
may be  taken in  the  same manner as above indicated.  If
constipation, No. Ten at night and the No. Twenty-nine
in the morning, six pellets.

                  CONSTIPATION.

  Constipation, more  or less marked, is  a very common
attendant of pregnancy.  If persons are habitually of con-
stipated habit, it becomes more decided during this period.
Much may be done to obviate this difficulty by active exer-
cise  in the open air,  avoiding indigestible  food, coffee, or
other stimulating liquids, and  by  using such  articles of
food as are of a relaxing nature.  Should medicine be re-
quired, the use of the Specific  No. Ten, six  pellets dis-
solved  in water  and  taken night and morning,  will be
found sufficient.  In some cases the Specific No. Twenty-
nine, six pellets at night, and the No. Ten in the morn-
ing,  will  answer the purpose  better.   Enemas of  tepid
water may be resorted to if necessary.

                     DIARRHOEA.

  In some cases, diarrhoea more or less decided, or in  occa-
sional attacks, occurs  during pregnancy, and especially in
the  latter  stages, should  demand  attention.  The usual
remedies for  this disease, as mentioned in the chapter on
that subject,  will be found  efficient.  Generally a few
doses of the  Specific No. Four,  six pellets taken dry, and 
240
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
repeated after every stool, will be sufficient  to  arrest the
difficulty.  If the discharges are very loose and watery, the
Specific No. Six may be more appropriate.

                      DYSURIA.

  Difficulty in passing the water is not of unfrequent occur-
rence with pregnant women.  It is attended with frequent
inclination to pass water, accompanied with smarting, scald-
ing, or burning, or there may be frequent urging with only
scanty, painful discharge, approaching strangury.  It will
be promptly remedied by taking the Specific No. Thirty,
six pellets  at  a time,  and repeated every two  or  three
hours, until relieved.  No. Eleven  is sometimes equally
serviceable.

            FAINTING AND  HYSTERIA.

  Delicate,  sensitive, or nervous  women,  are sometimes
attacked with  turns of fainting  during pregnancy.   They
are generally without  serious annoyance, and  pass  over
readily.   Plenty of exercise in the  open air, and attention
to proper rules  of diet and regimen, are the best  prevent-
atives against this affection;  but in cases where these prove
insufficient, we should endeavor to  ascertain  and remove
the cause.  Tight lacing, Avarm rooms, the free use of coffee
or other stimulants  may be the exciting cause, and their
simple removal will  prove efficient.  Should an attack not
inmediately pass off, loosening the dress, removal to the
fresh  air, and  sprinkling the face  with cold water, are the
most  judicious  means   of  revival.    The  Specific No.
Three will at once quiet the  nervous excitability of the
system, and may be given in portions of six pellets, repeat-
ed hourly, if occasion requires.   To prevent the recurrence
of similar attacks, especially if the  patient be of full  or 
TOOTHACHE.                   241
plethoric habit, the Specific No. Thirty-five may be given,
six pellets night and morning.  These remedies will rarely
fail to afford the desired relief.

                     TOOTHACHE.

  This  is a very frequent and annoying affection in the
earlier months of pregnancy, and is sometimes  one of its
earliest indications.   It is generally due to some constitu-
tional taint in the system, and is brought into activity in
this direction by the new action set up in the organization.
It deserves  attention, not only as a relief from the annoy-
ance of suffering, but as a means  of repressing the original
dyscrasia of the system, and  thus preventing even more
serious  manifestations.   It  is  very injudicious  for ladies
under such circumstances, to hasten to  a dentist and have
one or several sound teeth extracted, to relieve what is simply
a neurosis, excited by the transient condition of the  system.
It frequently  occurs in  sound  teeth,  and when  one or
more  is  extracted, may readily appear or seem to attack
others, so  that the loss  of  the teeth, and the suffering of
having them extracted, may fail to relieve the pain.  A little
patience, and the use of the appropriate medicines, will not
only relieve  the pain and suffering, but also save the teeth.
  Treatment.—As  the  affection is constitutional, quite a
number of remedies may be appropriate, and merely local ap-
plications are often inefficient; nevertheless, when teeth have
extensive cavities, filling  them  with cotton-wool saturated
with               Witch Hazel, or holding a spoonful
in the mouth, on the side where  the tooth is, and wetting
a cloth in the same and binding it on the face, are use-
ful palliatives and often efficient in allaying the pain.
  The Specific No. Eight may be first tried, six  pellets
dry, and administered every hour.  Should  relief  not be
afforded in  some  hours, give  Specific No. Three  in the
             16 
242              HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
same manner.  Should  there be throbbing in the teeth or
face, No. One will be efficient.  In very sensitive, nervous
subjects, Specific No. Eleven has proved promptly curative.
In  full blooded,  plethoric subjects,  Specific  No. Thirty-
five  has often cured.  These remedies, or even others may
be used in succession, or even in alternation, with success.

                  SWELLED FACE.

  Swelled face—tumefaction of the cheek—may  arise from
different causes.  It  is not unfrequently a result of tooth-
ache, the cheek beginning to SAvell as the pain in the teeth
subsides.  In this case it generally subsides by merely con-
tinuing the remedy which  has been used to relieve the
toothache.  In  other cases, binding up  the  face  with  a
compress  wet  with  Witch Hazel,   and the use  of
Specifics No. One and No. Eleven,  given in doses of six
pellets,  and repeated every two hours in alternation, will
prove efficient


           VARICES—SWELLED VEINS.

  It not unfrequently occurs in  the   later months  of
gestation, that  some women suffer  from distention  and
enlargement of the  veins of the thighs, lower  abdomen,
and of  other parts.  The veins in these situations become
enlarged, blue and turgid, inducing  sometimes  pain  and
much inconvenience.  They are in part occasioned by the
pressure of the gravid  uterus upon the blood vessels, thus
obstructing the circulation, and in part from constitutional
weakness  of the individual, reflected upon  the  venous
circulation. Unless relieved, the varices are liable to remain
even after the  occasioning cause has disappeared, and  to
give serious inconvenience in after  life.   They are much
increased by the  use of stimulants,  which should, under 
MISCARRIAGE.
243
such  circumstances,  be  avoided, as well as  an indolent
habit of life.
  Treatment.—A reasonable amount  of  exercise should
be enjoined, and the  parts affected should be bathed morn-
ing and night  with Witch   Hazel.  Half a teaspoonful
of  the   Witch Hazel   should  be  taken  internally
three times per  day.  See also the treatment  of Varicose
Veins.


PAINS  IN  THE  BACK—LUMBO-SACRAL  PAINS.

  Some women  suffer during  pregnancy from pains in the
lower part of the back, sometimes proving quite distressing,
especially when  they occur at night, and thereby  disturb
sleep.  They are generally described as an aching, or a dull,
heavy, dragging  pressure, as if from a weight  resting upon
the affected part. They will  usually be relieved by the use
of  the  Specific  No.  Fifteen,  six pellets  three  or  four
times per day.  Sometimes they are associated with Piles,
in which case the Specific No. Seventeen may prove the
more efficient remedy, and may be given as above, or may
even be given in  alternation with the No. Fifteen.  Usually
six pellets of  No. Ten at night, and of No. Fifteen each
morning, will  afford satisfactory relief.


                   MISCARRIAGE.

  Miscarriage may occur at  any period between the first
and seventh month, but in the large proportion of cases, it
occurs about the third or beginning  of  the fourth month.
When it takes place  before or about this period,  it is fre-
quently attended with but comparatively little pain  or dan-
ger, yet frequent miscarriages at this period, from the great
discharges that take place, tend to undermine the strength 
244
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
and constitution  of the patient, and not unfrequently pro-
duce  as  a  result,  barrenness  or severe chronic  disease.
When miscarriage  occurs  at a more advanced period, it
assumes a very serious complexion, and  is often attended
with a considerable degree of peril to the sufferer.  Women
who have once suffered from the occurrence of a miscarriage,
are exceedingly liable to its recurrence, and this liability is
increased with  every  subsequent miscarriage, so that in a
comparatively short period, a condition  is induced which
renders it  exceedingly difficult for  the womb  to retain
the foetus up to the  full term, resulting in a very intractable
form of sterility.
  The premonitory and accompanying symptoms of mis-
carriage vary much  in their nature; sometimes a discharge
of blood occurs which is very profuse, and at others moder-
ate or even inconsiderable; the pains in some instances are
severe and protracted, and at others comparatively slight
and of short duration.
  Sudden  mental  emotions, or  great physical exertion,
mechanical injuries, such as  shocks, blows, or falls, a luxu-
rious  mode  of  life,  fashionable  habits or  dissipations,
powerful aperients,  neglecting to take air or  exercise,  are
some of the more common  exciting causes of the affection,
and to this  should  be added, that  the predisposition  is
strong in the highly plethoric, and  those of delicate and
nervous habits.   An abnormal  condition of the  system is
doubtless the predisposing cause.
  Miscarriage is generally attended by the majority of the
following  symptoms:  A  sensation of chill,  followed by
fever, with more or less bearing down,  particularly when
occuring late in pregnancy; also severe pains in the abdomen,
drawing or cutting pains in the loins, or pains often bearing
a close resemblance to  those of labor; discharge of viscid
mucus and blood, sometimes  of bright red blood, not unfre-
quently mixed  with  coagula,  at other  times dark  and 
MISCARRIAGE.
245
clotted blood, followed by emissions of serous fluid.  The
miscarriage generally occurs during this discharge, which
occasionally continues, if not checked, to  flow for some
hours, often placing the sufferer in considerable jeopardy.
When the  pains increase in intensity, and the muscular
contractions  become established with their regular throes
and efforts to dilate the mouth  of the womb, miscarriage is
almost inevitable.
  Treatment.—In  cases where a  woman has had one or
more miscarriages, it is evident that a predisposition to this
accident exists, and  more than usual care should be exer-
cised to prevent a similar result, and such persons should
especially avoid all  the exciting causes  which have been
above mentioned.  But  beside these  prudential considera-
tions in habits, labor and exercise,  proper medicine may be
taken to allay  or remove that morbid  irritability of the
uterus,  which lays at the foundation  of the difficulty.   To
this end the Specific No. Eleven, simply six  pellets taken
every other,night, and continued along  during the period
mentioned, from  the second  to the fourth  month, will
prove efficacious.  Sometimes the occasional use of Sabina,
sixth  dilution, or  of  Secale,   same dilution,  given  at
intervals of six or eight days, will produce  a similar result.
   When the symptoms indicating an impending miscarriage
have made their appearance, such as: A slight show, sensation
of dull, heavy pressure in the back or loins, pains in the lower
abdomen,  bearing down or dragging, the patient should
at once retire to  her room, assume the recumbent posture,
or in some cases go to bed and  sleep Avith but slight cover-
ing ; the apartment should  be kept cool, and every method
be  employed to ensure perfect tranquillity of mind.  The
diet  should be  light, and  warm or stimulating  drinks
be  generally avoided.  If the misfortune has proved  una-
voidable, or has accidentally taken place before  assistance haa
been sought, the patient ought still to remain quiet a few 
246
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
days, lest a fresh discharge should be brought on from too
early getting up or going about.  When the first symptoms
mentioned  above are perceived,  six pellets of Specific No.
Eleven should be taken dry on the tongue, and perfect
rest and quiet enjoined.  If not  better  in  an  hour, take
the same quantity of Specific No. Three,  and continue
these  two medicines in alternation, at intervals of one, two
or three  hours, according to circumstances,  always taking
care to diminish the frequency of doses as the symptoms
diminish or disappear.
  Should the miscarriage have occurred, or become inevita-
ble from the great loss of blood, six pellets of Specific No.
Twenty-four, given every half, or  even  every quarter of
an hour, will  be among the best means to arrest the  flow,
and relieve the faintness, exhaustion, and  debility in con-
sequence of  the  hemorrhage.   The  same medicine,  No.
Taventy-four, given four  times per day, best relieves the
exhaustion  and  debility resulting  from  such hemorrhage
or accident.  In  extreme cases,  Avhen the excessive hem-
orrhage, occurring at later  periods of pregnancy, produce
faintness, great  exhaustion, or  threaten  life  from  their
excess or long continuance, the  use  of  The Marvel
half a teaspoonful, repeated every half hour at first,  and
then  every one or two hours,  according to circumstances,
acts like magic, arrests the frightful flow, and  recalls the
waning spark.

      TREATMENT BEFORE PARTURITION.

  Preparation of  the Breasts.—Young mothers  fre-
quently find  great  difficulty in suckling their children,
resulting from  some organic defect, or imperfect develop-
ment  of the  nipple.   In  many instances  the structure of
the breasts is disorganized, from an ignorant nurse having
compressed them in infancy, under the idea of such a pro- 
PARTURITION.                  247
cess being needful for the expulsion of some matter in the
breast of the child, a vulgar error, against which mothers
should be particularly watchful.  Inability to nurse is also
liable to  occur  from the pressure of  stays in after life, by
which the cuticle is rendered so tender as to preclude nurs-
ing.  In almost every case  a preparation  of the breasts is
necessary some weeks before delivery, in order to prepare
them for their future office.
   The first two instances, organic defect or an undeveloped
nipple, may be beyond the power of art.  If suckling be at-
tempted, induration of the nipple  and  mamma  ensues,
attended with  severe  suffering.  If, however,  a  simple
tenderness of the epidermis exists, the evil will be much
alleviated by bathing the nipples in  brandy each morning
and night  for  several weeks  before  delivery.  Another
difficulty frequently accompanying this state, is a shortness
or retraction of the nipple, so  that the infant cannot  take
hold of it, which also is frequently a cause of the first, from
the frequent ineffectual  efforts of the  infant to suck, injur-
ing the part  In this case, appropriate shields of rubber or
wood may be applied, to  accustom the nipple to elongate
and protrude,  so  as to present  a  sufficient hold  for the
infant when the period for suckling arrives, and then the
efforts of the child will still further contribute to the same
object.   In this case  also, bathing as before  mentioned, with
brandy, will tend to correct  any tenderness of the skin, and
prevent subsequent excoriation.
  Remedies Before  Labor.—Many things have  been
recommended before labor, and among  them blood-letting
and aperient medicines,  Avith  a view  of preparing  the
system for the important function.   But better judgment
and experience has discarded  them as being in no  wise
necessary, but  often injurious,  tending  to  impair  the
energies  of the system, and to place the system in an abnor-
mal state of irritation and excitement.  Where an evidently 
248             homeopathic mentor.

plethoric state exists, with fullness of the head  and person
generally, six pellets of Specific No. One, repeated daily,
or even more frequently if the occasion demands, will be
found fully sufficient for the purpose, and will serve a far
better purpose than bleeding or aperients.
  A movement of the bowels previous to delivery is desira-
ble, and may be obtained by a simple enema of warm water,
to which  may be added, if the simple warm water should
prove insufficient,  a  large spoonful  of oil,  in a  second
enema.
  False Pains.—In  some cases real labor is preceded for
a few hours,  and indeed  in  others  several days  or even
weeks, by what are known as false pains.  They  are  the
result of congestion of the organs involved, and  result from
errors in  regimen, emotions of the mind, effects of a chill
in the abdomen, or other exciting causes. They differ chief-
ly from  labor pains, in the irregularity of their recurrence,
in being unconnected toith uterine contractions, are chiefly
confined to the abdomen, toith sensibility to touch and move-
ment, and in not increasing  in intensity as they return-
Occasionally, from  their close resemblance, it is quite diffi-
cult to  discriminate betAveen  them  and real labor pains,
and  in  such  instances we must  be  guided chiefly by the
period  of gestation, and  our proper  and  safe  mode is to
endeavor  to control them, if they occur at a period some
week or two  before the  proper time for  labor, and miti-
gate the sufferings of the patient, as, if they are permitted
to go on unchecked, they may continue  until the time
of delivery, rendering the labor more painful, exhausting,
and  tedious.   Proper medication  will,  in  general, either
arrest them, or convert them into true labor pains.
  Treatment.—Generally  a few  doses of  Specific No.
One, six  pellets, repeated at intervals of one or two hours,
will  be  found sufficient.   Should, however, the result not
be  satisfactory,  administer  Specific  No. Eleven  in  the 
tedious  labors.                249
 same manner, or give the Specific No. Three, if the patient
 should be very nervous or excitable.


                    PARTURITION.

   Natural labor takes place at the end of the ninth month
 of pregnancy, or two hundred  and seventy days from the
 period of conception.  Counting six weeks to the usual ap-
 pearance of morning sickness, and four months to the period
 of quickening, and nine months from the last menstruation,
 the  period of labor may be looked  for with tolerable cer-
 tainty.   The pains accompanying uterine  contractions are
 regular and effective, and  the  entire process does not con-
 tinue beyond twenty-four hours,  rarely above twelve, and
 quite frequently not longer than four or six.   Were it not
 that acquired habits  often  derange  or  distort  the natural
 and symmetrical provisions of nature, habits that weaken
 and enervate, and customs  that distort and derange, either
 acquired or transmitted, parturition would be comparatively
 free from pain and almost free from danger.


                  TEDIOUS LABORS.

   When labor is protracted  beyond the  period  above
 mentioned,  or is  attended with  an excessive degree  of
 suffering, which  is the  more  liable to occur when the
 woman  is of slender form, and of highly nervous and sensi-
 tive habit, it is proper to  avail ourselves of  all the  resources
 of art, to mitigate her sufferings.
   Thus, if the pains seem to be  ineffective, the face red and
 flushed, and the patient distressed,  out of proportion to the
effectiveness of the pains, give  six  pellets of the Specific
No. One, and repeat it in an hour if not relieved.
  If the pains are what  are called wrangling, in the abdo- 
250
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
 men or lower extremities, and not from the back, drawing
 down forward, give the No. Eleven in the same manner.
   If the patient is very nervous, excitable, and the  pains
 slight  or inefficient, even with some tendency to cramps of
 the extremities,  give the Specific No. Three, six pellets
 every half hour, and repeat it until these symptoms yield,
 and the pains become strong and expulsive.

           CRAMPS  AND CONVULSIONS.

   In  complicated labors we sometimes have  spasmodic
 pains as indicated above,  which  do but  little  towards
 advancing  the labor, and  in  rare  cases, severe cramps, or
 even convulsions.  These accidents are of  serious import,
 and  should be carefully guarded  against, in  cases where
 their indications exist.  The Specific No. Three should be
 given,  6ix  pellets dry on  the tongue, and  repeated every
 half hour,  or hour, so  long  as extreme nervousness and
 excitability of the patient  continues.  Should this prove
 ineffective, and the excitement of the  patient still continue,
 notwithstanding  its use, and  the very essential procedure
 of keeping  the room quiet, and exciting persons or things
 as far removed as possible, or  in case actual cramps or con-
vulsions have supervened, give  the Specific No. Thirty-
three, six pellets at once, and  repeat it every hour until
the danger is  removed.


        TREATMENT  AFTER  DELIVERY.

  Immediately after delivery, and  the proper  adjustment
of the bed, the woman should be left to the  undisturbed
rest and repose which are the great restoratives of nature.
Everything which tends  to excite the patient—noise, light,
 talking, or excitement of any kind—should be avoided, and
the patient be quietly allowed to rest for some hours; yet it 
AFTER TREATMENT.
251
 is commendable to see that the discharges are not excessive,
 and that the pulse is not sinking.  An hour or two of good
 quiet  rest will do more to restore, than tea, stimulants, or
 food at this time.   Should the patient be kept from sleeping,
 from excitement, give six  pellets of Specific No. Three,
 Avhich will soon  allay it, and  serve  also to stimulate the
 natural  contractions of the  womb.   In the event of too
 profuse discharge, or even  flooding, the No. Three may be
 given,  six pellets every  half hour,  or  should  there be
 faintness, or very profuse flow, a half teaspoonful of Witch
 Hazel   may at  once be resorted  to, and  repeated every
 half hour until it is controlled.
   The  patient should  mostly keep her bed  for the  first
 eight days; after four or six days, if she feels strong and so
 desires, she may be permitted to sit up a short period daily,
 to have  her bed made and aired.  It is important for the
 womb to reduce  itself  and  recover its natural position;
 that the woman be kept at rest, and in a recumbent pos-
 ture for the eight or fourteen  days, and careful attention to
 this advice will  prevent much of infirmity, debility,  and
 after disease.  The diet should be of light and easily-digest-
 ed food,  avoiding all stimulants or exciting beverages, and
 being  guided in  quantity by  the desires of the patient,
 bearing in mind that for the first few days, nature calls for
 but  little nourishment, and that  if given Avhen the patient
 does not desire it, it will be more liable to be injurious then
 beneficial.  All stimulating or very  nutritious food must
 be avoided the first few days.
  For the constipation, which  is  the  natural result of
 delivery, nothing  should be done at first, as it is altogether
 a proper and  salutary condition, time being required for
 the organs to regain their natural tone and position, Avhich
 should not be interfered with by aperients.  If after four
or six  days the bowels should not move spontaneously, an
injection of warm water may  be administered, and assisted 
252              homeopathic mentor.
 by six pellets of Specific No. Ten, given at night, and
 these may be repeated, if necessaiy, until natural evacuations
 are established.
   Suppressed or Scanty Secretion of Milk.—It is of
 importance that the processes of nature follow  in proper
 order, and  with due  regularity, and hence, it is  proper  to
 correct, so  far  as  in  our power,  any important  deviation.
 Sometimes the  proper  secretion  of milk is  prevented by
 undue heat, distention, excessive  or undue vitality of the
 breasts.  In such cases, a few doses of Specific  No.  One,
 six  pellets given at intervals of four hours, will allay the
 heat and distention,  and the secretion will  proceed  with
 regularity.   If, however, the secretion  seems  to fail from a
 want  of secretory power in the  gland itself, the use  of
 Specific No. Eleven, given in like  manner, will promote
 the natural flow.

                    MILK FEVER.

  The secretion of milk in considerable quantities is often
preceded or accompanied with a general febrile movement
of the system, which  is known by the term of milk fever.
It is known by thirst, slight shivering  and heat, termina-
ting in mild  perspiration; the pulse  is quickened, and
sometimes variable; at times frequent, or soft and regular.
 Sometimes  there is drawing pain  in  the back, extending to
the breast,  bad taste  in  the  mouth, oppressed respiration,
anxiety and headache, the exacerbation comes on towards
evenitig, with perspiration toAvards morning, and temporary
relief  or termination  of  the attack, which not unfrequently
returns the following day, but rarely rises  to such a hight
as to indicate danger.  Nature herself, if not disturbed by
injudicious treatment, in most cases restores the proper equi-
librium.  When the milk secretion is established, and the
lochial discharge resumes its wonted course, the derange- 
DIARRHC3A.
253
 ment generally ceases.  Should,  however, the affection be-
 come established, we may apprehend the setting in of puer-
 peral fever.
   The indications aUve mentioned call for the Specific No.
 One, which may best  be giA'en by dissolving twelve  pellets
 in six spoonfuls of water, of which one may be given every
 hour at first, and then at intervals of two hours, until the
 fever  quite  disappears,  and  the  normal  secretions are
 established.


               LOCHIAL DISCHARGE.

   This discharge continues, usually, from nine to fourteen
 days, but varies considerably in different women, sometimes
 being but slight, at others, copious and continuing for a
 long time.  Its deviations require attention.   If it becomes
 suppressed, or thin, pale, and prematurely scanty, Specific
 No.  Eleven should be given, six   pellets  every two or
 three hours.  If pain  and  fever attend the diminution or
 suppression, No. One should be given in water, six pellets
 every hour, until this condition is removed.  If it is too free,
 or remains full or  high-colored  after nine days,  Specific
 No.  Twenty-four should be given,  six  pellets  three
 times per day.


       DIARRHCEA DURING CONFINEMENT.

  Diarrhoea at this period may be considered  as exceedingly
prejudicial, and always demands attention.   It will usually
be removed by the use  of Specific No. Four, of which four
pellets may be taken after every stool.   Thus the frequency  I
of the stools will be the measure of  the frequency of  the  I
doses.  Of course  the  diet should be  so regulated  as to  i
remove any occasioning cause in that source.  See Diarrhcea. 
254
HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
           FALLING OUT OF THE HAIR.

   Not unfrequently, and especially in feeble  or debilitated
 constitutions, the hair falls out, during or soon  after the
 period of confinement.  If the patient has become debilitat-
 ed in consequence of flooding, or the  excessive drains upon
 the system, the evil will be corrected by the use of Specific
 No. Twenty-four, taking  six  pellets three  times per day.
 If the cause is not so apparent, and must be sought for in
 some inherent  delicacy of the constitution, the use of Spe-
 cifics No. Thirty-five,  and No.  Twenty-nine, giving
 six  pellets of  the  former in the morning, and the latter at
 nigat.  Care should be  taken in dressing the hair during
 this  condition  of the scalp, not to comb or brush it too
 harshly, as you may thus pull out  large quantities of hair
 that a more appropriate management would have preserved.


      LEUCORRHCEA AFTER PARTURITION.

   This  appears  to  be at first  only an  extension of  the
ratural  discharges  in consequence of  the  relaxation  of
the uterine economy, at the beginning mild and inocuous,
but gradually assuming an acrid or morbid condition, pro-
ducing sensibility and  excoriation.  It  is  sometimes very
obstinate and  often troublesome.  Specifics  No.  Twelve
and Eleven are the proper remedies.  Give of the first,
six  pellets morning and night for a week.  If  not con-
trolled, give  No. Eleven in  the same  manner.  When it
depends  upon  a scrofulous  taint in the system,  the No.
Twenty-two will be useful.  Injections of Witch  Hazel
and water, in the proportion of one part of the same and
two parts o£ water, administered  morning and night, are of
the utmost possible value  in arresting  such  discharges,
stimulating contractions,  and giving tone and vigor to the
organs. 
MITRIT1S.
255
    INTERNAL  SWELLING AND PROLAPSUS.

   A swelling of interior organs is frequently the result of
difficult labor, and is often found complicated Avith uterine
or vaginal prolapsus.  The use of  Witch Hazel exter-
nally as a lavement, and as an injection prepared as above,
one  part of the same to two of Avater, is sovereign in all
similar cases, and  may be administered two or three times
per day.  At the same time, Specific No. Thirty-five, six
pellets, may be given three times per day.


   INFLAMMATION OF THE WOMB—MITRITIS.

   The more constant symptoms of this very serious affection,
are: Fever,  pain, continuous  burning  or  shooting in the
lower abdominal  region, accompanied with a sensation  of
weight; soreness  or tenderness  of that region on pressure
or movement.  The  abdomen becomes hot, and gradually
tumefied, the secretion of lochia and milk diminished or
arrested, likewise the urine and feces.  It is usually caused
by severe,  unnatural  or  protracted labors, or  by harsh
manual  interference  during labor, or may result  from
retained placenta or clots, or mental emotions, chill, etc.
In a  less active form, it  may occur in Avomen who have
never  borne children, as the  result of  chill, cold feet,
inflammation of neighboring organs, external injuries, etc.
  The Specific No.  One should be given, twelve pellets
dissolved in six large spoonfuls of water, of which one
should be given every hour, and this medication continued
with  entire  rest and quiet until the power of the disease is
broken, and the normal discharges re-established. 
256
HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
         EXCORIATION  OF  THE NIPPLES.

   If the  nipples have  been properly  prepared for their
office by frequent bathing with brandy, Witch Hazel,
or other hardening preparations, there will be less liability of
excoriation; nevertheless, it sometimes appears, notwith-
standing, owing  to  some  dyscrasia of  the  system.  The
nipples   become  sore, excoriated or cracked, and  bleed,
and  are  exquisitely painful at every attempt of the child
to nurse.
   Treatment.—From the  first, after  every  nursing, the
nipples should be carefully moistened with Witch Ha-
zel, diluted one half with water, and, after being thus
thoroughly moistened, should be carefully dried with a soft
cloth or fine  lint, and this process should be  constantly
repeated  after nursing.  In  some cases a soft rubber  shield
can  be  worn  to advantage, but to be  effective, it must fit
nicely, and  be worn easily.  Internally,  the  Specific No.
Three should be given,  six pellets three times per day, to
remove any constitutional impediment  to the healing.   In
cases where these remedies  remain  ineffectual, resort may
be had to a dose of six pellets of Specific No. Twenty-two,
at night, while the  No. Three is given morning  and at
noon, and so continue for some days.

INFLAMMATION OF THE BREASTS—GATHERED
                      BREAST.

  A  very formidable and painful affection is what is known
as ague in the breast, or gathered breasts.  It commences
with a chill, to which some degree of fever is soon associat-
ed, and the breast, or some portion of it becomes tumefied,
swelled, sensitive and painful, with an  erysipelatous swel-
ling  and redness extending over some portion of the
surface.   In case  the  inflammation  is not  early arrested, 
gathered  breast.               257
suppuration takes place, the swelling points, and the abscess
must be opened and pus discharged, or it will of itself open,
causing a much  more extensive disorganization and  dis-
charge, and  a disfiguring cicatrix.
  Treatment.—Specific No. One should  be given at once?
twelve pellets dissolved in  six dessert spoonfuls  of water,
and of this a large spoonful should be given every hour
for the first twelve hours, and then every two hours, until
the inflammation subsides.  Advantage will also be  derived
from the application of a  cloth, several folds of which have
been saturated with Witch  Hazel, and applied well
over the part or breast, and the whole covered with  flannel,
so as to protect the clothing and person from moisture,  and
the application  may be removed as oftenasitgetshotor  dry.
  If the inflammation has  progressed so far that suppura-
tion cannot be  arrested, or has already taken  place,  the use
of Specific No.  Taventy-two, six pellets every three hours,
will be the best medicine to promote that object, and at the
same time to limit its  extension.  It is  likeAvise the best
medicine  to limit  the suppurative  process,  and heal  the
wound after the abscess has been opened.


   WEAKNESS   OR  PERSPIRATION  DURING
                   CONFINEMENT.

  Sometimes there remains an excessive degree of debility
after  delivery, continuing several weeks beyond the usual
period, and in consequence the patient sweats easily  during
any effort, or on  going to sleep.  This condition of weak-
ness, indicating an exhausted or enfeebled vitality, is best
met by Specific No. Twenty-four, of which  six  pellets
may be given dry, four  times per day, with advantage, or
simply at night, six pellets, if there  is merely too free per-
spiration at night, or on sleeping.
          17 
258             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
            TREATMENT OF INFANTS.

  Homeopathy possesses many advantages in the treatment
of the diseases of children and infants.  The first manifes-
tations of morbid action are  thus  met in their formative
stage, and not only are they crushed in the bud, but the
tendency thereto  is eradicated from the system.  Constitu-
tional  tendencies to disease are  thus destroyed, and the
entire  development is symmetrical  and happy.   On  the
contrary, when the diseases of infancy and  early childhood
are met by the pernicious  drugs so much  in vogue in the
old school of medicine, not only are the diseases themselves
not eradicated from the system, but drug action is often set
up, false, perverted or morbid action is engendered, and the
germs of what become life-long maladies are thus  unwisely
planted.   Thousands  of illy-developed,  misanthropic, and
unhappily constituted  persons, owe their life-long infirmities
to the injudicious use  of drugs or  crude medicines, given
with the best intentions during their infancy.

           TREATMENT  AFTER BIRTH.

  Immediately after the separation  of the  cord, the child
should be wrapped in a soft flannel, which has been carefully
warmed, and  be laid upon its  left  side.   After the mother
has been cared for, the child should be washed with tepid
water, with a  soft cloth, care being  taken not to continue
the first washing too  long, not to  rub  the  child, nor to
apply soap, as the skin is very delicate and  tender, and the
entire organism  unaccustomed to cold, or  to rough usage.
After washing, dry the infant immediately, by taking up
the moisture  with  a  soft,  warm  cloth,  rather than by
rubbing, always  avoiding the risk  of the  child becoming
chilled or taking cold. Nor should infants be swathed or
overburdened with a superfluity of clothes,  a source of not
nnfrequent deformity and weakness. 
TREATMENT OF INFANTS.
259
  Swelling  of the head  very  commonly appears  in
infants  to  some extent, and sometimes, indeed,  a large
jiimor appears,  which seems very formidable, and  excites
apprehension.  This swelling generally disappears of itself
after  a  few  days.   Should  it  be  considerable, Avetting the
head  Avith   Witch Hazel,  diluted one-half Avith tepid
water, will  rapidly promote  the  absorption  of the  tumor.
Should there be a SAvelling which seems to contain fluid
over the fontanel or large opening on the head, one pellet
of Specific No. Twenty-two Avill hasten its removal.
  Expulsion  of  the  meconium  is best effected  by the
natural milk of the mother, which, at its first appearance
after  delivery,  has  the precise  qualities  adapted  to that
purpose. Hence, so soon as  the child begins to desire food,
and the mother has recovered sufficient strength to permit
it, say from  eight to twelve hours after birth, the child may
be applied  to the breast  Should  it get  but a trifle, even
that  will  be  of benefit to  the  child, and  the effort will
stimulate  the secretion, so  that after a few times  it will
become established.   Its gradual  appearance is better than
to have it come in a flood, with fever after two or  more
days.   On no account  should drugs or domestic herb teas
be given to the child to  promote  this object  A spoonful of
SAveetened water from time  to time will be much better, or
even an injection of equal parts of pure sweet oil and water.
  The  Diet  of  the  Nurse  should  be  simple, easily
digested, and a due  proportion of vegetable and  animal
food.   That which is  too highly concentrated or stimulating
may be injurious, by  causing the milk  to become too rich
and unsuited to the delicate digestion  of the infant.  In
some  rare cases, wine, ale, or even  porter, may be  used to
promote the secretion,  and sustain the strength of the
nurse.  But  in  more cases  evil  is  done than good, and in
general the  resort to  the  use  of  stimulants should  be
avoided, and the system should be sustained by those best 
260
homeopathic mentor.
purveyors of nature, quiet, avoidance of fatigue, anxiety,
good food and sufficient sleep.
   Supplementary Diet of Infants.—The best and most
natural food is the milk of  the mother.  Even if this only
in part supplies the want of the child, it is better to retain
even this, as in case of sickness of the infant, it furnishes
a  precious reserve to be supplied in no other way.  Cows'
milk is the  most usual substitute, and should at first be
diluted by adding one-third of water, and slightly sweet-
ened.   If milk is to remain some time during warm weath-
er, it should be first  heated to prevent too  rapid change.
Great  care should be  taken that the nursing  bottle be per-
fectly  clean and  SAveet, and food Avhich has been standing,
or is in danger of having deteriorated, must on no account
be given.  Better make that Avhich you know to be  sweet and
fresh, than  to assume a risk.  After some weeks the milk
may be given without water, and  as the first teeth appear,
about  the  fourth or sixth  month, the diet should become
more varied and liberal; a well made panada, diluted milk,
sweetened and thickened with a  small quantity of arrow-
root, sago or rusk, may be given with advantage.  So barley-
water, Avell-boiled gruel, weak chicken-tea or beef-tea, may
be resorted to, taking  care to give  that on which the
child  seems to  thrive best.    Gradually,  as  the  teeth
appear, the  child may be given  the  usual food  from the
table,  and  in such  quantities, and in such fo*m,  as the
organism seejjns to require.
   Weaning.—The length  of time a child should  nurse,
depends upon many considerations, such as :  The health of
the  child, of the mother, and the season of the  year, and
the  facility  of substituting an appropriate diet.  In general,
a child  should be nursed  from  nine  to  fifteen months.
If care be  taken to  gradually substitute a proper  diet, a
child  will gradually wean  itself before that  period.  The
child  had better not be weaned  suddenly, but gradually, 
diseases of infants.             261
and  in  proportion as the teeth appear.   With the full de-
velopment  of the teeth, the organism is generally prepared
to thrive without the aid of  the breast.  Weaning during
the hot  season is hazardous, from the liability to diarrhoeas,
or the usual summer complaints.

              DISEASES OF INFANTS.

  Inflammation of the eyes of new-born infants may
arise from sudden exposure to the strong glare of daylight.
If the eyes look  red, and  shrink  from the light, or are
tearful,  watery, dissolve a single pellet of  Specific No. One
in a spoonful of water, and  give of this a few  drops once
per day for two or three days.  If not cured, give a single
pellet of No. Eighteen in the same manner, keeping the
child's eyes free from the irritation of all bright light.
  Cold in the   head usually takes the form  of  obstruc-
tion  of the nose, impeding the action of suckling, and
causing  the infant to release the nipple, and rendering it
irritable and fretful.  If the  nose  is dry within,  we may
imitate the natural secretion by applying a little  almond oil
or cream on a feather to the interior of the nostril.   Usu-
ally the  Specific  No. Three,  one pellet given three times
per day, will remove the difficulty.   If it fails, give the No.
Nineteen in the same manner.  It may be given in water,
or even  dry in the mouth, after the child is some weeks old.
  Crying  and   Wakefulness of Infants  will,  with
proper care to the diet and regimen of the mother and child,
be fully obviated by the use  of Specific  No. Three.   Of
course  the child must be properly changed, made com-
fortable and satisfied with food, and it must not be taking
with its food from the  mother the flatulent food or excit-
ing drinks, coffee, strong tea, or other stimulants Avhich
she imbibes.   These conditions met, the  No. Three will
afford quiet, refreshing sleep  and  rest, and freedom  from 
262
homeopathic mentor.
 the colic and  cries so common in  the nursery.   Of course
 all drops, soothing syrups, or anodynes must be banished.
   Regurgitations of Food.—Children often  in  nursing
 overload  themselves with milk, and as a salutary provision,
 they regurgitate or throAv up a portion of it. No interference
 is required in such cases.   But Avhere all, or a large portion
 of the food  taken is thrown  up again, or the regurgitated
 matter is sour, and is followed by mucus or watery fluid, or
 the children are sick, or appear nauseated, medical interfer-
 ence is desirable.  In  such cases  an occasional pellet  of
 Specific No. Ten will correct the  action of the stomach.
 Should there be nausea or actual vomiting, Specific No. Six,
 given as above, will be better.   It may be given dissolved in
 a spoonful of water, or even dry to somewhat older children.
   Milk Crusts—Eruptions.—A  scurvy eruption  some-
 times appear upon the hairy scalp, which in places becomes
 broAvnish  bran-like.  The application of a drop  or  two  of
 nice sweet-oil, Avith the gentle aid of a soft brush or fine
 comb  soon  removes it, care being taken not to injure the
 surface.  Meantime a  pellet of  Specific No. Fourteen,
 given at night for a feAv  days, will arrest the tendency to its
 production.
  Milk Crusts  appear  in the  form of an eruption of
 small,  whitish  vesicles,  appearing in clusters upon a red-
 dish base, coming first upon the face, cheeks and forehead,
 thence extending to other parts.  The lymph contained in
 these vesicles soon becomes yellow or dark, and bursting
 from thin yellow crusts.   There is considerable redness,
swelling, itching, and  irritation, causing   the  child  to
become restless and fretful, continually rubbing  the parts,
which increases the discharge, until the crusts become thick-
ened, sometimes covering the entire face, the nose and eyes
only remaining free.  The  eyes and lids, and the glands of
face  and neck and abdomen, sometimes  become involved,
and marasmus may supervene.   For these cases the Specific 
milk  crusts.                 263
No. Fourteen, one pellet for infants, or two for children
over one year of age, may be given morning, noon, and at
night, each dissolved in a spoonful of water.  If the itching
is  severe, causing restlessness and  fretfulness,  dissolve of
Specific  No. One, six pellets in as many spoonfuls of water,
and of this give a spoonful every hour between the interme-
diate doses of No. Fourteen, and this No. One may be thus
used as an intermediate remedy, so long as the itching  and
irritation continues.  A trifle of sweet oil will at any time re-
move the crusts.  But they had better fall off of themselves,
and  I advise to  apply soap or water  to them as seldom as
the purposes of cleanliness will permit.
   Thrush or Aphthae shows  itself by the formation of
small, isolated, round, white vesicles, which if not checked
may run together, and  present  an ulcerated  appearance,
or form a thin, white crust, which lines  the entire cavity of
the mouth, and in severe cases involves the throat and entire
alimentary canal.  It is rarely dangerous or malignant, but
occasions inconvenience  besides pain  and suffering, ob-
structing the child's nursing, and may be communicated to
the nipples, causing excoriation, etc.  It is often the result
of imperfect  ventilation,  inattention  to cleanliness, the
nursing  bottle not  being  kept  perfectly clean and sweet,
improper food, etc.  Hence, infants brought up by hand, as
it is termed, are more  subject to the disease  than others.
A very weak solution of Borax, applied to the  mouth Avith
a brush, is very generally useful.  The Specific No. Twenty-
nine, four pellets dissolved in as many spoonfuls of water,
and given, a spoonful every four hours, will  be  found suffi-
cient  to remove  the  disease.   When  it exists in only  a
slighter  degree, a single pellet given dry, morning and night,
will be sufficient.
   Constipation will rarely be troublesome among children
properly nursed or nourished,  and under Homeopathic
regimen.  But should the stools be too large, tardy, insuffi- 
264             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

cient  or obstructed, dissolve  of Specific  No. Ten,  two
pellets in two large spoonfuls of water, of which give one
at night,  and the other in the morning, and this may be
continued until the dejections become natural.  An enema
of tepid Avater may occasionally be resorted to if necessary,
or a suppository, consisting of a small slip of paper or linen,
spirally twisted and well lubricated  with oil, may be intro-
duced by a gentle rotatory  movement from time to time,
until  the medicine has remedied  the irregularity.
  Diarrhoea of Infants.—Diarrhoea, like constipation, is
merely a symptom and hardly a disease.  It is an indication
of an  irritable condition of the intestinal track, and may
arise  from various causes; bad  food, cold, fright, use of
aperient medicines, etc.  The first  element of a cure for
diarrhoea of infants, is to carefully examine as to the quality
and quantity of  its  food and care, and  to see that these
give no occasion for the difficulty.  The use of Specific No.
Three from time to time, for colic, crying, sleeplessness, or
teething, will usually check any predisposition  to diarrhoea,
or it  may be  used for  this  purpose, giving to infants one
pellet dry in the mouth after every loose or diarrhoeic stool.
Should this not prove sufficient, the Specific No. Four may
be administered in the same manner, one pellet after every
loose  stool;  thus the urgency of the symptom will be the
measure of the repetition of the medicine.
   Excoriations—Intertrigo.—Cleanliness  is the  best
preventive; careful bathing, and taking special care  that
all the folds of the skin, such as  the neck, groin, etc., be
carefully wiped dry with lint or soft cloth.   The Specific
No. Three is here also appropriate, to remove any tenden-
cies to these excoriations, and may be given for such pur-
pose,  one pellet three times per day.
   Derangements during Teething.   The production
of teeth, like other  evolutions of the system, is attended
with  some  degree of constitutional disturbance.   In most 
convulsions.                  265
cases and under Homeopathic regimen, these derangements
are slight and  easily removed, in others they may be more
serious.  Should  there be, as is more frequently the case,
restlessness, worrying, sleeplessness, and tardy  appear-
ance of the teeth, the No. Three is the  proper  Specific,
and maybe given one pellet dry in the mouth every  hour or
two hours, according to the urgency of the case.  If diar-
rhoea sets in and becomes troublesome—remembering that
a slight looseness of the bowels during this period is not
prejudicial—it may be controlled by the Specific No. Four,
one pellet after every loose stool.  Should there be fever or
heat of the head, crying  and worrying, or droAvsiness, have
resource  at once to the  No. One, of which  dissolve  six
pellets in twelve spoonfuls of water,  and  of  this  give a
teaspoonful every hour until the fever, restlessness, or drow-
siness has passed  away.
  Convulsions of Infants.'—Infants are peculiarly liable
to convulsions.  At that  early period the brain  is pro-
portionally larger, the  nervous organisation more  delicate,
and  the various  evolutions  through  which it is  passing
render it more liable to spasmodic or convulsive  attacks,
than at a subsequent period of life.   The usual causes are
intestinal irritation  from improper  food, the  irritation of
teething, to which  should also be added, hereditary predis-
position in some  families,  all the children being subject to
convulsions on very slight provocation, while in others such
an occurrence is unknown.  Where children are hot, feverish,
either sleep too soundly, or are very restless, and start sud-
denly on dropping  into a dose or at  other times, the access
of convulsions is  imminent and demands attention.  First,
the occasioning  cause should be removed.  If the child is
constipated, or if there is reason to suppose the irritation
is occasioned by indigestible, bad, or  irritating food, give at
once a full, free  injection of tepid  water. Should it  not
relieve the symptoms, or fail to produce a full movement of 
266              HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.

the bowels, repeat it  after half an hour, and even again,
until the result is obtained.  Meantime, if there  is heat or
fever, hot  head  and  hands, dissolve six  pellets of Specific
No. One in as many  spoonfuls of water, and of  this give a
spoonful every half hour for two or three times, and then
as the  heat and fever abate, give every hour until relieved.
Should  there be not so much heat or  fever, and the irrita-
tion of teething  having been the cause, the  Specific No.
Three, given as  above, may be  preferable to  No.  One.
In case of a convulsion, but little can  be done during the
paroxysm, but so  soon as practicable, the feet and  legs
should  be  immersed  in  warm water for several minutes,
and  then  carefully wiped dry  and wrapped in a  warm
cloth, and a  cloth wet  with cold water applied  to the
head, and  the injection before mentioned be administered.
In  some cases  the Specifics No. One  and No. Three,
prepared as above, may be  given alternately, a spoonful
every hour, with  advantage,  and  especially  when  the
convulsions have  been repeated, or the premonitions of
them continue.
  To Destroy  a Predisposition to convulsions, or pre-
vent the development of epilepsy, the Specific No. Thirty-
three may be given, one pellet every night,  for three days,
and the same of Specific No. Thirty-five  each morning,
and then every second night  for  some weeks, giving No.
Thirty-five every morning.

                     ATROPHY.

  In cases where  children  do not seem to thrive, waste
away, become emaciated, the tissue becoming atrophied, and
a well marked marasmus occurs, any of the Specifics which
meets these indications  are  efficient.   Such  a  condition,
indeed,  very rarely happens under the Specific Homeopath-
ic treatment.  But should such  a  condition threaten, or 
VACCINATION.
267
    have actually been developed, we  should  be guided in our
    choice of Specifics by the indications, thus: For enlarged ab-
    domen, heat of the head, slow closing fontanelle, slow growth,
    give Specific No. Thirty-five.  When there is constipated
    habit,  tardy, insufficient  evacuations, deranged  stomach
!    or  pale  stools, give the Specific No.  Ten.  If the glands
    become  enlarged, with  knots about the neck or under the
    arms, frequent boils, swellings, or  tumors, give Specific No.
    Twenty-three.  If diarrhoea  or  constant  tendency to
    loose bowels is present, give Specific No. Four.  These
    remedies may usually be  given  in  these cases, simply
    one pellet for infants three times per  day, dry in the
    mouth.


                       VACCINATION.

      Much discussion  has been had in  late years as to the
    propriety or value of vaccination as a preventive for small-
    pox.  The substance arrived at  seems to be about this:—
      I. That vaccination  is a measurable protection against
    the small-pox; those who  have been vaccinated being far
    less liable to the disease than  those  who  have not been,
    but that this protection is by no means absolute or per-
    fect
      II. That in  vaccination  there  is always some danger of
    being thence infected by some chronic disease, communicat-
    ed  with the virus, or roused into  activity by its introduction
    or dissemination  in the system.
      III. That could we know when an exposure or attack of
    small-pox was  to take  place,  or were  our remedial means
    what they ought to be, or as effective in this disease as we
    trust, ere long, they will be, it were better to run  the risk of
    the disease, than  the danger of impure or diseased-commu-
    nicating virus. 
t
268             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

   IV.  That in the present state of our knowledge, the dan-
ger of disease  from vaccination is the lesser of the two, and
that therefore we should vaccinate,  taking care always that
the virus employed is of the purest possible quality. It must
not be taken from the squalid, the ill-fed or sickly, or those
affected  with   any  trace of  skin  disease, or  scrofula,  or
those whose parents are suspected of any trace of syphilitic
affection, or of scrofula.  A strong, healthy child should  be
vaccinated about the fourth or fifth month, or at any  time
if the  disease be prevalent, or the child has been exposed.
The left arm  at the upper third  from the shoulder is the
best point for the insertion  of the virus,  and  during its
working,  a pellet  of   Specific No.  Fourteen  may be
given every second  or  third night  with a view to prevent
any morbid development.
  V. Re-vaccination is  desirable, and the  evidence is that
the protection is greater where two or more  scars exist,
than where a single point is found. 
rheumatism.
269
           DISEASES  OF

VARIOUS ORGANS AND  REGIONS.
               RHEUMATISM.

   This very common, and sometimes quite obstinate disease,
 manifests itself mostly in two forms—the acute or in-
 flammatory, and the ch*ronic.

   ACUTE OR INFLAMMATORY RHEUMATISM.

   It is usually brought on by exposure to cold, rough or
 damp weather, and especially to fatigue or labor during such
 exposure; also from sitting or standing in cold, damp places,
 or from sitting in a draught; sleeping  in damp sheets or
 remaining long in wet clothes; exposure of any parts of the
 body to cold and moisture when other parts of the body are
 covered, or  exposure when  in  a perspiration.  There is
 probably, also a rheumatic diathesis  or tendency,  which
 may also be inherited.  Sometimes it appears to arise from
 the suppression of an eruption, or the retrocession of measles,
 rash, or chicken-pox, or the suppression of some discharge
 like gonorrhoea or dysentery.
  It generally commences with  the usual signs of fever,
 associated with stiffness and lameness ; chilliness and heat
alternating; thirst and restlessness; coldness of the extremi-
 ties, and usually constipation.  After twelve or twenty-four
hours the fever becomes continuous, the skin hot and dry;
pulse quick, often 110 to 120 per minute.  The stiffness and
pain in the joints becomes more decided, Avith acute suffer-
ing especially on every attempt to move.  The affected
parts  are usually red, swelled and extremely painful  to the 
270
homeopathic mentor.
touch.  Sometimes there is excessive pain without the red-
ness or swelling; the pain is generally worse at night, and
occasionally an acrid perspiration  accompanies the disease.
   The larger joints of the extremities are usually the seat
of the disease.  It is rarely confined to one, and sometimes
nearly all, either simultaneously or in turn are affected so that
often the patient  can scarcely move hand or  foot.  Often
the disease leaves one ankle, knee or wrist, and locates upon
another, leaving the former  comparatively free.   During
the course of the disease, complications with  the  heart are
liable to arise from the rheumatic  process  having invaded
that organ, a circumstance always undesirable and  some-
times quite dangerous.  It is more liable to  occur  when
cold, chilling or severe  applications  such as blisters, are
made to the affected joint, than under  Homeopathic treat-
ment  When there is a remission of the pain  in the joints,
followed  by anxiety, jerking, feeble or rapid pulse, and
acute pain in the region of the heart, there is reason  to ap-
prehend such a transition.
  Treatment.—At the first symptoms of acute rheumatism,
with soreness, lameness, and  pain  in the part, six pellets
of Specific No. Fifteen  should be taken every nour, dis-
solved in a spoonful of water, and the patient should remain
in-doors, and keep quiet until  relieved.   If violent  fever,
heat and swelling of the part has already come on, as noticed
above, indicating  rheumatic fever, or  a chill succeeded by
heat, prepare Specific No One  by dissolving twelve pellets
in half a glass of water, of which give a  spoonful every hour
for a day,  and then prepare the No. Fifteen  in  the same
manner,  and take the two alternately every two hours.
These should be continued from day to day, until the dis-
ease is broken up, preparing the medicine fresh every morn-
ing.   Sometimes applications of cloths wrung out of tepid
water, and laid on the part, are very soothing.   Cold water,
however, applied to the part is very liable  to cause its fall- 
CHRONIC RHEUMATISM.
271
ing  upon  the  heart, and thus  often ending with  fatal
results.  Salves, ointments, etc., are useless.
      Witch Hazel is a most valuable application for the
inflamed and SAvelled parts, and may be applied according
to directions on  each bottle.  Arnica is often  so, but I
think not so generally useful
   Should there be, during the course of the disease, pain in
the  region  of the heart, oppression or  anxiety, jerking,
quick or irregular pulse, or other  symptom's indicating a
transition  of the disease to the heart,  the Specific No.
Thirty-two is appropriate.  Dissolve eight pellets in four
large spoonfuls of water, and give a spoonful of the solution
every two hours, and this may be continued either alone if
the disease has been elsewhere subdued, or in alternation
with No. One, if there is yet fever and heat; or in alterna-
tion with No. Fifteen if there yet remains merely soreness,
lameness, or stiffness of the part.  All to  be  prepared  in
water, and  given at intervals of two hours as above directed.

             CHRONIC RHEUMATISM.

   The chief difference between this and the previous  form,
is the absence of the  fever, redness, heat and swelling which
characterize the  acute  form.  In old cases, the  affected
limbs or  joints lose their suppleness, and lameness and
even permanent curvature or  contraction results; and  in
some cases  atrophy or emaciation of the muscles occurs.
The causes are  the same as  in acute rheumatism, and fre-
quent attacks of the  latter rarely fail to leave some form of
chronic  rheumatism as a result
   The symptoms are generally:  Lameness,  stiffness,  or
soreness of some particular limb or joint, or of several joints,
sometimes  manifested on first moving, or on exercise of the
affected  part,  or again  principally  noticed  when quiet.
Usually the pains and the lameness are  worse on changes 
272
HOMEOPATHIC mentor.
of weather, and in rough, damp, windy weather, or on the
approach of a storm.
  Treatment.—Specific No.  Fifteen,  six  pellets at a
time, and four times per day, before each meal and on going
to rest at night, is the appropriate treatment for almost all
forms of chronic rheumatism, or for old rheumatic pains in
the shoulders, hips, back, chest, side or elsewhere.
  If it  is associated, as is frequently  the case, with  some
degree  of dyspepsia, weak stomach,  or  constipation, the
Specific No. Ten may be taken, six pellets at night, and
the No. Fifteen as previously directed, before meals.
  Rheumatic patients should use largely in their diet, fruit
and vegetables, and comparatively less meat.  The vegetable
acid, or acids of fruit, as obtained in the use of apples baked,
stewed  or  even raAV.  Lemons  or even  oranges,  grapes,
cherries, etc., are of great use if not invaluable for all rheu-
matic patients, and should be partaken of freely.

          RHEUMATISM OF THE NECK.

  The  muscles of the  neck sometimes  become seriously
affected with rheumatic lameness.  The head  is drawn to
one side, or can be turned only slowly and  with difficulty,
the  muscles on  that side of the neck are lame and  sore
when pressed, and there is sometimes  fever.  It is usually
occasioned by exposure to a draught of air, as when sitting
near an open  window  when in perspiration, and  is some-
times caused by a sudden jerk of the head.
  Treatment.—The Specific No. One rarely fails to afford
relief.   Dissolve  twelve pellets in six large spoonfuls of
water,  and of the solution give a  spoonful  every two
hours.  In rare cases the No. Fifteen may be used, but the
No. One will usually afford prompt satisfaction.  It is need-
less to say that the neck should be carefully covered and
protected from draughts of cold air. 
RHEUMATISM.
273
    LUMBAGO—PAIN IN THE LOINS, BACK,

                    NECK, ETC.

  This form of rheumatism  is confined to the small of the
back and  the  loins, rarely extending upward  towards the
neck, but more frequently  extending  doAvn  to the hips.
There is seldom fever or swelling, or even soreness on pres-
sure, but the pain and lameness is very severe, often almost
forbidding motion, or change of posture, as the slightest
effort brings on a renewal of the pain.
   Treatment.—The Specific  No. One  usually affords
prompt relief.   Dissolve tAvelve pellets in six large spoonfuls
of water, of this give  a spoonful every hour, for the first six
hours, and then prepare in a similar manner  and take at
intervals of tAvo hours,  until relief is  obtained.   Should
there be any remaining  stiffness or lameness, the alternate
use of Nos. Ten and  Fifteen, six  pills at a time, and four
times per day,  will promptly remedy the defect


              SCIATIC RHEUMATISM.

  This form of rheumatism may be attended with some de-
gree of fever, and so may approach the acute  form, but in
its more common manifestations it  is without fever or any
considerable degree of heat of the part, and is hence more
frequently chronic.
  It is characterized  by pain, generally sharp, shooting and
lancinating, though sometimes more dull and aching in the
region of the hip, and frequently extending to the knee or
the foot, following  the course of the nerve of the affected
side.  Sometimes it  is a  dull aching, and  may affect only
a portion of the limb, or a part of the nervous track men-
tioned.  The pain may be manifested during rest as well as
          18 
274             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.

during exercise  or motion.  It is apt to be tedious, and
many persons suffer  more  or less  from it for  years  in
succession.
  Treatment.—Specific No.  Fifteen is very generally
successful. For the duller and more chronic forms, six pills
taken before each meal and on going to rest at night, will
be found sufficient.   Should there be violent paroxysms of
pain, and  especially if some heat or fever be associated, give
the No. One in  alternation.  Dissolve twelve pellets of No.
One in six large spoonfuls of Avater, and  the same of No.
Fifteen  in another  glass, and from these give a spoonful
every hour alternately, for six or  eight hours, when the in-
terval may be extended to two hours between the doses, and
so continue until relief  is afforded, when  the treatment as
for chronic cases may be adopted.

                GOUT—ARTHRITIS.

  Gout is generally considered  as a dyscrasia or peculiar
habit of the body, whereby it is inclined to take a disease of a
peculiar form, and when once developed, to render it very
intractable or stubborn, and only slightly influenced by the
ordinary methods of cure.   Its manifestations  are similar
in form to those of rheumatism, and all  the more obstinate
cases of this latter disease, or when it is frequently repeated
in the same individual, are supposed to be connected with
a gouty diathesis or constitution.  It is quite liable  to  be
hereditary, but  need  not be necessarily so, as numerous
cases are found where no such transmission  is evident, nor
is it necessarily the result of an  indolent, luxurious  mode
of life, though its more violent  manifestations are commonly
due to such a style of living.
  The symptoms are usually extreme pain in the extremities,
often, if not always, commencing at  one of the great toe3,
and thence extending to the foot, ankle, and limb of  the 
SCROFULA.
275
affected side.   The pain is often extreme, if not insupport-
able, with extreme sensitiveness of the affected part, which
becomes swelled, red,  and  inflamed.  Sometimes it  flies
from one joint to another, and may even affect the head,
stomach, or other part, causing very grave symptoms indeed.
When  the hands  or other small joints have  been often
attacked, there will  be deposits  about  the  joints, which
gradually or most frequently harden, causing enlargements,
gouty concretions, and  rendering the hands or fingers stiff,
unAvieldy, or even distorted.
  The  treatment is  the same as  for  acute  or  chronic
rheumatism, aside from the fact that in gout, or rheumatic
gout, the functions of the stomach and  kidneys are almost
invariably involved, and hence the Specific  No. Ten may
be profitable, used  either as an  intercurrent remedy, or in
alternation with No. Fifteen.  Usually No. One and No.
Fifteen for acute attacks, and the latter with No. Ten in
alternation for old, chronic cases, will accomplish as much
as can be done under domestic management.

                     SCROFULA.

  Scrofula is usually considered as a dyscrasia or consti-
tutional vice of the system, manifesting itself  most com-
monly in enlargement and induration of the glands, which
may subsequently soften and ulcerate, leaving red or bluish-
red discolorations along the course of the opening or eschar.
These  are often seen  along the  sides of the neck of old
scrofulous subjects.  It likewise is supposed to give occasion
to enlargement, curvature, or softening  of  the bones; or
more especially the long  bones,  as  of the  knee, ankle or
hip. These or one of them become sore, tender to pressure,
and enlarge at the head, when softening, or ulceration, or
necrosis is liable to take  place, resulting in the  so-called
white swelling or hip disease.  Or the dyscrasia may show 
276
homeopathic mentor.
itself in the fbrm of obstinate eruptions, or even ulcerations
of the surface.  The swelling of the glands is most frequent-
ly manifested about the  neck, beneath the ears or jaws, in
the form of firm, hard, painless lumps.   Scrofula not un-
frequently complicates other forms of disease, and renders
them obstinate.
  Its eradication from the system requires time and perse-
verance, but may be accomplished by the  use of the appro-
priate remedies.  It should be kept in mind that a life-long
constitutional taint, requires time as well as proper medicine
lor its cure; and if  eradicated in one or two years, the pa-
tient has reason for congratulation.  Old school medicine
and  quackery can  do but very little for its  cure  beyond
palliation, while there are numerous cases radically cured by
Specific or appropriate Homeopathic medication.
  Treatment.—For enlarged glands about the neck,
or in the arm-pits, groins, or other parts of the system, take
six pellets four times per day, before meals and on going to
rest  at night, of the Specific  No.  Taventy-three, if the
swellings are painful, or have suppurated.  If they are mere
indolent, painless swellings, the medicine taken only morn-
ing and at night, will be  sufficient
  When these glands become painful or inflamed, and it is
thought best to bring them to a head, this will be facilitated
and the pain allayed by applications of warm  flax-seed, or
slippery-elm poultices, which may be  renewed from time to
time, until the discharge takes place,  and they may be con-
tinued also afterwards to absorb the discharge, and to pro-
mote the healing.  To dry up and arrest the discharge, No.
Twenty-two, taken six pellets four times per day, will be
the proper medicine.
  For old tumors, two pellets morning and night.  Though
it is not often that they disappear, yet the  medicine  fre-
quently has the effect of arresting their  growth. 
ENLARGED TONSILS.              277
  For the various forms of scrofulous eruptions, take
six pellets morning and night.
  Old ulcers  require the same  treatment, with careful
purification of the  part, keeping the limb  bandaged, if
practicable.

               ENLARGED TONSILS.

  These often occur in children, called into action from re-
peated colds or sore throats, or from attacks of tonsil itis,
or as the residuum of scarlatina, measles, or similar disease.
The tonsils become enlarged, indurated or  hard, filling up
the pharynx so as to render breathing and deglutition dif-
ficult, and the voice often thick or indistinct  The breath-
ing at night becomes especially oppressed, the child at times
seeming on the point of suffocation.
   Treatment.—Excision is frequently practiced, but is not
to be recommended, unless in those extreme cases Avhen the
tonsils have become so large and hard, as to afford little
hope of reduction by medicine, or when the inconvenience
or suffering from them is so great as not to admit of delay.
In the ordinary cases of children, the Specifics Nos. Thirty-
four and Thirty-five will be sufficient in reasonable time
to reduce them, render them comfortable, and  ultimately
remove them so  far as any material obstruction  is con-
cerned.   To this  end  give  the No.  Thirty-five,  two
pellets each  morning, and the No. Thirty-four before
dinner, supper, and  on going  to  bed.  This is appropriate
when  there  is increased  swelling from  recent cold, or
sore throat.  Sometimes in old cases we give No. Thirty-
five in  the morning,  and No.  Twenty-two, two pills
at a dose. 
278
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
     WHITE SWELLING AND HIP DISEASE.

  These are usually considered as forms of scrofula, develop-
ed in the joints and tendonous  structures  surrounding it.
At first there is occasional limping or lameness, coming on
and again disappearing, then more permanent soreness, and
tenderness on pressure, and pain at or about the joint, and
in hip disease often manifesting itself at some distance down
along the limb.   Gradually the limb becomes drawn up,
painful on exercise; there is heat, sometimes soreness and
swelling around the joint, and  ultimately suppuration and
discharge at some point below the affected joint.  This dis-
charge may dry up and again reappear at another joint, and
so continue for years until the structure of the joint and its
usefulness is destroyed.
  Treatment.—At first and for any occasional  lameness or
limping,  the No. thirty-five  is appropriate, and may be
given six pills at a time, and three times per day.  Should
there be  some soreness or tenderness at or  about the joint,
or pain, or swelling, or even after suppuration or discharge,
the No. Twenty-tavo is the proper remedy, and may be
given six pills in Avater, and repeated four times per day,
or every three hours if there is considerable pain, heat, red-
ness, swelling, or discharge. This is as appropriate for white
swelling of the knee, as for what is termed hip disease.


               GENERAL DEBILITY.

  It not  unfrequently occurs that persons suffer, or are in-
disposed  from Avhat is  termed a general debility of the
system.   When there  appears  to  be  no particular  disease
sufficient to  account for the debility of the  system, the
causes are usually found in either an imperfect  assimilation
of nourishment, and hence the  remedy is to be sought in
considering this fault, or the condition occurs as the result 
general debility.               279
of some acute disease, from which the vital forces have been
prostrated, and the entire organism weakened and enervated
so as not to easily rally, even under the influence of good
air and food; or it may occur as the  consequence of some
drain  upon  the system,  such as a diarrhoea,  or  leucor-
rhcea, frequent bleeding, or from  similar causes, or it may
be induced from mental and physical  over-work, too great
a strain upon the  mental and  nervous system, with insuf-
ficient nutrition.  The symptoms are varied,  but  are gen-
erally weakness, easily fatigued on exercise, perspiration on
effort,  or  on  going to sleep, weak  or  lame back, vertigo,
singing in the ears, and starting on  going to sleep, or slight,
unrefreshing sleep, or wakefulness and  inability to sleep at
night from constant thinking.  The above  are among the
more frequent manifestations.
   Treatment.—The elements of a cure are first  to arrest
the drain if such there be, which has occasioned the debility,
and then by means  of proper nourishment—food that is
appropriate, nourishing and easily digested—and by proper
relaxation, air and exercise, to restore the Avasted substance,
and recover the wanted strength.  If it is the result of severe,
acute disease, only good air, proper nourishment, and even
the daily use of some good, generous Avine together with
the medicine, will  be the proper restoratives.  If it has been
wholly or in part  the result of over-work, too  much think-
ing and  mental worry or anxiety,  coupled, as it  often is,
with hasty meals and insufficient nutrition, then rest or re-
laxation, a sea voyage, or other means of intelligent recuper-
ation,  are often indispensable.   If  it is the result of some
drain or tax upon  the system, too great for its resources, or
the result of imperfect assimilation  of food, then this drain
must be arrested, and  such food  and medication adminis-
tered as will correct the evil.
   In all similar cases, the Specific No. Twenty-four is the
proper remedy, and may be given two pellets at a dose, and 
280             HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
four times per day, always before  meals, and  on going to
rest.  It is still more indicated if there be imperfect diges-
tion, wanting appetite, or coated tongue, as well as a general
languor and debility of the system.

               NERVOUS DEBILITY.

  Closely allied to  the above named general debility, is
another form of weakness Avhich has obtained the name of
nervous debility.  It partakes of some of the characteristics
of the former, and  chiefly differs in its  origin, and  in that
the debility is  prominently manifested  on Avhat might be
termed the  nervous plane of the  organism.   It is  almost
invariably the  result of some drain  upon  the vital forces,
such as excesses of  various kinds:  excessive morbid indul-
gence,  involuntary losses of  vital fluids,  too long or too
constant excitement of the sexual system, and more especi-
ally when such indulgences are alloAved in  connection Avith
mental and  physical over-work.  This condition is often
brought on in young persons  from  the habit of solitary vice,
which persisted, in  from time to time, is inevitably  follow-
ed  by consequences immediate and remote, which are of the
most formidable character.  It is safe to say that multitudes
are every year  brought into the most deplorable  condition
of  nervous  debility from these most  pernicious practices
alone.  Parents and teachers cannot be too much on their
guard in their behalf, and should deal plainly, kindly, and
 wisely with such erring ones.  The more common manifes-
 tations of this  condition are: Mental depression, loss of
 vivacity, buoyancy  of spirits and energy, dullness of the eye
 and the glow of the cheek and lips, loA-e of solitude, and
 shrinking from society; sometimes loathing or  disgust of
 life to such a degree that suicide  is threatened, dullness or
 confusion of the head, defective memory, or difficulty in re-
 calling names or dates when  wanted ; the sexual organs are 
                   nervous debility.               281

debilitated, relaxed, shrunk up, and in extreme cases wasted;
erections  are deficient, short, powerless, and in most cases
there are involuntary discharges at night during dreams, or
during the effort at stool, or during urination.  Weak-
ness of the back and loins, general  prostration and mental
depression and gloom, are the almost invariable attendants.
Dyspepsia or weakness of digestion, irregular or capricious
appetite, oppression of the stomach after meals, and costive
bowels, are very frequent adjuncts.   These and other similar
symptoms form the picture of a brain impoverished by the
loss of its phosphates, and  hence performing  its  functions
imperfectly,  reflecting its  weakness  upon the  physical
system.
  Treatment.—As in the case of general debility, the first
elements of a cure must be to allay the injurious excitement
of the organs or system primarily involved ;  to afford  the
system proper  rest or  relaxation, if this debility has been
coupled  with over-work, mental or physical; to arrest as
soon as possible the debilitating drain, and by proper nutri-
tion and medication, to restore the entire organism  to its
wonted strength and vigor.  But all kinds of nourishing
food are not appropriate, as some articles otherwise  unob-
jectionable, act too decidedly upon the organs involved, and
so tend to induce the involuntary discharges.   Thus, eggs,
oysters, wine, alcoholic stimulants, or ale, or a strong  meat
diet, all tend to excite, and hence may promote these losses,
and when these exist prominently, the above articles should
be avoided.   But in  the opposite  condition,  where  these
discharges are rare, absent or wanting, the diet above men-
tioned becomes appropriate.  In general a milk diet is the
best, in connection Avith all  refreshing and cooling drinks,
fruits in their season, and the lighter  kinds of young and
white meats.   Tobacco, tea and coffee are objectionable, and
should be avoided, or  used with extreme moderation.  To
those suffering from involuntary  nocturnal discharges, a 
282
HOMEOIATHIC MENTOR.
hard  bed, cool room, and but light covering at night are
indispensable, and above all, the habit of sleeping always on
the side, and never upon the back.  As to medicines, the
Specific No.  Twenty-eight is  the remedy,  and may be
taken six pellets morning and at night  In some extreme
or long-standing cases, a portion of the powder No Twenty-
eight may be taken each morning, and the pills as above
at noon and at night.


           SLEEP AND SLEEPLESSNESS.

  The precise number of hours required for the sleep of
each individual daily can be subject to no  fixed rule.  It
differs at different periods of life with the habits, occupa-
tion and general  health and nutrition of each individual.
Some temperaments require more sleep than others, Avomen
almost always more than  men, and children far more than
either.  The infant may  profitably sleep eighteen of the
twenty-four hours; young children may well sleep ten or
twelve hours at night, and have an additional siesta during
the day, and those that perform  severe physical or mental
labor, cannot well do with less than nine or ten hours daily.
Those who are engaged in light  physical or mental  labor,
will frequently find the wants of nature satisfied with only
six  or seven hours sleep.  Some individuals of remarkable
mental and physical endurance, in the midst of the greatest
peril or excitement, seem to require but two or three hours
of sleep in the twenty-four.   But these  are  exceptional
cases.  Every individual should take so much of rest and
sleep as is required for the restitution of his or her body,
strength, and recuperation from fatigue.  If nature is long
or systematically  denied  this,  there will  sooner  or  later
come a terrible retribution, often in failing health, or some
nervous disorder or disease of the heart.  Several eminent
literary men have fallen victims to disease of the heart, at- 
wakefulness.
283
tributed solely to incessant mental occupation, carried per-
sistently into the hours which should have been given to
sleep.  The use of tea or coffee best sustains the system
and prevents the waste and wear incident to long watching
and  severe night work; tobacco may to  some extent have
a similar conservative effect; but none of them, or all, can
more than palliate  the serious ill effects of long-continued
want of sleep.
  The night is the  best time for sleep, and it is doubtless
true that two hours sleep before midnight is worth as much
as four hours after that period.  The more nearly sleep can
be taken to the hours of darkness, and the earlier we can
arise after  the  morning light the  better. From eight or
nine o'clock  at night, to four, five, or six in the morning,
according to temperament, avocation and  circumstances,
are probably the best hours for repose.   During the long
warm days of  summer, a  siesta of an hour in  the  early
afternoon is for most persons of leisure as enjoyable as it is
allowable, and for young children it is indispensable.


       SLEEPLESSNESS—WAKEFULNESS.

  It not  unfrequently occurs that persons are unduly wake-
ful ;  they either do not sleep soundly, or find it difficult to
go to sleep, are easily waked after a short  sleep, or their
sleep is unrefreshing. Sometimes, Avhile there is an earnest
longing, or a desire  to sleep, there is a thronging of ideas
and  restless  tossiug, that wears away a  good part of the
night Avithout  sleep, or  after finally falling  to sleep, the
slumber is but  slight, and  they arise  unrefreshed, with the
demands of the system unsatisfied.
  Such  a condition has always something of disease or
undue excitement  connected with it  The excessive use of
tea or of  coffee may produce it.  Too intense or  long-
continued mental  excitement, some forms of dyspepsia or 
284             homeopathic mentor.
gastric derangement, innervation of the system from insuf-
ficient nutrition, or a feverish excitement of the system and
afflux of blood  to the head, or chronic tendency of blood
to the head,  may have  this condition of sleeplessness or
undue wakefulness as a result.
  Treatment.—In general, Specific No. One will be suf-
ficient to afford quiet  and  refreshing  sleep,  and  more
especially when  it is occasioned by undue excitement or
accompanied  with  throbbing of the vessels or heat of the
head.  Take  six  pellets on going to rest, and repeat them
every hour until sleep intervenes.  If it seems to arise from
mere nervousness, without other apparent cause, use No.
Three in the same manner, six pellets every hour, until
quiet sleep is induced.  If it has  been occasioned by too
intense or  long-continued mental application, and more
especially if connected with indigestion or gastric derange-
ment, the No. Ten, six pellets taken three  times  per day
and at night,  will be found corrective.


              NIGHTMARE—INC UBUS.

  This disagreeable  incident of sleep is dependent upon
some morbid  condition of the circulatory system, and is too
well known to require particular description.  It  is quite
common  with some persons, and besides being disagreeable,
is not wholly unattended with danger.  It  will often be
found that eating of too heavy, rich or indigestible  food, or
eating heartily late before going to  rest, has  been  the im-
mediate cause of the attack.  When persons are  subject to
such attacks,  or  when they are of frequent recurrence, the
case should receive careful consideration, and all the occasion-
ing causes of  the disease, such as late  suppers, heavy, indi-
gestible food,  or undue mental excitement, should be avoided.
  Treatment.—Aside from the  hygienic observance above
mentioned, the use of Specifics No. One or No. Ten will be 
PARALYSIS.                   285
sufficient  No. One, six pellets morning and on retiring
at night, when the incubus is  attended  with  heat, fever,
thirst, throbbing of the arteries, or heat and fullness of the
head.  No. Ten, six pills three times per day, the last on
going to bed, when there are sedentary habits, constipation,
indulgence in wine or other stimulants.  For chronic cases,
No. One in the morning, and No. Ten at night, six pills
at a dose.

                PARALYSIS—PALSY.

  A limb or portion of the body is said to be paralyzed when
it is  not  under the control of the  will, or when the will-
power is not able to move or control it.  The paralysis may
be only  partial, or it may be complete, and  may affect
the nerves of motion only, or may extend  to those of sensa-
tion as well, so that the part has neither sensation nor power
of motion.   Sometimes the disease affects only a skigle limb,
and at others the entire one  side of the body, or again only
the lower extremities.
   The disease most commonly  comes on  suddenly, as  the
result of apoplexy, or after or during the course of some
severe, acute disease.  But in some, perhaps most cases, it
is preceded  by symptoms  which, though often unnoticed,
should excite attention.  These are a sensation of numbness
or pricking in  one of the limbs, or the entire side, readily
going  to sleep, as it is termed of the part, coldness or un-
due paleness of the part, or slight convulsive twitching or
jerking of the part or limb involved.  When such symptoms
are frequently repeated without apparent cause, they should
excite apprehension.  The causes, aside from those mentioned
above, are  long continued strain upon the nervous system
among men of business, exhausting drains upon the system,
and a too luxurious or indolent mode of life, or other simi-
lar causes of apoplexy. 
286
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR.
  Treatment.—For the premonitory symptoms:  Tingling,
pricking or numbness, frequent going to sleep of the limb
or parts, No. Fourteen is appropriate, and may be given,
 six pills at a time, and repeated  before each meal, and on
going to rest.
  If there is fullness and redness of the face, heaviness of
the head, and disposition to sleep, give No. One, six pills
at a time, in water, every two hours, for ten or twelve hours,
and then give No. Ten, prepared in the same manner, in
alternation with it at somewhat longer intervals.  For old
cases No. Fourteen  may be given each morning, and No.
Ten at night, or if the case is more recent and hopeful, No.
Fourteen may be given, six pills morning and afternoon,
and the same of No. Ten at noon and at night.


      NOSE  BLEED—NASAL  HEMORRHAGE.

  Bleeding from  the nose may in some cases  be not only
disagreeable, but even dangerous.  When it is but slight,
occurring as it  often does in children, or  plethoric adults,
and attended with fullness and heat of the head, to which
the bleeding affords relief, it may be considered almost salu-
tary, and need not be interfered with.  But when it occurs
in the course of low fevers, consumption, or other debilita-
ting disease, or  when it is frequently repeated from appa-
rently slight and insufficient causes, or when it is severe and
prostrating, it should demand attention.
  Treatment.—Sometimes merely extending the arm and
hand of the side upon which the bleeding occurs, upwards
over the head, will arrest the bleeding.  The application of
Witch Hazel  rarely fails, even in the worst cases.  Wet
a linen  or cotton rag with the Witch  Hazel  folded  one
or more times, and lay over the nose, covering it from the
eyebrows down,  and keep this  wet with the same, and
take ten drops in  a spoonful of water every fifteen minutes, 
                      RED NOSE.                   287

 until relieved.  In extreme cases the Witch Hazel may
 be injected into the nostril with a small syringe, or the
 nostril may be plugged with lint Avet with the same.
   If the Witch  Hazel is not at hand, cold water may
 be applied to the bridge of the  nose, and six pellets of
 Specific No. One may be given in a spoonful of water, and
 repeated as above  every quarter or half hour.
   When persons, especially children or young girls, are sub-
ject to frequent recurrence of nose-bleed, the use of Specific
 No. Eleven, six  pellets taken morning and  night, will
 permanently correct the evil.

    SWELLING  OR  REDNESS  OF THE NOSE.

   These affections, though often  varying in character and
 sometimes  disconnected, may be  conveniently  grouped
 together.  Swelling and redness of the nose, more particu-
 larly of the extremity, is common among  persons addicted
 to the use of ardent spirits, and among  luxurious livers.
 But it occasionally occurs among the temperate and frugal,
 causing an unsightly redness of the nose, and a swelling, or
 even thickening of  the integument covering the  organ, at
 once disagreeable  and unsightly.  The affection  is apt to
 become  chronic,  increasing  from year  to  year,  unless
 removed by proper regimen and medication.
   Treatment.—Whether the  difficulty has been occasioned
 by the free use of  stimulants, or a luxurious mode  of life or
 not, it is plain  that this should  be corrected, and a plain
 diet free from  exciting or stimulating food, and absence
 from  stimulants be enjoined.   The  Specific No.  Thirty-
 five may be taken, six pellets each morning, and the same
 of No. Fourteen at night  This may be continued until
 the redness and swelling are removed. 
288             HOMEOPATHIC MENIOfi.
          ULCERATION OF THE  NOSE.

  The  nose, especially the internal nostril, becomes occa-
sionally the seat of frequently recurring ulcerations.  The
lining  membrane  becomes  sore,  ulcerated, crusts form
from time  to  time, and become  detached with  frequent
bleeding.
  Treatment.—No. Thirty-five and No. Fourteen are
curative,  and  may be used,  six   pellets morning and at
night in  alternation, as  in case of redness and  SAvelling of
the nose.

            SWEATING OF THE FEET.

  There  are  some  persons who  are habitually subject to
perspiration of the feet, which is sometimes  excessive in
quantity, but more commonly rank or offensive.  It is not
ahvays permanently removed by bathing, though  this is of
course important, but depends  upon a morbid condition of
the tissue involved, the  sebaceous  glands and follicles, and
is a proper subject of medical treatment.
  It Avill be removed by the use of the Specific No. Twenty-
two, of Avhich six pellets may be taken night and  morning,
which may be continued at the  discretion of  the patient
It is sometimes wonderful, how a few doses of the  appropri-
ate remedy will remove an inconvenience of years standing.

                       DROPSY.

  This term is understood to represent a morbid  condition
of fluid  within some cavity or portion of the system.  In
itself it  is less a disease than a result or product of some
diseased condition of the organs or tissues involved.  As a
consequence, a larger portion of fluid is secreted or depos-
ited than is taken up, resulting in an accumulation of fluid 
DROPSY.                   289
or dropsy.  The symptoms or manifestations will vary with
the condition of the organs involved, the location and quan-
tity of the fluid, and almost invariably it Avill be found that
the functions of the skin and kidneys, the usual emuncto-
ries of the body have become  impaired, and that a cure will
be effected by their increased  activity.

         ANASARCA—GENERAL DROPSY.

   The usual symptoms are : An oedematous swelling of the
surface of the  body and  limbs, commencing first on the
most depending  portions of  the feet  and  legs, and then
gradually ascending to the abdomen, hands, face, and other
portions of  the body.   The surface is pale and cold, has a
doughy feel, and pits on pressure.  The secretions become
scanty, urine scanty, high-colored, skin dry  and boAvels
confined.  Added to these may be symptoms arising from
the condition of the organs and tissues primarily involved.
It may arise from various causes, among Avhich  are promi-
nently—disease or defective  action of the kidneys, the lo-
calization of the  poison of scarlatina, disease of  the liver
or spleen, and  the use  of various drugs employed  in the
treatment of Intermittent Fever, as arsenic, quinine, etc.
   Treatment.—The  use  of the  Specific No. Twenty-
five will be the appropriate remedy in this form of dropsy,
and may be given, according to the  urgency of  the case,
 six pills at a  time, dissolved in Avater, and repeated three
times per day  for slight cases, or  every two hours in the
more severe ones.
   Dropsical patients  require  a warm, dry,  uniform tem-
perature, and an elevated location  if obtainable, with mild,
easily-digested food, and the  bowels in a free if not relaxed
Condition.
19 
290             HOMEOPATHIC  MENTOR.
   DROPSY OF THE CHEST—HYDROTHORAX.

   This is one of the most difficult and unmanageable forms
 of this disease, occurring mostly in elderly people, and often
 connected Avith disease of the heart, or protracted pleuritic
 or  pulmonary inflammations.  The  symptoms are:  Diffi-
 cult, anxious, labored respiration, worse when lying down,
 or  inability to recline, the  head must  be kept elevated,
 blueness or pallid face and lips, starting up in affright or
 dropping to sleep Avith more rapid  breathing, as if in dan-
 ger of suffocation, scanty secretions and gradual swelling
 of the feet  and abdomen.
   The Treatment is more difficult and the result uncertain.
 The Specific No. Taventy-five may be given, six  pellets
 dissolved in Avater and repeated every three hours.  In case
 of violent paroxysms  of oppression, the No. One may be
 given, a like quantity in water, and repeated  every hour
 betAveen the doses of No. Twenty-five, as an intercurrent
 remedy, until the paroxysm has subsided.
  In case the dropsy of the chest is complicated with dis-
 ease of the  heart, indicated by irregular or  labored action
 of the heart, the Specific No. Thirty-two may be given in
 alternation  Avith No. Twenty-five, six pellets every three
 hours.  Diet and regimen as  for general dropsy.

     DROPSY OF  THE ABDOMEN—ASCITES.

  This is manifested by gradual  enlargement of the abdo-
 men, sometimes commencing almost imperceptibly and at
 others Avith greater  rapidity.   The swelling usually com-
mences in the vicinity of the stomach, and thence extends
 over the  entire abdomen.  There is with the enlargement
difficulty, of breathing on exercise, sallow complexion, dry
skin, scanty secretions, high-colored urine.  There is also
a feeling of languor and debility, and stiffness when at- 
OVARIAN  DROPSY.               291
tempting to bend the  body.  It may arise from peritoneal
inflammation, or from  enlargement and disease of the liA^er,
or from some constitutional disturbance.
  The Treatment is the same as for general dropsy, fd->-
pellets of No. Twenty-five, and given at intervals of two
or three hours, according to the urgency of the case.  Diet
and regimen as for general dropsy.

      OVARIAN DROPSY—OVARIAN  TUMOR.

  We mention  this disease here, as it usually first presents
itself in the form of ascites or abdominal  dropsy; but in
this  case there is ahvays a tumor or morbid growth from
one of the ovaries, generally the left, which, gradually en-
larging apparently from just above the pubic bone, more on
one side, extends upAvards and over the abdomen, at first
more hard  and firm, and to Avhich the softer fluctuation of
the fluid is aftenvards associated, for it is only after the
weight and volume of the tumor has compromised the ab-
dominal circulation, that the effusion  takes place.  When
this  has occurred, the symptoms are not unlike ascites—
large tumid abdomen, oedematous extremities, and scanty
secretion with  often-disturbed menstruation.
  Treatment.—The  No. Taventy-five may be  given as
in general  dropsy, six pellets  dissolved in water, and ad-
ministered  every three hours.
  A  remarkable cure was made by the use of the Witch
Hazel, not only of the effusion but of the tumor itself,
and  should the No. Twenty-five fail, I should  not hesi-
tate to recommend its adoption. 
292             homeopathic mentor
         INTESTINAL WORMS.—ENTOZOES.

  The  human system, in common  with the entire animal
kingdom, is subject to numerous parasites or entozia.  These
have their abode either upon the surface, or along the intes-
tinal track, or within the cavities, or even in the more solid
substances or muscles of the body.  They are found in all
animals and  fish, as well as  the human species—those in
apparent health as well as those that are sick—and the part
they play in the  economy of  nature is  confessedly obscure.
It is generally  conceded that it  is only  in  peculiar or
morbid  conditions, or under a  course  of diet and  regimen
unfavorable  to  health, that  they  multiply  or  increase to
such an extent  as  to become of themselves a source of
irritation and disease.  It is under these conditions that
Intestinal Worms  become the subject of  medical treat-
ment.
  The more important varieties of intestinal worms are :
  First—The seat worm or thread worm, usually called acarus.
This parasite is from a third to half an inch in length, white,
slender  and  very  active   They  inhabit principally the
lower intestine  and rectum.  They are more common in
children than in groAvn persons, though the latter are by
no means exempt from them.   It is not known Iioav these
worms originate, since they have even  been  known in
infants at birth.  But one fact is well ascertained: that chil-
dren Avho live mostly on farinaceous food arc most subject
to them.
  Symptoms.—By their constant and active motions  they
cause a  tickling and irritation  in the anus,  which  obliges
the child to scratch and rub the part, as a  consequence of
Avhich we frequently find a catarrhal inflammation of the
mucus membrane of the anus  or even  a  mucus discharge
from the part, also a swelling of the veins distributed over
the locality, and not unfrequently straining or tenesmus. 
            intestinal  worms.—ENTOZOES.         293

From the tendency  of these seat Avorms to travel, they
sometimes, in the case of females, enter and  irritate the
vagina, or in males  may  occupy the  folds of the prepuce,
in either case causing intolerable itching and irritation, and
occasionally inducing the bad habit of masturbation.
  Aside from the medical hints given  further on, great care
should be taken with children in Avhom they are discovered,
or when from the actions of the child  their presence maybe
suspected, to  prevent  their accumulation and to  remove
them.  Cleanliness, frequent bathing of the parts, injections
of cold  Avater,  are generally sufficient to remove the
parasites and relieve the irritation. Should it be necessary
to remove them from the  rectum, this may readily and con-
veniently be done by injecting  an ounce of olive oil, with
which the worms will usually come away in a mass.
  Should the child be restless at night or feverish from the
irritation  occasioned by them, a dose of two pellets of
Specific No. One will be sufficient to  subdue it.
  For the permanent eradication of these seat worms fram
the system, give  two pellets of Specific  No. Two, morning
and noon, and the  same quantity of Specific  No.  Ten at
night, and continue this course until the object is attained.
  Second—The Round Worm (Ascaris LuMBRicorDEs) is the
next species more commonly met with.   It is of cylindrical
form, pointed at both ends, from six to nine or even twelve
inches in length, and of the thickness of  a goose quill, thus
resembling somewhat the common earth worm.  Its body,
however, is half transparent, and  of a whitish, yelloAvish or
even  brownish hue.   They are  of  both  sexes, and the
females more numerous than the males.
  This Avorm principally  inhabits  the small intestines, but
it is not unfrequently found in the stomach, and from thence
sometimes mounts along up the oesophagus into the throat
and  mouth, or nose.  Attacks of violent, incessant,  spas-
modic cOugh are often produced by the attempted passage 
294
homeopathic mentor
of a worm into the pharynx.  Doubtless, other  grave dis-
turbances or morbid conditions are produced, from the pre-
sence of these vermin in the neighboring parts.
  Symptoms.—These worms may exist in considerable num-
bers without causing any serious disturbance.  But in the
majority  of cases  they occasion gripings in the abdomen,
enlarged  or hard,  prominent abdomen,  mucus  diarrhoea,
occasional vomiting, irregular or  capricious appetite.  There
are also from time to time sympathetic symptoms, such as
itching of the nose, or of the anus or genitals, increased flow
of saliva, restless sleep, with frdquent starting or grating of the
teeth.  Beside the above more decided symptoms indicating the
presence of worms, authors have enumerated the folloAving
as  manifestations of the  worm cachexy : Palor and sickly
appearance of the countenance,  and occasional flushing of
the cheeks; bluish circles under the eyes; dilated pupils;
headache  or vertigo; voracity or irregular appetite; offensive
or  fetid  breath;  acrid eructations; occasional nausea or
vomiting; foul or coated tongue;  tensive  fulness of the
abdomen, and gnawing or burning in particular  parts of
the intestines; hard, tumid abdomen; great thirst; discharge
of mucus from the bladder, rectum or vagina; slight febrile
symptoms, or erratic remitting fever; nocturnal wakefulness,
with low spirits and irritability of temper. Wc occasionally
notice an inflammatory redness  of the nostrils, Avith great
disposition in  children for picking or boring into the nose,
and sudden screaming  on aAvaking, or grating of the teeth
in sleep, and involuntary flow of saliva during  sleep, also at
times, and in sensitive subjects,  spasmodic or even convul-
sive attacks.
  These symptoms, indicating the presence of worms, are
largely influenced  by the regimen and diet of the patient,
and even  by the season of the year and the lunar phases.
Such  articles of diet as milk, sugar, preserves, candies and
pastry, and sometimes pungent  salted food, ham, cheese, 
            intestinal worms.—entozoes.        295

 etc., produce  an aggravation.  The leucophlegmatic habit
 appears to favor their production, and the female more
 than the male sex.
   Third—The common Tape Worm (Taenia  Solium).  It is
 only rarely met Avith in this country.  It consists of a head
 not larger than a pin's head, in which there arc four suck-
 ing cups and their armature; a neck, Avhich is  an  inch or
 more in length, very  slender and  without joints ;  and the
 body, consisting of a long row of flat, ribbon-like segments,
 each of Avhich is rectangular in shape  and  constantly in-
 creasing in size towards the caudal extremity.  These seg-
 ments  have each the male and female organ,  and at the
 caudal extremity the ripe eggs.  There may  be several
 hundred of them, each half or three quarters of an inch in
 length, and the entire animal may measure  several yards.
 From time to time, the lower segments  or joints, as they
 are termed, ripen, and are  pushed off,  and appear  in the
 evacuaiions,  and these eggs, being  taken by  another
 organism (the hog), form in their  organism grubs, and by
 a subsequent metamorphosis become the original Taenia in
 the human subject.   It rarely happens that more than one
 of these unwelcome guests are found in the  human intes-
 tines at the same time, yet there are cases on record Avhere
 two or more have simultaneously existed in  the same  per-
 son.  They are usually found in those regions where people
 are accustomed to eat raw or not well cooked pork.
  The  symptoms of Tape Worm are all equivocal, unless the
 segments  of  the Avorm  itself are  discovered in  the dis-
 charges.  Some individuals experience not the slightest in-
 convenience from it.   Others complain  of severe  pain in
the stomach, nausea, vomiting,  ravenous hunger,  even to
fainting.  The abdomen  is sometimes bloated,  sometimes
contracted.  In  some  cases there  is  diarrhoea, in  others
constipation.   Among the sympathetic symptoms arc : itch-
ing of the  nose, vertigo  or dizziness, getting dark  before 
296             homeopathic mentor
the eyes, noises in the ears, palpitation of the heart.   These
symptoms are ameliorated in most cases by the use of cer-
tain kinds of food, such  as milk, eggs,  mild soups  and
meat not spiced, while they  are produced or aggravated by
the use of acids or sour things, especially pickles, spiced
Avith vinegar  and  pepper,  smoked herring, horse  radish,
cranberries,  straAvberries,   etc.   Sometimes,  after  eating
these latter substances, segments of the worm arc discharg-
ed, and the diagnosis thus established.
  For  the  treatment and permanent removal of  the Tape
Worm the  amateur practioner Avill be  able to  do but little.
Fortunately, these cases are  rare in this country, and where
the patient is living Avisely, and constantly using appropriate
Homeopathic medicine for any occasion that may arise, the
Tape Worm will  not  be troublesome.   Practitioners use
with success Kousso  or  the  flowers of the Brayera Anthel-
mintica, an infusion  of  two  drachms in  a tumbler full of
water, and letting it stand over night, strain off, and, after
taking a cup of coffee to prevent nausea,  take half the por-
tion and the remainder half  an hour later.  The parasite is
often carried off after a few hours.
  General Treatment.—Fever is one of the most common
and the most urgent symptoms of verminous irritation, and
is usually the more violent in proportion as the Avorms are
higher up in the intestinal track. The fever is characterized
by  its unsteady character, at times becoming quite  violent
with red face,  or one  cheek red and the other pale; white or
pale lips or around the mouth; quick pulse; heat of the sur-
face and restless tossing and anxiety; startings on going to
sleep, indicating a tendency  to convulsions, or even convul-
sive attacks.  It will be generally found on inquiry that the
attack of fever has been provoked by some grave error in
diet, or exposure,  or both—commonly  the eating of cake,
candy, sweet  meats, raisins  or other pernicious articles of
food, has been sufficient to derange the stomach—to which
the irritation of the Avorms Avas soon added. 
            intestinal  worms.—entozoes.         297

  For  such an attack of fever, dissolve at once eight or ten
pellets of Specific No. One  in as  many teaspoonsful  of
water, of which give a spoonful every hour, until four or five
doses have been given;  then prepare of Specific  No. Two
in the same manner, and  give of the two, in alternation,  at
intervals of an hour, until the fever has abated, when the
intervals may be  prolonged to two or three hours, until a
cure is effected.
  Should the fever be quite high, and there be twitchings,  or
startings, or  great   nervous  excitement,  rendering the
danger of convulsions imminent, loose no time in giving a
full enema of warm Avater, so as to secure a free movement of
the bowels, and even  repeat it, if necessary.
  After the storm has  passed over, and the fever  been
allayed,  a dose of two pellets of Specific No. Ten,  given
night and morning, will best restore  the normal state of the
digestion.
  For  vague, uneasy or  colicy pains in the  bowels, arising
from the presence of Avorms, the use of the Specific No.
Two,  giving two  pellets  four times per day, will be  suffi-
cient.  Should it have become worse or complicated by the
use  of indigestible  food, the SpEcmc No.  FrvE may  be
given instead of No. Two, in the same manner.
  For the permanent eradication of worms from the system
the use of Specific No. Two, giving  two pellets four  times
per day, ahvays before meals, and on  going to rest, will  be
sufficient If, as in many cases, there is imperfect digestion,
or some degree of dyspepsia, the end will be  more readily
obtained by giving the No. Two—two pellets before meals,
and  a like dose of Specify No. Ten on going to rest  at
night
  The DrET in children affected with worms is important.
They should not be  constantly eating, always " having a
piece in the hand."  Let them have  regular meals, and eat
at meal time, rarely except at meals, so that the digestive 
298             homeopathic mentor
organs may have  rest.   Give the child plain, wholesome
diet, meat once per day, no pastry, pies, cakes, sweetmeats,
raisins or candies, or these as rare and seldom as  possible.
Under such treatment and management  the trouble from
worms will bo very slight indeed.

                CHOLERA  INFANTUM.

  Few diseases are more destructive among young children
than Cholera Infantum.  It prevails principally in our cities
and larger towns during the hot or summer season, and is
mostly confined to  children under two years of age.   It is
much  more liable to  attack  those who  are reared  on
the bottle  than  those that  nurse, and far more fatal or
destructive among those who  are ill  fed, or are living in
close, ill ventilated or low rooms, and in  the close streets,
than among those avIio have better or Avider apartments, or
better air.  Oftentimes removal to free country air and the
use of pure, Avholcsome  milk, is sufficient to effect a cure.
To those who cannot remove  to the country or to the sea
side, the  riding on our rivers or bays, in a  cool, well shaded
boat, is  a precious resource.  Pure, wholesome food  and
fresh country or  sea air, are  often indispensable for a- cure
in advanced cases.
  Symptoms.—The disease generally commences in the form
of diarrhcea, Avith frequent, thin or watery  stools, which are
whitish, yellowish or ash grey, sometimes green or green-
ish, having  a very penetrating, peculiar odor, or sometimes
a sourish or sweetish, fresh  smell.  After a few days,  and
sometimes from the first, nausea and vomiting is associated
with the diarrhcea.   The stomach becomes very irritable,
vomiting everything  that is taken, within a short time, so
that nothing seems to  be  retained.  The stools become
more  frequent or profuse, and the emaciation progresses
from day to day.  There is usually decided thirst,  either 
cholera  infantum.              299
from the  beginning or  after a few  days,  and the  child
eagerly Avatches and greedily drinks of the  proffered fluid,
often  only to  have it  vomited up  again, unless given in
very small quantities.  Unless relieved, the  stools increase
in frequency, or become  only occasional, but are excessive
in quantity  and  offensive ;  the  uneasiness,  thirst  and
vomiting  increase;  the  emaciation progresses ;  wrinkles
form about the nates ; the  neck becomes  thin ; the skin
hangs in folds about the arms and legs ; the face is sallow,
pale and shrunken, and the features have an old look ; the
eyes becomes  dull, and the patient sinks  into  a stupid
slumber, or glides into an " encephaloid" condition  Avhich,
after a day or two, closes the scene.
   Sometimes the attack is  much more sudden, the child
from* the  beginning having vomiting and  repeated  thin,
watery stools, with rapid sinking and collapse of the sys-
tem.  In the first  case, the disease may run from three to
twelve weeks, until the child is reduced to a skeleton; or in
the latter, or  more acute attack, the patient  may  sink in
three or four days.
   Treatment.—In  the  treatment  of this disease the  diet
and air of the patient are of first importance.  Children Avho
nurse have a much better chance than those brought up by
hand, and goat's milk is often  better that that of cows,
especially for \*ery feeble children.   Good, healthy, country
air, by preference in an elevated region, or at  the sea side,
and fresh  drawn coav's  milk are usually the  best sources of
restoration, and place the system in the best position to be
aided by medicine.
   At the  first  indication of Diarrhcea, or relaxed bowels,
give SpEcrFic No. Four—two pellets, which may be given
dry in the mouth, and  repeated every two hours—and this
medicine  may  be  continued through the entire course of
the disease, prolonging the intervals between  the doses as
the patient improves, or  even giving it every hour if the 
300
homeopathic mentor
stools are as often, or are very frequent.   When we have
diarrhoea remember to  avoid all acids, fruits, tea,  coffee,
eggs, oysters, chicken or  veal, or soup made  from them,
but use milk, thickened, if need be, with flour, or rice water,
or farina.  If the  child  nurses  let it be  confined  to the
breast  as far  as possible, recurring to the above only as
auxiliaries.
  If the stomach has become irritable, the child vomiting or
nauseated, throAving up its food or drink from time  to time,
the Specific No. Six is demanded, and should be prepared
by dissolving twelve pellets in six teaspoonsful of Avater, in a
glass, of which, after well stirring, a spoonful should be
given every hour, and this  should  be continued until the
vomiting and nausea are allayed.  Should  the  diarrhoea
continue, and the nausea or vomiting only abated, but not
be entirely subdued, and  more especially if the stools are
quite large, thin or Avatery, then give the two above men-
tioned Specifics in  alternation, at  intervals of one or two
hours, according to the urgency of the  symptoms, giving
two pellets of No. Four, dry one time, and a spoonful of
the solution of No. Six  the next time, and so on in alter-
nation, so  long as  the  condition requires.  Care  must be
taken in this irritable condition  of  the stomach not  to give
the child food or drink too often, or too much at a time.  Give
a few spoonsful, or  let it  nurse a feAV moments, then after
one or two hours give again, for the stomach often  retains
a few spoonsful when a  larger quantity is rejected, thus in-
creasing the irritability.
   If the child moans, frets and  worries, is  sleepless  or
tossing about, you  can  interpose occasionally, as  an inter-
current  remedy, a few pellets of Specific  No. Three with
advantage. 
HOMEOPATHIC specifics.
301
                    KEY  TO

 HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  SPECIFICS.

  As this book will doubtless  be used by many persons
<vho may have a more or less intimate acquaintance with
the usual  Homeopathic  medicines, and  may desire  to
institute a comparison between the two systems of Homeo-
pathic medication; or in cases where a physician has been
called to  a patient Avho has  been using the Specifics,
and who hence desires to know their composition, in order
to have a better understanding of the existing symptoms;
I present here, in a tabulated form, the simple medicines of
which the several Specifics are composed.  Premising also,
that these Specifics are all combinations, according to the
intimation  given on pages twenty-eight and twenty-nine,
(28 and 29) of the introduction, and generally used in Avhat
are termed the middle or lower potencies, or from the third
to the sixth attenuation.  And  I may remark, that the
adept in our art, will not fail to recognize the Homeopathic
relation of all the medicines named in the several Specifics,
to the  disease or affection, or to that assemblage of symp-
toms, which the Specific is designed to cure.   And I also
promise myself, should health and opportunity permit, at
no  distant date, to offer the profession  " What I know  of
Specifics," so that nothing of my experience or knowledge
in all  this  behalf, shall be  withheld from our common
humanity. 
302               key to  specifics.
                                             IAcow.
                                             Bar!"
        Inflammations,  Heat,  Pain.

This Specific is used  in all diseases where there
is hot skin, quick pulse, tossing, restlessness, ex-
treme pain  or throbbing.    For Inflammatory
Fever, with full,  quick  pulse,  hot  skin,  red
face, thirst and restlessness.—Gastric or Bilious
Fever, with  quick, full pulse, hot skin, white or
yellow coated tongue, bad taste,  thirst, nausea,
vomiting of mucus bitter or yellow matter, consti-
pation, restlessness, and even delirium.— Scarlet
Fever, with nausea,  vomiting, rapid pulse, sore
throat, hot, red, or mottled  skin,  scanty urine. —
Rheumatic  Fever, with  full, quick pulse, hot
skin,  restless sleep, soreness of the  limbs, red,
hot,  shining, swelling of  the affected part, and
scanty, red urine,  either alone, or in alternation
with No.  Fifteen. — Violent beating Headaehes.
— Congestion or rush of  blood to  the head.—
Threatened  apoplexy. — Startings  on  going  to
sleep. — Sleeplessness when there  is fullness,
throbbing, or heat  of  the head. — Inflammation
of the Brain, or its  coverings. — Hydrocephalus.
— Violent Ophthalmy.—  Toothache  with  throb-
bing or beating pain, alone, or in alternation with
No. Eight.—Quinsy  or Sore  Throat, in alter-
nation with  No. Thirty-four. — Croup  of the
Inflammatory or spasmodic  form, alone,  or  in 
KEY TO  SPECIFICS.
803
    alternation with  No. Thirteen. — Congestion
    of Blood to the Chest. — Severe Coughs, Avith
    hoarseness  and rough sensation, fever, or sharp
    pains in chest or sides. — Inflammation of the
    Lungs, with hot skin, quick pulse, oppressed  or
    difficult  breathing, heaviness,  distress, or sharp
    pains in the  chest, cough, with expectoration  of
    scanty, blood-stained  or  bloody  mucus, alone at
    first, then with No. Seven.—Pleurisy Avith high
    fever,  quick  pulse, intercepted  respiration, and
    sharp, stinging pain in the side.— Inflammation
    of  the Liver, with  No.  Ten. — Inflammation
    of the Bowels,  or of the peritoneum.—Inflam-
    mation  of the Kidneys or of the  Bladder, in
    alternation with No. Thirty.

                                             ( Cina.
Ctoes[     VERMINOUS  affections,     U™*t-

  Worm Fever, Worm  Colic, Voracious Appetite.

      It is used  for all conditions supposed to arise
    from the presence of worms or from a  Verminous
    Diathesis.  Among these are:  Pale face, white
    lips, enlarged abdomen, with small legs and arms,
    capricious or  voracious  appetite, itching of the
    nose, itching at  the anus, too frequent urination,
    wetting the bed, offensive breath, frequent accumu-
    lation  of water  in the  month. — Versatile fever
    from  the presence of Worms. — Twitching of
    the face  or  limbs, or Violent General Con- 
304
KEY  TO SPECIFICS.
 vulsions, with holding back of the  head, rigid
 limbs, twitching of the face, etc. — Hydrocephalic
 symptoms, dilated pupils, squinting, etc. — Itch-
 ing of the anus. — Seat  worms. — Long, round
 worms.

 o j                                        ( Cham.
Esf       DISEASES OF INFANTS.      ]calc.c.
  '                                        ( Jalapa.
  Colic,  Crying, Wakefulness, Affections
            Incident to Teething.

  It  is   especially adapted  to   all   diseases of
 Infants  and  Young Children. — Colic  of In-
 fants.— Crying  without  apparent cause.—
 Sleeplessness   by day  or night,   evidently
 the  result  of  excitement,  pain, or  unsatisfied
 desire.—Irritation of Teething, fretting, wor-
 rying, with heated gums and congestion to the
 head. — Bash of Infants. — Eruption or Scurf on
 the scalp of infants.—Enlarged and hard abdomen
 of young children. — Soreness or Excoriation
 of children. — Diarrhcea of Infants, or quite
 young children. — Twitching of the  limbs  on
 going  to  sleep.— Convulsions of Infants.—Slow
 growth, slowness in learning to walk, tardy closing
 of the fontanel, and deficient muscular vigor.__
 Tardy appearance of teeth, or irregularity in the
 coming of teeth. — Sleeplessness  in Adults
 from overwork,  or  nervous  excitability.—After-
 pains in lying-in women. 
KEY  TO 8PECIFICS.               305
                                              ( IrKCAC.
M              DIAKRHCEA.             jgu.^

       Summer Complaint, Cholera Infantum.

      It  is  peculiarly  appropriate  to diarrhoea  of
    summer, or  the hot season,  with loose,  yellow,
    greenish, mixed or  chopped-up,  or even  watery
    stools, with colic or  pain.—Diarrhcea of feeble,
    emaciated  children,  attended  with nausea, colic,
    and debility.   Cholera Infantum,  in  alterna-
    tion with  No. Six,  if  there is  constant nausea,
    frequent  vomiting,  profuse  watery,  or  scanty
    stools. — Diarrhcea of children or adults, from
    indigestion, overloading the stomach, or fat, heavy
    indigestible food. — Diarrhcea  from the use of
    fruit,  or  from  change  of water or of diet  in
    traveling. — Chronic  Diarrhcea, either  alone,
    or  in  alternation  with No.  Five. — Dysenteric
    Diarrhoea,  or painful Diarrhoea Avith  mixed
     stools, streaked with blood. — Indigestion,  with
     softness of the stomach, or  tendency to diarrhcea.
XT                                         ( Coloc.
S£* \           DYSENTERY.           ] Coi.cn.
oures )                                    ^ Merc. corr.
          Colic, Tenesmus,  Bilious Colic.

      Especially appropriate for  Colic in  its varied
    forms. — Flatulent  Colic,  Inflammatory
    Colic, with writhing pain, and  tenderness, sore-
    ness, extreme sensibility to pressure,  or even  the 
306              key to specifics.
weight of the bed-clothes.—Gastric or Intestin-
al  Colic from indigestible substances, alone, or
in alternation with No. Ten. — Bilious Colic, in
alternation with No.  Ten.— Specific for  Fall
Dysentery, with colic, tenesmus, bloody, slimy,
greenish,  mixed,  scanty  stools,  with  constant
tormena  and straining. — Painful Diarrhcea.—
Chronic  Diarrhoea,  sometimes  in  alternation
with No. Four.
No  Gi                                      (Verat. A
CmuS\        CHOLERA-MORBUS.        j Arsen.

      Cholera,  Nausea, Vomiting, Prostration.

      Promptly curative for Cholera  Morbus, with
    nausea, vomiting, coldness, and even cramps.—
    As preventive  of Asiatic Cholera.—For Cholera
    with  coldness,  blue  surface  vomiting,  sudden,
    profuse, thin,  or rice-water stools, cramps, and
    oppressed  respiration. — Nausea, or Nausea and
    Vomiting. — Morning  sickness  of   expectant
    Women. — Great prostration  with  coldness.—
    Asthmatic, oppressed, or difficult respiration.
No  7 )                                        ( Bryon.
Cures f        COUGHS AND COLDS.         ] Pnos.
                                              ( Caust.
        Bronchitis, Influenza, Sore Throat.

      It is especially appropriate and  curative for all
    Bronchial  and  Pulmonary  Irritations, and 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
even   Inflammations. — Hoarseness,  so  as  to
speak  only in whispers, and even  entire loss  of
voice. — Rough, scraping sensation in the throat
and pharynx. — Soreness and sense of excoriation
in  the chest. — Cough  from  tickling  in  the
throat. — Cough from irritation in the bronchia
or lungs.— Cough, with severe stinging pain  in
the chest or side, expectoration of  blood-stained
or bloody mucus. — Pneumonia, with  oppressed
breatliing, pain  in the  chest  or side, cough and
bloody expectoration, either alone or in alterna-
tion with  No.  One. — Pleuritis, with  sharp,
stinging pain in the side, intercepted respiration
and high fever,  in alternation with No. One. —
Sharp, stinging pains  in the side  or chest.—
Laryngitis,  with   roughness and  scraping  in
the throat,  hoarseness, dry or  loose cough,  and
irritation of the throat and bronchia, alone, or in
alternation with No. Thirteen. — Bronchitis,
acute  or chronic,   with  dry, irritating cough,
hoarseness, or sense of  roughness, soreness, or
pain in the chest, or even  with emaciation  and
hectic  fever towards evening, sometimes in alter-
nation with No. One. — Incipient  Pulmonary
Consumption, with  emaciation, suspicious cough,
scanty or frothy expectoration, pain in  the chest
or  side, debility, cold  hands in  the  morning,
and slight  fever towards evening, or even with
perspiration at night, alone, or in alternation with
No. ThirtY-five. — 
808               KEY  TO 8PECIFICS.
                                              SMPkztcr

        Toothache, Faceache, Nervous Pains.

       Especially  curative  for  all  Nervous Pains,
    pains along the course of a nerve,  or occupying
    a  limited  space, sharp, stabbing,  twinging,  or
    shooting, or Avith pauses or  exacerbations, with
    extreme  nervousness, at times driving one almost
    to distraction, and without  the  redness, swelling
    and heat  of  inflammation. — Toothache   in
    partially decayed, or even  sound teeth, darting,
    aching,  gnawing, or rending pains, either in the
    affected  tooth, or along the roots of the teeth, or
    extending to the jaw  or face. — Toothache  in
    Old  Decayed teeth. — Toothache   in  sound
    teeth. — Too  rapid  decay of  the  teeth. — Pres-
    opalgia or pain in the face, teeth, and jaw, even
    at times extending to the neck and  shoulders. —
    Old, Long-standing, inveterate neuralgias,  in
    alternation  with  No.  Thirty-five. — Nervous
    pains, causing sleeplessness  at night — Swelling
    of the face after toothache.—

No  » )                                        ( Apis- M
Cukes f             HEADACHES.           \ Iris, v
                                              ( Nux. v
    Vertigo, Sick  Headaches, Congestion to the
                       Head.
      Appropriate for various forms of headache,  or
    of vertigo, and for what is termed rush of blood  to
    the head.—Vertigo or swimming of  the head, on 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
809
r.sing, while  walking, or on  turning.— Vertigo
Avhile lying doAvn. — Constant SAvimming  in the
head  as if intoxicated.— Rush of  blood to the
head, with hot, red face, fullness and heat  of the
head, sometimes in alternation Avith No. One or
No.  Thirty-five. — Chronic  fullness  of blood
in the head.—Headache with beating,  throb-
bing and fullness of the head, red  or pale face.—
Headache, as if a nail were driven into the head.
—Headache, nausea, vomiting,  trembling  and
desire to lie down.—Dull,  heavy, drowsy,  stupid
headache. —  Habitual  headaches,  recurring
every feAv days, brought on  by excitement, fatigue
or indigestion, attended with nausea, vomiting,
trembling  and  prostration, often  in alternation
with No. Ten.—
                                           !Nux v

Deranged  Stomach,  Constipation,  Bilious
                Complaints.
  Especially curative for Gastric Derangement,
or what is often called Biliousness. — With bad
taste in the mouth, coated tongue, offensive breath,
want of appetite, constipated bowels, dull, heavy,
stupid feeling. — Evil effects of a debauch, drink-
ing, over-work, or long watching. — Weak, tremu-
lous,  debilitated  feeling. — Headache   from 
310              KEY TO SPECIFIC'S.

   deranged stomach, indigestion, or constipation.—
    Vertigo or  dizziness of the head, with  deranged
   stomach or constipation.—Heartburn.—Water-
   brash, or rising of water or food to the  mouth.—
   Dyspepsia, or Chronic Indigestion, with coated
   tongue, bad taste in the mouth, offensive breath,
   rising  of water or food in the  mouth,  belching
   of Avind, spitting up of food  or  mucus, sensation
   after eating as of a stone or load in the stomach,
   fullness or  distention of the stomach, sIoav, torpid,
   or constipated bowels. — Tenderness of the pit of
   the stomach when touched. — Light clothes are
   insupportable. — Gasteralgy, Avith severe cramp
   like pain and distress at the pit of the stomach.—
   Chronic   Constipation,  slow,  hard,  knotty,
   insufficient and infrequent  stools. — Too Long
   and Too  Profuse  menses. —  Leucorrhcea in
   women, often in alternation with No. Tavelve.—
   Lumbago,  or pains in  the back or loins.— Bear-
   ing down pains in women.—


Cur"  f  MENSTRUAL IRREGULARITIES,  j PuJsat.

     Delaying, Scanty, or Painful Menses.

     Especially adapted to the period of development
   in  Young  Women. — Delaying Menses  in
   young  girls, with  chilliness,  flushes  of heat,
   pale  face,  weariness  and  languor, capricious
   appetite, etc. — Scanty Menses coming only for 
               KEY TO SPECIFICS.               811

a short time, then interrupted, or thin, pale color,
watery.— Suppressed Menses, from cold, fright,
fatigue or Avet feet—Chlorosis or  Green Sick-
ness, with pale  face,  pale, bloodless lips, easy
fatigue, tired  feeling, restless nights, capricious or
wanting appetite, fetid breath, and scanty, pale
or absent menses.—Pale, Leucorrhwaic, or mucus
discharges, instead of the natural menstrual flow.
—Leucorrhoea instead  of the  monthly flow, or
with scanty menses. — Ovarian disease, with en-
largement  of the  abdomen, tenderness  in the
ovarian region, scanty urine, and irregular men-
ses.— Toothache of pregnant women. — too long
or too severe after-pains.—

,rt .                                    ( Carbo. an.
" \   LEUCORRHGEA  OR WHITES.  ] Nux. v.
ES '                                    (Bellad.
 Too  Profuse  Menses and  Prolapsus Uteri.

  Especially curative for Leucorrhcea or Whites,
thick, yelloioish, cream-like or brownish discharge,
worse before and  after the menses, mild or ex-
coriating, attended with weakness and debility.—
Bearing down  pains,  sensation as  if everything
would be pressed out.— Prolapsus Uteri.— Too
Profuse Menses.— Too Frequent Menses.—
 Too Long Continued Menses, inducing weak-
ness and prostration,  sometimes in  alternation
with  No. Ten, or No. Twenty-four. — Ulcera-
tion of the womb.— 
312
key to specifics.
                                      A.C02T.
                                      SroNG
                                    . Kali. b. 0.
Hoarse Cough, Oppressed Respiration.
o£i2?}              CROUP.              jl™\r
      Especially suitable for all  diseases  or morbid
    conditions of the  Larynx and Trachea. — Cough
    hoarse, barking, or with  constant inclination to
    cough, and  pain, soreness, or  irritation in the
    throat or larynx. — Hoarse, Croupy  Cough in
    children.— Cough  with  whispering  or hoarse
    voice, emaciation,  soreness of the throat or larynx.
    —Chronic Laryngitis, with hoarse or whisper-
    ing unequal  voice,  frequent cough, with scanty
    expectoration, yellow, frothy, or sometimes blood-
    stained, sense of  soreness, scraping, and rough-
    ness, as if the larynx was excoriated,  emaciation
    and evening fever.— Croup, with hoarse, barking
    cough, high fever,  and  difficult, oppressed, or
    stridulous breathing. — Spasmodic oppression of
    the chest, compare No.  Twenty-one.—

No  14 )                                    ( Onus. Tox
 Cure! f    ERUPTIONS OF THE SKIN.  \ Apis. m.
      '                                    ( SOLPH.
  Erysipelas, Tetters, Salt Rheum, Scald-head.
      Curative  for all  Acute, and  even  Clironic
    Eruptions of the skin,  especially Erysipelas,
    red swelling, itching or  burning, inflamed surface,
    or with eruption of blisters or vesicles, with high
    fever  and quick pulse, or with deep  red swelling
    and prostration, sometimes in  alternation  with 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
313
No. One. — Nettle Rash, with large, red or white,
raised, itching, Avheats or blotches, like mosquito
bites, with itching and burning.— Acne or pimples
on the forehead and face of young people.—Salt-
rheum  with  chapped, rough, scaly hands, or
other  parts,  often  sore or  bleeding. — Crusta
Lacta, or milk  crusts in children, Avith eruption
of reddish vesicles, which disclose, forming yellow,
and  sometimes thick, brownish crusts on the face,
forehead, or cheeks. — Old, obstinate eruptions of
the legs or body. — Red itching, eruption in the
hairy part of the face, whiskers and beard often
forming thickish crusts. — Barbers11 Itch. —Scald
Head, with eruption of moist  vesicles upon the
hairy  scalp,  which, discharging yellow  matter,
form thick crusts, excoriating  the surface,  and
denuding the  hair. — Thick,  dark, unclear com-
plexion.— Old ulcers on the legs, unsightly, with
bluish  border, and  lardaceous  bottom, or Avith
erysipelatous redness around them — consult also
No.  Twenty-two  and No.  Taventy-ter^e.—
Crusty or scaly eruption coming out in paches,
with bran-like scurf, or forming crustc. —

--.                                       (Brvon.
J* |            RHEUMATISM.          J Tart. r.

          Pain,  Lameness, Soreness.

  Especially curative for all forms of Rheumatism
or vague Rheumatic pains. — also for some forms
     20 
314               KEY TO SPECIFICS.
   of  Neuralgia or Nervous pains.—Acute Rheu-
   matism,  Avith  lameness, stiffness, red and hot, or
   pale swelling of the affected part, intolerable pain
   on  moving, Avith fever  and scanty  secretions.—
   Lumbago, with pain and lameness across the loins
   or  back, worse  Avhen attempting to  walk, and
   sometimes forbidding an erect posture in walking.
   —Dull, heavy  pains in  the loins or back,  night
   and day. — Pain  in  the  side or  chest,  along
   the intercostal muscles,  worse  on moving, or by
   pressing along the affected part. — Pain in  the
   shoulder, extending downwards even to the elbow
   or  hand. — Painful lameness and  stiffness  of the
   nape or side of the neck. — Sciatic Rheumatism
   with acute pain  in the hip, at times even extend-
   ing to the thigh, leg  or foot, of the affected side.
   —Chronic Rheumatism with lameness, stiffness,
   pain, and even curvature of the affected part,
   principally involving  the joints and  tendons.—
   Old, Gouty,  or Rheumatic enlargements of the
   joints, with occasional paroxysms of pain, swelling
   and tenderness. — Chronic stiffness of the joints,
   —Lameness of the joints. — Soreness of the integ-
   uments as if bruised. —
kt« iai                                      (Ipecac.
 Cu™  1        FEVER AND AGUE.        | Nrc. v
   Intermittent Fever, Dumb  Ague,  Old  Ague.
      Promptly  curative  for  Intermittent  and
    Climate Fevers. — Prevention  of intermittent 
KEY TO SPECIFIC8.
315
fevers by persons residing in malarious districts.
— Bilious Symptoms with coated tongue, offen-
sive breath, bad or bitter taste, no appetite, dullness,
easy fatigue, chilliness and constipation, often the
forming stage of intermittent Fevers. — Fever
and Ague with cold chills, with thirst, backache,
and pain in the limbs, heat, with thirst, headache,
even  delirium, followed by perspiration.—Fever
and Ague, chills, with blue nails, chattering teeth,
thirst, pain in back or limbs, heat with headache,
sleeplessness,  and folloAved  by long-lasting per-
spiration. — Fever and Ague, with chills returning
every day. — Fever and Ague with chills return-
ing every  second day. — Old, partly  suppressed
agues, with chills returning irregularly, but Avith
constant weak  digestion, muscular  debility, fre-
quent bloating, bad taste, impaired appetite, irreg-
ular bowels, scanty, red urine, and  general prostra-
tion of the system. — Old Agues maltreated by
quinine, arsenic, cholagogue, or  other nostrums.
— Bloating, with enlargement and  hardness of
the  spleen, (ague cake,)  in  consequence of  the
ague. — Bloating of the  abdomen, and even the
entire body from the abuse of quinine.—Has been
used efficiently in low forms of fever, approaching
Typhus, or Typhoid.— 
316              KEY TO SPECIFICS.
                                        I Hamam V.
&»f   PILES OB HEMORRHOIDS,   j^-™

   External or Internal,  Blind or Bleeding.

     Especially curative of all engorgements of the
   venous circulation, and morbid conditions growing
   out of them.
     Piles Avith sensation as if a stick or hard sub-
   stance were in the rectum. — Piles with large blue
   or red tumors Avhich come down at every stool, are
   returned with difficulty and  occasionally bleed,
   affording temporary relief. — Large, red or bluish
   tumors situated at tho edge of the anus, intensely
   sore and painful  to pressure.—Bleeding Piles,
   which bleed  at almost every stool, and often  at
   other times, attended with weakness, debility, and
   broken-back like sensation. — Piles with prolap-
   sus of the rectum at every stool. — Mucus piles. —
   Itching of the anus, with occasional discharge of
   mucus.— Internal Piles with painful soreness
   or  lameness in the sacral region, painful, narrow
   and at times bloody stools.— Hemorrhoidal colic.—
   Constipation with piles.—
                                       !Aprg


 Inflamed Eyes or Eyelids, Weak  Sight.

  Especially adapted to all morbid  conditions of
the organs of sight—Premature weakness of sight, 
KEY  TO  SPECIFICS.
311
or in consequence of over-taxing of the eyes in
reading, or fine Avork, or when the system was weak.
— Threatened amaurosis. — Easy fatigue of  the
eyes from reading or similar effect — Intolerance
of light.—Acute  inflammation of the Eyes
with injected vessels of  the conjunctiva, intoler-
ance of light, flow of hot, scalding tears.— Old
Ophthalmias with injection, and even ulceration
of the conjunctiva, cornea, cloudy opacity of the
cornea, dimness of sight, redness of the lids, and
frequent agglutination.—Inflammation,  red-
ness, swelling or thickening of the eyelids.—
Inflammation and Thickening of the margin
of the eyelids, denuding the  eyelashes. — Styes
on  the  eyelids — Small, painless tumors in  the
eyelids. — Profuse flow of  tears, overflowing the
eyelids  when in  the open air, or  exposed to
the wind. —
                                         ( Aurum. mur.
NcJ£ \           CATARRH.           1?™^°-
           Acute or  Chronic Influenza.

      Chiefly adapted to tie affections of the  mucus
    membranes,  and to tne  periosteal  covering  of
    the bones of the  nasal passages.  Influenza,
    with sneezing, flow  of  hot mucus  from the  nose
    and  eyes,  cough with  sore  throat,  and hoarse,
    rough, scraping sensation in the bronchia or chest, 
318               key  to specifics.

    feverishness  and  prostration.— Catarrh,  with
    profuse discharge  of thick, yellow, or sometimes
    bloody mucus, obstructed nose, deficient, or some-
    times even entire loss of smell. — Catarrh, with
    impaired  sense of taste and hearing. —Catarrh,
    with occasional discharge of thick plugs of mucus
    from the nose or throat. — Catarrh, with sore-
    ness of the  nostrils, crusts or  scabs  forming in
    them, with occasional bleeding. — Old Ozenas,
    with  sore  nostril,  yellow  or broAvnish,  thick,
    Offensive  Discharge,  with offensive breath,
    loss of smell or even  of taste, obstructed nose, and
    sometimes  nasal  voice.— Offensive  Breath,
    with catarrh. — Cough, with profuse discharge
    from the nose, and copious expectoration. — Loose
    Catarrhal cough  in children. — Old Syphil-
    itic Affections  of the nasal bones  and throat,
    with soreness, and copious, brownish or yellowish,
    offensive discharge.—

No. 20)        HOOPING COUGH.
 Cures f Spasmodic and Convulsive Coughs.

      Especially curative for irritating and spasmodic
    coughs.—Spasmodic  cough coming on  in frequent
    paroxysms, from tickling, or a suffocative  sensa-
    tion in the  larynx  or throat.—Dry, Spasmodic
    cough, with inclination to vomit. — Vomiting
    of food during the cough, and afterwards.—Feeling
    as Of crawling, or  of down  or feathers in the
Duosera.
Ipecac.
Bei.lad.
CUPR. M. 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
319
    throat, causing one to cough.—Hooping Cough,
    with frequently returning paroxysms, consisting
    or a  succession of shocks, followed by  a deep
    inhalation  or whoop, loss  of breath, with blueish
    face, vomiting, raising of mucus, and sometimes
    convulsive  stiffening of the limbs, or holding back
    of the head. — Convulsions toith the cough.—Old,
    spasmodic  coughs, which seem  to take the breath
    away. — Cough, with  bleeding from the  nose, or
    with expectoration streaked with blood.— Suffoca-
    tive fits during the cough.

No  21 )                                       ( Lacii.
 Cures                 ASTHMA               ] Aksen.
       '                                       ( Ipecac.
Difficult Respiration, Cough  and  Expectoration.
      Curative for oppressed, difficult labored respira-
    tion— sensation of heaviness, fullness and weight
    in the chest.—Attacks of Asthma, with labored,
    difficult, sighing respiration, cough, at first dry, irri-
    tating, with scanty and gradually Avith more copious
    expectoration with relief. — Humid Asthma, with
    copious expectoration. — Labored, difficult, or op-
    pressed respiration, with  throbbing  or palpitation
    of the heart. — Palpitation of the Heart with op-
    pression of the chest. — Cough,  with oppression of
    the chest — Dry, irritating cough, as if from
    down or feathers in the  throat. — Old, chronic
    Asthma, with  frequently recurring attacks, ex-
    cited  by exposure, over-effort,  or  mental  emo-
    tions. 
320              KEY TO 8PEC1FICS.
                                           SHepar. S.

    Earache, Noises  in the Head, Deafness.

     Especially applicable  for all affections of  the
   organs of hearing, likewise for many morbid con-
   ditions and diseases of the osseous system, and of
   mucus surfaces. — Earache.—Inflammation of
   the internal ear, with redness, swelling, ex-
   treme sensitiveness of the part, and pain involving
   the entire side of  the head. — Noises,  humming,
   roaring, buzzing or chirping in the ear. — Hard-
   ness of hearing, with noises  in the head. — Dis-
   charge  from the  ear, as the result of Scarlet
   Fever, Measles, or from frequent inflammations.—
   Old offensive  discharges  from the ear, with
   hardness  of hearing. — Enlargement of  the
   glands  of the  neck  in  children or scrofulous
   persons.— Scrofulous ulcers of the neck, or
   old ulcers of  the  legs of scrofulous subjects.—
   Intractable ulcers or sores, slow to heal. — Caries
   or necrosis of  the bones.—Wetting the Bed in
   scrofulous children. —


cJ5S\  SCROFULOUS AFFECTIONS.  Hach.

     Enlargfd  Glands,  Tonsils,  Old Ulcers.

     Suitable and curative for a variety of scrofulous
   developments, such as :  Enlargement of the 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
321
Tonsils, filling  up the  passage and embarassing
the respiration and eAren the deglutition.— Scrof-
ulous enlargements  of the glands beneath the
jaAV or ear and upon the neck. — Enlargement
of the glands beneath the arm-pit, sometimes with
inflammation, pain anu suppuration. — Firm, hard
enlargement of the glands like  knots about the
neck.— Cold  swellings, tumors. — Tendency to
obesity. — Offensive breath of young persons.—
Offensive  perspiration  of  the  feet. — Boils.—
Carbuncles, with large, hard,  purple  SAvelling,
ichorous discharge, with  anguish  and  general
prostration. — Whitloav  or   Felon. — Inflam-
mation and ulceration at the  root of the nail,
with  severe throbbing  pain, with suppuration. —
Old,  scaly eruption on the   legs   of  scrofulous
subjects.—
*r«  t*m »                                      ( Ferrum.
 CureV \       GENERAL DEBILITY.       j China.
         Physical and Nervous Weakness.

       Curative for Debility in consequence of severe,
    acute diseases, or in consequence of  debilitating
    discharges, or loss of blood, or in consequence of
    mental excitement/and over-work.— General trem-
    ulous feeling.— Feeling of weakness and instability
    on walking. — Easily  excited, or  made  nervous
    while at work. — Perspiration on going  to sleep.
    — General prostration,  with  feeble  digestion, 
322
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
coated tongue, bad taste and deficient appetite.—
Lassitude, tired, weary feeling on  waking in the
morning, as if one had not  slept enough. — Pale,
bloodless lips, and pale face.—Constipated habit—
Ascarides or pin-worms, with itching of the anus.
— Compare No. Twenty-eight.
                                             I Apis.
                                              Bryok
                                              Aksen
Fluid Accumulations with Scanty Secretions.
  Appropriate for anasarca, or general dropsy, or
with  doughy or  easily pitting,  SAvelling of  the
body  and  limbs,  especially  the more  depend-
ing portions.—Dropsical swelling of the legs and
feet, Avhich pit  on pressure.—Dropsy of the
Chest, Avith turns of labored, difficult breathing,
inability to lie down, swelling of the feet and legs,
or  depending portions, and  scanty secretion  of
urine.—Dropsy from Bright's Disease of the
Kidneys,  either  fugitive swelling  in various
parts  of the body or  face, or permanent, doughy
swelling of the feet and legs, with scanty, thick,
pale, sedimentitious, or sudsy albuminous urine.—
Hydrocephalus of children. — Ascites or abdom-
inal dropsy, with immense  distention, oedematous
feet and legs, and scanty secretion of urine.—
Ovarian dropsy.— Suppressed  or scanty secretion
of urine. — Copious, pale, albuminous urine.— 
KEY  TO SPECIFICS.               323
No «« 1                                       ( Petrol.
 Curia C            SEA SICKNESS.           ] Nux. v.
       '                                       (Cocc.
             Vertigo, Nausea,  Vomiting.

       Curative for: Swimming of the head, or vertigo,
    qualmishness,  nausea, vomiting   with   sinking
    sensation, prostration  and distress. — Sea Sick-
    ness, Avith constant  nausea,  vomiting, and utter
    pi ostration. — Nausea, and even vomiting, from
    riding in  a carriage, or on a rail-road.—Morn-
    ing  Sickness of pregnant  women. — Lumbago,
    pain, and weakness in the loins, which does not
    permit standing upright. — Paralysis of the lower
    extremities.— Paralytic weakness of the loins and
    back. —

Vn QV)                                       ( PULSAT.
 CdiSI         KIDNEY DISEASES.        Jlycop.
 UDK£S>                                       ( Sarsap.
    Renal Calculi, Gravel, Painful Urination.

      It  is found curative for various morbid affections
    of the kidneys, manifested by: Pain, uneasiness or
    lameness in the loins  or  kidney  region, thick,
    muddy, or sedimentitious  urine, occasional  de-
    posits of sand, gravel, or  reddish  brick-dust, or
    white, pus-like matter. — Renal colic, with violent
    pain  in the back, extending forward and down-
    ward, or involving the entire abdomen, sometimes
    with  retraction of the testicle, and scanty or blood-
    stained urine. —Renal Calculi. —Difficult urin-
    ation,  with slow,  interrupted  stream. — Too 
824
key  to specifics.
frequent  urination.— Must rise several times in
the night to urinate. — Enuresis of old people.—
Old disorganizations of the kidneys. —Strangury,
with urgent desire and  discharge of mucus, and
white, thick deposit —Burning while passing the
water. — Bloody Urination, discharge of urine
mixed with blood. —
                                          iPnos. ao.
                                          a£Sl
   Seminal Weakness, Deficient  Energy.

  Specific for  all conditions arising from exhaus-
tion of the vital powers, loss of vital fluids, excessive
drains, or over-taxing the system. — Consequen-
ces of youthful  vices, indiscretions, or abuse,
manifested by: Easy forgetfulness,  irresolution,
shamefaeedness, avoidance of society, love of soli-
tude, pale face, depression, gloomy, taciturn mood,
loathing of life and great bodily weakness, repug-
nance to exercise, or  physical or mental effort. —
Frequent, involuntary, seminal discharges,
with lascivious dreams, followed by increasing
prostration. — Pollutions from, relaxed organs.
— Emission too  soon, too  rapid.—Weakness of
the sexual organs, Avhich remain flaccid, with
deficient erectile power. — Debility of the organs
in consequence of over-indulgence or excesses. —
Mental alienation, caused by masturbation. 
KEY TO SPECIFICS.                325
g£» }    APTH.E OR SORE MOUTH.   {g£^!£

             Canker,  Ulcerated Lips.

      Curative for the Sore Mouth of Infants, con-
    sisting of minute red points, which soften, leaving
    white patches of ulceration, Avhich often extend over
    large surfaces,  attended  Avith soreness,  scalding,
    and  burning. — Sensation  as  if the mouth and
    tongue had been scalded Avith hot tea. —Apthae of
    adults, or patches of ulceration on the tongue,
    lips, or inside the cheek, Avith flow of Avater, sore-
    ness and burning  of  the  affected part. — Sore
    MOUTH  Of NURSING WOMEN. — MERCURIAL and
    Syphilitic sore mouth, almost the entire buccal
    cavity is raAV and sore, as if excoriated, hot, scald-
    ing  and burning. — Obstinate,  Intermitting
    Fevers, with predominating headache during the
    paroxysm.  —  Ulceration of the  corners  of  the
    motith. — Sore, ulcerated  or chapped lips. — Tet-
    ter-like eruption  around  the mouth. — Tardiness
    of children in  learning to talk, from difficulty in
    using the tongue. —
                                            Canth.

      Frequent,  Painful or Scalding.

   Curative especially for  Inflammatory or sub-in-
flammatory conditions  of the  urinary organs.— 
326
KEY TO SPECIFICS.
   Inflammation of the Kidneys, with fever, pain
   across the loins, frequent discharge  of hot, dark-
   red, or even bloody urine, attended  with burning
   and pain, which often extends doAvn the inside of
   the limb. — Constant desire  to pass water, and
   inability to restrain  it.—Inflammation  of  the
   Bladder,  Avith pain in  front over the  pubcs,
   constant desire to pass  Avater,  and  painful dis*
   charge  of  scanty, high-colored, or  even  bloody
   urine. — Fruitless straining, passing only a few
   drops at a time.— Urine loaded  Avith  mucus or
   pus.— Inflammation of the  Urethra  (Gon-
   orrhcea) Avith frequent, scalding, burning urina-
   tion,  and  inability  to  retain  it,  discharge  of
   thick, yellow matter  from the urethra, and SAvell-
   ing of the prepuce. —Discharge of thick, yel-
   low,  or whitish  matter from  the urethra, with
   Blight scalding or irritation.—Wetting the bed
   nightly, Urinary  Incontinence in children,
   or even older persons, obstinate cases  of verminous
   children may also require No. Tavo,  or scrofulous
   subjects may also  require the No. Twenty-two.—

Cur's f         PAINFUL  MENSES.         { gj^
            Hysteria,  Pruritis,  Spasms;

      Curative for a variety of forms  of Dysmenorrhea
   or painful menstruation and Hysteria.—Painful
   pressure and bearing doavn, before and during
   the menses, with extreme sensibility of the parts.— 
KEY  TO SPECIFICS.
321
Cramps, or  even General Spasms at the com-
mencement of the period.— Cutting pains like
those of labor before the menses.—Voluptuous
craavling, itching and irritation of the genital
organs, almost driving one to distraction. — Delay-
ing or suppressed menses, with colic or cramping
pains, nausea, spasm  of the chest, and cramps or
convulsive movements of the limbs.— Laughing,
crying, or hysterical movements or cramps, at the
commencement of the monthly flow.—Too copi-
ous and  long-continued  menses, with itching
and irritation of the parts. — Too Long continued
menses, with leucorrhoea  in the interval. — Too
early, aud  too  long-continued menses.—
Leucorrlma like the white  of eggs. — Discolored,
dirty-looking leucorrhcEa. —


jfs2 [    CLIMACTERIC INCIDENTS.    j SkS.

   Irregularities, Flushes,  Palpitations.

   Indispensable for the irregularities and accidents
incident to the climacteric changes of women.—
Headache during the menses. — Irregular men-
struation, now too soon and  too  copious, and
then delayed and scanty. — Too  copious menses,
almost like flooding, continuing several days, and
inducing great prostration. — Delayed or failing
menses, with vertigo, fullness and heat of the head,
and general heaviness of the body. — Flushes of 
328               KEY  to specifics.
    heat suddenly coming over one, with hot, red, or
    pale face,  and then vanishing Avith  a sense of
    faintness and perspiration. — Palpitation, beat-
    ing or violent throbbing of the heart, in connection
    with irregularities.—Oppression and  weight  in
    the chest — Paralytic heaviness of the chest, as if
    one  could  not get the air. — Palpitation of the
    heart. — Irregular  action   and  tumultuous
    beating of the heart. — Painful spasm through
    the  chest and  heart, Avith  a  sinking, death-like
    sensation. — Rheumatism of the heart. — Old,
    chronic palpitations or disease of the heart.—


Cta£? }             EPILEPSY.

           Cramps, Spasms,  Convulsions.

     Especially curative for various morbid conditions
   of the  nervous  and cerebrospinal systems.—
    Twitchings or involuntary movements  of  single
   muscles or limbs. — Grimaces  of  the face,  or
   strange  drawing of the  features  or muscles.—
   Chorea  St. Viti, Avith  twitching  of  the face,
   arms or limbs; involuntary movements, jerks, un-
   steady  walking, dropping of things, and nervous
   excitability. —Convulsions  of children from
   teething, irritating  food, fright  or  mental excite-
   ment, with  holding back of the head, rigid and
   then  convulsed arms and limbs, purple face, froth-
   ing at  the  mouth, and unnoticed evacuations.—
ilONAT.
Bku.ad
Sulpu. 
KEY TO specifics.               829
   Cramp of single limbs. — Easy becoming numbed,
   or going to sleep of the limbs.— Cataleptic stiffness   '
   of the limbs or body. —Epilepsy, Avith cries, fall-
   ing down, foaming at the mouth, convulsed face
   and  limbs,  retracted  thumbs, and involuntary
   evacuations. — Paralytic numbness and insensi-
   bility of one side. —


Cnu^ \          DIPHTHERIA.         {Lachesis.
^DUKS '                                  ( Merc. Pbot.
       Quinsy and Ulcerated Sore Throat.

      Curative for Tonsilitis, with redness, swelling
   and  stinging  pain  in the tonsils, and soft parts,
   difficult, painful deglutition,  fever and thirst. —
   Painful, difficult SAvallowing. — Inability to open
   the mouth from the SAvelling, choking sensation in
   the throat. — Quinsy, with redness, swelling and
   inflammation  of the entire throat and fauces, pain-
   ful or impeded deglutition,  the fluid  sometimes
   returning by  the nose, pain in  the head, fever
   and   thick  coated  tongue. — Ulcerated sore
   throat, with painful  or impeded deglutition,
   offensive  breath, and discharge from the  throat,
   heavy coated  tongue,  swelling of the glands of
   the neck, and fever prostration.— Diphtheritic
   sore throat, with high fever, red face, swelling
   of the glands of the neck, unusual prostration of
   the  system, headache, fever, Savelling  of the
   tonsils, uvula, and soft parts, which are cov-
        21 
830
KEY  TO SPECIFICS.
ered with dirty patches of ulceration.—Old chron-
ic,  often  returning,  sore  throats. — Chronic
enlargement and induration of  the  tonsils,
also No. Thirty-five. -
cSre? }     CHRONIC CONGESTIONS.     ^cSc^a
            Headaches and Eruptions.

      Curative for chronic congestion, heat,  fullness1
    and  pressure of the head.—Dizziness, Vertigo,
    and  swimming of the head. — Habitual head-
    aches.—HeadaCHe, with  fullness; pressure or
    pulsation in the  forehead, or on one side. — Vio*
    lent throbbings or stabbings in the head. — Head-
    ache from study, over-work, or mental effort.—
    Indisposition1 or inability  to study, or to make1
    airy  considerable mental effort,  in  children.—
    — Inflammation  of the  eyes  from  reading
    or  overtaxing   the  sight.  — Scurfy  erup-
    tion oh the heads of infants. — Humid, scab-
    by  eruption or tetter on various  parts with
    burning. — SAvelling and induration of the glands,
    sometimes with pain and heat. — Muscular Aveak-
    ness. — Difficulty  of children in learning
    to walk. — Retarded closing of the fontanel. —
    Irregular or  slow  appearance  of the teeth. —-
    Sleeplessness   in  children, retarded sleep
    arid  restlessness  in adults; from  nerv0usness:
    and flow of ideas, with lassitude and weariness in 
              key to specifics.               831

the morning, as if one had not slept.—Too early
and too long continued menses in women. — Too
copious or excessive menses.— Prolapsus uteri
constant  and  bearing  down. — Leucorrhcea.—
Cough with pain in the side. — Cough with pain
and oppression of the chest, and copious expecto-
ration.—Suspicious coughs in young, delicate,
consumptive subjects.— Constant liability to lake
cold from slight exposure. 
 
INDEX TO KEY.                 338
INDEX TO FOREGOING  KEY
AND THE
SPECIFICS  INDICATED  BY THE  VARIODS  SYMPTOMS,
                  Hos. of Specific*.
Abdomen, enlarged    2,11,1G
    "    eoreacss of   .    5
Acne,     .      .     .14
Aflterpains       .     .    3
Ague,     .      .     .10
Anasarca, .      .     .25
Anus, itching of  .     .2,24
Appetite, capricious     .    2
    "    voracious     .   1,2
Ascarides,       .     .    24
Ascites,   .     .     .25
Asthma,   .     .     .21
Backache, .     .     .16
Bearing down,   .     .    31
    "     "  pains,     .    10
Biliousness,       .       10,16
Bladder, inflammation of   1, 30
Boils,     .      .       14,23
Bowels, inflammation of .     1
   "   costive   .     .    10
Brain, inflammation of  .     1
Breath, offensive .     2,10,19
Breathing, oppressed  ^ .^  1,13
                           <el
                            7

                           29
                           23
                           >2
                           19
                           32
labored, difficult
Bronchitis,

Canker,
Carbuncle,
Caries,
Catarrh,
Change of Life,
Chest, congestion of blood to   1
   "   sharp pains in     .  1,7
   **   soreness of       .     7
   "   oppression of     . 13, 21
                Hot. of Specifics.
Chills,     ...   10
Chlorosis,  . '     .     .   11
Cholera,                    C
   "   infantum, .     .    4
   "   morbus,  .     .    6
Chorea    ...   83
Cold, liability to  .     .   35
Colic,     ...    5
  "  bilious     .     .    5
  "  flatulent    .     .    5
Complexion, unclear    .   14
Congestion of blood to the head, 1
Congestions,      .     .   35
Constipation,     .     .   10
Consumption, incipient  .    7
Convulsions,     .     .   33
     "     from worms,      2
     "   of teething children, 33
     '«     with cough,  .   20
Cramps,         .     0,31,33
Croup,    .      .     .13
   "  inflammatory    .    1
Cough,    ...    7
   "   croupy    .     .13
   '   dry, irritating   .   21
   "   hoarse     .      .   13
   "   severe with fever,.   20
   "   with bleeding from the
        nose,     .      .    1
   "   with discharge from
        the nose,.      .   19
   "   with oppression,  .    3
   "   with pain in the side, 35
   "   with suffocative fits,  20
   "   hooping   .      .   20 
834
index  to key.
Deafness,
Debauch, evil effects of
Debility, from sickness or
      over-work,
Delirium,   .
Depression,
Diarrhoea,  .
Dropsy,
Dysentery, .
Dyspepsia, .
Nos. of Specifics
         22
         10
24
 1
28
 4
25
 5
10
Ear, discharges from	22
" inflammation of	22
Earache,	22
Emaciation, consumptive	7
Emissions, seminal	28
Energy, deficient .	28
Enuresis,	27
Epilepsy, .	33
Eruptions, .	14
" scabby .	35
Erysipelas, .	14
Expectoration of bloody m " " frothy Eyes, inflammation of	L1CUS, 1 .< 7 18
" " " from	
overstraining	35
Eyelids, inflammation of .	18
Faceache, .	8
Face, pale . . 2,	24,28
" purple	83
" red .	1
" swelling of .	8
Felon,	23
Fever and ague, .	16
" bilious	8
" gastric	1
" inflammatory	1
" intermittent	16, 29
" obstinate	29
" rheumatic .	1
" scarlet	1
" typhus	16
M versatile from worn	is 2
Flushes of heat, .	32
Food, rising of .	10
Glands, scrofulous enlarge-
      ment of          .23
Gonorrhoea,       .      .     30
Gouty enlargements of joints,  15
 Hands, chapped  .
 Head, rush of blood to
  "    throbbing of
  ■•'    swimming of
 Headaches,.
     "    drowsy
     "    habitual
     "    sick
     "    from study,
     "     "  deranged
                ach,
 Heat, flushes  of
 Heart, palpitation of
   "   rheumatism of
 Heartburn, .
 Hemorrhoids,
 Hoarseness,
 Hydrocephalus,
 Hysteria,   .

 Indigestion,
     "     with diarrhoea,
 Indiscretion, results of
 Influenza
 Infants, colic  of
   "    crying of .
   "    sleeplessness of
   "    teething of
 Itch, barbers'
 Itching of the anus,
   "    "  "  nose,

Joints, enlargement of
   "   stiffness of .

Kidneys, inflammation of
    •'    disease of

Laryngitis, .
    "    chronic
Lassitude, .
Leucorrhoea,      .    10
Limbs, rigid
   "   soreness of
Lips, white
  *'   sore  .
Liver, inflammation of
Loins, pain in
  "   weakness in
Lungs, inflammation of
 Lumbago,  .      .    10,
 Matter, vomiting of bitter .
Nos. of Specifics.
          14
   1,9
     1
26,35
     9
     9
    35
     9
    35
stom-
    10
    32
21,32
    32
    10
    17
     7
 1,25
    31

    10
     4
    28
 7,19
     3
     3
     3
 3,35
    14
 2,17
     2

    15
    15

 1,30
    27

     7
    13
    24
12,35
    33
 1,15
 2,11
    29
     1
27,30
26, 27
     1
15,26
     1 
IKDEX to  key.
385
Menses, delayed
    "    early
Nos. of Specifics
      11,31
         35
         11
         31
      31, 35
         12
      10,12
         11
    "    pale
    "    painful
    "    too long  . 10,12
    *'     "  frequent
    "     "  profuse
    "    suppressed
    "    willi cramps,    .    31
    "      "  hysteria,   .    31
Morning sickness,  .      .  6, 20
Mouth, sore             .    29
   "    "  mercurial    .    29
   "    "  syphilitic     .    29
   "   foaming of       .    33
   "   accumulation of water
         in       .      .2
   "   ulceration of corners of 29
Mucus,  expectoration of .     1
                    "  blood-
       stained     .      1,7,13
Nail, inflammation of        23
Nausea,    .      .    1, 6,9,26
Neck, scrofulous enlargement
      of glands of       .    22
Nervousness,      .      .     8
Nervous excitability,     .    33
Nettle rash,       .      .    14
Neuralgia,  .
Nose, itching of
  "   offensive discharge from 19
  "   syphilitic affections of  19
Ophthalmia,
      "     violent
Ovarian disease,
    "   dropsy,  .
19
 1
11
25
 1
Pain, extreme
  "   in the side,  .      1, 7, 15
Pains, rheumatic  .      .    15
Parylytic numbness,     .    33
Paralysis,  .       .      .26
Peritoneum, inflammation of  1
Perspiration at night,    .     7
     "      on going to sleep, 24
Piles,                   .17
Pin worms,       .      .    24
Pleurisy with fever,      .     1
Pleuritis,          .      .     7
Pneumonia,       .      .     7
Pollutions, ...    28
                  Nos. of Specifics.
Prolapsus uteri,  .      . 12, 35
Prostration,      .      .    24
Pubes, pain over  .      .    30
Pulse, quick      .      .     1
Pupils, dilated    .      .     2

Quinsy,    .      .      .1,34

Renal colic,      .      .    27
   "  calculi,     .      .    27
Restlessness,      .      .     1
Respiration, difficult     1, 0, 21
Rheumatism,     .      .    15

Salt rheum,
Scald head,
Sciatic rheumatism
Sea-sickness,
Seat worms,
Seminal discharges
Side, stinging pain
Skin,  eruptions  of
  "   hot   .
  "   mottled
  "   red   .
  "   shining
Sleeplessness,
Sleep, restless
  "   starting on going to
  "   unrefreshing
Sore mouth,
Spasms,
Spleen, enlargement of
Squinting,  .
Stomach, cramps of
    "    deranged
    "    pain in .
Strangury,
Stys on eyelids,
Swallowing, painful
Swellings,  .
Syphilitic affections of the
      nose,

Tenesmus,  .
Tetters,
Thirst,
Throat, sore

Throbbing,
Tonsilitis,  .
Tonsils, enlargement of
   "    swelling of
    14
    14
    15
    26
     2
    28
     1
    14
     1
     1
     1
     1
  3,35
     1
     1
    35
    29
    33
    16
     2
    10
    10
    10
    27
    19
    34
    23

    19

     5
 14,35
     1
1, 7,13
    34
     1
    34
    23
    34 
336
INDEX  to key.
Tongue, coated	. 10	16
" white or yellow		1
" ulcerated		29
Tossing,		1
Tremulousness,	.	24
Ulcers,	14	22
Urinary incontinence,		30
Urination, bloody .		27
" difficult		27
" scalding		30
" too frequent	2	27
Urine, pale		25
" red .		1
" scanty	1	25
" suppressed .		25
" deposits in .		27
Nos. of Specifics.                  Nos. of specific*.
             Urine, appearance of brick dust
                   in  .      .      .27
             Verminous affections,    .     2
             Vomiting,   .      .      1,6,26
             Vertigo,    .      .     9,10,26
Waterbrash,
Weakness, physical
    "     seminal
Weak sight,
Wetting the bed,  .
Wind, belching of
Whites,
Whitlow,   .
Womb, ulceration of
Worms,
Worm fever,
   "  colic,
   10
24,28
   28
   18
 2,30
   10
   12
   23
   12
    2
    2
    2 
GLOSSARY  OF  MEDICAL  TERMS

        USED IN THIS WORK.
            A.
Abortus.—Miscarriage ;  abor-
  tion.
Acktum.—Vinegar.
Acne.—An  eruption consisting
  of small  pimples, mostly on
  the face.
Acne rosea.—A redness  of the
  nose  and  cheeks; found often
  in persons much addicted to
  the use of ardent spirits.
Adenitis.—Inflammation of the
  glands.
Adypsia.—A. lack of thirst.
Agalactia.—A  defect of milk
  in childbed.
Agglutination.—The adhesion
  of parts to each other.
Agrypnia.—Sleeplessness.
Ai.i.opecia.— Baldness ;  fall of
  the hair.
Amblyopia.—Dimness of sight.
Amenokriicea. — Stoppage  of
  the menstrual discharges.
Amigdalttis.—Inflammation of
  the tonsils.
Aneuiusm.—A preternatural tu-
  mor, formed by the  dilatation
  of an artery.
Anasarca.—A species of dropsy
  between the skin and flesh.
Angina.—A sore  throat, (diffi-
  culty of swallowing.)
Anokexia.—A want of appetite,  ,
  without absolute loathing of
  food.
Anosmia.—Loss of the sense of
  smelling.
Antiiuopophobia.—Dread   of
  society.
ApnTn^E.—Frog, sore mmth, a
  kind of  ulcers Avhich spread
  sometimes, over other parts of
  the body.
Aphonia.— A  suppression  of
  the voice.
Autiikitis.—The gout.
Autukocace.—" Ulcer  in  the
  cavity of the joint bone."
Ascites.—General dropsy.
Ascakides.—A genus of intes-
  tinal worms.
Asthenic Inflammation—Pas-
  sive inflammation.

            B.

Balanitis.—Inflammation   of
  the glaus penis.
Balanoijlenorrhcea.—Pseudo
  gonorrhoea.
Bi.EPHAKOPTnALMiA. — Inflam-
  mation of the eyelids.
Blepharospasma.—Spasm   of
  the eyelids.
Borborygmi.—A  noise  occa-
  sioned by  wind in the intes-
  tines.
Bronchitis.—Inflammation  of
  the air-tubes.
Buccal Haemorrhage.—
  Haemorrhage from the mouth.

             C.

Cachexia.—A   bad habit  of
  body.
Carditis.—Inflammation of the
  heart.
Calculus.—Stone,  as  for  in-
  stance in the bladder. 
338
GLOSSARY.
CARPnoLOGiA—A delirious pick-
  ing of the bed-clothes.
Caries.—Rottenness,   mortifi-
  cation of the bones.
Catalepsy.—A sudden suppres-
  sion of motion and sensibility.
Cephalg ia.—Headache.
Cerumen.—Wax, for instance.
Chlorosis.—Literally the green
  disease; a  disease peculiar to
  young females.
Coma.—An inclination to sleep,
  a lethargic drowsiness.
Coma Vioil.—An inclination to
  sleep, but inability to do so.
Cohyza.—A cold in the head.
Coxalgia.—Pain  in  the  hip-
  joint.
Coxarthrocace—Hip-disease.
Cutis  Anserina.—Goose pim-
  ples.
Crusta lactea.—An eruption
  attacking the face and head of
  nursing infants.
Cyanosis.—" The blue disease."
Cynanche—Angina,sore throat.


             D.

Decubitus.—Soreness,  caused
  by long confinement to one
  position in bed.
Diabetes.—Urinary flux.
Diathesis.—A predisposition to
  the development of a particu-
  lar disease.
Diaphiiagmatts.—Inflamma-
  tion of the diaphragm.
Diabetes.—An immoderate dis-
  charge of urine.
Diuresis.—An increased  secre-
  tion of urine.
Dyscrasy.—A peculiar ill-habit
  of body or constitution.
Dysecoia.—Difficulty of hear-
  ing.
Dysphagia.—Difficulty of swal-
  lowing.
Dysmenorrhcea.—Difficult  or
  painful menstruation.
Dybpncba.—Difficult   respira-
  tion.
Dysuria.—A suppression of, or
  difficulty in voiding urine.
Dytlopia.—Double vision.

              E

EcTRorruM.—An   eversion  of
  the eyelids.
Eclampsia.—A    scintillation,
  flashing of light which  fre-
  quently strikes the  eyes of ep-
  ileptic persons.
Ecchymosis.—A black  or  blue
  swelling, cither from a bruise,
  or a spontaneous  extravasa-
  tion of blood.
Eczema.—Hum id tetter, or moist
  eruption of the skin.
Emprosthotonos.—A   clonic
  spasm  of  several  muscles,
  which  keeps the body  in  a
  fixed position, bent forwards.
Enteralgia.—Pain in tlie bow-
  els.
Eneuresis.—Incontinence    of
  urine.
Encephalitis.—Inflammation
  of the brain.
Encysted tumor.—A fluid tu-
  mor enclosed in a sac.
Enteritis—Inflammation of the
  intestines.
Ephelis.—A sun spot.
Epistaxis.—Bleeding from the
  nose.
Exostosis.—A morbid enlarge-
  ment or tumor of a bone.

              F.

Fontanel.—A  space occupied
  by a cartilaginous  membrane
  in the new-born child, and sit-
  uated  at the  union  of  the
  angles  of  the  bones  of  the
  cranium.
Formication.—A  sensation  as
  if ants were running over the
  skin.
Fungus-h7ematodes.—A bleed*
  ing tumor.
FUKFURACEOUS TETTERS.—
  Bran-like tetters.
Furunculi.—Boils. 
GLOSSARY.
339
             Q.

Galactorrhea.—Flowing   of
 • the milk.
Gangrene.—Mortification.
Gastralgia.—Pain in the stom-
  ach.
Gastritis.—Inflammation of the
  stomach.
Glanco.ma.—An opacity of  the
  vitreous humane of the eye.
Glossitis.—Inflammation of the
  tongue.
Slossoplegia.—Paralysis of the
  tongue.
Gonitis.—Inflammation of  the
  knee.

             II.

Hematocele.—A  swelling of
  the scrotum, proceeding from
  blood.
Hcematemesis.—Vomiting   of
  blood.
Hematuria.—Voiding of blood
  with urine.
Heloptysis —Spitting of blood.
Helminthiasis.—A  disease  by
  which worms or  larvae  are
  bred under the skin.
He.meralopia.—A defect in the
  sight, in consequence of which
  the person sees only during
  the day, not at night.
Hemiopia.—A  delect of sight,
  when the person   sees only
  one-half, not the whole of the
  object.
Hemiplegia.—A  paralytic   af-
  fection  ol  one side  of  the
  body.
Hepatitis.—Inflammation   of
  the liver.
Hernia.—A protrusion of  the
  intestines.
Herpes.—A species of erup-
  tion.
Hippocratical-face.—A  par-
  ticular disposition of the  fea-
  tures  of the  face preceding
  death.
noiuupiLATiON.—A sensation of
  shuddering or creeping.
  Hordeolum.—A little tumor on
    the eyelid resembling a barley
    corn ;  Stye.
  Hydrartura.—Dropsy of the
    joints.
  [Iydrothorax.—Water in the
    chest.
  H ydrarg yrosis.—Mercurial dis-
    ease.

               I.
  Icterus.—The jaundice.
  Ictiiyosis.—A species  of erup-
    tion.
  Impeligo.—A  disease of the
    skin.
  Inguinal iternia.—A rupture
    of the intestiucs appearing  in
    the groin.
  Intertrigo.—An   excoriation
    about the  anus,  groins,  or
    other parts of the body.
  Ischuria.—(Spasmodic)  reten-
    tion of urine.

               L.
  Laryngitis.—Inflammation  of
    the larynx.
  Lienteria.—Diarrhoea,  where
    the food passes off undigested.
  Lippitudo.—An exudation of a
    puriform humor from the mar-
    gin of the eyelids.
  Litiiiasis—A formation of stone
    or gravel.
  Lumbrici.—Round worms.

               M.
  Marasmus.— Emaciation, M.
    Seniles, the wasting away of
    old people.
  Megrim.— A species of headache
    on the side of the head.
  Melena.—The black vomit.
  Metritis.—Inflammation of the
    uterus.
  Menochedia.—Too scanty men-
    struation.
[  Menoposia.—Critical age of wo-
    men.
j  Menostasis.—Stoppage of men-
|    ses. 
340
GLOSSARY.
Metralgia.— Spasms in the
  uterus.
Mentagra.—An eruption about
  the chin.
Metrorrhagia.—An excessive
  discharge of blood from the
  uterus.
Miliary eruptions.— Eruptions
  of small vesicles on  the skin,
  resembling  millet  seed (mili-
  um), hence the name.
Morbilli.—The measles.
Myelitis.—Inflammation of the
  spinal marrow.
Myopia.—Nearsightedness, pur-
  blindness.

             W.

Naevus.—A natural mark.
Narcotism.—Stupor.
Necrosis.— Mortification of
  bone.
Nephralgia.—Pain in the kid-
  ney.
Nephritis.— Inflammation  of
  the kidney.
Neuralgia.—Pain in a nerve.
Nodus — A tumor proceeding
  from a bone.
Nostalgia.—Home-sickness.
Nyctalopia.— Inability  to see
  in the day time.

             O.

Obesity.—Corpulency.
Occiput.— Back part of the
  head.
Odontalgia.—Toothache.
Oedema.—Dropsical bloating of
  a portion of the surface.
Oesophagitis.—Inflammation of
  the gullet.
Opiioritis.—Inflammation  of
  the ovaria.
Ophthalmia.—Inflammation of
  the eye.
Opistiiotonis.— Spasms  of the
  muscles by which the body is
  bent backwards.
Orchitis—Swelling of the tes-
  ticle.
Orthopncba—Laborious breath-
  ing, which obliges the person
  to sit erect.
Otalgia.—Earache.
Otitis.— Inflammation of  the
  internal ear.
Otorrhcea.—A discharge from
  the ear.
Otorrhagia.—A running from
  the ear.
Ozena.—A peculiar foetid dis-
  charge from the nose.


             P.

Palpttatis Cordis.—Palpitation
  of the heart.
Panaris.—See whitlow.
Parotis.—A gland (Parotid) be-
  neath  the ear.
Parotitis—Inflammation of the
  parotid gland.
Pemphious.—A fever  attended
  with a successive eruption of
  vesicles.
Peritonitis.— Inflammation of
  the lining  membrane of  the
  abdomen.
Petechia.—A red  spot resem-
  bling a flea bite.
Phagedemic.— An ulceration
  which spreads rapidly.
Phlegmatis.   Albadolens.—An
  affection of the lower limbs of
  women  duiing or after child-
  bed.
Photophobia.—Intolerance  ol
  light.
PnTinsis  pulmonaris.—Con-
  sumption of the lungs.
Phthisis Florida.—Rapid con-
  sumption of the lungs.
PnTinsis.—Phlegm   consump-
  tion.
Phthisis.—Consumption of the
  kidneys.
Pituita.— Phlegm or  viscid
  mucus.
Plethora.—A  redundance  of
  blood.
Pleura.—The lining membrane
  of the  chest. 
GLOSSARY.
341
Pleuritis  or  Pleurisy.—In-
  flammation of the pleura.
Pleurodynia.—Pain   in   the
  pleura or side.
Plica  polonica.—Matted hair,
  peculiar to Poland.
Pneumonia.— Inflammation  of
  the lungs.
Podagra.—Gout.
Polyphagia.— Great desire  to
  cat.
Polypus.—A pendiculous tumor
  with a small neck and without
  sensibility.
Polysarcia.— Troublesome
  corpulency.
Porrigo.—A disease of the
  hairy scalp.
Presbyopia.—Obscure vision.
Prolapsus recti.  A protru-
  sion of the rectum.
Prolapsus uteri.— A falling
  down of the womb.
Prosopalgia.—Pain in the face.
Prostatitis.—Inflammation  of
  the prostate gland.
Prurigo.—A cutaneous disease.
P8EUDOPIA.—False sight.
Psoitis.— Inflammation of the
  sheath of the  psoac muscles.
Psora.—See scabies.
Psoriasis—A species of scabies.
  See scabies.
Ptyalism.—Salivation.
Ptyriasis.—Daud ruff.
Puerperal peritonitis.— In-
  flammation of the lining mem-
  brane of the abdomen after
  child-birth.
Purpura.—A  purple  eruption
  attended  with debility.
Pyrosis.—The water-brash.

             R.
Ranula.— A tumor under  the
  tongue  caused by the obstruc-
  tion  of the ducts.
RAcniTis.—The rickets.
RAonADES.—Chaps.
Risus sardonicus.— Sardonic
  laughter.
Rubeola.—The measles.
Rufia—A flat vesicula r eruption.

             S.

Sabures.—Dirt, sordes.
Saturnine Colic.— Colic
  caused by lead.
Scabies.—The itch.
Scalduead.—See  Tenia  Capi-
  tis.
Sciatica.—Pain in the  sciatic
  nerve.
Scirrhus.—A hard, and almost
  insensible tumor.
Scorbutus.—The scurvy.
Sinciput.—The fore part of the
  head.
Splenalgia.—Pain in the
  spleen.
Splenitis.—Inflammation    of
  the spleen.
Sphacelus.—A mortification of
  any part.
Steatoma. — An encysted  tu-
  mor of a sooty consistence.
Stomacace.—Similar to  scur-
  vy.
Strabismus.—Squinting.
Strangury.—A  difficulty  in
  making water.
Strophulons.—An eruption pe-
  culiar to infants.
Syncope.—Fain ting.

             T.

Tabes   dorsalis.—Wasting  of
  the body.
Tabes mesentertca.—A disease
  of a set of glands situated in
  the abdomen.
Tenia.—The tape-worm.
Tenesmus.—A  continual  incli-
  nation to go to stool.
Tetanus.—Spasm, with rigidity.
Tenia capitis.—An eruption of
  small  ulcers  at  the roots of
  the hair.
Tetter.—See Herpes.
Tracheitis.—Inflammation  of
  the trachea.
Trichiasis.—A disease in which
  the eyelashes are turned in-
  wards. 
842
GLOSSARY.
Traumatic convulsions.—Con-
  vulsions caused by a wound.
Traumatic fever.—Fever fol-
  lowing a wound.
Trismus.—Locked jaw.
Tympanitis.—An  elastic  dis-
  tension of the abdomen.

             U.

Urticaria.—Nettle rash.

             V.
Varicella.—Chicken-pox.
Varices.—A  distention of the
Variola.—Smallpox.
Vertigo.—Giddiness.
Vesica.—The bladder.
             W.

WniTLow.—A collction of pus
  in the lingers.


             Z.

Zona.—Shingles.
23 
GENERAL  INDEX.
343
GENERAL  INDEX.
Abdomen, dropsy of the
Abdominal hemorrhage
Abscessed
Accessory curative measures
Ague    -     -     -
  "  old suppressed  -
Alternation of remedies
Angina ruembrauacea -
   "   pectoris
Anasarca
Anthrax -
Aputhto -
Apoplexy
Appetite, want of
Arthritis -
Ascites  -
Asparagus, excessive use of
Asthma -
    ««  hay
Atrophy  -
Axilla, swelling of glands of
Back, pain in the
Bath, loot
  "   sitz
Biliousness
Birtli. treatment after -
Bladder, inflammation of the •
    "   rupture of the
Bleeding from tne luuga
    "       "    nose
Blood, vomiting of
Bloody uriue
Boils
Bones, softening of the
  •«    curvature  "
Borax, medicinal use of
Bowels, cosUve
   "    loosenessof the
Brain, inflammation of the
   "   dropsy of tbe
   ««     •«    "   chronic
Breast, inflammation of the
   "   gathered
   "   peudulous
   "   preparation of  -
Breath, offensive
Breathing, difficult
Bronchitis
    "    of children  -
Bunions -
Buzzing in the ears
Canker sore  mouth
Cantharides, abuse of  •
Oar riding, sickness from
Carbuncle
Carditis  -
Catarrh, acute  -
P»S«.		P«6«-
290	Catarrh, chronic	115
170	«* fall or peach -	110
84	" of the chest -	129
42	Chafings ....	!464
61	Change of lifo -	222
63	Chest, congestion of the	135
53	" drop-yofthe -	290
121	" pain iu the - • 131	145
145	Chicken pox	70
289	Chilblains	77
83	Children, atrophy of -	266
263	" bronchitis of	120
89	" c mvulsions of	97
161	" croup of -	120
274	" diphtheria of -	155
290	" earache of	112
212	" enlir^ed tonsils of -	277
136	" fevers nf -	63
116	" improper nutrition of	35
266	" inflammation of the	
81	brain of -	92
- 243,273	" measles of -	66
43	" mumps of	70
44	" of early marriages -	231
161	" protrusion of the in-	
258	testine i f -	195
204	" ringworm of	79
207	" scald head of	79
137	" uriuary incontinence of	210
286	" whispering voice of -	121
170	" hooping cough of • 71	,123
212	Chill fever	62
83	Chlorosis ...	216
275	Cholera, Asiatic...	173
275	•« infantum	298
263	" morbus	172
191	" precautions against -	178
186	" diarrhoea	174
92	Chorea ....	100
94	Clotbiug - - - -	234
96	Coffee, use of • 104,148,161	, 191
256	Cold, common ...	125
256	•' in the head	261
235	Colic, bilious	167
246	" lead or painters'	168
160	" wind ...	167
- 120, 136	Condiments, use of -	51
125	Couliuemeiit, diarrhcea during	253
129	" weakness "	257
86	Conflupnt small pox	67
90	Congestion, cerebral -	91
159	" of the chest	135
- 203,212	Constipation ...	191
170	" after delivery -	25L
83	" during pregnancy	239
146	" of infanta	263
114	Consumption ...	140
 
344
HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR
	I'aCf.		P*5«
Consumption, galloping	142	Dyspepsia	162 240
Convulsions	96	Dysuria ...	
" of children	97	Ear, buzzing in the	90
" of infants	265	" discharge from the	113
" iu labor	250	" inflammation of the	112
Corns -	86	" ringing in tuo	92
Corpulency, prevention of	47	" singing "	279 112
Coryza ...	114	Earache	
Costiveness	191	Encephalitis	92
Cough " chronic •	122	Eudemic causes of disease	33
	123	Endocarditis	146
" croupy -	120	Epilepsy	98
" hooping -	71, 123	Eruptions	74, 262
Cramp of tu.e stomach -	165	" scrofulous -	277
Crorip - - -	120	Erysipelas	74
Crusta serpeginosa	80	Excision of the tonsils	277
Crying of infants	261	Excoriations	264
Curvaturo of the bones	275	Exercise - - -	■ 51,232
Cystitis ...	203	Exhaustion	37
Debility, general	278	Eyes, bloodshot	110
" nervous	280	" diseases of the -	1»7
Delivery, treatment after	250	" inflammation of the	107
Deprivation	34	" watery	110
Derbyshire neck	34	Eyelids, inflammation of the ■	109
Despondency	237, 280	Face, blue	185
Diabetes ...	211	" swelled -	105
Diarrhoea	166	" yi How »	199
" chronic	188	" redness of	93,286
" during confinement	253	Failing sight	111
" of infants	264	Fainting	240
" of pregnant women	239	Fall catarrh	116
" with fever	59	Falling of the womb	226
Diet of consumptives -	143	Feet, sweating if the	288
" infants -	20 1	" swellingof the	289
" nutse	259	Felon	84
" old people	49	Feruucles	83
" pregnant women	2.15	Fever and ague -	61
" the hick	49,50, 56	" bilious	58
Diphtheria	154	" chill	62
Discharge from the ear	113	" simple	56
" lochial	253	" gastric	58
Discharges, nocturnal -	281	" inflammatory	57
Disease -	18	" lung	129
•' causes of	31	" milk	252
" genesis of	21	" remittent	58
" hereditary transmissic	nof 31	" scarlet	64
Diseases of the alimentary tra	ck 151	*' typhoid -	60
" of the air passages	119	" typhus	60
" " circulatory sy	stem 145	Fevers, treatment of -	55
«■ «• eyes	107	" simple -	56
" " genital organs	201	" of children	63
" of infants	261	Fits	96
" of the nervous systen	l 87	F atulent colic -	167
" " skin	74	FoBtus, influence of external	
" *' uriuary organ?	201	objects upon the •	236
" of women	214	Fomentations, hot, how made 133	
Disinfectants	39	Food	45
Doses, repeiition of	53	" ant i pat hies to various arti-	
Dropsy, general	288	cles of -	10
" of the abdomen	290	" for infants	46
" " brain -	94	«• «• laboring men -	46
" '« chest -	290	" " professional men	47
" " ovaries	291	" " corpulent people	47
Drowsiness	- 90,93	" •' spare people -	48
Dumb ague	62	" " old veople	49
Dysentery	189	" regurgitations of	- 162,262
 
GENERAL INDEX.
345
	Page.			Page
Food, In cold weather	48	Infants, cold in the head of	.	261
" in warm weather	48	" crying of	•	261
Footbath	43	" constipation of	.	263
Frost bites ...	78	" convulsions of	.	265
Frozen limbs ...	78	" diarrhoea of -	.	264
Garters tight ...	235	" eruptions of -	.	262
GastralgiA ...	165	" excoriations of	.	264
Gastric derangement -	161	" milk crusts of -	.	262
" fever ...	f.8	" regurgitation of food of		262
General debility	278	" teething of	-	264
Genital organs, disease of the	201	" wakefulness of	.	261
Giddiness -	89	Inflammation of the bladder	.	203
Gland, enlargement of parotid	70	" " braiu	.	92
Glands, enlarged, (scrofulous)	275	*' " breasts	■	256
" •' (diphtheritic)	157	■ i « car	•	112
Glossary ...	337	" *' eyes	-	107, 261
Glottis, ulceration of the	128	" " heart	•	146
Goitre -	31	" " labia	.	229
Gonorrhoea	208	" " larynx	.	126
Gout ....	274	" " lungs	.	132
Gravel ....	205	" " kidneys	.	201
Green sickness •	216	" " womb	■	255
Grippe ....	114	Inflammatory fever	.	57
Groin, swelling of glands of -	81	" rheumatism	•	261
Hair, falling out of the -	254	Influenza	.	114
Hay asthma ...	116	Injections	.	44,169
Haemoptysis ...	137	Injuries ...	-	102
Haamatemesis ...	170	Introduction	.	3
Hematuria ...	212	Intertrigo	.	264
Haemorrhoids ...	193	Irritation, bronchial -	.	125
Haemorrhage, abdominal	170	Itch	.	82
" nasal	286	Jaundice ...	.	199
" pulmonary	137	Joints, deposits about the	.	275
uterine -	246	" soreness of the -	.	278
with the urine -	212	" stiffness "	.	270, 271
" from tho stomach	170	Key to specifics -	.	301
Head, cold in the - 114, 125	,261	" index to	.	S3I
" noises in the	113	Kidneys, inflammation of the	-	201
" rush of blood to the	91	" chronic disease, of the		202
" scald ...	79	Labia, inflammation < f the	.	229
Headache, bilious	87	Labor, remedies belore	.	247
" catarrhal -	88	Labors, tedious •	.	249
" congestive -	87	Lacing, light	■	234
" in females -	88	Lameness, lheumatic •	.	270, 273
" sick	88	" from injuries	.	332
Health ....	14	Larynx, inflammation of the	.	126
Hearing, difficult	113	LaryuKeal consumption	■	127
Heart, disease of the -	149	Laryngitis	.	126
" inflammation of tho	146	" chronic	.	127
" palpitation of tho	148	Laxatives, when allowable	.	192
Heartburn ...	164	Lead colic	.	168
Hepatitis ...	196	Lemonade, beneficial use of	.	89
Herpes Circinnatus	79	Leucorrhcea	.	224
Hip disease ... 275	278	" aftT parturition	■	254
Hives ....	76	Lesions, internal	.	171
Hoarseness ...	119/".	, Life, principle of	.	3
Homeopathic medicines, action of	26	" germinal -	-	4
Homeopathy, specific -	28	" sell-preservativo power	of	12
Hydrocephalus ...	94	" change of -	■	222
Hydrothorax -	290	Limbs, tingling of the -	-	28G
Hysteria - - - - 228	240	Liver complaint	-	196,198
Idiocy from epilepsy -	99	" inflammation of •	-	196
Incubus ....	284	Lochlal discharge	-	253
Index to key to specifics	333	Lockjaw ...		101
Indigestion ...	161	Loins, pain in the		273
Infants, diseases of	261	Looseness of the bowels		186
 
346            HOMEOPATHIC MENTOR
		Page.			Page
Losses of vital fluids -	.	280	Opium, use of -	-	190
Lumbago	■	273	Orchitis -	-	343
Lungs bleeding from the	.	137	Otalgia -	-	112
Luug fever	.	129	Otorrhoea	-	113
Mira-mus	.	266	Ovarian disease -	-	291
Marriage	.	231	" dropsy-	-	291
M islti: nation -	.	101, 28U	" tumor -	•	291
Measles	.	60	Overwork, i esults of -	-	279
Meconium, expulsion of	.	259	Pain iu the loins	-	273
Med cines, affinities of-	.	27	•« " neck	-	273
" how they cure	.	24	'* " i.ervo	■	103
" "to select	.	52	Pains " back	-	243, 273
" " to take	.	53	" lalso (before labor)	-	248
Membrane, false	.	157	Painters' colic -	■	168
Menses, cessation of the	.	222	Palpitation of the heart	-	148
" scanty -	■	217	Palsy	-	285
*' suppressed	.	218	Paralysis- - -	-	285
" tardy -	.	215	Parotid gland, enlargement of		70
" too profuse	.	221	Parturition	-	249
Menstruation -	.	214	" leucorrncea after	•	254
" during pregnancy		237	" treatment before	-	246
" painful -	■	219	Patients, treatment and occu-		
Metastasis	.	70	pation of -	-	39
Miasms -	.	33	Peach catarrh -	-	116
Milk crusts	.	262	Pericarditis	-	146
" fever	.	252	Perspiration, easily occasion	ed	279
" suppressed or scanty	.	252	Pessaries, use of	-	227
Miuister's soro throat -	.	127	Pharynx, inflammation of	i	127
Miscarriage	.	243	Phreuitis	-	92
Mil n lis -	.	255	Piles	-	193
Morning sic'cness of women	.	238	Pleurisy . . .	-	131
Mouth, scurvy of	.	159	" false	•	133
Moil ih, canker sore of-	.	159	Pleurodynia	-	133
Mumps -	-	70, 157	Plica polouica •	-	34
Nas it hemorrhage	■	286	Pneumonia	-	133
Nausea ...	.	167, 238	Porrig > - - -	-	79
Navel, pains in region of	.	16T	Prseoordia, tenderness of the		163
Neck, diphtheritic swelling	of		Pregnancy	-	230
glauos of	-	157	" diarrhoea during	-	239
" Derbyshire	•	34	" diet during -	-	235
" Bcrofulous swelling	of		" despondency during		237
glands of	-	276	" habits	■	235
" pain in the	•	273	" menstruation	-	237
" rheumatism of the	.	272	Prolapsus	.	255
Necrosis ...	.	275	" ant -	.	195
Nerv <us debility	.	280	" uteri	.	226
Nettle rash	■	76	Prostration	.	278, 280
Neuralgia	.	103	Protrusion of the intestine	.	195
Nightmare	.	284	Prulitis ...	.	223
Nipple, retraction of the	•	235, 247	Pulmonary consumption	.	140
>' excoriation of the	.	256	" hemorrhage	.	137
Nocturnal discharges -	-	281	Pulmonalis phthisis -	.	140
Noises in tlin head	-	113	Purgatives, use of - 171,		179, 192
Nose, bleeding from the	■	286	Putrid sore throat	.	152
" offensive discharge from the 111^			^Auiusy ...	.	151
'* redness of tho -	•	■2H-m	^kuess of the face	.	286
" swelling of the -	.	287^	^tm" nose -	.	287
" ulceration of the		288	Regurgitations of food -	.	162, 262
Numbness		285	Remedies, alternation of	.	63
" apoplectic -		90	Remittent fever	.	58
Nurse, diet of the		259	Renal calculi	.	205
Nursing -		36,38	Re-tlessuess	.	265
OffeiiHivo brea'h		160	Retention of the urine -	.	207
Off priug, weak or sickly		230	Rheumatism, acute	.	269
Ophthalmia, acute		107	Rheumatism, chronic -	.	271
" chronic -		108	" inflammatory	.	270
 
GENERAL  INDEX.                347
	Page.				Page.
Rhumatism of the neck	272	Tea, use of	.	51	283
" sciatic -	273	Teething of infants	■		264
" loins—lumbago	273	Teeth, clenching of the	-	102	228
Ringworm . . .	79	" extraction of the	-		104
Rupture of the bladder	2n7	Tetanus	-		101
Saint Vitus dunce	101)	Throat, sore	-		151
Sarraeenia purpurea	0!>	•' malignant sore	-		152
Scabies -	82	" false membrane in	.		157
Scald head	79	Thrush -	.		263
Scarlatina	04, 98	Tight lacing	.		234
Sea'let fever	65	Tiugliug of a limb	•		286
Sciatic rheumatism	27J	Tobacco, use of	.	51	283
Scirrhus	171	Tonsils, enlarged	■		277
Scrofula	275	" excision of	■		277
Scrofulous children	94	Toothache	.	104	241
' '* eruptions -	277	Tumors ...	-		276
" temperament	142	Tumor, ovarian -	-		291
Scurvy of the mouth -	159	Typhoid Fever -	-		59
Sea sickness -	170	Ulcerations, scrofulous	.		275
Serum, effusion of	m	Ulcers, old	.		277
Shingles	76	Urticaria -	.		76
Side, st.ten in the	133	Uriuary organs, diseases of the			201
" pain " - -	131, 201	" incontinence -	•		209
Sick, bedding of tho	42, 50	Urination, difficult	■		207
" diet of the	49, 50, 50	" " during preg-			
" nursing and care of	38	nancy	-		240
" restoration of the -	3U	Urine, excessive secretion o:			211
" room of the	38,40	" hemorrhage with	.		212
" treatment of the -	39	Uterine hemorrhage	-		246
Sickness from car riding	170	Vaccination	-	125	267
Sitzbath	41	Varices - - -	•		242
Sleep . . . .	282	Varioloid	•		67
" nnrefreshing	279	Veins, swelled -	■		242
Sleeplessness . . .	283	" varicose -	-		1M)
Small pox . . .	67, 98	Venery, excessive	-		37
" •' prevention of	69	Ventilation	•		38
SGre throat -	151	" of sick room	-		38
Spasms -	96	Vertigo -	-		89
Specific Homeopathy -	28	Voice, loss of -	-		119
Spirits of camphor	184	Vomitiug	-		169
Squinting	111	Vomiting of blood	-		170
Stenocardia	145	Wakefulness	•	279	283
Sterility -	244	Watchers, employment of	-		41
Stitch in the side	133	Water brash	-		164
Strabismus	111	Weak sight	-		111
Strangury	208, 209	Weaning	■		260
Stomach, spasm of the	165	Wetting the bed	-		209
" hemorrhage from	170	Wind, belching of	-		165
" weak -	162	■* colic	•		167
Stone -	205	White swelling -	-	275	2:8
Sty -	110	Whites -	-		224
Swa'.lowing. difficult -	151, 277	Whispering voice in children	-		121
Sweating of the feet	288	Whitlow -	-		84
Swelled face - . .	105, 242	^Wnoopiug cough	-		71
" veins -	24^	^W'onitii, diseases of	-		214
Swelling of tho head	41	^Womb, tailing of	-		226
'• " nose -	28W	^^ " inflammation of	-		253
" internal	255	Worms, iuiestiual	•		292
" painless	276	" round -	-		293
" scrofulous	276	" tape	-		295
" white - . .	275, 278	Wounds, treatment of •	•		102
Syphilis -	22,107	Zona	•		76
 
               DIRECTIONS
                         FOR USING

HUMPHREYS'  MARVEL  OF  HEALING.
"A rose is just as sweet by any other name."
                 F.  HUMPHREYS,  M. D.,

late Professor of InstUutes of Homeopathy, Pathology and Medical Practice in {h*
   Homeopathic Medical College of Pennsylvania, at Philadelphia.  Author
       of Dysentery and its Homeopathic Treatment;  Cholera and Us
           Homeopathic  Treatment;  Homeopathic Mentor; and
               Prover of Apis Millifica, Planlago Magor, dec.
   THE MARVEL, OF HEALING is the Triumph of Family Med-
     icines.  Always useful, always ready, never injurious, always reliable,
does not poison or irritate, stain or injure, and may be taken without  injury
by any one.
   THE MARVEL is used both as an external remedy or a lotion to apply and
     as an internal medicine to take, and in many cases it is both taken and
applied.
   TAKEN internally, it may be used in doses  of a  teaspoonful or more  to
     adults; and to young children, aged or infirm persons, a half or quarter
as much; and it may be repented  everyone, two or four  hours, in  urgent
cases, or usually three times a day.
   APPLIED externally as a lotion or liniment for soreness, lameness, a
     bruise, sprain, strain or wrench; or  for a burn, scald, excoriation  or
swelling; or when there is pain, heat pr inflammation, its action is once cool-
ing,  poothingand healing and restor|fig> /while it causes no irritation, stain
eruption or rash.

   THE MARVEL OF HEALING is the sovereign remedy for all curable
     accidents or injuries to man or beast. Such especially as blows, bruises,
contusions, strains, spraino, lacerations, cuts, burns, scalds,  fraotures,  dislo-
cations. 
HUMPHREYS' MARVEL OF HEALING.            349
    FOR all these conditions, or the lesults of such, there is no remedy which
      so promptly revives  the  depressed vital action, restores the local an d
general  circulation, allays  the  pain, dissipates the congestion, arrests and
prevents inflammation and restores the circulation as the Marvul of Healing.
In thousands of cases,  its prompt and freo application  has  staunched the
bleeding, allayed the pain, dissipated the congestion, reduced  tne  inflamma-
tion and promoted the healing  of the most dangerous injury so promptly and
so magically as to have given it the name of the Mabvei or Healing.

      HOW  TO USE IT  FOR ACCIDENTS OR INJURIES.
    FOR a  severe fall, shock, blows, contusion, or other injury, give  at  once
      half a teaspoonful, and repeat two or three times, until  the  patient i8
revived.   Apply the Marvel in full strength  to the  part, unless it is very
much torn or lacerated, when it may be reduced by water, and over  it lay a
compress wet with Marvel and kept in place when possible with a bandage.
Keep the part wet by repeated applications of the Marvel through the band-
age and dressing.  This need not be removed, for days.  The htoaling by first
intention will go on and the inflammation be kept down.

    FOR a bruise, strain, sprain,  laxation, or wrench.   If faint, badly injured
      or bleeding, give half a teaspoonful, and  bathe the injured  part  with
the Maevel full strength.   Keep the part wet with the  Marvel through the
dressing, which keep in place until cured.  This will keep down the swelling
heat, inflammation and pain, and promote the rapid healing.
    CUTS OR LACERATED, (torn) wounds.  Apply the Marvel full strength
      to arrest the bleeding, if  needful.  Bring the sides of the wound to-
gether and keep them in place  with a proper bandage  and keep the part wet
with the Marvel through the dressing,

    FRACTURES AND DISLOCATIONS, are often  benefited and rapid heal-
      ing promoted by bathing the part with the MABVEL,or keeping  tho part
wet with it.
    BURNS AND SCALD3.  If only slight, apply at once the Marvel, and
      then lay over the place a  thin cloth, which keep  applied and moist un-
til well. If the iojury has been deeper, destroying the skin, apply the Marvel
in the same way and keep on the dressing wet with the Marvel.  It instant-
ly relieves the pain and rapidly heals the part.   If deep or extensive ulcera-
tion occurs, or has occurred, or contractions of the  part, apply freely the
Witch Hazel Oil, the best thing known.
   SUN BURNS only require the  free application of the Mabtil ; the cure is
     like magic. 
350           HUMPHREYS'  MARVEL OF HEALING.
   INJURIES OF ANIMALS, however severe or extensive, simply requiro free
     and  frequent application  of the  Marvel.  It never disappoints.  For
 breast or harness galls, simply apply the Marvel two or threo times per day.
 For strains, lameness, injury to a joint,  or for  quarter crack, sand crack,  or
 quittor, bathe the part with the Marvel, give  the animal rest and when pos-
 sible apply the compress kept wet with the medicine.

     BLEEDING OR HEMORRHAGE.  This medicine is tho greatest styptic
      or stauncher of bleeding ever discovered.  Its control over hemorrhage
 is indeed marvelous.  It quiets the action of  tho heart, and  the force of the
 circulation, and increases the coagulability of the blood.   Heuco when taken
 internally or applied for a bleeding from laceration or injury, or from any
 part or organ of the body, or from piles its action is marvelous.

     BLEEDING FROM THE NOSE.  Bathe the nose and forehead freely with
      the Marvel.  Wet a cloth with it, and lay on over tho nose and  keep
 it wet.  In the worst cases, inject the Marvel, or plug tho nostril  with lint
 wet with it.
    BLEEDING FROM THE GUMS.  Simply rinse the mouth with the Mar-
      vel three or four times per day.  After the extraction of teeth always
 rinse the mouth with the Marvel to relieve the soreness and  heal tho gums.


       BLEEDING  OR HEMORRHAGE FROM THE LUNGS.

    THIS formidable condition is controlled by no medicine so  perfectly a3 by
     this medicine.   It has cured hundreds of cases and has often saved life
 where help seemed inpossible.   For  simple blood-spitting take half a tea-
 spoonful, and repeat it two or three times at intervals of an hour or two.

    FOR severe bleeding, put a large spoonful in a glass half full of water, of
     which tike a dessert spoonful  every ten  or  fifteen minutes, until tho
 bleeding has ceased, and then at longer intervals for soma days, to prevent a
 return.  If the breast is hot or sore, or painful, wet a  cloth,  folded two or
 more times over the chest, with the Marvel, over which place a flannel to pro-
 tect the clothing, and renew it every night; the result i3 marvelous.

    VOMITIMG of blood, bleeding  from  the  stomach, and bleeding from the
     bowels.  For vomiting of blood, take a teaspoonful of t'ae Marvel every
half hour until relieved.  For black or bloody stools take a teaspoonful  four
times per day.   For bloody  urine, take  a teaspoonful of the  Marvel  four
times a day. For flooding or hemorrhage from the womb, give half a spoon-
ful, and repeat it every half hour iu severe cases.   For too long and too pro-
fuse monthlies, take a spoonful throe times a day. 
HUMPHREYS* MARVEL OF HEALING.           351
   BLEEDING  PILES,  BLIND PILES, HEMORRHOIDS.  No remedy so
     perfectly controls, or so permanently removes this entire condition as
the Marvel of Healing. Taken internally, and applied if the piles are ex-
ternal, in the form of a lotion, or of the Witch Hazel On.,or even injected in
cases of internal piles the pain and distress is relieved, the bleeding airested,
the tumors become flaccid and shrink away and gradually disappear, and  a
permanent cure is accomplished.  The [numoer of cases recorde.I in current
medical literature, or known among the people, as cured by this remedy in
its various forms, is almost innumerable.
     HUNDREDS OF CASES OF PILES, that have resisted all other methods
      of cure and medicine, and where the patients have been incapacitated
for business for years, have been cured permanently  by the  remedy.  Direc-
tions—Simply  take a teaspoonful three times per day.  If external,  batho the
parts with the  Marvel night aad morning, or apply the Witch Hazel  Oil.
If internal, also inject the fluid or the Witch Hazel Oil. The relief is prompt
and the cure ia certain.
    RHEUMATISM and Rheumatic Pains Lameness, Soreness in  the  wrist,
      arm or shoulder, pain or stiffness  of the neck, or of the hips, knee or
of the ankle or foot, all are cured by this remedy, whether the affection arise
from recent cold, exposure overwork or strain. In all cases simply bathe tho
part with  the Marvel of Healing two or three times per day, and take a tea-
spoonful four times per day.
   INFLAMMATORY or  ACUTE RHEUMATISM, attended with heat, swel-
     ling,  pain  and lameness, requires the free application of the Marvel to
the lame or suffering part, by means of a cloth kept wet in the medicine.  Tho
soreness, lameness and pain will be speedily allayed and a euro promoted.
   LUMBAGO, or CRICK in the BACK.—Take half a spoonful of the Marvel
     internally, and repeat it every hour, and bathe the part with it, or even
lay on a cloth saturated with the medicine, over which a dry flannel is placed
to protect the clothing, and the relief will be prompt and permanent.
    NEURALGIA—Pains in  the faca, along the side of the head or neck, are
      promptly cured by freely bathing the affected part, or applying the
saturated cloth to the place.
     HEADACHES,  especially Congestive Headaches, with  heat,  fulness or
      heaviness, are often immediately relieved and the attack warded off by
taking a teaspoonful of the Marvel, and bathing  the forehead and even the
head with the medicine.   Sick Headaches are often driven off. and the attack
prevented in the same manner.
   TOOTHACHE of Neuralgic or Rheumatic origin or from a cold or irritation
     of decayed teeth, is promptly cured by this remedy.  Bathe the face on 
352             HUMPHREYS' MARVEL OF HEALING.
 the side of the affected tooth with tho Marvel and hold some in the  mouth
 on that side—repeating the same as occasion requires.  The relief will be
 prompt.   Often the cloth wet with the medicine laid  over the  part, gives a
 quiet night's rest, with entire relief of the pain.

   SWELLED  ace often arises from the same cause.and only requires similar
     treatment.

   SOTiE  Throat or Quinsy is often promptly arrested and soon cured by this
     remedy.  Gargle the throat often and freely with tho Marvel, and satur-
 ate a cloth and apply it to the part, renewing it from  time  to  time with the
 remedy as it gets hot or dry.  This continued often dissipates the inflamma-
 tion and reduces the swelling without suppuratioa, and soon relieves in any
 stage.  Curing a few times in this way prevents a return of the disease.

   SORE Eyes, Inflamed Eyes and Eyelids.—Bathe the eyes freely with the
     Marvel,  diluted one-half with soft water, and at night wet a soft linen
 rag with the lotion and lay ou ov^r the eye, renewing from timo  to timo as  it
 gets hot or dry.  The relief is prompt and cure often very satisfactory.

    EARACHE is promptly cured by placing a bit of lint or cotton raturated
      with tho Marvel in the affected ear, and renewing it from time to time.
 A compress saturated with it may also bo applied over and around tho car.

   CATARRH.—This is one of the best remedies for Catarrh.  As an injection
      for the nose in old, obstinate Catar;h, or when there is profuse or offen-
 sive discharge, it can hardly be excelled,  It may be diluted one-half with
 pure water, and injected by means of  a nasal syringe—or even snuffed up in
 full strength from the hollow of the hand—two, three cr even four times per
 clay.  11 clears out the secretion,  cures the ulceration,  and removes the some-
 times offensive odor immediately.  In any case of Catarrh snuff it up or in-
 ject it freely.  The relief is wonderful.

   FOR Hay Catarrh, Rose Catarrh, Hay Asthma, it has proved specific.  Sim.
      ply iDJtct the Marvel freely several times per day into the nostril, and
 tho relief is like magic.  Even the choryza and asthma are relieved by it, and
 the siege is passed in comparative comfort.

    PAINS, Stitches or Soreness and Tightness of the chest, are promptly re-
      lieved by the Marvel taken half a  teaspoonful three or four times per
 day.

    BOILS, Furuncles. Hot Swellings, and Carbuncles are cured by laying on
      u cloth saturated  with the Mabvsl and renewing it as often as it geU
hot or dry. 
HUMPHREYS' MARVEL OF HEALING.
353
   TUMORS or Cold  Swellings  are treated  by applying the medicine to the
     part by means of a compress, and by taking a spoonful three times per
day; also, in case of ovarian tumors, daily injecting the Marvel. Some won-
derful cures have been affected.
    OVARIAN Disease is treated in a similar manner.   Take a spoonful three
      times per day,  and inject it as often.   Always curative.
    ULCERATION  and Leucorrhoea or Whites  require the same treatment
      except that the injection need be only one part  of the Marvel and
three parts "of water,  and be used once or twice per day.  For Ulceration and
vaginal Leucorrhoea it is sovereign.   Painful periods  are often relieved like
magic by taking a spoonful every hour or two at the time.
   INFLAMED or Gathered Breast.—As soon as there is pain in the breast or
     n chill, or a reddish blush [erysipelatous] is noticed.apply a cloth wet in
the ?.Iarvel which renew as often as it gets dry or heated, over which place a
fold of dry flannel to protect the clothing.   This will often arrest the inflam-
matory progress altogether, and, in any event, will relieve the heat and  pain,
and limit the suppurative process.
   il>X_ORIATED  or Sore Nipples  are  cured by bathing them with the
   ^  Marvel before  and after the child  has nursed.   It may be diluted one-
half with soft water.
    EXCORIATIONS  or Soreness, or Chafing of infants., is cured by applying
      the Marvel to  the part.   Either add an ounce  of the  Marvel to the
water in which the child is bathed—or after bathing apply the Marvel diluted
one-half  with water to the  part, after which dry as usual.
i^J TINGS  of Insects, Mosquitoes, Bees or Spiders are  at once relieved by
^  the  application of the Marvel,   Simply bathe the part with the remedy
and repeat the application from  time to time until the pain  and swelling are
relieved.
    KIDNEY Complaint.—Pain in the  region of the  Kidneys or small c,f the
      back, and painful, frequent or scalding urination, are promptly remov-
ed by its use.  It is also very useful ia cases of Strangury, or even in Gravel
or Renal  Calculi.  A  spoonful, three times per day, has made the most aston-
ishing cures or old obstinate cases.

   INFLAMMATION of the Veins and Milk Leg are cured by freely applying
    the Marvel to the affected part, by a saturated  compress, and  taking a
teaspoonful every three or four hours, according to the intensity of the disease.

T7"ARICO.SE Veins. —This is the only remedy ihat rem >ves and cures Vari-
  *   cose  Veins.  It has cured hundreds. Apply a compress  saturated with
the Marvel along the limb, over the veins, and  over this turn an  elastic 
354          HUMPHREYS' MARVEL OF HEALING.
stocking or roller bandage, renewing every morning, and take  a teaspoonfd*
three times per day.
    ULCERS, Old Sores.—Usually dilute the Marvel one-half with soft  water
      and apply with a compress, renewing morning and night.  If painful
apply a poultice, of bran or bread soaked in the Medicine which renew as of
ten as it gets hard or  dry or apply the Witch Hazel Oil.
^1 ORE Feet or Chapped Hands are cured by applying the Marvel morning
^  and night after  bathing them.
TT^XCORIATIONS,  Soreness or Blisters, from rowing, driving or hard usage
-*-^  are promptly relieved and soon cured by simply applying the  Marvel
   CORNS and Bunions are cured by paring down the hard part freely bathing,
     and then applying the Marvel.
   CHILBLAINS are relieved by simply applying the  Marvel  two or three
     times per day.  Or yet better apply the Witch Hazel Oil.
    DIARRHCEA and Colic.—Half a teaspoonful taken in water usually relieves
     a diarrhoea very promptly, and many cases of chronic diarrhcea have
been cured by taking a teaspoonful three times per day.
   FOR a Bad Cold or Cough, take half a teaspoonful four times per day, and
     the last thing at night.
   FOR Whooping Cough, give the child a quarter or even a half a  teaspoon-
     ful four times per day in water, or gum water  or  other  drinks.  The
relief is prompt and cure surprising.
   FOR Hoarseness, Cough, Bad Cold or Sore Throat take half a teaspoonful
     of the Marvel four times per day.
   AS a Toilet Article  for Washing, Bathing and Shaving, this medicine is a
     luxury.  Added to  the  water, or a lather made with it, relieves the
soreness, roughness or excoriation, and wonderfully softens and improves the
■urface.
                           PRICE :
6 oz.,  30 cts.    Pints,  60 cts.    Quarts,  $1.
            SOLID :B~5r  nDBj^IjERS
              Full  Measure  Guaranteed.

HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE CXX,

           100 Fulton Street, New York. 
THE  MARVEL OP HEALING           355
                  HUMPHREYS'

WITCH    HAZEL     OIL

             "THE MARVEL OF HEALING."
  This Ointment is the triumph  of Scientific  Medicine.  Nothing has ever
been produced at all to equal or compare with it as a curative and healing
application.  The virtues of the Witch  Hazel have been long known and
celebiated as a healer and pain curer.  Bat when combined and applied in
the form of an oil, its curative effects are indeed marvelous.

  Piles, Fissures, Ulcerations, Eruptions, Itching or Bleed-
ing of the Rectum.  For these or any of them, this oil is infallible. The
relit f is immediate—the cure certain.
  Burns, Scalds and Ulceration and Contractions  from burns.
The relief is ins.ant andthe healing of the ulceration and softening of the
contraction is wonderful and unequaled.

  Cancers, Malignant, Painful or Corroding Ulcers, Car-
buncles, and  Boils are at once relieved of the lasting, eating or corrod-
ing pains by its  application

  Old  Sores, Indokuit Ulcers and Fistulas, Lacerated, torn or
cut wounds or ulcers resulting from them,are promptly healed up and cured

  Salt Rheum, Tetters, Scurfy Eruptions, Chapped Hands,
Fever Blisters,  SoreLips, Corns and Bunions, are promptly re-
lieved and often cured like magic

  Scratches or Grease in Horses,Chafings, Saddle or Harness
Galls, Lacerations, Cuts, Injuries, Broken Hoof or Quarter
Crack, all are  cured by this Witch  Hazel  Oil in a manner approached
by no other medicine.
       Prepared only by DR. F.  HUMPHREYS & SONS.

       Price, 50 Cents per Bottle.         Sold by all Druggists.

  HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC MEDICINE CO.
109 Fulton Street, New York. 
356
HOMEOPATHIC SPECIFICS.
LIST OF  HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  SPECIFICS
                  FOR  FAMILY   USE.
          Prices of Single Boxes and Vials, with Directions.

tto                                                           Boxes. Vials.
 1 ^ures Fevers, Congestions, Inflammations, Heat, Pain, Restlessness—$ 25  $0 60
        Worm Fever, Worm Colic, Voracious Appetite................  25     50
        Colic, Teething, Crying and Wakefulness of Infants...............  25     60
        Diarrhoea of Children or Adults, Cholera Infantum...............  25     60
        Dysentery or Bloody Flux, Gripings, Bilious Colic...............  25     60
        Cholera, Cholera Morbus, Nausea, Vomiting.....................  25     60
        Coughs, Colds, Hoarseness, Bronchitis, Influenza...............  25     60
        Toothache, Faceache. Neuralgia, Tic Douloureux...............  25     60
        Headache, Sick Headache, Vertigo, Congestion.................  25     60
        Dyspepsia, Weak, Acid or Deranged Stomach, Costiveness......  25     60
        Suppressed Menses, or Scanty, or Painful, or Delaying.......  25     60
        Leucorrhoea or Whites, Bearing Down, Profuse Menses.....  25     60
        Croup, Hoarse, Croupy Cough, Difficult Breathing...............  25     60
        Salt Rheum, Eruptions, Erysipelas. Scald Head..............  25     60
        Rheumatism, Pain in the Chest, Back, Side, or Limbs.........  25     60
        Fever and Ague, Intermittent Fever, Dumb Ague............  50     60
        Piles, Internal or External, Blind or Bleeding.....................  50     60
        Ophthalmia, Weak or Inflamed Eyes or Eyelids.................  50     60
        Catarrh, Acute or Chronic, Dry or Flowing.......................  50     60
        Hooping Cough, Shortening and Palliating it___..............  50     68
        Asthma, Oppressed,  Difficult, Labored Breathing................  50     60
        Far Discharges, Noise in the Head, Difficult Hearing..........  50     60
        Scrofula, Enlarged Glands, Swelling and Ulcers.................  50     60
        General Debility, Physical or General Weakness..............  50     50
        Dropsy, Fluid Accumulations, Tumid Swellings..................  50     60
        Sea-Sickness, Prostration, Vertigo, Nausea, Vomiting.........  50     60
        Urinary Diseases, Gravel, Renal Calculi......................  50     60
        Nervous  Debility, Involuntary Discharges, Seminal Weakness,
           Results of Excess or Evil Habits................................100   100
        Sore Mouth, or Canker of Adults and Children...................  60     60
        Urinary  Incontinence,  Wetting  the  Bed,  too  Frequent,
           Scalding, or Painful Urination...................................  60     60
        Painful Menses, Pressure or Spasms, Prnritis..................  60     60
        Change  of  Life,  Irregularities,  Flushes,  Palpitations, and
           Disease of the Heart......................................100   100
        Epilepsy and Spasms, Chorea or St. Vitus' Dance   .........1 00   1 00
        Diphtheria, Ulcerated or Malignant Sore Throat................  60     60
        Chronic Congestions, Habitual Headaches....................  60     60
 Si v^MALL 25c. boxes, with directions..........................................   \ 35
 Sis. LARGE 50c. boxes or vials, with directions.............................        2 50
 Six   "  $1.00    "          "       ...........................           5 
HOMEOPATHIC SPECIFICS.
357
            LIST  OF FAMILY  OASES.
No.
 1. With 35 Three-Drachm Vials. Walnut Case, containing entire
     list of 35 numbered Specifics and Humphreys' Homeopathic Mentor,
     Large Book.............................................................. $12 00
 2. With 3 5 Three-Drachm Vlal»,MoRocco Case, and Manual of Direc-
     tions   ...............................................................  10 OO
 3. With 28 Three-Drachm Vials, Morocco Case, and Manual......   8 00
 4. With 20 Three-Drachm Vials, Morocco Case, and Manual......   6 00
 5. With 20 Three-Drachm Vials, Paper Case, and Manual.........   5 00

                      POCKET CASES.
 6. With 16 Four-Drachm Vials, Russia Leather (double flat), and
     Humphreys' Homeopathic Mentor, Large Book.........................$10 00
 7. With 20 Three-Drachm Vials, Turkey Morocco or Russia Leather
     (double flat), velvet lined, and Manual ................................   8 OO
 8. With 10 Three-Drachm Vials, and Manual.......................   3 60
 9. With 6 Three-Drachm Vials, and Manual......................   2 50
10. With 8 1}^-Drachm Vials, and Manual............................    175

                       EXTRA CASES.
11. With 40 1-oz. Glass-stopper Bottles, Walnut Case, and Hum-
     phreys' Homeopathic Mentor, Large Book........................$30 00
12. With 35  1-oz.  Glass-stopper Bottles,  Walnut  Case,  and
     Mentor................................................................  25 00
13. With 35  1-oz. Vials, Walnut Case, and Mentor...................  20 00
14. With 12  1-oz. Vials, Walnut Case, and Mentor....................   9 00
     Or, with Manual.........................................................   8 00
Humphreys' Homeopathic Mentor..............................................    1 50
          MEDICINES BY MAIL  OR EXPRESS.
    It HAS BEEN A feature of Dr. Humphreys' Specifics from the first,
to send them in any quantity, from a single vial to A full case or box,
to any add ress, on receipt of price.  Thus any one may obtain them, if not
at the dealers, then by post from the nearest office.  In ordering cases,
it is expected that the same shall be put up with numbers running con-
secutively.   Should,  however,  there be one or two not required, they
may be omitted and other  numbers  of  the  same price substituted.
Write the order plainly and inclose Money Order or Register the letter,
for safety.
    Address,
             Humphreys' Homeopathic Medicine  Co.,
                              109 FULTON STREET, NEW YORK.
                   CAUTION.
    We caution our  customers against purchasing our Specifics un-
wrapped and unsealed, or from having, vials refilled by dealers, as we
cannot be responsible for the medicines purchased in such cases. 
3o8
VETERINARY SPECIFICS.
HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC   VETERINARY  SPECIFICS

                       FOK THE CUKE OF

       HORSES, CATTLE, SHEEP, HOGS AND DOGS.
  The greatest improvement of the day is the treatment of sick Animals by
Homeopathic Medicines.  All diseases of all kinds of Domestic Animals,
Horses, Cattle, Sheep, Hogs and Dogs, as well as  Poultry  and Birds, are
cured by Specific  Homeopathic Veterinary Medicines  with  a promptness,
certainty and ease truly astonishing.
  Instead oi the crude, unnatural means  employed by the old school, the
bottling,  balling, drugging and villainous mixtures usually poured down
the animals' throats, and which so otten are sure to kill, if the disease fails,
the owner gives a few drops of simple medicine on a bit of sugar or in water,
without the least trouble—the medicine being as easily given to an ox as to
a baby—and in a marvelous short time the disease is cured.
  Experience proves that all diseases of domestic animals are perfectly con-
trolled by the small doses and mild means of this  system, and that horses
and cattle are as readily cured as women and children.
  The most inveterate and fatal diseases, which baffle the most energetic
and  skillful  old school treatment, are cured like  magic by these simple
Veterinary Specifics.  Cases of (Joutrh, Founder, Colic, Inflammation,
Mange, Scratches, Distemper, Inflamed  Eyes, Staggers, and even Spavin
and  Heaves,  are cured with a rapidity and certainty perfectly astonishing
to those who have never witnessed  the effects of these Specifics.
  These Specifics  not only save all trouble in giving  medicine to  animals,
but restore and save a large proportion of animals otherwise lost or rendered
valueless by disease.  They are put up in  bottles of fluid, containing each one
hundred or more doses, and eacli case is accompanied  with a Booh of Direc-
tions and  a small glass instrument—the Medicator—with which the proper
dose  is taken from the bottle and administered to the animal in the mouth or
on the tongue, without the least trouble or delay.
  The Manual of  Directions contains  a  full  description of all diseases of
horses, cattle, sheep, hogs and dogs, with full, particular  directions for the
treatment of each,  so that any intelligent person may use them with success.
  Humphreys' Homeopathic Veterinary Specifics have been  in  use
eleven years among all classes of people for the cure of sick horses, cattle,
Bheep, hogs and dogs, with the most wonderful success.
  Fanners and Agriculturists use them,  who raise and handle all kinds of
domestic animals—careful, prudent, economical men, who know the value
of all kinds of stock and the efficacy of all kinds  of treatment, and who
know how to value and appreciate an improvement.
  Importers and breeders of blooded stock., who follow this as a business,
and where  the loss of a single animal involves the   loss of hundreds  or
thousands of dollars.
  Livery-stable men, and professional horse dealers and horse fanciers, all
praise and use them.
  Traveling Menageries  and circus men, who own   and have constantly
hundreds of horses on the road, traveling over  every part of the country, and
who, using this system, rarely lose an  animal, while those who  use the
old " drugging, balling and bottling " treatment lose  thousands of dollars
worth every year. 
VETERINARY  SPECIFICS.                    359
  Horse Railroads in cities and large towns, who use hundreds of horses.
«rho always have sick horses  on hand, and to whom the fees of veterinary
doctors and losses of animals form a very large item  of  expense and loss—
these use them extensively, and give them all praise.
  William  Lewis, agent of Howe's London Circus, says:

  " I have seen the  effects of Humphreys' Homeopathic Veterinary Specifics at
Mehrbach's stables, in this city, and have used them myself with the best possible results,
and would not be without them for any consideration.  I shall do all I can to u9e and re-
commend them to my friends and acquaintances everywhere."

  Read what James H. Wallace, of the Ninth Avenue Railroad Company,
of New York City, and others, say of them:
  "Mr. Wallace has charge of the horses of the Ninth Avenue Railroad Company, and has
had as extensive experience in the care and treatment of horses as any man in New York,
having been many years in his present business.  He is thoroughly  candid and reliable.
He has the care of over three  hundred horses, and for four years has used Dr Humph-
reys' Veterinary Specifics in all cases of sickness occurring in the stables, and the gen-
eral result is, that he has not lost a horse by disease In these four years.
Some have been killed by accidents, broken legs, etc., but not one  has died of disease.
The average number of deaths by disease before commencing this treatment, and in other
stables with the same number of horses, under other treatment, is from two to three per
month. He has  cured almost every disease to which the horse is  subject, as there are
always from three to twenty horses in  the sick-bay.  He has cured hundreds of cases of
Colic, seldom requiring more than one or two doses, or more than a few minutes or an
hour to cure a case.  Diarrhoeas rarely require the second dose of medicine.   In«
flammatlons of  the Head, otherwise resulting in Staggers, are completely
controlled in a few hours.  Lung  Fevers have repeatedly been cured in three or four
days.  They have had nineteen cases of Pneumonia during the  season,  and have
cured every one of them with these  Specifics.  Inflammation of the Bowels
has been cured in two or  three days.  Scores of cases of Distemper or Strangles
have been cured. So of Farcy.  Founder rarely occurs and is soon cured.  The most
violent cases of Cough, evidently bronchitis, have been cured in  a few  hours, and old
cases of Cough and difficult  breathing, or Heaves, have been cured.  The remedies
have perfect control over  Diseases of the Kidneys  and Urinary Organs.  A
horse coming in over-heated, during very hot weather, at once gets a few drops of the AA,
and in an incredibly short space of time all danger of Phrenitis, Staggers or other
disease has passed.  So the list might be extended through every  disease to which the
horse is subject. These medicines  have been almost invaluable, saving time, sickness,
loss, and thousands of dollars of property every year."

  Mr. Wallace will take pleasure in giving any gentleman further informa-
tion.
  Many persons who  own but  a single  valuable horse or cow find it pays to
use these Veterinary  Specifics, and to own a case of them.
  Samuel Whelpley is  the Veterinary  Superintendent of the New York
Tenth Avenue Horse Railroad Company.  He has five hundred and eighty
horses in charge, and  gives similar testimony.
  Isaac and  Solomon  Meerbach. the well  known  extensive dealers in
horses  on  Twenty-fourth  street,  New York,  have been  using  these
Veterinary Specifics for ten years or more past, and give them their un-
qualified  recommendation.   They  use them extensively for  all  diseases
among  horses in their  stables, and  say that they save thousands of dollars
every year by their use.
  Geo.  E.  Waring,  Esq.,  agricultural engineer, agricultural editor of the
New York Evening Post, Ogden Farm, Newport, R. I. and author of the well-
known Ogden Farm papers in the American Agriculturist, writes as follows:
  "Dear Sir—If my testimony can add to the public knowledge of the value of your Ho-
meopathic Veterinary Specifics, I shall be glad.  1 regard your Manual of Veterinary
Homeopathy as the only one that is sufficiently concise and clear for the comprehension of
ordinary farmers, and since my  acquaintance with it I have  relied entirely upon your
Veterinary Specifics in the treatment of my animals.  The results have been uniformly
 food, save in one case in which I mistook ihe symptoms.   I am impelled to write this m
 have just cured a five hundred dollar Jersey cow of a severe attack of milk fever, by the
use of your remedies alone." 
                              360
                HUMPHREYS'
   Homeopathic Veterinary  Specifics
COMPRISE a list OF  TEX  specifics, each ONE ADAPTED TO THE
        cure of a certain range or class of diseases.
Directions for their Use, and Diseases and Conditions
                      which they cure.
  Nursing and Care of Sick Animals.-Separate the seriously sick from the well
ones. Give each a dry, warm, well littered box or stall, free from cold or damp, or
foul smells. Have sick cows laid on the side, with their legs under them. In a natural
position.  With horses, blanket the body and  neck, and in pneumonia, flannel
bandage the legs, and, if needful, sling  them  up. Give no grain, corn meal, or
hearty food to sick cattle or horses, only bran mashes, hay tea, chopped roots,
steamed grain, or green feed in small quantities.
  No other Medicime ok Dose should be given or applied when using the Homeo-
pathic Specifics, as it will Injure or destroy the effect.
  DOSES—How Much.—Ten to Fifteen Drops for Horses ;  Fifteen to Twenty-Ave
Drops for Cattle or Hogs; Five to Ten Drops for Sheep or Dogs: proportionately less
for small or young animals.
  How Often.—Every one to three hours in acute cases; or two to three times per
day in old or chronic cases. Simply put the medicine on the tongue, clear, or on
sugar, or in water.

 A.A. I   CONGESTIONS,  INFLAMMATIONS,  FEVERS,  Etc
CURES)
    This Specific is curative for all Congestions, Inflammations, Fevers,
and febrile conditions ;  and for all conditions attended with quick,
full and strong pulse, heat or excitement of the  system ; or for the
coldness, shaking, or panting which precede inflammation.   Hence :
    For Coldness, Prickly Coat, Shaking or Panting Chill,—give A.A.
every half hour or hour
    Heat  of the Head, and red.  injected  eyes—give A.A. three times
per day.
    Inflammation  of the Eyes,  from teething,  congestion,  or  from
something having gotten into the eye, or from an  injury,—give A.A.
three times per day.
    Inflammation of the Throat or Quinsy, with difficult  swallowing,
sore throat, and fever,—give  A.A.  first, then alternate  with C.C.
every three hours.
    Inflammation of the Windpipe (Larynx), with heat, loud whistling
breathing,  even with danger of suffocation,—give A.A. at first every
hour, then alternate with E. E. every two hours, for cough.
    Inflammation  of the Lungs or Pleura {Pleuro-pneumonia), with
heat of body, cold ears and legs,—give first day A.A. every two hours;
then alternate with E.E. once in three hours.
    Palpitation, or loud, hurried,  irregular beating of  the  heart,—
give A.A. three times per day. 
361
   Inflammatory Colic, with  extreme pain, or where the colic termi-
nates or threatens te terminate in Inflammation of the Bowels,—give
A.A. every half hour ;  if bloated, alternate with F.F.
   Inflammation of the Liver in cattle,—give A.A. four times per day.
   Inflammation of the Kidneys or Bladder,—give alternately A.A.
ail H.H. every two hcurs.
   Hoi or Rheumatic SweUing of the feet and legs,—give first A.A.;
then alternate A.A. and B.B.  every three hours.
   Inflammation of the Feet (Founder), with heat, extreme tenderness,
difficult mcving or standing,—same treatment as above, A.A. and B.B.
   Milk Fever in Cows after calving, or in Mares ; (Puerperal Fever)
—give A.A. every three hours.
   Fits, Convulsions, or Staggers.—The animal suddenly stands, falls
hack, or to one side, or rushes off madly or falls down,—give A.A. at
once, then in two hours, and afterwards morning and night.
   For  the effects of fear, fright, anger or  excitement,—give A.A.
at once.
   Inflammation of the Brain, with heat, excitement  and frenzy,—
give A. A. every two hours.
   Congestion of the Head, with dull, stupid, sleepy hanging of  the
head ; or for the opposite state of excitement and frenzy—give A.A.
every three hours
   Pink Eye, with heat of the head, red, watery or  injected  eyes,
swelled legs, swelling under the jaw, stupid appearance,—give A.A.
every three hours first day or  two ; then alternate A.A. and C.C. at
same intervals ;  or give H.H. if there is much dropsy ; or alternate
C.C. with H.H.   See also C.C.
   Spinal Meningitis, in horses, beginning with dullness, indisposition
to move, painful stiffness on moving, especially on turning ; tender-
ness along the spine ; want of firmness on standing, and swaying or
tottering in walking; easily pushed over; then, giving out of  the
back ; unable to rise ; heat, fever ; injected or reddish eyes ; suffering
look ; scanty urine and dry dung,—give A.A. at first every two hours,
or even every hour in  severe cases, then  alternate with H.H. if  the
urine is affected, or with J.J. if  there is  paralysis, at longer intervals.
   Hog  Cholera,  commencing with dullness,  sleepiness, wanting
appetite, head hanging down or drawn  to one side ; later, shivering,
prostrating fever ; hides under the litter;  lies  on the belly ;  ears
swell;  reddish purple spots on the  skin, (erysipelas); back  arched ;
cough ; heaving  of the flanks; intense thirst; tender belly; weak-
ness of the hinl legs, later  of the  fore legs, also ; loose  or bloody
discharges,—give first the A.A. once in  four hours, and alternate with
I.I. if there is erysipelas, or with E.E. if there is cough or heaving of
the flanks. 
362
 B.B. I        STRAINS, LAMENESS,  INJURIES, Etc.
CURES J
   This Specific is specially curative for all diseases or affections of
the Muscles, Sinews, Tendons and Joints, especially for :
   Rheumatic Stiffness, or lameness of the entire animal, or of the
fore legs, shoulder, back, or loins, or of a single leg,—the result of a
strain, overwork,  or a chill.   If heat or  fever, first  give A.A.  then
B.B. four times per day.
   Affections of the Hock, Knee or Pastern, with  heat, stiffness, or
lameness, resulting in Spavin, Splint, Ring Bone, or similar defects.
   Rheumatic Lameness of the Shoulder, (shoulder  strain),—give the
same as above.
   Incipient  Spavin, Bone Spavin, Blood Spavin, (so called),  with
some heat,  tenderness of the  part, and slight or severe lameness,—
give B.B. three times per day ; old cases, morning and night.
    Weakness or Lameness of the Tendons, resulting in Stifle, (disloca-
tion of the patella),—replace the  dislocated part, give the animal
rest, and B.B. three times per day.
   Dryness of the Joints, or want of Synovia or Joint Oil, (crackling
on moving,)—give B.B. morning and night.
   Results of Fatigue or Over-work,—give B.B. three  times per day.
   Lameness of any kind, when the origin or location is uncertain,—
give same as above.
   Old Chronic Founder, or lameness and stiffness on first starting
off,—give B.B. morning and night.
 n p >   SORE  THROAT, QUINSY,  FARCY, NASAL GLEET,
cures)                    INFLUENZA, Etc.
   This Specific is especially curative for all diseases of the Mucous
Membrane and Glands.  Hence for :
   Influenza,  (Canadian  Horse Disease),  with rough  coat, red  or
watery eyes, sore throat, profuse discharge from the head, with fever,
great debility, swelled glands of the neck, head, throat, sheath, or
limbs, or general dropsy,—give A.A. and C.C. in alternation, a dose
every three  hours ; if the lungs are affected, give E. E.;  or if the
urine be affected, or if dropsy sets in, H.H. in alternation with C.C.
   Distemper or Strangles, with swelled or even suppurating glands of
the neck or jaw, copious discharge of thick matter from the nose,
and loss of flesh,—give C. C. three times per day.
   Quinsy, or  Sore Throat, with heat, fever, sore and swelled throat;
difficult, painful or impossible swallowing, so that  the  fluid returns  '
through the nostrils,—first give A.A. every two hours ; then alter-
nate A.A. and C.C. every three or four hours. 
363
   Sore Throat, so that the animal will not swallow, but quids his
food, and splashes the water with his nose,—A.A. and C.C. as above.
   Glanders, with poisonous,  offensive  discharge, ulceration, etc.—
give C.C. four times per day.
   Farcy, with hard, hot lumps, which  ulcerate ; swelled legs,  etc.,
—alternate C.C. and I.I., a dose four times per day.
   Aphtlun or Thrush in sheep,—give C.C. morning and night.
 D.D. i                BOTS, GRUBS, WORMS.
CURES )
   This Specific is curative for all diseases arising  from the various
kinds of Bots, Grubs, or Worms in animals, as well as the morbid
cause which produces them.  Especially for :
   Bots  or  Grubs, indicated  by emaciation, losing  flesh without
apparent cause, enlarged or big belly, turns of colic  or griping, eating
or drinking greedily—give D. D. three times per day.
   Appearance of Bots or  Grubs about the fundament  or  in  the
manure,—give D.D. night and morning.
   Morbid Appetite, eating lime, chalk, or gnawing the wall,—give
D.D. night and morning.
   Frequent Returns  of Colic,  without apparent cause,—give D.D.
night  and morning;  and  for  an attack, alternate D.D.  and F.F.
every half hour.
   General Unthriftiness, staring rough coat, want of spirit, ill-con-
dition,—give D.D. morning, and J.J. at night.
 r r   |  COUGHS, BRONCHITIS, BROKEN WIND, INFLAMED
cures[             LUNGS, PLEUROPNEUMONIA.
   This Specific is curative for all diseased conditions of the air pas-
sages  and  Lungs, especially after the more acute symptoms have
been removed by the Specific A. A.  Hence for :
   Cough, without other symptoms,—give E.E. morning and night.
(See also A.A.)
   Cough,  attended  with whistling, roaring, or  other  difficulty of
breatliing,—give E.E. three times per day.
   Inflammation of the  Larynx  (Windpipe), with  cough and loud
whistling breathing,—see treatment under A. A.
   Inflammation of the Lungs or Pleura (Pleuro-pneumonia), with
painful, labored, difficult breathing, occasional grunting or groaning
cough, heat of body, cold ears or legs,—give E.E. (after or in alter-
nation with A.A.),—see treatment under A.A. 
364
   Difficult, painful Breathing,—give E.E. in alternation with A.A.
every two hours.
   Loud Whistling Blowing or Heaving, when hurried or driven fast,
Heaves, or broken wind in horses,—give E.E. three times per day.
   Results of Bronchitis, Pneumonia, or  other badly cured lung or
chest disease,—give E.E. three times per  day.
   Pleuro-pneumonia in Cattle or  Horses, in the advanced stage,—
after  the use of A. A. or in alternation with that  remedy.   See treat-
ment under A.A.
 r r  j   COLIC, BELLY-ACHE,  WIND-BLOWN,  DIARRHEA,
cures J                       DYSENTERY.
   This Specific is especially curative for the various forms of Colic
or Enteralgia, and  all derangements arising  from improper food,
deranged digestion,  or over-feeding.  Hence always curative for :
   Colic, Spasmodic or Flatulent, with turns of terrible griping and
distress, the animal pawing,  lying down, rolling, straining to pass
wind—and especially when occasioned by a chill, deranged digestion
or improper food,—give F.F. every fifteen or thirty minutes ; if not
soon relieved, or if inflammation threaten, alternate with A.A.;  or
with H.H. if from the kidneys ; or with  D.D. if symptoms of  worms
appear.
   Hoven or Wind-Blown, in consequence of over-eating clover or too
rank food in early summer.  The animal is puffed up like a drum, is
terribly  uneasy, or stands stupidly, passes nothing, and rumination
has ceased,—give F.F. every  fifteen minutes; afterwards alternate
with J.J.
   Hoven, or over-distention, in consequence of being gorged with
grain  or other improper food,—give F.F.  every fifteen minutes, then
alternate with J.J.
   Diarrhea, or too loose passages in calves,  sheep, cattle, or even
horses,  or  too frequent  passages  of  loose, bad-colored, unnatural
dung,—often attended with weakness and  emaciation,—give F.F.
two or three times per day, and suitable (dry) food.
   Dysentery, with frequent slimy, bloody or discolored discharge of
dung, with increasing weakness and loss of flesh,—give  F.F. every
three  hours.

 n n  j      HEMORRHAGE, MISCARRIAGE, IMPERFECT
cures)                     CLEANSING, Etc.
   This  Specific is  more especially curative for all  diseases of the
reproductive system.  Hence, especially useful as a preventive  of
Miscarriage, or Casting of Calf (or Foal), when it has occurred in a
herd of  cattle, or when  premonitory symptoms have been noticed in
cows  or mares,—for symptoms give G.G. every six hours. 
365
   Retention of the Placenta, or imperfect cleansing in cows, mares,
or other animals,—give G.G. every four hours.
   Hemorrhage or Flooding, occurring before, during, or after deliv-
ery,—give G.G. every hour or half hour.
   Stimulates the proper contraction of  the womb after delivery, or
even in delaying tedious confinements.
   "Foolishness," or hysteria of young mares at certain periods,—give
G.G. two or three times per day.
 11 n  »          URINARY AND KIDNEY DISEASES,
cures}                     AND DROPSY.
   Especially curative for all diseases of the urinary apparatus, the
Kidneys, Bladder, and appendages, —particularly for :
   Inflammation of the Kidneys, with frequent, scanty,  high-colored,
or even bloody urination, or straining,  with passage of but a few
drops, or ineffectual attempts, heat of the loins and shrinking when
pressed upon, pain in turning, back is arched and legs wide apart, or
he straddles in walking, heat and quick  pulse and distupified look,—
give H.H. every two hours ; if fever, alternate with A.A.
   Inflammation of the Bladder, with frequent painful attempts at
staling, and discharge of but a few drops of hot urine, which may be
clear or mixed with mucous, or more commonly bloody,—treatment
the same as above.
   Renal or Kidney Colic, the horse throws himself down, rises and
threshes  himself about in terrible distress, making constant or fre-
quent attempts at staling, with  but scanty discharge of  water,—give
H.H. every half hour, or alternate with  A.A.
   Retention of the Urine, the animal can pass but little, or the urine
may be almost entirely suppressed,—give H.H. every two hours.
   Frequent attempts at Staling, with effort  and straining, and pas-
sage of but very little water,—give H.H. every hour or  two.
   Too frequent Urination,  or  too profuse,—give H.H. three  times
per day.
   General  Dropsy, Anasarca, the entire body, sheath and limbs are
swelled,—give H.H. four times per day.
   Dropsy of the Legs, Sheath,  or along under the belly, with scanty
secretion of urine,—give H.H. four times per day.
   General Dropsy, or swelling of the face, lips, belly, sheath, legs,
and all depending portions of the body, with stiff, clumsy movements,
and scanty secretion of urine,—treatment the same as above. 
                              366

  i i   »   ERUPTIONS, ULCERS, MANGE,  GREASE, FARCY,
 cures) ABSCESSES, FISTULAS, UNHEALTHY SKIN, Etc., Etc.
    This Specific is especially curative for all diseases of the skin or
 underlying tissues, and for all Abscesses and Ulcerations, and the
 diseased condition preceding or attending them.   Hence for :
    Mange in Horses or Dogs, with violent itching and falling off of the
 hair, and eruptions  of small bran-like scales, or of  reddish pimples,
 —give 1.1, morning and night, and apply the Arsenical Lotion, or
 Sulphur Wash.—See Veterinary Manual.
    Erysipelas, with red, hot, inflamed skin, heat, swelling, and sore-
 ness of the part,—give I.I. four times per day.
    Farcy, with buds appearing along the course  of the lymphatics,
 with or without ulceration, hardened lymphatics or cords, and swell-
 ing, pain and tenderness along the inside of the thighs, swelled legs,
 ulcerations, cough,  debility, emaciation,—give I.I.  alternately with
 C.C.—a dose four times a day.  See also, C.C.
    Grease or Scratches, with heat,  cracks or deep  clefts, discharge of
 thick,  gummy  matter, or even formation of  grapes or  unhealthy
 growths,—give I.I. three times per day, and apply the Witch Hazel
 Oil to the affected parts.
    Abscess, or hot sweUings, with a collection  of matter,—lance, if
 ripe, and give I.I. morning and night.
    Ulcerations, flat,  raw sores, deep-seated or fistulous, burrowing
 deep,  with narrow  openings,—give I.I.  morning  and  night, and
 apply the Witch Hazel Oil.
    Fistulas, with narrow openings and deep-seated, crooked ulcera-
 tions,—treatment the same as above.
    Warts, or horny appendages, or unhealthy thickening of the skin,
—give I.I. morning and night.
    Unhealthy Skin, every injury suppurates,-treatment same as above.
   Falling off of the Hair,—treatment the same as above.
   Rough, Staring, Unhealthy Coat,—give 1.1. morning, J.J. at night.
   Pleuro-Pneumonia in horses or cattle, in the advanced stage  of
extreme cases,—alternate E.E. and I.I.  every two  hours.
 J J  |  BAD CONDITION, INDIGESTION, SURFEIT, STOMACH
cures)       STAGGERS, PARALYSIS, BOUND BOWELS,
                     RESULTS OF OVER-FEED.
   This Specific is especially curative for all  morbid  conditions or
derangements of the digestive system,  or diseased conditions of the
cerebro-spinal system connected therewith.  Hence for :
   Indigestion, with slimy mouth, foul tongue, dung dry, or mixed
with undigested oats, the horse is weak, thin, and sweats easily, bad
coat, and hide-bound skin,—give J.J. three times per day.
/ 
367
   Loss of Appetite, irregular appetite, off his feed,—treatment the
same as above.
   Crib Biting,—try J.J. three times per day.
   Results of Over-Feed, the horse is dull, stupid, clumsy, has slimy
mouth, foul tongue, scanty staling, and dry, scanty dung,—give J.J.
four times per day.
   Bad  Condition, staring coat,  irregular  appetite, bound bowels,
want of  spirit,  and increasing emaciation ; hide-bound,—give  J.J.
three times per day.
   Staring Coat, in connection with indigestion-J. J. morning and night.
   Stomach  Staggers, with  dull, stupid, sleepy  condition, scarcely
moves or eats, hanging head, slow breathing,  half-closed, yellowish
eyes, slight  convulsions or uneasy turns, as if  distressed,—give  first
J.J.  every hour;  if not relieved, alternate with  A.A. at intervals of
one or two hours.   See also, A.A.
   Paralysis of the  hind  legs, the animal is weak behind, sways
about, totters or falls, and cannot rise,—in recent  cases, with fever,
—give AA.  every two hours ; after a day, alternate  A.A. and  J.J.
every three or four hours.
   Incipient  Paralysis, tottering movements,  swaying about,—give
J.J.  four times per day.
   Hl-Growing, brittle, weak, or deficient Hoofs, -J. J. morning and night.
   Deficient, Horny Deposits, liability to sand or quarter cracks,—
treatment same as above.
           DISEASES   OF   FOWLS.
  For Cold or Cankered Mouth,—give first A.A. to be followed by C.C. For Apo-
plexy, or Paralysis,—give A.A. For the Black Rot,—give C.C.  For Bronchitis,—
give AA.  For Bumble Foot,—give J.J. or If it be inflamed, give A.A. For Canker,—
give C.C  For Cholera,—give F.F. For Catarrh,—give  A.A. For Consumption,—
give E.E. For Cramp, if from cold, give AA; if obstinate,  give J.J. For Crop Bound,
give J.J.  For Debility or Drooping,—give A.A. or J.J.  For Diarrhea, or Scouring,
—give F.F.  For Eruptive or Scaly Legs,—give 1.1.  For Gapes, or Throat Worms,—
give D.D.  For Gout, or Rheumatism,—give B.B.  For Leg Weakness,—give J.J.  For
Giddiness,—give A.A.  For Indigestion and Liver Disease, give J.J.  For Debility
in Moulting,—give J.J. For Pip or Chirp,—give A A. For Roup,—give A.A. during
the inflammatory stage, and C.C. for the catarrhal stage.  For Rump-Ail,—give J.J.
    Doses—and Methods of Preparing the Specifies for Use.
  One drop of an/ Specific, put Into a teaspoonful of water, or milk, and this put
Into a teacup, so as to be thoroughly mixed, is a sufficient dose for five fowls of full
size, or ten chickens.
  Where a flock Is to be treated, drop ten drops of the proper Specific Into a cup, to
which add ten teaspoonsful of water, milk, or curdled milk, and after stirring it
thoroughly with a clean spoon, mix this with the meal, grain or bread, or whatever
food Is given them. This will be enough for fifty fowls.
  Bread soaked in milk or water, cooked cracked wheat, or curdled milk, Is in
general the best food for sick or ailing fowls.
  For more full and complete directions, see Humphreys' Veterinary Manual.
[for prices veterinary cases, see next page.] 
368
IT  ASB   3P JEt I''0BB   t

HUMPHREYS'
Veterinary
-**^mg2&r
SPECIFICS
                      PRICES .
Veterinary Case in black walnut, with Veterinary Book or Manual,
   and 10 bottles of Medicine and Medicator complete.
Single Bottles, containing 50 doses of medicine,   -    -    -
      Veterinary Manual, 50 cents.   Medicator, 35 cents.
5.00
 .75
   CASE OF HUMPHREYS' HOMEOPATHIC VETERINARY SPECIFICS,
With Ten Ten Bottles, Book, and the Medicator in position as it is used.
 ^" These Veterinary Cases complete, are sent free to any address on
receipt of the price, or any order for Veterinary Medicine to amount of
^5.00 or more.

     HUMPHREYS'  HOMEOPATHIC  MEDICINE  COMPANY,
                       109 Fulton Street, New York.

235^
r 
 
 
 
 
JUN 131957  !:>_ 
NATIONAL LIBRARY OF MEDICINE

I:!!'!
NLn  QoiamTB h
NLM001341934